the coppy of a certain large act (obligatory) of tonker lovis de bils, lord of koppensdamme, bonen, &c. touching the skill of a better way of anatomy of mans body. kopye van zekere ampele acte. english. 1659 bils, lodewijk de, 1624-1670. this text is an enriched version of the tcp digital transcription a28162 of text r23696 in the english short title catalog (wing b2914). textual changes and metadata enrichments aim at making the text more computationally tractable, easier to read, and suitable for network-based collaborative curation by amateur and professional end users from many walks of life. the text has been tokenized and linguistically annotated with morphadorner. the annotation includes standard spellings that support the display of a text in a standardized format that preserves archaic forms ('loveth', 'seekest'). textual changes aim at restoring the text the author or stationer meant to publish. this text has not been fully proofread approx. 19 kb of xml-encoded text transcribed from 14 1-bit group-iv tiff page images. earlyprint project evanston,il, notre dame, in, st. louis, mo 2017 a28162 wing b2914 estc r23696 07874183 ocm 07874183 40243 this keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the early english books online text creation partnership. this phase i text is available for reuse, according to the terms of creative commons 0 1.0 universal . the text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission. early english books online. (eebo-tcp ; phase 1, no. a28162) transcribed from: (early english books online ; image set 40243) images scanned from microfilm: (early english books, 1641-1700 ; 1197:4) the coppy of a certain large act (obligatory) of tonker lovis de bils, lord of koppensdamme, bonen, &c. touching the skill of a better way of anatomy of mans body. kopye van zekere ampele acte. english. 1659 bils, lodewijk de, 1624-1670. [8], 17 p. [s.n.], london : 1659 translation of author's kopye van zekere ampele acte. reproduction of original in the bodleian library. eng human anatomy -early works to 1800. a28162 r23696 (wing b2914). civilwar no the coppy of a certain large act obligatory of yonker lovis de bils, lord of koppensdamme, bonen, &c. touching the skill of a better way of bils, lodewijk de 1659 3226 5 0 0 0 0 0 15 c the rate of 15 defects per 10,000 words puts this text in the c category of texts with between 10 and 35 defects per 10,000 words. 2006-04 tcp assigned for keying and markup 2006-05 apex covantage keyed and coded from proquest page images 2006-09 judith siefring sampled and proofread 2006-09 judith siefring text and markup reviewed and edited 2007-02 pfs batch review (qc) and xml conversion the coppy of a certain large act [ obligatory ] of yonker lovis de bils , lord of koppensdamme , bonen , &c. touching the skill of a better way of anatomy of mans body . printed [ in low dutch ] at rotterdam , in the printing-house of john naeranus a book-seller , at the sign of the book-binder in the street called het steiger . london , 1659. to my much esteemed friend samuel hartlib the elder , esq sir , your desires were wont to tend so much to the publick good , that your virtuosi would think i wanted philanthropy as well as civility , if i should refuse to comply with such as your letter brings me . i send you therefore the propositions of monsieur de bils englishéd out of low dutch , at my request , by such a person as you will readily think can translate very well , though he can better write things worthy to be translated ; when i shall have told you that his name is mr. pell . the design avow'd to be aim'd at in the propositions , and much more the matter of fact , without which they might appeare extravagant , made the print ( i confesse ) very welcome to me . for though in some papers i formerly told you of , i had mentioned divers things i had intended to try , and some that i had already observ'd , in order to the preservation of animal substances , and the making some of them more durable subjects for the anatomist to deal with : yet besides that most of the ways i proposed to my self were as yet little more then bare designes , i never aim'd at , ( and scarce so much as hop'd for , ) such strange things as in this paper the ingenuous publisher of it tells us he hath already actually performed . and therefore i suppose that it will not be unwelcome to you , if not having had the opportunity to see the effect of this gentleman's skill my self , and being sufficiently indisposed to believe or affirme any strange thing that i have not seen ; i annex the other paper you lately desir'd of me . i mean that wherein the proposers dutch print came inclos ▪ d to me from the hague . for besides that it containes something of particular ; it comes from a french gentleman whose testimonie may well be considerable in matters of this nature ; for he is one of that select society of parisian philosophers of which you and i have sometimes discoursed , and you will finde a celebrating mention made of him in the life of gassendus , ( whose friend and disciple he was . ) and his curiosity leading him to imitate divers of the old greek philosophers , who travail'd through many countreys only to enrich themselves with what knowledge they could meet with in them , he went purposely to visit monsieur de bils , soon after he had left england ; which he lately travers'd , and in his passage honour'd me with severall of his visits . i am so willing that you should be as wary as i in admitting unlikely things into your belief , that in putting the french i received into english , i have been ( purposely to avoid straining his expressions ) more careful to do right to his words then to his style . and as for those things that appear to have been left out by me , they are some of them such matters as concern not our proposer and others but such complements as require rather my blushes then my translating . the consent you desire of me to publish the proposalls in our language i must not refuse you . for 't is the least we owe to a person that hath endeavour'd to oblige mankinde , and to those that are willing to encourage such endeavours , by acquainting the ingenuous here with his propositions , to strive to procure him subscribers , and to afford them the opportunity of encouraging and assisting so useful a work as this ( supposing the truth of the historical part of the paper ) is like to prove . it may also be hop'd that the noise of such discoveries abroad will rouse up our ingenuous men at home , and excite them to endeavour to emulate if not surpasse them : and to keep up that reputation for anatomical discoveries and skill that this nation hath of late deservedly enjoy'd . nor will it be amiss by the same means to give as many of those in authority as may happen to read what the states of holland have done in favour of a stranger , occasion to take notice what countenance neighbouring magistrates , that are not thought unpolitick neither , are forward to give to those designs that aime at the advancement of reall learning . which may perhaps invite those that can do it , to give encouragement to the english wits ; which i am groundedly confident want nothing but encouragement , to perform things in this kinde that would really advantage the publick , as well as highly gratifie such persons as mr. hartlib and his affectionate humble servant r. b. octob. the 13. 1659. the copy of a certain large act of yonker l. de bils , lord of koppensdam , bonen , &c. touching the skill of a better way of anatomy of mans body . this day being the 26. day of may , 1659. before the witnesses here-under named ; and me leonard van zyl , a publick notary admitted by the court of holland , and residing in rotterdam , there appeared yonker louiis de bils , lord of koppensdamme , bonen , &c. bailliu of the city and territory of aardenburg . and he declared , as he also doth further declare uprightly by this writing , that , although he , the said gentleman , having given , to the famous university of leiden , divers anatomical pieces of his own work , had resolved to trouble himselfe no more with anatomy , and accordingly had done nothing in it for , fourteen years together ; yet he hath now taken up the contrary resolution , because of the earnest intreaties of divers famous , learned and judicious men both of this countrey and of forraigne parts ; as also because of that favourable permission and granut , whereby the high-mighty lords , the states generall of the united netherlands have given him power to take all the bodies of those that shall be executed by the hand of justice , whether military or civil , as also of those strangers that shall die in the hospitals , in ill parts belonging to the said states general ; and to dissect the said carkases in such manner as himself shall think good for the satisfying his own curiosity , and the promoting of knowledge for the common good . being also further incouraged by the convenient place for an anatomical theater in that house which was lately the court of the english merchants in this city ; which house the honourable lords the governours of rotterdam have favourably granted him to that end , he , the said gentleman , hath now at last resolved and begun to set up a meerly new anatomy of the body of man , by many dead bodies dissected and embalmed in an extraordinary manner , in which bodies shall be shewn all the veins , arteries , sinews and fibres severed from one another , but remaining fast , both where they first arise , and where they end . also the heart , liver , lungs , and entrals , eyes and brains shall remain manifest in the said bodies ; and shall be so ordered that lectures may be made upon them , as well in summer as vvinter , with discovery and demonstration of mistakes both of ancient and modern anatomists , who in their dissections are hindred , by the spilling of blood , from seeing to the bottome of their work : but these new anatomies shall be completed without spilling any blood at all . in these the anatomy-reader shall be able to shew the true ground of the circulation of the blood , first found out by doctor hervey ; as also to give further demonstration to that doctrine , by causing the veines to swell , so that they shall stand full of blood , which can hardly be seen otherwise . by which means men may see all the valvas venarum and the manner of the opening and and shutting of all those trap-doors within the veines ; some of which doors are semilunular , some of other shapes ; as may be seen described in a little book published [ in dutch ] by the aforesaid undertaker , bearing this title the true use of the gall-bladder , &c. whereby may be understood the office of that passage commonly called ductus chyliferus with its branches and adjoyned little pipes : as also how the chylils comes to the heart and its little bag ; how the tears come into the eyes ; how the spittle comes into the mouth , how the water-courses come to the liver , and how the whole body is moistened . but because the foresaid undertaker plainly sees it impossible to compleat so great and costly a work as this , at his own charge , it having cost him already some thousands of pounds flemish ; and he having alwayes refused all offers of those that would oblige him to serve any other soveraigne , therefore , by these presents he makes known this his intention to all those who regard the good of mankinde , and this useful knowledge : and he invites them to be helpful to his designe , whereto divers famous learned men have perswaded him ; namely , to provide almost fifty bodies differently dissected and embalmed ; according to which , pictures may be drawn and engraven in copper , and books may be written . more-over , this his new manner of dissecting and embalming he promiseth to reveale to every one of those who shall contribute a small sum , which by many hands may quickly arise to the desired sum of twenty thousand pounds cursiv . for so much will be necessary , considering that so many bodies , before they be anatomized and embalmed as is desired , will stand him in some thousands of guldens , besides other expenses , which he hath already been at , and more he must yet be at . whosoever , therefore , desires the aforesaid skill or the furtherance of it , let him bring or send his name with the summe of five and twenty carolus guldens at one payment ( he that desires to hasten this designe , may send in as much more as he pleaseth ) to the foresaid undertaker , who will bind himself to every one of those contributors by a solemn obligation under his hand and seal , to satisfie every one of them , by a compleat revealing of his skill in a writing subscribed by the said undertaker , and deliver'd to each of them within a year and an half after the first of iuly 1659. and if any of the contributors , dwelling in forrain countries , shall conceive the said writing not clear enough to give them full knowledge of the said skill , they may then either come themselves to him or send some country-man of theirs to rotterdam to be present at his dissections , where the said undertaker will shew them the true manner of working ; as also to all those contributors that dwell in these countreys , if they desire to see the way of handling , that they may so much the better perceive and understand the way , which he by long experience and much practice hath found out for the dissecting of a whole body without spilling any blood , and for the embalming it for whole ages in such manner as aforesaid : so that the said contributors from that time ●●rward shall be able to do all those things as well as he , the said undertaker , can do them , namely to dissect and embalme a whole body with its blood , bowels , braines , and whatsoever is in it , without being subject to any putrefaction in the least . and if any man be curious to see beforehand some effects of these promises , he may come to the undertaker at rotterdam ; and giving one reiks daler , he shall see four pieces of his work , which shall be there shewed unto him before he layes down the foresaid twenty five guldens . those pieces are four anatomized humane bodies thus prepared & embalmed , but dissected each of them in a different manner , wherein any man according to his desire , may view the veines , arteries , sinews , membranes and fibres in their order . but , if at the end of the eighteen moneths abovesaid , the abovesaid summe should not be made up , and so his foresaid designe be hindred ; he then promiseth , to all and every one of those that brought or sent him money , upon condition that he should teach them his skill , that upon their returns of his obligations , he will readily repay their five and twenty guldens , ( or more , to those that contributed more ) detaining no part of their mony , save the reiks-daler which they gave for the sight of the aforesaid four anatomized bodies , towards the charges which he hath already been at , or must yet lay out , to satisfie the curiosity of those that shall come to view his foresaid pieces . and that all may be done without fraud or deceit , the said gentleman , the undertaker , shall by his delivered obligation binde his person and goods both movable and unmovable , to each of the contributors , either to teach them his skill , or to restore their money . if this undertaker come to dye before the said terme be expired , then shall his wife be bound , by the same obligation , either to deliver every man his five and twenty guldens ( or more , to those that contributed more ) or else to give every such contributor a copy of the description of the said skill ; in which description he the said undertaker protesteth seriously that he hath expressed his uttermost knowledge of his skill , so as may content any learner . a faire copy of this description shewed to me the notary , and put up in a latton box , and sealed with the seale of my notaries office , shall be kept by the wife of the said undertaker . of all which above-written declarations , the aforesaid gentleman , the undertaker , required me the notary to make an act in due forme . thus done in rotterdam , in the presence of justus riikwaart and laurence jordaan , both doctors of physick , intreated to come on purpose to be witnesses of this writing . underneath stood quod attestor and was signed below l. van ziil , notar . publ. under the printed copy was written thus , it agrees with the original act , dated and subscribed as above l. van . ziil , notar . publ. the dutch coine above-mentioned , reduced to english mony . 20. thousand pounds flemish 12. thousand pounds sterling . 25. carolus guldens 50 shillings english . 1. reiks-daler 4. shillings , 6. pence . the fore-mentioned translation of the french gentlemans letter i went into zealand , partly to see there monsieur de bils ; but being inform'd at middelburg that the lords states had invited him to roterdam , to erect there his anatomicall theatre ; i presently resorted thi●ther , and made a weeks stay there , to visit him . i shall not tell y●● sir that i entertain'd him concerning you , and that , &c. — i shall content my selfe to acqua●●● you , that i desir'd him to give me the inclosed print to send you that you might know what he is upon — his two secrets are that of embalming , and the opening of dead body's without spilling of blood , which he pretends to teach those onely that shall have contributed to the sum of sixscore thousand pound , when it shall have been made up . if his experiments be true he revives the title of the liver to sanguification , and believes himself to have discover'd the original of teares , and spittle , of the serosity's contain'd in the pericardium , and the passage of those which serve for the making of urine , without traversing 〈◊〉 heart . he holds forth also many other propositions , very ingenious , if the things be such as he delivers . i have seen his foure embalmed bodies , which are extreamly fine ; and divers smaller parts of the body by themselves . one of those is embalmed with all the excrements in the guts , and a little faetus ( that he hath ) is embalm'd whole . — postscript . an abortive faetus so preserv'd together with an intimation of the way by which it is preserv'd i have seene and mention'd in the papers i lately told you off . a extract of a letter written by the learned dr. horne publick professor of history in the university of leyden to s. h. billii anatomia sanè admiratione dignissima est : eam vobis dudum innotuisse non dubitabam . tria corpora jam olim spectaculo praeparaverat , quae etiamnum visuntur . corpora quasi in lapideam durittem congelat : ita sine sanguinis aut partium perturbatione singula naturalibus locis spectantur . ex anatomico nostro , datâ occasione , inquiram quae toius rei sit ratio . in english . de bils his anatomy is indeed admirable , i made no question but you had heard of it long since . he had formerly prepared three bodies after his new fashion , and they are yet to be seen . they are become almost as hard as stone , so that every part may be seene in its proper place without any removal either of the blood or other parts . the next time i meet with our professor of anatomy , i will get a particular accompt of the whole businesse from him . finis . notes, typically marginal, from the original text notes for div a28162e-1210 what this amounts to in english mony the print will informe you . de succo pancreatico, or, a physical and anatomical treatise of the nature and office of the pancreatick juice shewing its generation in the body, what diseases arise by its vitiation : from whence in particular, by plain and familiar examples, is accurately demonstrated, the causes and cures of agues, or intermitting feavers, hitherto so difficult and uncertain, with sundry other things of worthy note / written by d. reg. de graaf ... ; and translated by christopher pack ... tractatus anatomico-medicus de succi pancreatici natura & usu. english graaf, reinier de, 1641-1673. 1676 approx. 274 kb of xml-encoded text transcribed from 100 1-bit group-iv tiff page images. text creation partnership, ann arbor, mi ; oxford (uk) : 2008-09 (eebo-tcp phase 1). a41730 wing g1463 estc r17762 12600237 ocm 12600237 64159 this keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the early english books online text creation partnership. this phase i text is available for reuse, according to the terms of creative commons 0 1.0 universal . the text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission. early english books online. (eebo-tcp ; phase 1, no. a41730) transcribed from: (early english books online ; image set 64159) images scanned from microfilm: (early english books, 1641-1700 ; 318:3) de succo pancreatico, or, a physical and anatomical treatise of the nature and office of the pancreatick juice shewing its generation in the body, what diseases arise by its vitiation : from whence in particular, by plain and familiar examples, is accurately demonstrated, the causes and cures of agues, or intermitting feavers, hitherto so difficult and uncertain, with sundry other things of worthy note / written by d. reg. de graaf ... ; and translated by christopher pack ... tractatus anatomico-medicus de succi pancreatici natura & usu. english graaf, reinier de, 1641-1673. packe, christopher, fl. 1670-1711. [24], 151, [17] p., [2] leaves of plates (1 folded) : ill. printed for n. brook ..., london : 1676. translation of: tractatus anatomico-medicus de succi pancreatici natura & usu. includes index. errata: p. [23]. reproduction of original in bodleian library. created by converting tcp files to tei p5 using tcp2tei.xsl, tei @ oxford. re-processed by university of nebraska-lincoln and northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors. eebo-tcp is a partnership between the universities of michigan and oxford and the publisher proquest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by proquest via their early english books online (eebo) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). the general aim of eebo-tcp is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic english-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in eebo. eebo-tcp aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the text encoding initiative (http://www.tei-c.org). the eebo-tcp project was divided into two phases. the 25,363 texts created during phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 january 2015. anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source. users should be aware of the process of creating the tcp texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data. text selection was based on the new cambridge bibliography of english literature (ncbel). if an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in ncbel, then their works are eligible for inclusion. selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. in general, first editions of a works in english were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably latin and welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so. image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in oxford and michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet qa standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. after proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of tcp data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a tcp editor. the texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the tei in libraries guidelines. copies of the texts have been issued variously as sgml (tcp schema; ascii text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable xml (tcp schema; characters represented either as utf-8 unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless xml (tei p5, characters represented either as utf-8 unicode or tei g elements). keying and markup guidelines are available at the text creation partnership web site . eng human anatomy -early works to 1800. pancreas -secretions -early works to 1800. 2007-09 tcp assigned for keying and markup 2007-10 aptara keyed and coded from proquest page images 2007-11 judith siefring sampled and proofread 2007-11 judith siefring text and markup reviewed and edited 2008-02 pfs batch review (qc) and xml conversion de succo pancreatico : or , a physical and anatomical treatise of the nature and office of the pancreatick juice ; shewing its generation in the body , what diseases arise by its vitiation ; from whence in particular , by plain and familiar examples , is accurately demonstrated , the causes and cures of agues , or intermitting feavers , hitherto so difficult and uncertain : with sundry other things worthy of note . written by d. reg. de graaf , physician of delph , and translated by christopher pack , med. lond. london , printed for n. brook at the angel in cornhil near the royal exchange , 1676. licensced , february 2d . 1675. roger l'estrange . to the most illustrious d. john capellanus , councellour to the most christian king . sir , this treatise , which five years since , i willingly dedicated to you in the french idiome , is now again presented to your self , replenished with many observations in the latine tongue : seeing that by the great esteem of your name , our french edition was not only candidly accepted in france ; but also in other forreign nations among learned men : the exceeding happy success of which , had wrought in me an admiration , had not the fame of your transcendant learning made it immortal , by your most learned writings , known , and throughly considered by me . you being so well versed in all kind of studies , that the most illustrious ludovicus xiv , king of france and navarre , made you the mecaenas , or cherisher of most learned men . since it is so , i may remember the former edition , and so much the rather , seeing that the heer duyst van voorhout , a man of an excellent genious , made me as certain of your peculiar favours towards me , as your own frequent honouring me with your epistles : wherefore with all humility i crave , that even as you protected the former edition , under the shield of your authority , so you would vouchsafe also to protect this. sir , the doing of which , will oblige him in the highest nature , who is , and will be , during his life , the adorer of your resplendent name . reg. de graaf . the preface . in the year 1663. in the vniversity of leyden , i hearing the most famous , and indefatigable man in studies , francis de le boe-sylvius , daily teaching concerning the pancreatick juyce , to be one of the chiefest foundations of physick , i endeavoured to find out that , hitherto undiscovered juyce ; the which when i had done , and indeed after that manner which he had first described to us ; he having understanding thereof , with all diligence did incite me to print those things , which i had observed worthy of notice , concerning this subject , through diverse dissections of various animals : and i , willing to gratifie his request , published a little treatise , concerning the nature , and office of the pancreatick juyce ; which , although in an unpolished manner , nevertheless , it so took with the curious indagators of nature , that in a short time , sufficient examples of that nature , were desired of me : for which cause , in the year 1666 , i published , at paris , this little treatise , in the french tongue ; which , three or four months together , i presented to the famous dr. bourdelot , to be publickly examined ; to whose house the most curious wits of the vniversity do frequently resort . and i , seeing that this second edition wonderfully took with the most learned physitians of all france , who have their colledge at paris , and returning to my own country , i found that there were remaining no coppies of my first edition , being instigated by the printer , and my friends , for their sakes who understood not the french tongue , have again turned the same little treatise into latine , and that not barely , but in several places have inserted new observations , and resolves to several objections , put to me against this treatise , both in france , and other countries , that my opinion might not seem , in any respect , to be faulty ; so that , the treatise , which i now publish , may bear the name of a new one ; which i hope , will not be unacceptable to the reader . but seeing no writing ( as plato saith ) can be so exact , that it may avoid the censures of criticks , without doubt , there will be carpers , who are better affected with brawlings , and drinkings , than the dissections of bodies , which will laugh at me , for the spending so much time in the discovery of this juyce : but hippocrates , in an epistle to damagetus , hath taught me in an history of democritus , that those gibeings ought not to be regarded , &c. so much of which history , as most nearly appertaines to us , i will briefly relate : democritus , inferiour to none of the abderitans , when , to find out the nature of the bile , had betaken himself , apart from the city , and there alone had dissected many animals ; he was generally reputed to be mad ; wherefore the senate , and people of the abderitans being sad , and troubled , did very much importune the prince of physitians , that he would vouchsafe to come , and cure the madness of democritus : hippocrates , by the merits of democritus , and the intreaties of the abderitans , taking ship went to abderis , where he found all the citizens , and inhabitants gathered together , waiting for him without the gates ; part of whom running before , and part following , led hippocrates to a high hill without the city , ( crying out save , help , heal , ) that he might see the madness of democritus : from whence they saw democritus sometimes dissecting animals , sometimes museing , and sometimes writing . hippocrates , going all alone to democritus , and making an exact tryal of him , although then he understood he was not mad , asked him what he wrote there ? democritus answered concerning madness ; and being further asked , what he wrote of madness ? said , what else , than what it is , and how generated , and how allayed in the bodies of men ? for , these animals , which you see here , that i open for this purpose , is not because i hate the works of god , but search out the nature and seat of the bile : for , you know , this is the cause of mens madness , &c. which being understood , saith hippocrates , democritus in truth , i call god to witness , you speak truly , and wisely : and he , returning to the abderitans , who waited for him at some distance , commended democritus , and accused themselves of madness . i wish hippocrates , the great prince of physitians , might rise from the dead , he would not blame those less , which deride me for my more diligent search of the pancreatick juyce , than them which judged democritus to be mad , for his exquisite enquiry into the bile : seeing that he thought them to be taught of god , which did not only study about heat , cold , dryness , and moisture , but about their causes : for , it is not heat ( saith he ) lib. de vet. med. text xxvi . xii . which hath great force , but sharpness , and fluidity , and other things by me related . and he saith before text xxiv . xx. because there is in man both bitter , salt , sweet , acid , sharp , and fluid , and infinite others , having all manner of faculties , both of plenty , and strength . from whence he commonly calls those faculties , and powers he affirms salt , bitterness , and acidity , with other things of the like acrimony , to be commonly the causes of all distempers , as appears lib. cap. text xxv . from which it is as evident , as the sun at noon-day , that hippocrates , if he were alive , would judge our dissections , and searchings , about salts , acids , and other faculties , sometimes abounding in the pancreatick juyce , to be highly necessary . in regard hippocrates , and other of the antients , who were famous in their time , were altogether ignorant of the pancreatick juyce ; neither did they understand the whole depth of nature ; it is not to be imputed to them as a fault : but on the contrary , those famous , and chiefest guides of wisdome , and inciters of wits , are to be commended ; because they broke the ice for us ; and ( as it is said ) those things which we read , were rightly invented , and observed by them , are to be candidly embraced ; and those things , which we really know to be false , and erronious , i judge they ought to be corrected with such modesty , as we desire those things , which we now write , should be corrected with . if we consider a thousand years yet to come , something may be found out , which will correct , and amend our writings , by the unwearyed searchers of nature ; for arts admit of a daily improvement , especially in this age of ours , in which the yoke of authority being shook off , we may bring to the test those things which our reason and sense doth afford us ; for , the enquirers into things natural ought not to distrust themselves , or so doubtfully to follow the steps of their ancestors , as at any time , when they shall discover novelties , be afraid to publish them . — non omnia grandior aetas nos aeque scimus habet , seris venit usus ab annis . antient times not all things knew : for , practiss sprang from years more new . and as much as pertains to this treatise , of ours , which hath been so illustrated with daily experience , new observations , and reasons , that they who first made a question of the truth of our hypothesis , would be on our side ; or at least confess , till now , never any systeme was found out , in which fewer , or lesser difficulties are , than this of ours , if they will but examine our dictates without prejudice , and envy . first of all , let the reader be perswaded in himself , that our pancreatick juyce is no fictions , but a real humour of our bodies ; and such a one indeed as after its own separation from the blood , and propulsion , to the intestines , is in a short time after , again permixed with the blood , seeing that all liquid things , being carryed by the passage of the guts , do easily ascend ( by the venae lacteae ) the first * treasury of the living , and the last of the dead . which being granted , he may further consider it was not ( by the almighty god ) ordained in vain , but for a common use to the body ; and so all men will be easily perswaded , that as often as the pancreatick juyce is rightly constituted , its use doth naturally happen : and likewise when it happens preternaturally , then it is vitious , and preternatural : seeing it is so , and my whole treatise consists in the preserving a good order of the pancreatick juyce , and amending it when vitiated , and helping distempers from thence arising , we hope it will be very acceptable , and profitable to practitioners : for , let this be its whole designe , to give a helping hand to all who profess physick , that they may sooner , safer , and more delightfully help the calamities , and miseries of the sick : and if i unhappily miss my aim , you may commend my designe , and modestly correct those things in which the weakness of my genious doth mistake : and if any one please to inform me better , i will allow him to convince me of my errour , and not to accuse me of obstinacy , seeing that i am not moved by ambition , but only desirous of finding out truth , offer up these my studies unto you . to the right worshipful s r. christopher pack , k t. the translator dedicates these his endeavours . honoured sir , cvjusque ingenium non statim emerget , nisi materiae , fautor , occasio commendatorque contingat , ( saith the learned pliny ) the work and ingenuity of every person doth not constantly prosper well , unless the matter or occasion be remarkable , or some worthy patron happen to favour it . as for the matter , it hath already commended it self to the world , and crowned the learned author thereof ( throughout the european division ) with an honourable acceptation , and estimation , both in respect of the invention , and doctrinal performances . but in regard that i have assayed to make it more universally intelligible , and beneficial to english men , by putting it into our own native idiome , i conceive i ought to present my undertaking to the patronage of some worthy person ; under the protection of whose name , it may have the freer passage through the world. to which end i have thought no person fitter than your worthy self , both in respect of your profound judgment , and favour to all things that may advance a publick good. neither could i do less , if the bonds of gratitude be any obligations to the minds of men , seeing ( that next to my parents ) i stand more highly engaged to your worship , than to any other person living ; which hath been a great motive and inducement to this presumption , which i hope your candour will pass by , and candidly accept this mite from him who at the present , is not capable of a better retaliation of your many favours , than the humble offer of this translation : the which , having been brought forth in your name , i knew not how it might better live than in your family ; the kind aspect of which , will not be only amicable to it , but also honourable to him that is , sir , an honourer of your self , and progeny . christopher pack . the translator to the reader . candid reader . i having often viewed this treatise of the most ingenious d. regnerus de graaf , and many times also heard it wished for in english , at length resolved to translate it for their sakes to whom the original was not communicable , in regard of their nescience of the language , though otherwise competently ingenious and intelligent . the which i am well satisfied will prove servicable ( and i hope also acceptable to them ) in three respects . first , that it will be of great vtillity , for the more compleat understanding the works of the learned franciscus sylvius de le boe that late renowned professor of physick in the vniversity of leyden , the first part of whose praxis is already in english ; for in regard that he urgeth the pancreatick juice to be an agent of fermentation and concoction of the chyle , and so consequently a constitutive part of the blood , and authour of many grievous diseases , and enormities of the body . it necessarily follows 1. that the certainty of this juyce ought to be known ; that is , that it be a real juyce , or humour in all mens bodies , and not a thing only immaginary or uncertain , which this author hath evidently demonstrated . 2. the way and manner of collecting it , by sensible experiment ( the surest of guides ) to convince those who oppugne , and resolve the doubting , which he hath largely shewn . 3. because the anatomical disquisition of the pancreas , and its juyce , is omitted by sylvius , in the first part of his praxis , as not pertinent to his present scope , which omission this book supplies , and to which the said sylvius , in a manner , refers his readers : so that he which deliberately reads this book , will be thereby highly inducted to the vnderstanding of the doctrines and notions of the most learned sylvius , concerning the pancreatick juyce , throughout his whole writings , as they relate to diverse diseases , and affections of the body of man. the second commodity i shall propound is , that this book doth most indubitably contain the certain causes of all agues , or intermitting feavers , with their true and effectual rules of curation . it is a wonder to see the many books which have been written concerning agues , and feavers , ( perhaps as many as there are old womens medicines for the cure thereof ) and the great diversity of opinions concerning their causes and differences ; so that , for a man exercised with a tedious ague , to call a councel of physitians to his assistance , usually received no more relief , than a criminal person doth by the verdict of a jury , which delivers him from prison , either to death , or banishment . which hath formerly enrolled this disease in the catalogue of those which were wont to be termed opprobrium medicorum , the reproach of physitians . neither , in my judgment , is it greatly to be wondered at , that physitians were wont to have no better success in the cure of this disease , seeing they were involved in so many vncertainties about the seat , and cause thereof ; some assigning the seat to be in the blood in general , others in some perticular parts of the vessels , where the blood happened to be stagnant ; others in the meseraick veines ; others in the guts , and perticularly in the colon , and several other conceits , as if they went about to gain the knowledge of the true seat , arithmetically , by the rule of false position . then again , as to the causes , and reasons of differences , whilst they ascribed them to the four humours , viz. blood , choler , phlegme , and melancholy , and their different degrees of mistion , and putre-faction , they ran upon such rocks as constantly ship-wracked the barks of their opinions : for , still , as they endeavoured to solve one difficulty that would arise , they caused the rise of another . but this author's hypothesis , being so free from all intricacies , and difficulties , renders it agreeable to truth . i have yet further to say in the behalf of its certainty , that is the consequence of curation ; which , although every single cure of a disease doth not indeed declare the administrator of the medicine , to have a certain intelligence of the cause of the disease ; yet , when a distemper shall be certainly cured , at divers times , in different persons , and with different medicaments ; alwayes from the notions , doctrines , and considerations of the same cause , that surely is a certain argument that the cause is known . and this i my self have oft-times done even to admiration , by removing ague-fits in a few dayes space , and never yet failing of the cure of any kind of ague , whether quotidian , tertian , or quartan , with their compounds ; and am yet ( by god's blessing ) ready , at any time , to undertake the cure of the worst ague-fits that are ; which aquisition , i acknowledge , i owe to this author : i am able also , to perform the same in those deplorable fits , commonly called , the fits of the mother . i have instanced this not out of boasting , but to shew the certainty , and excellency of the doctrine of the pancreatick juyce , and to excite the reader to a serious contemplation , and observation thereof . there is yet a third vtillity of this book , which is , that it refutes several errours in physick , and anatomy ; many of which , in times past , have been received for certain truths , and some of them perhaps yet remaining ; the principle whereof relate to the pancreas , or sweet-bread , and to the nervous juyce ; concerning which , i shall say no more , but commit you to the things themselves , as they shall occur by reading . i have nothing more to say , but to beg the readers kind acceptance ; and withall to mind him of the difficulty of things of this nature , ( especially when an author writes in such a style as de graaf hath done ) that if he meet with any errours committed by me , i hope he will the more easily pass them by , as not being intentional , and i presume not essentiall . if i find this be kindly accepted , it will encourage me to serve my country with some-what of my own , more at large . i do expect to be censured , and snarled at by some ( for as erasmus saith , nihil morosius hominum judiciis ) there is nothing more peevish than mens judgments , i shall easily dispense with it , being of a peacable spirit : and as i have professed to do this for a publick good , so i also declare , that i have been void of prejudice therein , to all mens persons , and interests ; being only desirous of the propogagation of all laudable science , whilest i am christ . pack . from my house , at the signe of the globe , and chymical-furnaces , in the postern , near moor-gate , feb. 2d . 1675 / 6. an index of the chapters . chap. i. an exact description of the pancreas , or sweet-bread ; before which , some things are put concerning the necessity of anatomy , and its increase . chap. ii. the opinions of divers authors concerning the use of the pancreas , examined . chap. iii. how , or in what manner the pancreatick juyce is found . chap. iv. the qualities of the pancreatick juyce are described , in a plain division of the glandules of the whole body , is shewed , that the pancreatick juyce is not excrementious ; in like manner , how it is generated . chap. v. the liquor of the glandules is demonstrated to be necessary , and that the pancreatick juyce doth ferment with the bile . chap. vi. what that fermentation is in the sound , and in the sick , and what benefit accrews to the body thereby . chap. vii . the diseases by which the substance of the pancreas , and its juyce may be molested . chap. viii . the functions which are vitiated by the pancreas , or its ill disposed juyce . chap. ix . the diseases arising from the vitiation of the pancreatick juyce . chap. x. how the vitiated pancreatick juyce may be corrected . chap. xi . a discourse of intermitting feavers . errata sic corrigenda . page 20 line 1 read months . p. 23 l. 9 r pancreas . l. ultim r. aliment . p. 32 l. 2 r. into the ductus . p. 35 l. 4 r. but not except the spirits were dissipated . p. 42 l. 32 r. faculties . p. 43 l. 1 r. imbibe . p. 56 l. 11 r. strictly . l. 31 r. preternatural . p. 63 l. 1 r. in the temples . p. 91 l. 7 r. plethora . p. 92. l. 18 r. intermitions . p. 97 l. 15 r ventricle . p 98 l 21 r abounds p. 124 l 12 for thirty r thirteen p 131 l 9 r phlegm . p 132 l 12 r though p 133 l 2 r attent p 148 l 24 r acrimony . a physical and anatomical treatise of the nature and office of the pancreatick juyce . regnerus de graaf , concerning the pancreatick juyce . chap. i. a description of the pancreas , before which some things are put concerning the necessity of anatomy , and its increase . it was never made a question , ( unless perhaps by such through whose ignorance true physick is disgraced ; or that cannot distinguish the true science of physick from the emperical curing of diseases ( that anatomy is very useful and necessary , as well for all physitians as chyrurgians ; and that real physick without it's knowledge cannot stand , or be in force ; which is wont to be called dogmatical and rational . seeing it is so , their ingenuity and study deserves praise , who endeavour to arrive to a greater degree of perfection in the knowledge of anatomy , by making a narrow search into the secrets of nature , and communicating those things which they have found out to others . and amongst those who have given themselves up to this work ; neither frighted with it's difficulties , have had laudible success therein : gaspar ase●ius the anatomist , comes not far behind , who , when he had met with the venae lacteae , in the year 1622. in a dog which he undertook to open alive , he wholly gave himself to the further discovery thereof ; so that no week passed without one or other dissection ; not only of dogs , but other living creatures also , as cats , lambs , hogs , cows , and also horses , as you may see in that book of his published after his death . but dying young , he could not make a further progress in many other things , tending to this business exactly to explain them , and communicate them to the learned world : concerning their site and office , many controversies , and disputes have arisen amongst anatomists ; for they who immagined that all the chyle ascended by the meseraick veins ( in order to it's sanguification by the liver ) did stiffly affirm , that these milky vessels went to the liver ; but others described their course another way . and this matter remained in doubt until the year 1651. that the ductus thoracicus was found out by that most ingenious anatomist , john pequet , a french-man , to which it is evident to all men , the vessels discovered by asellius do tend , and there lay down the humour , or matter by them contained . and that we may not only speak of trifles , we cannot pass by with silence the famous invention of the bloods circulation by the incomparable william harvey , chief physitian to the king of england , discovered in the year 1628. which although at the first found many opposers , ( to whom it seemed strange , that they being old , should lay aside their old doctrines , and be taught anew what younger men did most certainly affirm ) nevertheless , this pillar of truth remained unshaken against the most furious assaults , and that so stedfastly , that not long after many learned men were found , who considering the solid sayings of the ancients , after this new invention was found out , that it might be explained after a far better , and easier manner ; plainly made it appear by the wrightings of hyppocrates , that he understood this circular motion of the blood , to whom they judge there were nothing in the art of physick lay hid . yea , the matter is come so far , that you shall scarcely find any physician of note , who doubts of the bloods circulation . so it requires some time to disperse the mists of mens contradicting any good , and new inventions . many famous men both in judgment and practise , were stired up by the examples of worthy and excellent anatomists , by whose diligence about the same time , viz. 1650. and 51. in divers countries it was discovered by olaus rudbechius , a swede , and thomas bartholinus , a dane , both famous in anatomy ; that the lymphatick vessels were distributed through the whole body . also the ductus's were observed in , or about the year 1656. ( by thomas wharton an english man ) tending from the lower maxillary glandule by a straight passage to the nipples ; which are found also at the fleshly ligature of the tongue , near the teeth : through which seeing the salival humidity continually floweth to the mouth for the moistning thereof , they are called salivales , and also inferiores : to distinguish them from the superiour salival ducts , which running from the upper maxillary glandules , by a direct passage about the cheek-muscle to the former part of the mouth by the region of the upper eye-teeth , lay down their spittle . which invention we owe to nicholas stenonis a dane , who discovered them in the year 1661. in his little book for publick good . also by his industry were found out many other vessels passing into the nostrils and mouth . we following his example , some years since have observed , that the glaudulous part of the jaw being prest , a thick and viscous humour came forth by the general opening of the pores ; from which time we thought that that viscous matter which appears by spitting , or other compression of the jaws , did in an especial manner proceed from those duct : jo. george wirsungus of bavaria , is not silently to be passed by ( who can all to mind all inventions ) who was very excellent in the study of anatomy ; in the year 1642. at padua , first found out the ductus pancreaticus , which for the general good of physicians , he caused to be engraven in copper , from whom we might have expected more , had he not been wickedly pistol'd by envious persons in his own house . seeing therefore this famous man could not so successively find out the use of this duct by his own study , others , that they might be serviceable to the physical republick , persisted in the fame labour , and with so much the more earnestness , in regard daily , there were more sharp disputes concerning it's true office , and that especially in the university of leyden in holland ; the most famous and indesatigable franciscus de le boe sylvius leading the way ; who when he had understood the various experiments which we had successfully made , by the dissecting of divers kinds of animals , very often , as well in private as in publick , advised us , that we would commit to writing these things which we had observed worthy of note concerning this matter . we distrusting our own industry , ( and considering that there are found some ( gluttons of books , as they may be termed ) who being stimulated with the desire of vain glory , spare not to assault all with their scribling pen , and scurrilous language ; ) were almost afraid to enter upon this work . yet consisidering that for the publick good , any thing was to be born with a couragious mind ; we at last put a helping hand to this labour , and withal , have polisht our endeavours , which so took with this worthy man , that he more urged their publication than before ; as certain that we should have the favour of all learned men , for doing a thing of so great moment to the publick good : and often said , that we should not fear to publish these things which are clearly demonstrated to our eyes . we being perswaded by the council of him , and other learned men , thought it worthy our labour , the description of the part being prefixt ; afterwards the judgments , and opinions of others being explained , concerning this juice , as we find it in every respect , to make it plain to all , and after to find out its true use . the lower part of the belly being opened , & the intestines , with the venticle removed , the pancreas or sweet-bread presently appears ; concerning which , as we shall find occasion to speak more , in the following pages , we will spend a little time in the exact delineation thereof the word pancreas is compounded of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , as if they would say that this viscous part were all flesh , which apellation , notwithstanding is no way fit ; but may be used as mony to pass from one to another asellius and some others of his followers , particularly noting the middle-most glandule of the mesentery , gave the first occasion of understanding all its parts , by one and the same name . the substanee of the pancreas ( or sweet-bread , if you except its membranes and vessels ) , is wholly glandulous ; made up of many small glandules ; all which have so great a hardness , and strength , that being separated from each other do still retain their proper form ; and being put together , by reason of their loose joyning , make a soft body : so that , not without reason , they have called the pancreas a loose and soft glandule . moreover , each glandules , constituting the pancreas , have their propper membranes ; and all being joyned together , are encompassed about with a coat of sufficient strength arising from the peritonaeum ; by the benefit of which , they are strongly kept , with their little vessels , in their own place . it s scituation , in a man , is under the hindmost part , of the ventricle , about the uppermost vertebra of the loynes , where it is firmly connected to the peritonaeum . and it is extended from the cavity of the liver , viz. from the entrance of the venaporta , to the region of the spleen ; by which means it is transversly scituated , and not exactly in the middle of the body ; seing that the greatest part thereof , is placed in the left hypocondrium . if you consider its colour , it is pale , being altogether glandulous ; for the blood gives little or no colour to the pancreas . it s figure is oblong , and broader , and thicker , towards the intestinum duodenum , and towards the spleen narrower and thinner ; nevertheless it is differently constituted in diverse animals ; for in dogs ; cats , apes , ottars , and others of the like nature , it is bipartite : so that one part ascendeth towards the stomach , and the other descendeth by the membrane of the mesenterium , ( according to the passage of the intestine ) to the which , it is on every side firmly knit . in fishes and fowls , for the most part it is long and single . the magnitude of the pancreas in healthful bodies is small , and compared with the other bowels , comes short of most , yet in men of full growth , considered with the other glandules it exceeds them all . it 's longitude is usually eight or ten fingers breadth , which it seldom exceeds in men of perfect health . it 's latitude is ordinarily two fingers broad , or two and a half . it 's thickness , for as much as we could observe in dead bodies by us dissected , is a fingers breadth . finally , the weight is various , according to the diverse magnitude of the animal in which it exists : we have with the most curious vvharton , often observed it in men to be four or five ounces , and in horses about eleven . the vessels of the pancreas , by the most accurate searchers of nature , are referred only to four kinds , viz. arteries , veins , nerves , and it 's own proper ductus . the arteries borrow their original from the caeliaca , the veins from the ramus splenicus ; the nerves from the sixth pair of nerves , and the ductus pancreaticus seems to be derived from the parenchyma of the pancreas . for as much as each glandules constituting the pancreas , send forth small vessels , which meeting in the middle thereof , make up this large ductus . this vessel which hath been before exposed to curious eyes , in all appearance is membranous ; and although it be small , nevertheless it is sufficiently strong . it 's bigness near the intestinum duodenum , is about the quantity of a small sized quill , called a pinion ; but in it's progress towards the greater lateral branches , and also to the lesser , running to all the glandules of the pancreas , it is divided , and gradually lessened ; wherefore by how much the more it approacheth the spleen , by so much it is the less , and sends forth smaller branches this ductus , or passage for the most part , is wont in men to shew it's greatest branch in the lower part thereof , next to the intestinum duodenum , which hath more little branches than any other proceeding from the great ductus , as appears by the following table . the explication of the first table . aaa . the ductus , or trunck , of the new vessel stretched forth according to the longitude of the pancreas . bbb . the lateral ducts , or small branches , arising on each side from the great trunk , and dispersed into the substance of the pancreas . c. the conjunction of the new vessel with the ductus biliarius , or choler-passage . dd. the cholar-passage freed from the pancreas , by which it is hid . e. the common ductus of the pancreas and cholar-passage , ending in the intestinum duodenum , about four fingers breadth under the pylorus . fff . the inner part of the pancreas , admitting the lateral branches . g. part of the pancreas separated from the ductus biliarius , which it did cover . hh . the inferiour part of the ventricle drawn upwards . i. the pylorus . k. the first of the small gutts , which is called the duodenum . l. part of the duodenum lying under the mesenterium . mm. part of the same duodenum rising again in the left hypocondrium . nn. the mesenterium freed from the gutts . tab. i. o. the meseraick vein . p. the meseraick arterie . q. the ductus cysticus . r. the ductus hepaticus . s. the intestinum duodenum opened . we think it to be worth our while to examine that in many and different animals , which belongs to the insertion of the ductus pancreaticus ; seeing that nature oftentimes in one is more depressed and obscure , in another , more clearly manifested ; so that none can truly determine concerning the use , and office of any part , which hath not diligently examined the fabrick , and scituation , the vessels annexed , and other accidents in divers animals . for which cause , we will briefly insert below the differences , which we have observed in several kinds of living creatures ; as well that which belongs to the ductus , as that which pertains to it's insertion , that all may be able the better to judge of it's use . there are some animals which have only one single pancreatick duct . others there are which have it double , and lastly , some have three , when the ductus is single ; sometimes it enters with the ductus biliarius into the intestinum duodenum , and sometimes a part . when the ductus is duplicate , sometimes one , sometimes both meet together with the ductus biliarius in the intestine . but when the ductus is threefold , sometimes one only , sometimes two , and sometimes all three enter into the intestine by the same passage , and also therein lay down a contained humour . and if you consider the place of insertion , it very much differs in divers living creatures ; for some are found in which the ducts do disburden themselves into the intestines , and also others in which they are discharged into the ventricle . the single ductus for the most part is found in man , calves , hogs , hares , conies , cats , dogs , pikes , carps , eells , barbils , &c. as we have formerly asserted ; for in men and dogs we find it sometimes double , yet so as the second is less than the former , viz. then that which passeth into the duodenum with the ductus biliarius . as often as these two ducts happen in the animals but now cited , for the most part they are conjoyned in the pancreas ; so that the one being blown up , the other will swell ; yet we find them so constituted in man , that they are not joyned together , although both be extended to the extremity of the pancreas almost in the same longitude and magnitude . a twofold ductus is commonly found in pheasants , peacocks , geese , ducks , and other animals , especially of the number of fowls . the threefold ductus , for the most part is in cocks , hens , pigeons and magpyes , &c. when the ductus pancreaticus is single , it is commonly joyned with the ductus biliarius about it's insertion into the intestinum , duodenum , in men and fishes , as we have above declared ; as also in cats , in which once we found by the side of the gall-bladder , another little whitish vessel towards which the pancreas in an extraordinary manner extending it self , which being lightly compressed , there flowed a certain matter into the ductus pancreaticus , like to the juyce thereof , both in colour and substance : but the bile in the same cat retained both it's natural substance and colour , so that nothing seem'd to be changed which related to it's natural constitution . the ductus pancreaticus , and the ductus biliarius are not joyned together , but enter the intestine in divers places in hogs , calves , conies , and hares , &c. when the ductus pancreaticus is twofold , or threefold , sometimes only one of them is joyned with the ductus biliarius , as is evident in pyes , and some other birds , sometimes two , as appears in peacocks , geese , ducks , pheasants ; and pigeons , in which now and then only one is joyned to the ductus biliarius : sometimes all three being joyned therewith do pass into the intestine , as we have sometimes observed in hens ▪ seeing we have already sufficiently spoken of it's insertion into the intestine , it also remains for us to speak something concerning the place of insertion , as more nearly appertaining to our business . the pancreatick juyce doth immediately discharge it self into the stomach in barbils and carps ; but in other creatures ( for as much as we have observed ) it dischargeth it self into the intestines , and that in divers places ; for in men it is performed about four fingers breadth , under the pylorus , and in birds about eight fingers breadth , but in hares and conies , the breadth of fifteen or sixteen fingers below the pylorus . here we would diligently note , that as often as we name the ductus biliarius , we always thereby understand the cysticus and hepaticus ; because these two are always joyned together about the end , only in pigeons excepted , which want the gall-bladder , and furthermore , are said to have no gall ; nevertheless , they have usually a threefold ductus biliarius , one of which enters immediately under the pylorus , the other two make their entrance into the intestine at a lower distance . where those ducts enter the intestines or the ventricle , the inner tunicle of that part buncheth out , being wrinckled like a navel ; for which cause it more difficultly admits the stile then the ductus biliarius , which is broader and not so lax . there is no value found throughout the ductus pancreaticus , nor in it's insertion to the ductus biliarius , as is rashly and falsly affirmed by some . and these few observations may be sufficient as concerning the systeme of the pancreas ; and no man ought to think , who hath observed so great a variety in it , and so many notable sports of nature about it , that the pancreas is slightly made ; for the liver , the spleen , and several other entrails of animals , also highly necessary , being different in themselves are found out by such , who diligently apply themselves to the dissecting of sundry living creatures ; neither will they easily say it is unprofitable , who have observed it to be found in all kinds of animals . chap. ii. the opinions of sundry authors concerning the office and use of the pancreas examined . as concerning the use of the pancreas , it was not so much accounted of in former dayes as now it is ; for hyppocrates , the reverend light and deity of some physicians gave the pancreas no name , concerning which now a dayes , so many opinions are seen in authors : for some think it only to serve as a pillow placed underneath the ventricle , or stomach , and for the distribution of the vessels . others that it received the chyle from the intestines : others imagined that it purged the excrement of the chyle : others that it were as the bilarvesicle of the spleen : others , that the thicker and more unapt purgations of the blood , were purged into it by the ordinary course of nature : others , that this part was made for the reception of the excrement of the nerves . finally , others have publickly taught , that the humour in the pancreas was not only useful , but highly necessary to be understood . the first opinion may be ascribed to the ancients , that this part is as a pillow under the stomach , and serveth to distribute the veins and arteries ; as vesalius , the most ingenious anatomist of his time sufficiently affirmes , who broke forth into these words about the fabrick of mans body , lib. 5. cap. 4. de omento . this body in man ( speaking of the pancreas ) is more white than red , every where attended by the branches of the vena porta , arteries and nerves , that their complications may be the more firm , being only supported by the lower membrane of the omentum ; that it may be placed under the stomach like a prop , or pillow . but this opinion is no way probable ; seeing then the pancreas in birds , fishes , and many other living creatures , in which it is otherwise scituate then in men would be useless ; because in those it is in no wise found to be so placed under the ventricle , neither doth it admit a passage to the vessels , unless in a very few . but because the ancients never had a true knowledge of the glandules , we must not blame them for not delivering to us the true use of the pancreas . the second opinion is attributed to baccius and folius , both which sharply maintained , that the chylus passeth from the intestines to the liver and spleen , through the ductus pancreaticus : the contrary of which is as clear as the meridian sun : seeing that nothing is received from the gutts into this ductus , but only the juyce sent forth by it self to the intestines . the third opinion is ascribed to johan . veslingius ; because in his systeme of anatomy , chap. 4. he thus speaketh of the pancreas : the use of this ductus is not obscure , for seeing it hath acertain juyce not much unlike to the bile , it is manifest that such an excrement is separated from the chylus by a further concoction , and being conveyed into this vessel , is thence emitted into the duodenum . asellius , riolanus and others favour this opinion ; but experience contradicts it , and manifestly sheweth , that the humour contained in the pancreas is never really in it self bitter , and therefore in no wise to be compared with the bile . if at any time it happens that the probe being put into this ductus be yellow , every one will easily believe , that this is not occasioned by the humour contained in the pancreas , but from the bile , as well flowing from the ductus cysticus , as the hepaticus immediately into the intestine ; especially if he consider that the stylus is spotted by the bile , before it passeth from the intestine to the ductus pancreaticus ; and again , that it passeth through the bile whilst it is drawn out : for the ductus pancreaticus , and the ductus biliarius in men perforate the intestine in the same place . and although the most famous d. van. horne , in a bilious diarhaea saw that vessel full of choler , we say it was preternatural , in as much as the bile , which copiously adhered to the end of the ductus ( as is wont to happen in a diarhaea ) was thrown into the cavity thereof , by the agitation of that dead body : also that the excrement of the further elaboration or concoction of the chylus , is not sent into this passage , is manifest , in regard the same is witnessed by occular inspection . in some animals , that glandulous body doth not at all touch the milky vessels ; and in others it only passeth over , and in no wise enters their substance ; as also because they are easily separated from the pancreas , without the effusion of any chyle , as we have formerly demonstrated in dogs , cats , and other animals . therefore we do not see upon what ground they might maintain the further concoction of the chylus to be celebrated in it , unless they following the opinion of asellius , would take this glandulous body for the middle glandule of the mefentery , into which the venae lacteae are altogether immersed . the fourth opinion is of bartholinus , as is manifestly apparent from his anatomy chap. 13. de pancreate ; where he thinks the bile to be purged naturally by its ductus , and will have it to be the bilar-vesicle or gall-bladder of the spleen ; so that the same use which the other affords to the liver , he believes that this affords to the spleen : which opinion ( by the leave of so great a man ) anatomy in our judgment seems to confute : seeing the ductus pancreaticus passeth not to the spleen ; neither are there any other vessels , which do convey any thing from the spleen to it : for , there are found only two kinds of vessels , which carry any thing back from the spleen , viz. the veines and lymphatick vessels : but the veines carry back the blood to the liver , and the complication of the lymphaticks carrying from the spleen , do not in like manner go to the pancreas , but to the great receptacle of the chyle ; so that nothing can be discharged out of the spleen to the pancreas , as our tryal in france hath sufficiently manifested , for their sakes , who judging this to be the best opinion of most authors , rejected ours . we tyed a dog upon a table , as is demonstrated by the first figure of the third table ; and when we had made a little hole in the left hypocondrium , with our two fore-fingers we pull'd out the spleen , whose bloody vessels we tyed with two or three several ligatures , and afterwards we cut the same in sunder between the spleen and the bonds ; and when we had quite taken away the spleen , we drew together the lips of the wound with small threds in three or four several places , whereby this dog , in ashort time , being well cured , was returned to us , ( at which we did not at all wonder , because we once had a bitch , which brought forth three or four puppies after the extirpation of her spleen ) ; and two mouths after the loss of the spleen in the same dog , we collected a notable quantity of the pancreatick juice , which the professors of andegave , the doctors of vtrecht , d. haverloo , and d. de maets , judged to be acidly salt : which being true , none as we think free from prejudice , will maintain that the succus pancreaticus proceeds from the spleen . also , it is worthy to be noted , that those dogs did no less greedily desire , or better digest , their food after the extirpation of the spleen , than before ; from whence we , receding from the common opinion , judge that no fermentitious matter or humour is sent from the spleen to the stomach . the fifth opinion is attributed to the most famous lindanus , seeing that in his medic-physiol . c. 5. art. 5. pag. 114. he saith , when i consider what appertains to the vse , besides the structure of the pancreas ; how many diseases practise takes notiee of in it , i cannot doubt but that the thicker , and more useless purgations of the blood , are thrown out into it , by the ordinary law of nature ; so as they may be corrected by the spleen : and also by an extraordinary : all the melancholy which either an intemperate diet , or disease hath bred . the ductus it self gives us cause to believe , that they are both carryed to the intestines ; and curation teacheth the same by the medicines often required . and this opinion seems also to us to be contrary to the truth , seeing that the pancreatick juice , as often as it hath been truly collected by us , alwayes appeared limpid like wine . but what we shall say concerning the excrementitious humour , will sufficiently appear by the following article , and also by those things which shall be spoken of presently after . the sixth opinion is manifest enough from wharton's treatise of the glandules , chap. xiii . whilst he writes . therefore i think that this glandule ( as likewise all others ) do minister to the nerves , and that it receives some of the superfluities of the nerves , of the sixth paire , with the little branches of the spinal marrow , in the greater folding of the vnitings ; and by its own proper vessel carries it to the intestines . but seeing that the nerves are designed to carry animal spirits , we do not understand upon what ground the industrious anatomist will hold , that the excrementitious humour is carryed through them , and wherefore he will affirm that it is rather carryed into the pancreas than into the spleen , or other parts of the body , to which nerves of the same original do belong . truly the pancreas is too far from the brain to receive its excrement ; moreover , the nerves abhor all acrimony , so as to receive any sharper juice : for which cause , we judge this opinion to stand upon too slight a foundation to be admitted for truth ; and so much the less , seeing we could never perceive any cavity or liquour in the nerves , notwithstanding all the diligence we could use to this purpose , the most accurate microscopes have been of no use to us , for the discovery of the least pores in them : we do not here speak of the distances which are like pores , seen between the small conveyances of the nerves ; but of the cavity it self , of the little pipes , by which these excrements ought to pass . furthermore , it is proved by ligatures that no remarkable quantity of humour is carryed by the nerves , in which there is not the least swelling , of either side the ligature which we have obser-served , nor yet by any other that we read of . that which chyrurgions cry out of the dropping of the nerves , we rather ascribe to the hurt of the lymphatick vessels , being nigh to the nerves , than the hurt of the nerves themselves ; for which reason , that we might have a more certain information , we have sometimes in dogs , laid bare that notable nerve in the hinder-most part of the legs , and cut it cross through the middle , and have put it into a vial , being freed from the lymphatick vessels ( as we use to do in collecting of the pancreatick juice ) , the neck of which was so straightned for this purpose , as that the nerves being cut asunder , the orifice might be well closed by its thickness , that spirits , or whatsoever subtile matter passeth through the nerves , might not vanish into the aire . we fixed this vial to the skin with the nerve hanging down into its hollowness , hoping that if any liquor did pass through the nerves , we should by that means attain it , but in vain : for , in the space of four or five hours , we got not the least drop ; nor did we observe that the animal spirits did adhere by condensation to the sides of the glass . such birds are to be catcht with more subtile nets ; which after they are taken , we will prepare to break-fast withal . seeing therefore little or no visible matter is carried through the nerves , we pray the propugners of this opinion to tell us , why nature in the pancreas ( as they will have it ) hath only formed a ductus to receive the excrements of the nerves , which sometimes exceed in magnitude the recurrent nerves themselves , whose small branches often touch the pancreas . what appertains to the word excrement , whereby they point out our juice , we think it not convenient for it , if they understand whatsoever is separated from the blood , whether good or evil ; but it is in no respect agreeable to the pancreatick juice , if by the word excrement they understand whatsoever is carryed from the blood to be unprofitable , for reasons hereafter to be declared . the seventh opinion is assigned to the most famous franciscus de la boe-sylvius ; who thinks nothing is carryed from the intestines to the pancreas , by this ductus ; nor any secret unprofitable excrement by the same to the intestines ; but a commendable humour prepared therein of blood , and animal spirits ; and so conveyed to the intestine , and permixed with the alement . and in regard he knew that nothing was carryed to the intestines , but what was first swallowed into the stomach , and by that driven out again through the pilorus , or is sent through the bilar , or pancreatick ductus ; and he moreover considering , not only in intermitting feavours , that the sick were alwayes troubled with various pains in their loynes , by cold , heat , yawnings , reachings , and vomitings , as well of insipid phlegm , and sometimes acid , as of choler ; sometimes bitter , sometimes acid and bitter , &c. but also in other diseases proceeding from hence to the hypocondriack affection . as for example , in the scurvey , the disease called the suffocation of the womb , the chollerico passio , pains of the belly , and consequently from hence in the ulcerated mouths , or thrushes of children , &c. belchings , and acid humours do arise , he concluded ( although he never saw the pancreatick juice , as he ingenuously confesseth , thes . 37. of the use of the spleen and glandules ) that the pancreatick juice , in its own nature was subacid , in an especial manner tempered by the animal spirits . for , he judged that the bile which is bitter and contrary to acidity , could not be the cause of an acid humour ; and therefore he determines that spittle , alwayes insipid in sound men ; and oftentimes so acid , and remarkably sharp in the sick , came not from the pancreatick juice . and because we heard that most learned man often teaching these and the like things , and did see the same confirm'd by a happy practise in the hospital ; his opinion so pleased us , that we never frequented his meetings , whether publick or private , without great satisfaction of mind ; in which , being excited to find out the further truth of the matter , by the same worthy person and his disciples , we have undertook the work ; and although we could not once despair of a happy success ; in process of time , god favouring our enterprize and desires , in the year 1662. found out the way of collecting the pancreatick juice ; which , by way of history , as it shall conveniently occur in the work , we will set down : in which our thoughts shipwrackt themselves from those scruples , by which they may be precautioned , who will follow our foot-steps to examine it . chap. iii. in what manner the pancreatick juice was found out . the first experiment by which we undertook to collect the pancreatick juice in a living dog , was a ligature with which we tied the upper-part of the pancreas , together with the thin gut ; for , by that means , we hoped that after some hours we should have found the pancreatick duct swell'd with juice , but in vain : which seemed to our judgment to happen by reason that the motion of the blood being hindered to the pancreas , the separation of the juice from it was prevented also . the second experiment was also by a ligature made about the insertion of the ductus into the intestinum duodenum , but also in vain . the reason perhaps was the glandules of the pancreas being hurt , by whose ductus all the pancreatick juice might the more easilier have flown out , by reason that neither in the great ductus nor in the lateral branches is there any values found . the third experiment was by two boards or planks , higher in the middle , than at the ends , applyed and straightly bound to the duodenum , at the ingress of the pancreatick ductus ; from whence , after some hours , the abdomen being opened again , which before had been lightly stitched up , we found the pancreatick ductus swelled with a clear and limpid juice ; nevertheless , we could not conveniently either take it out , or tast it . by which success we being animated the more , resolved a fourth tryal , by opening the intestinum duodenum , according to the longitude thereof ; and presently applying a little vessel to the orifice of the ductus pancreaticus , as the first figure of the following table a. demonstrates ; afterwards by straightly tying the said intestine about the neck of the vessel : so that its orifice was diametrically opposite to the end of the ductus pancreaticus , not doubting but by this means we should gather a rare quantity of the pancreatick juice ; but this also in vain : without doubt , because the air included within the vessel , denyed entrance to the pancreatick juice , lightly touching it . therefore we resolved to try a fifth experiment , with a little vessel smally perforated , as the first figure of the second table shews under the letter b. by which advantage , in the space of five hours , we collected so great a quantity of liquor , that the vessel was almost half full ; whose contained liquor was of a bitter relish , and of a yellowish colour ; which we judged to happen , because the bile , ( by reason the intestine was not first cleansed ) was intermixed with the succus pancreaticus . wherefore , after many and tiresome vexations of mind , we came to a sixth experiment ; which seeing it in all respects sufficiently answered our expectations ; here wee will add its exact description for the sake of the curious , that they may give credit to their proper senses , which in others words most easily lessen the credit . a little vessel , with a longer neck , was taken , as the ii. table under the letter a. represents ; in the upper part of whose belly a little hole was pierced b. ; by which the air included in it , gave way to the pancreatick juice . let the neck of the vessel be encompassed with a little cord c. ; and severall rings of iron , thereunto affixed , or any other convenient thing ; by the advantage of which , the intestine may the more easily be stretched up . furthermore , you must take a wild ducks quill d. because that kind of bird hath longer and thinner than all others , which must be so obvolved about the larger part thereof with paper , a little besmeared with boiled starch , that the orifice of the vessel h. whilst it is included in it , may be most exactly closed : lest either the bile or blood , penetrating by the sides of the quill , defile the juice collected , or to be collected in the vessel . this quill is affixed to the vessel , by reason of the straightness of the pancreatick duct , which will not admit the neck of the vessel . presently you must take a little tap or stopple made of soft wood , and of such thickness that it may fill up the narrower orifice g. which with the alligated thred k. by the help of the style may be so far protruded through the larger part of the quill f. that a little thereof may remain in the larger part of the quill g. and there may stick so fast , that it may not return of its own accord into the ductus pancreaticus : because then the pituitous or vermiculous crusted matter , of the intestines , continually adhering about the end of the ductus being moved , would easily cause it to be obstructed ; which need not be feared , if the stopple remain in the quill . but the tap is not so strongly to be forced into the quill , but that by the help of the thred it may easily be retracted . you have all these things set forth in the second figure of the second table . the explication of the second table . fig. i. sheweth all things necessary for the preparing of the vessel . a. the glass vessel . b. a small hole in the upper part of the vessel . c. a little string adorned with iron rings . d. a long and slender quill of a wild duck. e. the paper with which the quill is enenwrapped . f. the larger part of the quill . g. the more slender part of the quill . h. the mouth of the glass vessel . i. the wooden tap or stopple . k. the thred annexed to the tap. fig. ii. doth exhibit the vessel as it ought to be furnished with all its requisites . fig. iii. denotes the parts of the instrument , by which the lower end of the ductus pancreaticus may be closed . aa . two tables made of ivory . bbbb . four little holes made in the ends of the tables . cc. two cylinders . dd. two scrues turn'd about the cylinders . all the instruments aforesaid being prepared and fitted , a dog to is be taken ; to whom , for the space of some hours , no food hath been given : but , a young mastive is to be preferred ; because he , of all other dogs , of the same magnitude , hath larger bowels , and by reason of the humidity predominating in him , yeildeth more pancreatick juice , and also longer life , and moreover less trouble in diffecting . we say that a fasting dog is to be taken , lest that the intestines , with the ventricle waxing bigger by aliment , the closure of the abdomen , after the application of the glass , be impedited ; or also , the mouth of the quill , by the two much compression of the bowels , be shut up . tab. ii having got such a dog , after his mouth in strictly bound that he may not bite ; and having tyed his extended legs , upon a table , let the style be thrust under the larynx , the long muscles being first removed , bending his neck ; which done , let there be made a little hole in that part thereof , which is most prominent , by cutting the particles of the two cartilages ; that by the same hole , his troublesome cry , to the standers by , being removed , a respiration be procured . in such sort as is shewed , tab. iii. fig. i. these things premized , you must open the abdomen with one incission , according to the white line from the sword-like cartilage , unto the region of the pubes ; then presently draw the gut through the wound , and make a ligature about it three or four fingers breadth below the pylorus , as also under the end of the ductus pancreaticus , lest the aliments sliding from the ventricle , or those things contained in the guts , by their peristaltick motion , against things thrust forward , should disturb or hinder this our vvork . then between both ligatures , let the intestine be cut open in its anteriour part , being first freed from the mesentery ; by and by the bile , with the phleme , and other matter found therein , being cleansed away by a sponge , the ductus pancreaticus may be observed ; the which , with almost two fingers breadth beneath the end of the ductus biliarius , and well nigh the same space above the connexion of the intestine , with the descending part of the pancreas , into ductus of the narrower orifice is gently to be immitted , the end of the quill shut up with its spout or stopper , with the glass vessel on the other part fastned to it ; which , by the mediation of the little cord , containing the rings c. it is sewed to the intestine with a double thred ; so that , the extremity of the quill g. may remain in the ductus pancreaticus ; nor the vessel recede from the intestine . vvhich things rightly performed , the abdomen is to be sewed together with a thick thred , that the vessel may hang forth without the cavity thereof , as is to be seen fig. ii. tab. iii. to which , now part of an exsiccated bladder n. is to be so bound with a string about the neck of the vessel , that it may on every side cover the vessel ; lest the blood or bile flowing by the hole of the vessel b. might enter into it . these things so done , the tap or stopple i. by the help of the thred k. is to be drawn through the hole b. this instrument will alwayes be sufficient where the ductus pancreaticus hath only one passage into the intestine ; but if besides this ordinary ductus , there be yet another passage , as in like manner we have sometimes found ; there is another instrument required , by which that also may be closed . the which instrument in the end we thought upon , as being more agreeable to this matter , then that of which we have already discoursed in the third experiment , and it is noted , tab. ii. fig. iii. it hath two tables made of ivory aa in the extremity of which are four holes bbbb . these tables may be so applyed between the ventricle and the vessel , affixed to both sides of the intestine ; and the intermediate intestine may be somewhat compressed with the hand , till the acute style , and the clynders cc. be transmitted through the holes , and through the scrues dd. the intermediate intestine may be so straightned , that nothing from these secondary ducts ( which we have alwayes found to be present in the superiour place ) may flow out ; by which means all the juice flowing through that ductus , in which the quill is immitted may be received by the affixed vessell . the explication of the third table . fig. i. exhibiteth a dog , in which is shewed the manner how , and place where , the instruments noted tab. ii. are to be affixed . a. the glass viall . b. the needle . m. the pylorus . n. the intestinum duodenum . o. the pancreas . p. the presse . q. the little hole cut in the larynx . fig. ii. represents a dog , whose abdomen , after the application of the instruments is sewed together . aa . two glass vials to collect the succus pancreaticus , and the spittle . n. a part of the bladder , where-with the glass is covered , lest the blood entring through the hole thereof should defile the pancreatick juice . chap. iv. in which the qualities of the pancreatick juice are described : by a plain division of the glandules of the whole body , is shown that the succus pancreaticus is not excrementitious : also , how it is generated . having related the instruments with their manner of applying , there is none but may see that we may easily come to a more intimate knowledge of the pancreatick juice , by observing not only the qualities thereof , but also the quantity which at all hours do flow to the intestinum duodenum . the qualities of the pancreatick juice so collected , both visible and tactable , such as we have frequently observed them , we shall here set down for the sake of those who desire to be informed . as often as we have rightly collected the pancreatick juice , we have found it like clear fountain water , with some-thing of viscidity , but not without the associating of dissipated spirits . the qualities thereof are perceptible to the tast ; not alwayes in the same manner in themselves , which denote those functions depending upon it , not seldome to be vitiated , and the same is evinced by our experience ; for , we sometimes have found it most gratefully acid , sometimes almost insipid , sometimes austere , often times salt , but most often acidly salt . of this our experience , we cite an approved witness , the most excellent d. vander sprongh , with the most famous professor sylvius , as also many others who have sometimes been fellowes of our practical colledge , who in their presence judged with us , that in such a collection it were both of an austere , and acidly salt sapor . the notable effect of the austerity thereof , then also observed , we will hereafter declare . now having found out the pancreatick juice , that we may clearly and distinctly subject the generation thereof to your eyes , we will propose a description of all the glandules , by distinguishing them with the famous d. sylvius into conglobated and conglomerated . we call them conglobated , which are constituted , as it were , from one continued substance , having an equal superifices ; such as in the mesentery , neck , shares , and other parts of the body , many are found . but we call those conglomerated , which rise from many lesser glandules joyn'd together ; such are the pancreas , salival ducts , and many others in the fauces , nostrils ; yea they constitute the thyme it self , or glandule , under the channel bone , concerning which we are willing here to say somewhat of what we have some years since observed , whilst we were conversant about the dissecting of calves ( in which this glandule was found very great , and that which is most worthy of note , no less in calves , than in other animals , that it is sensibly diminished after the birth ) that this notable ductus was found repleat with a limpid humor , which we sometime prosecuted ; but because , upon the laying open thereof , the liquor did continually flow out , the intire ductus vanished away before we could enter its end : for which reason , we were constrained to defer its further enquiry till another occasion . that this distinction of the glandules is not fained but real , the following experiment doth prove . as well the conglomerated as the conglobated are cloathed with a coat or membrane ; which being taken away , and a certain liquor immitted , as well through the ductus pancreaticus , as through the salivales ; also by the arteries of all the glandules , by the help of a syringe with divers little pipes fastned to the same , contrived by us , and proposed in our treatise concerning the organs of men ; as subservient to many things in generation ; and there will be observed by a most elegant spectacle conglomerated glandules , receding or parting by course from themselves ; especially if from hence the little membranes , whereby they are connexed , be cut with a knife : which , in no wise , is to be expected from the conglobated glandules , notwithstanding the greatest diligence . besides the glandules differ among themselves , in relation to their substance : because in the ordinary course of nature , we have found a cavity in the middle of the conglobated glandules ; but not in the conglomerated ; which , by that great expounder of nature , and by an indissoluble bond of friendship endeared to us , nicholas stenon , we have seen noted ; and observed ; who in his anatomical observations concerning the conglobated glandules , saith : for , outwardly the conglobated glandules are hollow not inwardly like a bason , yet if you rightly enter the separation between the protuberating lips on every side , you shall find as it were a cleft or chap , by which go forth certain lymphatick roots returning with the membrane . their substances differ not only among themselves by way of connexion , as they are conglobated and conglomerated , but also in the peculiar vessels ; for , the conglobated are given to the lymphatick vessels , which towards , and at the common ductus thoracicus , or the superior folding thereof , especially conspicuous in dogs , drive out a liquor prepared in themselves , or received from another . but the conglomerated dispose their liquour into peculiar cavities , as the salivales into the mouth , the pancreas into the duodenum , and so of others . that the motion of the lympha is such , as we have even now asserted , and not from the centre to the circumference , is proved by the values in the lymphatick vessels , every-where existing , as may be seen in a little treatise , concerning the values of the lymphatick vessels , by the most famous , and our entire friend , dr. raysch , anatomyst of amsterdam , printed anno 1665. by whose indefatigable dilligence , at the same time , was discovered that vessel which he calleth the bronchial artery , by reason that it accompanyeth the widenings of the branches of the sharp artery through the whole substance of the lungs ; as may be seen by the figure thereof , inserted into his little book , aforementioned , and worthily communicated to us . seeing that the duct's , and also the substances of the glandules are diverse , it is worthy our enquiry , whether the humour , observed in all the glandules , be of the same , or a different quality ? but we shall answer , that the same , or like humour is separated in all the glandules , of a diverse species ; for one liquor is deposed in the conglobated , and another in the conglomerated : for , that which is separated in the conglobated is all of the same nature : which is proved , not only by the substance of the same glandules , every where consimilar , but also by the wayes by which they are all distburdened ; for as much , as further appears to us , ending in the ductus thoracicus . moreover , it is further demonstrable , by the liquor of the conglobated glandules , ordinarily found more saltish , and less acid in them , than in the conglomerated glandules of the pancreas ; nevertheless more of acidity , and salsitude , than that of the conglomerated salivales . from whence it is manifest , that a liquor is separated from the conglomerated glandules of the salivales , and pancreas not alike in all its qualities , as we have asserted even now to be done in the conglobated ; in which matter , that we might be more certain , at the same time , and to the same animal , we applyed the instrument depicted tab. ii. fig. ii. both to the ductus pancreaticus , and to the upper salivary duct , as is exhibited tab. iii. fig. ii. but we found a notable diversity of the aforesaid liquors ; for , the salival is either temperate or insipid ; but the succus pancreaticus is acidly salt , or such like , for the most part , as we have described it in the former chapter . seeing there is a diverse juice of diverse glandules , it deserves our enquiry , what use every one may have , and whether it be prositable or unnecessary ? that is , whether it bringeth any commodity to the body ? or , whether it be such as is in no wise subservient to the oeconomy of the humane fabrick ? it will not be hard to satisfie this difficulty , especially if we make a more exact scrutiny into the motion of those liquors ; for seeing that all the liquor of the conglobated glandules , is inserted into the ductus thoracicus , and there permixed with the chyle , the chief part of aliments , and with the same may proceed , and be purged into the jugular veine , or left subclavian vessel ; from whence , being confused with the descending blood , necessarily passeth through the right ear of the heart , into its right ventricle . we do not see by what name it may be called excrementitious and unprofitable ; because the excrementitious humours are separated from the blood : so that , according to the order of nature , they may not any more be commixed therewith ; but are wholly separated from the body ; which is clearly seen in the urine ; the which , being separated from the masse of blood in the reines , and thence deduced through the ureters into the bladder : from whence , after some stay , according to the dictate of the will , by the urinary passage it is excluded from the body ; so that it can never again return . so , the juice of the conglomerated glandules , is effused through particular ducts , into divers cavities of the body , where it may be mingled with other humours necessary for nourishment , and is least of all to be esteemed for excrementitious , or unprofitable . which that it may likewise , be made known , in like manner , as we have prosecuted the liquor of the conglobated glandules ; so also , we shall follow that of the conglomerated flowing from the salivales , and the pancreas . the spittle is separated from the blood , in the maxillary glandules , as well the superiour as the inferiour , and is carryed by the said salival ducts , into the cavity of the mouth ; where it may be mixed with the assumed aliment , or out of the time of the aliments assumption , is continually swallowed ; the which we never better consider , than whilst we hold somthing in our mouth ; the which , because of the cleanness of the place , in which we are , we will not spit out , neither dare we swallow it down ; for the mouth is very quickly fill'd with spittle . therefore the spittle , although without our knowledge , is continually swallowed , and mingled , and confused in the stomack with the aliment , which truly would be very indecent , if the same were unprofitable and excrementitious . the pancreatick juice is e●●used in the glandules of the pancreas , after the same manner as the spittle in the salivales , being continually separated in a man about the breadth of four fingers under the pylorus into the intestinum duodenum , and there is mixed with the aliments already passed the fermentation of the stomack , and with the same is driven downwards by the peristaltick motion of the gutts ; in which propulsion the greatest part thereof , together with the more pure and liquid part of the aliment is carried to the venae lacteae , and thence to the cistern ; from thence it penetrates through the ductus thoracicus to the subclavian vein , and so forward to the right ventricle of the heart ; which indeed would happen against reason , if the said humours were excrementitious , and unprofitable to the oeconomy of the body of man. to this opinion , besides sylvius , agrees godofridus moebius , who in his physiological foundations of medicine , c. 12. concerning the use of the intestines , thus speaketh : but this juice ( namely the pancreatick ) seeing that it may be admixed with the chyle , together with the bile in the duodenum , without all doubt it further helps and promotes its fermentation : for , if the pure purged excrement should be of no use , nature would have derived that channel to the lower intestines , wherein hard and unprofitable excrements are lodged , not to the superiour , where the chyle begun in the stomach , ought to be perfected . seeing than that by reasons and experiments , already sufficiently inferd , it is manifest , that the humours , as well of the conglobated , as the conglomerated glandules , are not excrementitious . we think fit , before we proceed any further , to propose their way or mode of generation . it hath been , in times past , believed by the antients , ( to say nothing concerning faulties , and other their figments ) that the glandules did imbile superfluous humidities , like unto sponges . but to the neotericks , it seemed after a more attentive examination of their structure , that this simillitude was greatly wide of the truth ; by reason the glandules are not every where open to the pores , but are sufficiently cloathed on all sides with a strong membrane ; & therefore they think that nothing entreth into the glandules , unless it be thither propelled by the arteries and nerves . but the arteries carry the humours of every kind to the glandules , under the colour of blood ; every of which , by reason of a certain disposition of the pores , even as seives do admit such particles of the humours , which in respect of their magnitude , and figure , have the greatest analogy , with the little pores ; in the mean while excluding others , which have with them a lesser simillitude ; which therefore by the name of blood , are constrained to return to the heart ; from whence , being more exalted in their passage , they are presently driven indiscriminately , by the pulsifick force thereof , to the glandules , and other parts of the body ; but , notwithstanding the particles fitted to the generation of the pancreatick juice , are no where more easily separated than in the pancreas , no where more serous than in the reins , no where more commodiously bilious than in the liver ; & so of the rest : because there are some parts of the body which do more commodiously receive this or that humour into the pores than others . nature hath therefore invented a singular artifice , whereby it doth so happily absolve so diverse a work , in diverse parts of animals ; which they do less admire , who diligently consider with themselves , that the like thing doth necessarily happen in plants : for , we see various plants , posited in the same sand , each to admit a peculiar juice ; which , nevertheless , is so homo-geneous , that it may contain in it self diverse particles , as we see in trees , whereon , by the industry of gardeners , divers fruits do grow ; whereas also divers branches or twigs are grafted into the same stock ; which by reason of the different constitution of their pores , they admit this , and not that part of the liquor or sap , others being excluded , which have a lesser affinity with their pores . the which things being equally granted , we may inferre , that the matter fitted to the generation of the pancreatick juice , is separated from the blood by a certain disposition of the pancreas ; yet not so exactly , but that it may bring divers other particles with it ; as occular inspection doth ascertain us to happen in the reins ; in which indeed primarily the more serous particles of the blood , after the manner of transcolation , are separated from its intire masse ; yet , nevertheless , we note those many saline , bilious , and other humours ; which are , as it were , snatcht away therewith , by reason of them or those particles largely abounding in the body ; in like manner as chymistry doth demonstrate all these things to our eyes , as clear as the meridian light. the animal spirits joyne themselves to the succus pancreaticus by a continual circulation , continually separated from the blood , with which , being joyn'd together by an amicable connexion , they run into the intestinum duodenum . from whence it is conspicuous , that our pancreatick juice is not simple , but compounded of divers ; this especially , acid , aqueous , saline , and other particles therein found , adjoyned to the animal spirits ; by whose volatile sweetnesse the force of acids is restrained ; whence it happens , that the pancreatick juice is naturally acidly-temperate . some may say , after what manner may the pancreatick juice be acidly temperate , seeing that in the precedent chapter we have said , that it is very often acidly-salt , and naturally may be said to be such as alwayes , or for the most part , it happeneth to be ? but , we shall answer , that perhaps it so happeneth in dogs onely ; because they ought to digest bones , and other things of a harder concoction , but in men we judge there is no such salsitude existant or required ; because , in men , that which is vomited , is either insipid , or bitter , or acid , very rarely , and perhaps never acidly salt ; the which undoubtedly would happen if their pancreatick juice were naturally such . but being granted , that in men , likewise as in dogs , it may naturally be acidly salt , whether then will our hypothesis run ? nowhither : because a salsitude joyned to it , as hereafter shall be declared , doth no way impede its primary operation . chap. v. the liquor of the glandules in the body , it demonstrated to be necessary , and that the pancreatick juyce doth effervesse with the bile . all these things premised , deservedly , who can ask what the juyce of the glandules may perform in the bodies of animals ? to whom we shall answer , that the juyce of all the conglobated is subservient to sanguification , but the liquor of the conglomerated is ordained to other uses : for that which is generated in the maxillary glandules , and other of the conglomerated , placed about the cavity of the mouth , for the most part absolveth the fermentation of aliments in the stomach : and that liquor which is generated or separated in the conglomerated glandules of the pancreas , seems to us to perform far more : seeing that nature for the most part so wisely disposeth matters , that one and the same thing may be accommodated to many . but seeing the use thereof is not yet sufficiently known , we shall examine what is first effused from it into the thin intertine , and also happeneth in the same . there is a sufficiently large quantity of this pancreatick juice continually brought to the thin gut ( we remember there hath been collected from one dog , in the space of seven or eight hours , two drachms , half an ounce , and from a mastive an intire ounce ) that it may be continually lifted up , and fermented with the bile flowing from the ducts of the liver , to a double or tripple quantity ( for as much as we could observe by the benefit of an instrument applied to their passage into the intestine in doggs ) being therein carried with a certain strugling motion . that this effervescency is excited from the acidity of the pancreatick juice , and the concourse of the bile abounding with a fixed and volatile salt , we dare the more freely assert ; because hitherto we have seen no example of an acid spirit concurring with a lixiviate salt to happen without an effeverscency sufficiently manifest , so that all impediments were taken away . that both salts are found in the bile , chymistry that most excellent and famous medical instrument of truth doth prove ; by the benefit of which we can separate a volatile salt effervescing with an acid spirit , and lixivious salt more manifestly absolving the same work . but that the pancreatick juice containeth in it self an acidity is manifest by an experiment above-recited ; the which , for their sakes who are lovers of truth , and whose belief derogates not from their proper senses , as in the academies of diverse regions , we have performed both publickly and privately , we have declared , not again to be repeated : and it is notably confirmed by an experiment which the most accurate searcher of nature , floventius schuyl , in his written tractate for antient medicine pag. 94. described in these words : moreover , i have opened the abdomen of another living dog in the same method , and in the intestinal bilar ductus , which is common to the cystic and hepatic , by a compressed instrument in such manner as the figure represents ; that the pancreatick juice alone might issue forth , we collected in the space of nigh three hours the quantity of two ounces of acidly sour juice ; whose manifest sourness was not only proved by the tast , but also by the permixing it with warm milk ; which was so coagulated , that thereby was formed as it were a cheese , being a manifest experiment , that acidity was altogether prevalent in the same . also , pag. 157. writing concerning the pellicle or bilar pore of horses ; i , ( saith he ) by a double experience , have found that pellicle , first of all to be replenished with a humour sub-acid , then with a bilious humour , with a temperate acidity ; into which , in like manner , a humour , a little sourish , did flow from the pancreas , and from thence into the intestinum duodenum . it is likewise concluded , that the pancreatick juice , in men , hath an acidity in it , not onely from the like nature of all the bowels and contents in brutes and men , but deduced also from other experiments : to wit , by sowr belchings , without the assumption of sowr and acid things into the stomach ; and in the hypoconders forthwith stretched out , or after rumbling and noise , first observed in the belly , presently again breaking out through the mouth . hither also belong those wonderful , and almost inexplicable motions , and agitations perceived by the sick ; first of all about the region of the loynes , especially after any heavy affliction of the mind , as anger , terror , fears , occasioned by the acidity of the pancreatick juice , flowing into the thin gut. if any one object in the cases now mentioed , that the pancreatick juice is evilly disposed , but that naturally in it self it containeth no acidity , let him declare : dr. paisenius , a man joyn'd to us in peculiar friendship , saith , in his disputation concerning the vices of humours , how may that juice preternaturally wax foure , if in the same , the seeds of acidity , as we may so call them , were not prae-existent . if we stand by authorities , no doubt but the cause will fall : for , hippocrates de veteri med. § . xxiv . against those , openly teacheth , that there is not only in man an acidity , and that mixed with other things , and therewith so attempered , that it is neither conspicuous nor hurtful to a man ; but also subjoyneth § . xxv . but where the acidity shall be divided , then it is conspicuous and hurtful to man. hippocrates doth not say , that it is arisen , but separated : therefore it is present in the natural state , although inconspicuous . besides galen teacheth that melancholy is so made of the blood , as must is made of wine . but now with what probabillity may we say , that in wine , ale , milk , and the like liquors , which left to themselves , without the addition of any other matter , do grow soure ; that the acid parts were not before existent ? what hinders , but that the same thing may also happen in men ? besides the reasons and authorities already brought , we will add the following experiment , which after a wonderful manner doth confirm the natural acidity of the pancreatick juice in men. in the year 1666. whilst we were resident in the academy of andegave , a shipman , about thirty years of age ; a man of a good habit of body , and for as much as we could understand by the standers by , very healthful ; in his little vessel , endeavouring to passe under an old bridge , standing upon the river moene , with his mast erected , was by the bridge , unhappily thrown down , which , falling upon the man , killed him ; whose dead body was immediately brought to the hospital , where the same being as yet warm , was opened by dr. crosnier , the chyrurgion of the same hospital , and our self ; in which we collected the succus pancreaticus , which we exhibited to diverse curious tasts , who judged it to be acid ; and for our own part we freely profess never to have found it more gratefully acid in dogs . who is he , these things being rightly considered , that doubteth of the effervescency happening between the pancreatick juice , and the bile rightly constituted ? yet , lest it should in any part seem deficient , we will set down , in few words , those primary objections and difficulties , both here and in other countries proposed to us against this effervescency ; the which being cast off , doubts of lesser moment will be ready to fall of their own accord . the first difficulty is , that the pancreatick juice , as often as it hath been found by us insipid , hath not in the least been able to raise an effervescency with the bile in the thin gut. to this objection we answer , that it doth not follow , that the pancreatick juice , sometimes found by us insipid , should , at that time , have in it no acidity . concerning which matter , let them consult galen de simp. med. fac. lib. 3. cap. 13 , 14 , 15. as also hippocrates , in that place before alledged , saying , that in many mixed things , there are substances of various qualities by act , in which , nevertheless , those substances are not sound . the same is confirmed by daily experience , whereby it is evident that diverse liquors are rendered insipid , whose effects we allow to consist , partly in acid , partly in lixivious parts ; for example , the spirit of salt , which is most sharp , may be so dulcified with spirit of wine , that no acidity may be perceived in it ; yet notwithstanding it failes not to effervesce , if it be permixed with a lixivious salt ; so also , in infinite other things , which appear not acid , by reason of the acid particles which are in them , do excite perceptible effervescencies both to the sight and touch. but we do not absolutely deny , but that the pancreatick juice may be sometimes generated so sluggish , as that it may scarcely , indeed not at all ferment with the bile ; but we then judge it to be distempered or sick. yea , that those animals in whom it so happens , do sometimes dye by reason of the non-contingent effervescency : but this doth not destroy the natural effervescency . the second difficulty which hath been proposed to me , is , that seeing our bile and pancreatick juice is diluted with the chyle , they cannot effervesce : but to this objection we shall answer ; that oyle of vitriol , being mingled with pure water , doth stir up a greater effervescency with the fileings of steele , than if it were mingled therwith alone without water ; and which is yet more , if after the said effervescency hath ceased , if fresh water be added to it , the oyle of vitriol , with the steele dust , will ferment again afresh . but that we might have an experiment which might come nearer to our business , we have taken cows milk , as having a very great affinity with the chyle , and have poured to it spirit of vitriol , mingled with the lixivious salt of tartar , and the effervescency was presently excited , which continued a great deal longer , than if the oyle of vitriol , and oyle of tartar per deliquium , had been mingled without the milk. we judge that the long continuance of the effervescency , ought to be ascribed to the viscidity of the milk , seeing that daily experience teacheth us , that milk , honey , and other things , may be more , and longer rarified , whilst boyling , than distilled waters , spirits , and other the like things , not having a viscidity . according to which , in the said experiment , it is worthy of note , that the effervescency ( perhaps by reason of the coagulation of the milk ) doth not so well happen , if the spirit of vitriol be put to the milk , before the oyle of tartar per deliquium : hence ( with the safe opinion of the more learned ) a reason seems to us to be sought into ; why commonly , in all animals , the ductus biliarius , either first , or with the ductus pancreaticus , do enter into the intestine . from hence may be answered their difficulty , who say , that in some animals the distance between the ductus pancreaticus , and the ductus biliatius is too great : it is not necessary , that this effervescency should alwayes happen immediately under the pylorus ; but the matter may be carryed some fingers breadths further , where at length it may ferment ; namely , when the pancreatick juice , with the diluted bile , is mixed with the chyle : because those animals , in whom so notable a distance is found , have alwayes ( for as much as we have happened to see ) very long intestines ; as may be seen in coines , hares , and very many other animals . moreover , neither need it be feared , that our determined effervescency , by which the profitable parts of the aliment , are separated from the unprofitable , should happen too slowly ; seeing that in those animals some one passage or channel of the intestines , may be over and above , sufficient to receive the profitable particles of the chyle . the third thing which we have observed is , that the natural heat of our hand would more increase that effervescency , than the artificial heat of fire . after the same manner we read in chymical books , that the heat of horse dung performs many things , which could not be expected from our artificial fires , but with the greatest difficulty . which seeing it is so , no man ought to admire , that we are not able to demonstrate the effervescency , between the bile and the pancreatick juice , without our body , whilst they remain in their temperate and natural estate ; because neither artificial fire , nor the natural heat of our hand , can stir up such a heat as we know to be excited in the small gut , by reason of the circumjacent bowels , which are most hot . but some perhaps , being little content with these reasons , will say , that to see that naturally effervescency , it behoveth to open a living dog , seeing that as yet in him the natural heat is in its vigour : the which seems to carry something of force with it , with those who consider not that in a preternatural disposition of the body , we cannot know its natural operation ; as also with those who have never moved their hand to the work ; because those things which happen in the intestines , cannot be seen , unless they be opened , and many vessels must necessarily be dissected when they are opened , out of which flow such an abundance of blood , that it is impossible ( as we have often experienced ) to see the desired effervescency . add , that the succus pancreaticus cannot after the manner of a rushing torrent hasten it self into the thin intestine , because this river flowing as it were from so many springs and rivolets , as the pancreas is environed with glandules and little branches , doth by a pleasing course continually slide into its own channel : so that the cleansed juyce being now effused with the blood , you cannot without a very tedious delay collect a sufficient quantity of the pancreatick juyce to be fermented , and which in the mean time will be so altered by the cold air , that it will be in vain to expect an effervescency perceptible to the sight . for it very much agrees with vulgar observation ( saith the most learned willis , exercitat . medico-physic . de sanguinis incalescentia , fol. 85. ) that fermentible liquors when closed more strickly in the vessel , do most ferment , and presently cease from their fermentation , if the air be admitted through an opened hole : more-over , boyles experiments , experiment . physico-mechanicor . 41. 42. 43. do most clearly shew effervescencies to be excited from the ebullition of dissimilar particles , or by corrosion ; also the ebullition of hot water in a glass sphere to be wonderfully augmented after the air is sucked out , and that there are some things which in a space of time , are intended in the air to a great vacuity , whose action after the air is drawn out , is presently extinguished : so that without reason they desire that the effervescency between the bile , and the pancreatick juyce should be manifested to the eye without the body : for it is plainly ridiculous to be willing to see the effervescency of those humours , and to impede the humours by which they are performed ; or not to admit of the preturnal constitution of the animal , and willing to see those things which are performed in the bowels of animals . if their pancreatick juyce who desire this thing , were endued with such an acrimony as nevertheless being destitute of natural helps , might ferment with the bile to the eye without the body ; with how great pains would not their bowels be tormented , if being helpt by those aids in the body , the effervescency should be performed ; doubtless they would not desire such an aciditie , before they would subscribe to our so often commemorated fermentation , but in short , would wish for themselves such a pancreatick juyce , as we have above deemed to raise up therein a natural effervescency . lastly , the third difficulty which hath been proposed to us against the effervescency between the bile and the pancreatick juyce , is , that the pancreatick juyce being acidly salt ( as it is ordinarily found in dogs ) ought not to ferment with the bile : seeing that the acidite thereof , by reason of the salt therein contained , helping the innervated liquor will be subdued . but we may easily answer this objection also , by distinguishing sea-salts , fossile-salts , and others compounded of a lixiviate-salt , and acid-spirit , from the pure lixiviate salts . no man will ever deny , but that the last of acids doth lose its force and energy , and consequently hinders its effervescency . but that which appertaineth to the first , of whose nature we esteem that to be which is in the succus pancreaticus ; ( forasmuch as we can perceive by the tast : ) all men will easily grant that that in no wise hindereth the effervescency , of those things , especially , which have an acid spirit ; as for example , that of vitriol , in which was dissolved sea-salt , mixed with the lixivious salt of tartar , or oyle of tartar per deliquium . yea it is so far from diminishing the effervescency , that it exciteth a greater than otherwise would happen ; as sal armoniack dissolved in oyle of vitriol , so highly accuates it , that it dissolveth gold , the which without it could not be done . hence perhaps it commeth to pass , that dogs , which devour bones , and other aliments , of difficult concoction ; which cannot be dissolved by an acid spirit alone ; for , the most part have their pancreatick juice acidly-salt . among those things which we have asserted , concerning the pancreatick juice insipid , acid , salt , &c. it is sufficiently manifest , that the diversity observed therein , excludes not the acidity thereof ; neither destroyes its effervescency , which we have taught to be made in the thin gut , without any interruption . but we have sometimes observed a pleasant effervescency of the bile , with an acid , in the bile of a dog , closed up in a glass viall , after having poured on about a third part of spirit of niter , and keeping it a while in the warme rayes of the sun. but that we may come nearer to the matter , we will declare the experiments brought by dr. schuylius , to demonstrate the effervescency betwen the bile , and the pancreatick juice , in the presence of many students ; in his treatise pro veteri med. pag. 88. therefore ( saith he ) the abdomen of a living dog being opened , i have bound the duodenum , not far from the pylorus with a ligament ; and also with another a little below the insertion of the ductus pancreaticus : then left the dog to himself , his abdomen being sowed up . three houres being clapsed , the dog , as it seemed , yet living ; for he had onely lost some few drops of blood : the abdomen being opened , we found the space intercepted between the ligatures , vehemently distended ; so that , it would altogether resist the compression of the fingers , and threatned a rupture . neither did we find the gall bladder less distended : also that that intercepted space of the duodenum was possessed , with an intense , and burning heat ; in which making a little wound with the lancet , the contained wind , with the humour , broke forth with a bouncing noise , also vapours and exhalations ; from whence a certain sharp stink did strike all our nostrils , the which was greater by the opening of the intestine ; so that , none of the students standing by were able to bear it ; which was a manifest argument not only of the large quantity of the bile , and pancreatick juice , which had flown thither : but also of the effervescency , which had been in them excited ; not only to a mediocrity or gentleness , such as happens in health , but vehement : for , that part of the intestine was not only full , but also by a certain force and fermentation much distended . neither could that part of the duodenum distended , have dissipated the wind , humours , and exhalations , with so great a force , unless by the effervescency or agitation of the particles of those contrary humours . qui cupit , capiet . a few dayes being past , i repeated the same experiment in the presence of many students : and after the space of two houres , that portion of the intestine , did swell in like manner as before , but less hot : but that swelling portion of the intestine , which before i had bound , being opened , frothing bubbles broke forth with a noise ; the which had so distended that part of the intestine , that no man may further doubt of the certainty of this effervescency . chap. vi. what this effervescency is both in the sick , and in the sound ; and what benefit accrews to the body thereby . seeing then that it is more than sufficiently evinced , and granted by reasons and experiments , that there is an effervescency between the bile and the pancreatick juice , in the thin gutt , and that continually , we will further enquire , what it is in the sick , what in the sound , and what utility it bringeth to humane bodies . in the sick , we often observe , that this effervescency , either by its fretting , and tormenting paines , or else by heat or cold , is very troublesome , as some years since , we knew in our dear kinsman ; who sometimes , for a whole week together , came himself to us , to perceive a cold ebullition in his right side , and that in the place where the intestinum duodenum is seated ; and the bile runs together with the pancreatick juice ; and that afterwards , by the meanes of medicaments , meanly hot , to be changed into most hot , continuing a fortnight , and longer . that both these effervescencies , viz. cold and hot , may be excited , is proved by the thermometry , most ingenuously contrived by the learned swammerdammius , and depicted in his treatise of respiration , page 108. in the depressed part of which supream sphear a. if you mingle together salt of tartar , and spirit of vitriol , an effervescency will presently be excited ; and such indeed as will so condense , or thicken the air contained in that spheare , that the water , contained in the lower part of this instrument b , may ascend upward : being a manifest experiment of cold , produced by that effervescency . but , on the contrary , if you mingle spirit of tartar with the spirit of vitriol , you shall observe , by the effervescency excited between them , that the water is depressed ; and the more if with those spirits , you conjyne the oyle of turpentine ; from whence no man , who is endowed with the lightest tincture of philosophy , but will judge , that to proceed from the hot effervescency , rarifying the air contained in that sphear . therefore we judge , that in the sound , that effervescency happens after a gentle manner , because then there is no sence thereof : the same thing is to be said concerning the motion of the heart , and beating of the arteries ; the which , although they are continual , are not perceived by those in health ; but when we are evilly disposed , they sometimes manifest themselves in diverse parts of the body , especially in temples , the pulsation of the arteries is so manifestly molested , as if they were contused by some hard body . by the same reason the motion of the heart , is sometime so vehement , that as it hath been observed by practitioners , it might in a manner be heard to their neighbour houses ; yea it hath sometimes broke the ribs ; as in like manner , we have seen at leyden , in a baker's son , dwelling in the fish-market ; whose ribs , by the vehement palpitation of the heart , or rather the convulsive motion thereof , were conspicuously driven outwards ; from which vehement palpipation , it was freed in a short time with medicaments , prescribed by dr. sylvius ; yet not so , but that the ribs still remained driven outwards . but now if any ask unto what end and use this effervescency between the bile and the pancreatick juyce , being naturally excited , doth happen ? we answer first of all , that it serves to cut , and attenuate the over viscous pituity adhering to the sides of the gutts , left they being stufft up , the pores of the venae lactea should be obstructed , or a passage be denied to the pancreatick juyce , and the bile continually sliding into the intestinum duodenum , or also , lest by the too great abundance of phlegme , the sence of the intestines might be obtunded , and their peristaltick motion either be diminished , or abolisht , by help whereof , not only the passages of the parts necessary for the nourishing of the body may be facillitated , but also the more grosser foecies and unprofitable excrements may the more commodiously be separated ; which use gallen hath ascribed to the bile alone , as not knowing the pancreatick juyce , first by us discovered , nor the effervescency excited between it and the bile : therefore he saith in lib. 5. de usu partium , cap. 4. a necessary excrement ( to wit phlegme ) of this sort , is to be found both in the stomach and in the intestines , as we have elsewhere demonstrated : but that it may be generated , both anatomy , and those diseases to which men are daily subject from the abundance of the superfluities hereof do declare : the cure whereof is simple , to wit , by the exhibition of those things which have power to divide , to cut and cleanse viscous matters . for that cause therefore nature hath from the beginning provided a defence for them , that this juyce being sharp , might be cleansed , and as it ought be altogether separated from the body , not into any intestine near the anus ; but into the first intestine taking its beginning from the pylorus , neither sometimes may it want the external help of some of the inferiour intestines . moreover , as long as the body is rightly governed , the pituitous excrement is daily cleansed . but when it is more copiously collected by some evil affection of the body , the most famous physicians doubt nothing , but that those most grievous diseases which happen to the belly , as the ileum , lienteria , and tenesmus , may be occasioned by it . neither therefore is that translation to be contemned which nature hath provided for health , by the opportune immission of the bilious passage in animals . the same office is no less to be ascribed to the pancreatick juyce , then to the bile hereafter to be made conspicuous by the description of its acid qualities . before we go any further in declaring the effects arising from this effervescency , we will premise some fermentations , that these things being with all possibility inspected , it may become the more obvious , what benefit the intestinal effervescency bringeth to the aliments after their propulsion to the gutts . as many as have mingled filings of steel with oyl of sulpher , prepared per campanum , or spirit of vitriol , having added a sufficient quantity of water , they might observe an effervescency to be excited after a certain manner by the concourse of those contraries ; by help whereof , the laudable parts of the steel are joyned to the acid spirits , whilst the rest counted as refuse , do partly go to the bottome , and partly like froth swim or flote upon the liquor . but i think that the more purer parts of the steel , and those most exactly mixed , are therefore joyned to the acid liquor , because they have therewith a more greater affinity , because of which they suffer themselves to be dissolved ; but not the other more impure and less mixed among them , whether they be more terrene , and therefore seek the bottome , or whether they they be more oleus , and therefore supernatant . the same , greater or lesser , affinity of acids , with the dissolved matter , doth further appear , if in the same liquor more mettals be successively immitted ; first , those which have a lesse ; afterwards , those which have a greater affinity with it : so , when silver is put into aqua-fortis , and so long detained therein , till it be all dissolved ; which effervescency , is absolved with its coagent : hence let copper be put to the afore-said solution , the aqua-fortis will leave the silver , and begin a new effervescency with the copper , whilst that the silver , being gradually neglected by the aqua-fortis , gets to the bottome ; which mutation , by the chymists , is called by the name of precipitation . but if afterwards , you cast iron to this solution of copper , the same thing will again come to pass , and by degrees the copper will be precipitated to the bottom . which if again , to the solution of the iron , you affuse some lixivium of calcind tartar , vine ashes , or the like , the acid spirit will joyne it self more strictly to the solution of that , than of the other mettalick bodies , and will scarcely suffer it self to be separated from the same . the reason of this more straight union is to be required from the more pure acid spirit , that is less mixed , and therefore more narrowly joynes it self with the said lixiviate fixed salt , hitherto also more pure and less mixed , than with the same salt ; but less pure , that is more mixed : so that , here the purity of the contrary parts ought to be understood by their affinity . by reason of this greater affinity , the oyle of tartar prepared per deliquium , ( which is nothing else but the salt of tartar , dissolved by the humidity of air ) when it is in like manner poured with the vitriol into water , it joyneth it self to the acid spirit , existing in the vitriol , whilst its sulphureous part , as having a lesser affinity with acidity , by little and little departs , and gets to the bottom . which being permised we will consider , what things may happen in the aliments in the stomach by its fermentation , and what also befalleth the same ; ( after the aforementioned fermentation ) in the thin gut especially , that we may conclude something more certain , and more probable than usual . first , the stomach , being opened , together with the guts , seeing that the aliments , by an absolute fermentation , are wont to be driven from the stomach to the intestines , we have observed a notable change between that which is contained in the stomach , and that in the guts : for , that in the stomach hath had a more grosser , and viscid consistence , and by the diversity of the aliments , and other things assumed , a diverse colour , and oftentimes less white . certainly , this mutation cannot be derived from any other thing than from the bile , and pancreatick juice : because those humours only flow in a large quantity to the superiour part of the small gut , and are admixed with the aliments . the examen of both the afore-said liquors , doth confirm this our opinion : for , the bile , abounding with a volatile salt and oyle , hath a force of inciding , attenuating , and making fluid most things where-with it is permixed , especially such as are pituitous ; as galen also teacheth , lib. v. de usu part. cap. iv. as by the place above quoted may be seen , to which platerus subscribes , cap. viii . concerning the defect of hearing by the repletion of the eares , whilst he breakth out into these words : first , he declares that aqua mulsa , or hydromel , or if to cleanse more powerfully , with the decoction , or bitter juice before-mentioned , of worm-wood , centaury , or lupines , that may be effected , adding honey or gall , which , above all other things , as hath been often said doth make those things , which are viscous , fluid , &c. but the succus pancreaticus , being pregnant with a subacid spirit , as appeareth by the precedent reasons , and experiments , doth in like manner augment the viscidity of the aliments by the solution of their fluidity ; the which being so as it is more than sufficiently known , we will not delay time , by further proofs concerning the manner , wherby acids in the thin gut , do return to a liquid , and fluxile motion , or other-wise to an ine●t and pituitous viscidity ; we shall only say that in our judgement it so happeneth ; for as much , as by the tenuity , and sharpness of the parts , stirred up by the effervescency , the phlegme is thereby as with swords , incided , and attenuated into very minute parts . that which attaineth a whitish colour , then observable in the more fluid part of the aliments , we think it deducible from the acidity of the pancreatick juice ; because we may note , that many other things , abounding with a lixivious salt and oyle , do wax white upon the affusion of acids : so , that vinegar or sharp wine , being poured upon common sulpher , dissolved with any lixivium , and grown red , that reddish colour is so changed , that it is made almost like to milk : wherefore also it is called by the chymists lac sulphuris . the same is apparent in the resinious extracts of vegitables , as also in spirit of hart's horne or soot , being replete with much volatile salt ; with which an acid spirit being mixed , acquires a milky colour . all those things being rightly considered , we judge , secondly , that the effervescency , in the thin gut is exceeding necessary for the right separation of the profitable parts from the unprofitable . but perhaps some , who are altogether wedded to antiquity , admitting nothing which to them is novel , because they have read or understood nothing , in the antients , concerning this our expected secretion , by fermentation , will not think that such a preparation is required to separate the profitable parts of the aliment from the unprofitable ; but that the alteration which is performed in the stomach , is sufficient to this purpose ; in which , if any thing be wanting , it may be consummated by the peristaltick motion of the guts ; by the help whereof it s more fluid parts are thrust forward into the milky veines , the foeces , with the remaining thicker and lesser profitable parts , passing away by the channel of the intestines . to the which we deny not , but that something is contributed to this matter both by the said fermentation and the peristaltick motion of the guts ; nevertheless we do not think that any physitian , unless a slave to the antients , amongst all those things which are daily observed in the dissecting of brute animals , and medical practiss ; or at least-wise may be observed , will reject this cause proposed by us ; if , first of all , he diligently consider , that in the coeliack flux the aliments , sometimes viscid like a pultiss , and every where alike , and sometimes mixed with a whitish liquor are purged out . but this diversity of colour happens , by a contingent , or non-contingent , secretion of profitable parts from the unprofitable , by the said effervescency ; which , who can but in vain , attribute to expression alone . yet we deny not , that by the fermentation of aliments alone , rightly performed in the ventricle , something fluid may , spontaneously , pass away from the rest of the aliments more pultatious ; nevertheless that is but little , if it be compared with the large quantity of noble chyle , which is continually strained through the venae-lacteae , or also from thence swimming up in the caeliack flux ; so that , then the more watery part of the chyle , freely going forth by the compression of the bowels alone , is more without effervescency , than the other which is more white , or , as we may say , more milky . in that spontaneous separation of the parts wont to happen through fermentation , the spirituous indeed first go forth with the watery , necessary for the reparation of the animal spirits : we have an example in the fermentation of plants , & other things , abounding with a volatile spirit , in which the spirituous particles , alwayes expanded , and endeavouring to flee through the pores of the stomach and guts , being loosed from their fetters , rush through the pores : from whence we are fully perswaded , that after the assumption of the most spirituous aliments , a suddain strength is found in men ; and although it be inconspicuous to our bodily eyes , that the spirits , by the same reason , are diffused through the pores of the body ; nevertheless , after a manner , we understand it with the eyes of our mind , whilst we see a stupendious vertue in some medicaments externally applyed : the same thing is often observed by anatomists , when after the incision of the peritonaeum , they receive the foetid flatulencies passing through the tunicles of the guts to the nostrils . but because the spirituous and volatile parts are not sufficient to sustain life ; but , moreover , acid , oleous , and salt parts , are also required ; therefore there is need of a new alteration of things assumed , that those parts , by a decent copiousness , might be separated from the superfluous and unprofitable : which alteration we call effervescency , and by help of which , we judge ( with our sometimes famous professor francis . de le boe-sylvius , from whose lectures , as well publick as private , we do not deny to have drawn many fundamentals of this doctrine ) that secretion to be accomplished . we do not only judge by that effervescency ▪ mediateing the more subtile and fluid parts of aliments , but also the pituity by the help thereof dissolved in the thin gut , part of which is carryed together , with the better portion of the bile , and succus pancreaticus , through the vermiculous crust of the intestines into the milky veines ; from hence to the cisterne or common receptacle of the chyle , and lympha , placed in the region of the loynes under the appendices of the diaphragma ; and from thence ascends through the chyliferus , or more rightly the lymphatick ductus , thoracicus , ( because it continually carryeth the lympha , and the chyle , only by intervals ) to the subclavian , or left jugular veine , that from thence it may descend , with the blood , through the superiour trunck of the vena cava , descending into the right eare of the heart , and the right ventricle thereof . and in the right ear , and right ventricle of the heart , it is confused both with the ascending and descending blood , and also impregnated with the pancreatick juice , the bile , phlegme , and lympha ; from whence it acquires a requisite consistency of blood. this confirms what we have said ; that any thing acid coagulates all fatness and oyle . but because , on the other side , the aforesaid humours have in themselves a force of attempering , we need not fear too great a consistency of the blood ; so long , as at least they remain in a laudable and natural estate . but seeing that the more fluid and more profitable parts , as well of the aliments assumed , as of the three nominated humours , do go to the heart ; the rest more gross , and less profitable , by the peristaltick motion of the guts , gradually without sense , are driven forwards to the thick guts , where they are distinguished by the name of alvinary foeces . whether also the exhalations , excited by this effervescency , or even the juice it self may not afford a natural fermentation in the stomach , we dare not as yet assert ; although some animals seem to perswade it to us , of both whose ducts , to wit , the pancreatick and bilar , nature hath determined a passage into the stomach . we judge this pancreatick juice is not onely subservient to the functions , already declared , but also by the sub-acid spirit with which it is impregnated by the most wise god , we think it to be ordained after a certain manner , to incrassate , and inspifate the more fluid bile , and also to temper its too much acrimony ; this thing is manifest in the bile by affusing any acid spirits thereto , which presently , either more or less , will be thickned , and its more gross part precipitated to the bottom , whilst its thinner part floats on the top like phlegme . hence peradventure hippocrates , lib. de victu accutorum , text 29. 8. 9. teacheth that bitter things are dissolved , and pass into phlegme , that is , they become sluggish whiles they are spread or mixed with an acid , which is not only confirmed by the authority of the divine old gentleman , but also by a daily effervescency ; whereby it is evident that acids , and salts , being put into a conflict amongst themselves , do so infringe their sharp particles , that they become almost temperate : wherefore not without reason hipp. aph. i. sect. vi. hath taught us in the daily levities of the intestines , that if an acid belching should supervene , which had not been before , we ought to hope well : for it is a signe that the pancreatick juice , by its acidy , will , in a short time , attemper the acrimony of the bile . we have said that the pancreatick juice is ordained by nature , after a sort to incrassate the more fluid bile ; but it may also so happen that the bile , by its acidity , may be rendered more fluid , viz. when the viscidity of the bile dependeth upon the viscidity of phlegme ; therefore in one respect acids may render the bile more gross , but in another more fluid ; for acids do incrassate fat 's , and lixivious salts . among those things which we have now recited , it is sufficiently evident , in the humours naturally constituted in the small gut , and the friendly effervescency of nature from thence occurring , that many functions in the body are rightly performed ; which by the said effervescency evilly happening , are wasted , and become vitious . the verity of which thing , that we may make it more clearly appear , we shall , first of all , declare some vices which happen in the substance of the pancreas . secondly , we shall adjoyne those things which may befall the juice thereof . chap. vii . with what diseases the substance of the pancreas , and its juice may be molested . certainly not a few , to whom the pancreatick juice hath been unknown , have nevertheless believed that the causes of many grievous diseases lay hid . for , schenkius in his exer●itatione , anat vi. lib. i. sect. ii. cap. xxi . saith , and there are the seats ( meaning the pancreas , and the mesentery ) of innumerable and wonderful diseases ; for the searching of which , the age of one man is not sufficient . which thing , being the scorne of physitians , also casteth those which are most exercised into a blushing hue . fernelius also lib. vi. pathol. cap. vii . speaking concerning the diseases of the pancreas and mesentery , doth affirm and profess , that he hath thought for the most part , these to be the seats of choler , melancholy , diarhaea , disenteria , cachexia , atrophia , of languishing , of light , and erratick feavers : lastly , the causes of hidden diseases ; by the driving away of which , health might be restored to the afflicted . and riolanus , that egregious ornament of the university of lovaine . v. f. plempius , with other famous men , also conversant in practise , do also think that the cause of intermitting feavers , of hypocondriack melancholy , and other chronick diseases , do lurk , or lye hid in the pancreas . but this business , without all doubt , had been more successfully treated of both by these , and other men of no small merit in medicine , had the pancreatick juice , with its generation and nature , been known to them : wherefore we shall endeavour , being excited by their commendable examples , to produce something to the learned world for the common good , by considering first , by what diseases the substance of the pancreas may be infested . secondly , by declaring the primary vices , which may happen to its juice . thirdly , by searching into the functions , which are hurt by its evil disposition . fourthly , by investigating the diseases which follow those functions hurt . fifthly , and lastly , by delivering the remedies wherewith all of them may be amended . the diseases wherewith the substance of the pancreas is wont to be molested , are obstructions , and those which follow them , tumours , schirous's , abscess's , stones , &c. obstructions may happen to the pancreas two wayes : first , in the ductus , when the pancreatick juice cannot freely pass through it , into the intestines , even as we shall more clearly demonstrate to happen when we shall discourse of intermitting feavers . secondly , in the substance of the pancreas it self , when by any cause , either internal or external , the circulation of the blood through it , is hindered ; from whence the parenchyma , by the continual appulse of blood , is puffed up , and swells , unless it be indurated , or by a previous inflamation goes into an abseessus . which , that it may be made known to all , we will bring upon the stage the observations of several phisitians , and anatomists . riolanus , anthropog . lib. 2. cap. 10. writeth , that he had observed in many people , who were of a melancholy nature , and habit of body , that the pancreas equalled the weight of the liver ; and also confirms the same , by the example of the most illustrious augustinus thuanus ; who , by the melancholy habit of body , did complain for four years together of a collick pain , about the region of the colon , with a sense of a burden , or weight , at his stomach , while he stood upright , or walked : but his hypoconders did not swell : at length being taken with an unlookt-for gangreen , from his right foot suddainly to the superiour parts with horrible and direful pains , in the space of six hours expired . his body being opened , and the liver taken out , was round like to a sphare , stuffe with fat , and trans-fixed with a certain pituitous hardned matter like to mortar : but the pancreas , by its amplitude and weight , did equalize the liver , wholly schirhous with many little knobs , which were filled with the species of a pigeons egg ; the spleen was so wasted that it scarce weighed an ounce . for which reason , some have called the pancreas , the vicar or supply of the spleen ; not considering that this diversity might happen to other parts also ; and likewise in doggs , after the extirpation of the spleen , the substance of the pancreas did in no wise grow into a greater weight ; which , according to them , ought to happen , if the pancreas supplyed the office of the spleen . aubertus relates a story of an abscessus progym . ad lib. abdit . fernelij exercit. 44. of a certain merchant of lyons , which could never sleep , and when he endeavoured to sleep , he fell into a lipothymie , and cold sweat of the whole body , till at length he dyed . his body being opened there was only found a putrid abscessus in the pancreas ; the stomach and other principal parts being safe . guilh. fabric . hildanus . cent. 1. observ . 71. also relates , that he , in a certain carpenter , who for the space of two years , by intervals , was grieved with divers diseases , laboured under obstructions , and cachexy : found in his dead body , among other things , a schirhous tumour , suppurated like unto a collection of fat , under the skin , about the bigness of two fists ; having its rise from the inferiour part of the pancreas , which inclosed the intestinum duodenum ; so that , being covered with the peritonaeum , it also resembled another ventricle . you may read of a cancerous ulcer of the pancreas , most worthy of note , in the curious miscellanies medico-phys , of the germans , ( which as in the year 1670. by great dilligence , they began to bring to light : so we altogether desire that the great god , for common benefit , may prosper their endeavours : ) observ . 99. where dr. j. fera. hert. à tottenfeld adjoyns these following things , which they found in the cavity of the thorax in a certain chyrurgion after death . coming to the lower belly , we saw that flesh perforating the diaphragma to be the pancreas , which was the length of two spans , and breadth of two hands transverse , being putrid , and corrupted ; which , by its corosive acidity , did not only perforate the diaphragma , but did also so corrode the spina dorsi , that a cancer-like vlcer was produced , with a light stroke the whole spina dorsi might easily be broken . lastly , it corroded the very vena cava it self , which runs into the spine ; by which the blood , flowing through the diaphragma , brought death by impeding the motion of the lungs . this cancer of the pancreas , by creeping further , did also corrupt both the kidneys , and caused them to be most black and putrid . we add more-over , that which the most famous highmore , corp. hum. disq . anat. lib. i. part ii. writeth that he observed , in a noble woman , which being antient , laboured with convulsions , epilepsie , and the hysterick passion ; and at length , after exquisite paines and torments , changed life with death ; in whose dead body , being opened , we found the pancreas onely evilly affected and exulcerated . they which desire more examples of exulceration , let them read barthol . hist . johan . dan. horstij observ . anatom salmuth , tulpium , blasij comm. in synt. anat. vesting ▪ and others . that this pancreas had obtained a stony hardness , in an antient roman . woman , is witnessed by dr. panarol ; as is likewise to be seen in dr. blasius , in his commentaries , even now cited page 40. in like manner , in the year 1667. the following history was communicated to us at paris , bona fide , by dr. gajen , a chyrurgion , and famous anatomist , by him before observed : a noble man , aged about thirty , being melancholy , was obnoxious to catthars , by the intemperate use of wine , and fruits ; continually assumed , fell into a vomiting , and diarhaea , whereby after some space , there followed a flux of blood ; from whence , more and more failing in strength , the tenth day he changed life with death . his body being opened , he found in the pancreas , about the end of the ductus pancreaticus going into the intestines , seven or eight stones , having the bigness of the largest pease ; some of which being given us by himself , we keep among our rarities . nevertheless , this observation to us , seemed not so wonderful , who believe that stones are generated in all the glandules of the body , especially in the pineal glandule : because in it we have more than twenty times observed stones in men , extinguished either by a gentle disease , or a violent death ; which thing happens more frequently in france , than in holland ; a more profitable account whereof , we do not see , than that the anima of the french , as by nature more volatile , may be bound to a more firm residence in their bodies . we have also found in a certain dog , in that part of the ductus pancreaticus , where the ascending concurs with the descending , and is only simple ; a cartilagineous excrescency , about the ductus and its end , which like a nipple , did hang out into the intestine , to the bigness of a finger , in the middle whereof a sufficient passage was afforded to the sliding pancreatick juice . riolanus l. c. found the whole pancreas hardned like a cartilage . we might be able to inferr many diseases of the pancreas , were it not already sufficiently evident by what hath been said , that the pancreas also may be afflicted with common diseases ; neither that its evil constitution followeth the affections of the liver or spleen : for , sometimes the other bowels being unhurt , the pancreas alone , hath been the cause of death , for reasons ( already ) sufficiently alleadged . for which reason , it is manifest that the pancreas is necessary to life , which is also confirmed by an experiment made by us at paris , in the year 1667. when in the house of dr. bourdelot , where , every monday , the most curious of physitians and phylosophers did meet , we had for three months together exposed this little book , in the french tongue , to publick examination , some being led by speculation alone , asserted that ▪ animals might live no less without the pancreas , than the spleen : for which cause , before all that company , we extirpated the spleen , and also most exactly the pancreas , of a certain dog : the abdomen again being closed , dr. bourdelot commanded his servants to keep the dog most diligently , who , notwithstanding all their dilligence , in a short time dyed . those vices being declared , which sometimes befall the substance of the pancreas , we shall proceed to those things which may happen to its juice ; from whence , not a few natural functions depending upon its natural disposition , are wasted and hurt . first of all ; the pancreatick juice offendeth when it is more sparingly effused into the thin gut , which sometimes comes to pass by the more sparing generation , or separation thereof in the pancreas ; or when there is an obstruction in one or more of its lateral branches ; because , for a time the juice is therein stagnated , till at length the obstruction is opened . it is more sparingly generated , when the matter thereof is more or less deficient in the blood , and not being restored with convenient aliments ; or when the same is carryed off another way ; or when it is more strictly conjoyned with the blood , that it cannot be sufficiently separated from it . one or more of the ducts of the pancreas are obstructed by a pituitous , and viscid matter , together with the matter of the pancreatick juice , separated in the pancreas , and translated into , and detained in those ducts . secondly , the pancreatick juyce doth also offend , when it is carryed into the intestines in greater plenty , whether it be generated more copiously , or for a time being detained by stagnation , in one or more of the laterall ducts , is then more plentifully effused , when the obstruction is dissolved . it is generated more plentifully by reason of the liberal use of acid aliments , or at least of condited acids ; for example , soure wine , vinegar , pomecitrons , &c. as also , by reason of some vice of the glandules , by which the separation of that juice , from the blood is promoted ; as also , sometimes perhaps , because of more larger vessels tending into the pancreas , and as is usual , affording a larger matter to the juyce . thirdly , when it flows inequally into the thin gut , that is , at one time more abundantly , at another more sparingly : which , first of all , pens by an obstruction of one or more of the lateral ducts , which continuing , nothing floweth out from them ; and therefore a more sparing juyce is then effused into the whole : by the said obstruction , any way removed , presently that which was stagnant in the middle duct , together with the rest of the juice , is effused into the thin gut ; from whence , on the contrary , the excretion of the pancreatick juice is then more plentiful . that such an obstruction may sometimes happen in the lateral ducts of the pancreas , reason doth perswade , and experience it self confirmeth , even as we shall more clearly evince in the following discourse of intermitting feavours . fourthly , it offendeth when it is more fluid and liquid , than natural : which happeneth by reason of such blood , or animal spirits , more copiously mixed there-with . fifthly , it offendeth , when on the contrary it is more viscid ; by reason of the blood , likewise viscid , and abounding with much pituity . sixthly , the said pancreatick juyce offends ; when the natural relish thereof is changed : whence it is one while less acid , another while more acid ; one while salt , another while austere ; sometimes of a simple tast , or else compounded of those before-named . the nominated juice is less acid , either bebeause of the animal spirits , more plentifully carried to the pancreas , or for want of acidity in the blood ; whether it may come to pass , by reason of assuming things unfit to repair the acidity taken away , or by the use of such things as infringe , concentrate , obtund , or extinguish acidity . the acidity of the pancreatick juice augmented , for the most part , is to be ascribed to the redundancy of acid humours in the body ; sometimes to the impedited afflux of the animal spirits to the pancreas ; at least-wise , to that part of the juyce which is stagnant in the lateral ducts ; or other-wise , perhaps , by reason of the animal spirits , being exhausted . an acid humour is wont to abound in the body , for the most part , from assumed aliments , sauces , or medicaments , which are sharp , with sharp wines , such as for the most part is renish , mosellanous , &c. as also , because of a more cold air , and north wind , sorrow of mind though not over much , &c. the motion of the animal spirits , to the pancreas , is impedited , when the animal spirits are defective ; or being more dull or slow throughout the whole body ; also , when the nerves are obstructed , dissecated , or compressed . the succus pancreaticus is made salt by a marine , or fossile salsitude , in like manner , because of the serosity of the blood likewise salt ; perhaps by a like fault of the glandules concurring ; for which reason , the secretion of the saline parts from the acid , cannot be absolved : for , our common salt consisteth of two parts , to wit , a lixivious salt , and an acid spirit joyned together . the austerity of the pancreatick juice seemeth to us , to be deduced from the more gross , or terrene particles , with which its acid particles are involved ; which appeareth , not only in fruits , being first soure , afterwards , when by the gentle heat of the sun , they are ripened , they are made a little more acid ; and at length , when the more gross particles thereof , by the agitation of heat , are more exalted , they become sweet . but moreover it is manifest , that those things which are sower , it is by their syncrisis and diacrisis : so d. paisenus hath noted in thesi . xxi . c. that the juyce of ribes , being powred to coral of a grateful acid , becomes austere . vitriol and allum distilled , yield an acid spirit : likewise an acid spirit may be distilled from sealed earths , bole armeniack , and the like ; but how bole armen . may by the help of nitre and other things , be made more astringent , is to be seen in le febre , in his french edition . page 649. chap. viii . the functions which are vitiated by the pancreas , or it's juyce evilly disposed . having declared the more grievous vices wherewith the pancreas and its juyce are wont to be affected , every man may see , that from that fountain very many incommodities to mortals do proceed ; all which things , seeing we have proposed to handle them in order , we shall first judge of those which proceed from the pancreas it self , by subjoyning those things which are wont to flow from its juyce . if the pancreas acquire a schirrous substance resembling stones , and also weighty in the place where it should defend the sanguinous vessels , as some would have it , lest they should be hurt by the vertaebrae , or other parts , it will greatly afflict them by compression , and will hinder the circular motion of the blood , from whence divers distentions , inflammations , obstructions , and other things arise , and spring up , fit to impedite the common use of the bowels . besides also by its weight , it will not a little hinder the stomach from performing its office by compressing it ; but when it is inflamed , or aposthumated , for the most part it will cause the same incommodities with the other bowels , being afflicted with the same vice. but some may say , if such grievous effects happen to the pancreas , how can the use thereof be so necessary , and how do we hitherto live so long with them ? then may we also demand how those men may live , to whose brain , heart , liver , and other bowels necessary to life , the same , or the like things happen , and we shall further enquire of them , by what reason such may live well or ill ? the histories above do certainly testifie , that such live a miserable life , and when the evil shall be increased , those also for no other cause have changed life for death : so that from that part can nothing be infer'd against our hypothesis . having unfolded the incommodities arising from the parenchyma of the pancreas it self , it remaineth , that we also run through the functious hurt , which the evil qualities , or vices of the pancreatick juyce , or other humours existing in the thin gutt , do draw after them . therefore the pancreatick juyce being driven to the intestines in a lesser quantity , will not sufficiently free the gutts from the superfluous humidity in them , and so will occasion many obstructions , as the learned r. lower , who judgeth this juyce to be ordained by nature to cleanse the chyle ; he writeth in his treatise of the heart , chap. 5. page 215. that by the defect thereof , he hath observed obstructions of the venae lacteae , in these very words . it seems to me most true , that that great glandule ( namely the pancreas ) is seated in that place ; and that ductus to be opened into the intestines , that the lympha ( for so he calleth the pancreatick juyce ) being there separated , may be mixed with the descending chyle , whereby it may more readily enter , and more expeditely pass through the narrow channel of the lactean veins ; and indeed the chyle in the milkey vessels , either because of its crascitie , or for want of potulent liquor ( which ought to be for its vehicle ) may sometimes be apt to be stagnant , and so concrete , and by the same reason , to stop , and altogether fill up those vessels , as in a dog , whose pancreas was obdurated i once observed . neither also will it sufficiently promote the natural , and due separation of the chyle from the excrements , and that especially if the aliments be more dry , or of a more difficult fermentation : hence necessarily follows a diminished nutrition of the whole body , as also a universal languishing ; so that , such may rather be said to draw life , than to live . but the pancreatick juice , being separated in a larger quantity ; and brought to the intestines , will , as it were , pare off , not only their superfluous pituity , but also that necessary part which should defend them from injuries like a curry-comb ; and besides , it will separate more than it ought , from the assumed aliments , so that , sometimes the unprofitable , and excrementitious parts , together with the profitable , may be conveyed to the mass of blood ; sometimes only the profitable parts , but in a larger quantity than they should , may be carryed by the same wayes : from whence , if here we say a pethora will happen , and thence a cacochymy , who can overthrow our assertions ? more-over , we think that the lancionations , in the left hypocondria , first molested by courses , do proceed from too great a quantity of the bile and pancreatick juyce , separated from the blood , by a more vehement motion of the body , and the stirring up a greater effervescency . for , it is most certain , that running , or any other vehement exercise of the body , doth accelerate the motion of the blood , through the whole body ; which , seeing it is the cause of the separation of these or other humours , then it is also necessary , that those humours be deposited into the guts in a greater plenty ; which , being separated in a natural quantity , and quality , if , as we have already proved , they may excite a natural and friendly effervescency to nature , may not the contrary happen when they are otherwise disposed by exciting an effervescency , greater , and troublesome to nature ? after a wonderful manner doth that place confirm this our opinion , in which those paines are perceived by course , and very ordinarily , though unjustly , are ascribed to the spleen ; because the spleen is not in that place , where those pains do in us excite a molestation , but hath its seat more down-wards ; because in that place those paines do manifest themselves in the anteriour part of the hypocondria , where the thin gut m , emerging under the mesentery n , doth lye by the peritonaeum , as is to be seen in the first table , where we have delineated to the life the scituation of that intestine . the inequal separation of the succus pancreaticus , and propulsion thereof , to the intestines , produceth various mutations in the guts , and else-where , concerning the suddain happening of which , no man will ever assigne a fit reason , who will not give heed to those things . hence we think to be deduced the suddain deliquiums of the wind sometimes advening , erratick feavers , intermitious of pulses , &c. the pancreatick juice being more fluid , will more dilute the pituity of the guts , and perhaps sometimes occasion the flux of the belly ; especially if it be conjoyned with a salsitude , by whose acrimony the guts are provoked to their contraction ; and unless that flux of the belly follow the peristaltick motion of the guts , it will necessarily express a greater quantity of chyle into the venae lacteae , from whence the same incommodities will arise , which we have deduced from the pancreatick juyce , separated in too large a quantity . the more viscid pancreatick juice concreting by the least external cold , will occasion obstructions , as also intermitting feavers , and likewise astringe the belly . concerning the sensible qualities , and first of the rellish , there is sometimes produced a pancreatick juyce less acid ; from whence there is neither a due effervescency in the duodenum , and therefore not a necessary separation of the profitable parts from the unprofitable , nor a desired consistency bestowed on the blood : and therefore they , in whom such blood is , have been less able to resist pestilential venom , than those in whom , by the laudable acidity of their pancreatick juice , have also a more laudable and greater consistency of their blood. hence the reason is also clear , why melancholly men are less afflicted with the plague , than those who are endued with a bilious blood . for we think that no man may be infected with the plague , so long as the natural consistency of his blood is preserved : we assert this the more freely , because we see the blood in all persons infected with the plague to be altered , and obtain a far more fluid consistency : so that if sometimes by chance , negligence , ignorance , or any other urging cause ; as for example , too great a plethory , spitting of blood bringing a present danger to life , let a vein be opened , the blood flowing out although refrigerated ; nevertheless , is in no wise coagulated , neither can it acquire a due consistency , even as sometimes is wont to happen to the animal spirits , being loosed from their fetters , and dissipated from the acidity existing in the blood , wherefore also such a blood by divers practitioners is called putrid . we commonly say , because it may so happen , that the whole mass of blood , not as yet equally infected , the laudible part of the blood in the cutting of a vein , may only flow out , the blood remaining in the body being depraved ; the which thing practitioners daily observe to happen in venae-section ; we do not only think with other practitioners , that the blood remains fluid , without the bodies of those who are infected with the plague ; but do also affirm the like fluidity in the bodies of those extinguished by the pest , as we have learned by experience , which perhaps may seem strange to those who know not the nature of volatile salts , but not so to us , who have very often mingled it with the blood , and the blood always remained fluid , the which cannot be certainly expected from the commixture of any other thing , with the blood , then volatile salts . but on the contrary , if you mingle any acid spirit with the blood dictum factum , the blood will be more or less coagulated , according as that spirit shall be more or less acid ; as for example , if to try the experiment , we take oyle of vitriol , oyle of sulphur per campanum , aqua fortis , aqua regia , &c. besides , that the blood will presently be coagulated by them , it also acquires a ches-nut colour . but if we take the dulcid spirit of salt , juice of lammons , distilled vinegar or the like , whose acid spirit is more temperate , the blood will only acquire the consistency of a grosser syrup , with its red colour remaining unhurt . from whence it is evident , the use of acids may preserve men from the plague , not , as according to the opinion of many authors , that they cut and attenuate ; but as they preserve the natural consistency of the blood , and do hinder its being infected , with a more sharp volatile salt , which we , together with the air , suck into our bodies : for this cause , the most famous dr. sylvius , who likewise hath constituted the venom of the plague , in a more sharp volatile salt ; when , some years since , in the great plague at amsterdam , which he fore-saw , he took a crust of bread , imbrued with white-wine-vinegar , in which mary-golds had likewise been steeped ; by which alexipharmack he so well preserved himself , that he never was infected with the pestilential venome . but when , through too much hast , he omitted the said alexipharmack , as soon as he entred into an infected house , he was infected with a pain in the head ; from which , at other times , he was free . which things being rightly considered , every one may see that the pestilent venome is not indued with any force of coagulating , as the most learned willis hath stated it , in his treatise of feavers , c. 13. but seeing that dr. dela-font hath sufficiently cleared this to all opposers , in his discourse concerning the pestilent venome , chap. viii . we shall not spend any more time , either to the reader , or our selves , but wave the further disquisition of those things ; because it is ( besides ) our purpose in this treatise , accurately , to describe the pestilence : wherefore we will leave the rest to a further occasion , seeing it is time that we return to the incommodities flowing from the more acid pancreatick juyce . the pancreatick juyce , being more sharp , is the cause , first , of every internal cold , being first of all felt in the region of the loyns , and afterwards dispersed into the whole body ; as for the most part , we observe in the beginning of the fits of agues , or intermitting feavers . secondly , of all cutting paines , as well in the hypocondria's , and whole belly , as in other parts of the body . thirdly , of all manifest paines in the belly , from whence the sick is sometimes tormented after a wonderful manner . wherefore we deduce all the black and aeruginous bile from the same , more acid , pancreatick juyce : because sometimes being put into a pewter chamber pot , or brass bason , they corrode the same , and send forth a sharp savour ; and also excite a manifest effervescency ; which every man , who hath saluted but the threshold of chymistry , knows , cannot happen from any thing but acids : from whence , they may be compelled to confess their errour ; who affirm , that all black choler , proceeding from vomitting , or dejection of the belly , comes from the follicles of the gall , or the spleen . all these things are not a little confirmed , by the following experiment , sometimes made by us in a dog ; in the section of whom , being alive , having opened the duodenum , we found a greenish liquor among the black , such as the antients have depicted to us for atrabilis : that we might pursue a more intimate cognition thereof , we examined diligently all the wayes through which any thing might be transfer'd to that intestine ; and seeing that besides the bilar duct , the pancreatick , and the ventrile , there was no way perceptible to the sight , through which any notable quantity of humors might be afforded to the intestines ; we judge therefore , that in one of those , the matter thereof must be obscured : wherefore we examined all those wayes ; in the first whereof , we found the bile , naturally constituted , that waxing yellow from a green : in the second we found the pancreatick juyce most limpid , like to distilled water : in the third we found the aliments half crude , having the colour of white ashes . seeing therefore that neither the liver , nor the pancreas , nor also the stomach , carryed that atrabilis to the intestine , we began to suspect whether that atrabilis might not emerge by the union of two or three of those humours , being mingled together by course : concerning which thing , that we might attain to a greater certainty , we affused spirit of vitriol to the bile , drawn forth from its vesicle , and placed it in the heat of the sun ; from whence there was commonly excited from the black , a greenish liquor , such as we first found in the duodenum : hence we concluded the said humour , called atrabilis , not to flow from this , or that part , but to be generated in the duodenum . namely , as the natural colour of the bile hath been transmitted into black , and green , by the concourse of the more acid pancreatick juyce . seeing that the pancreatick juyce , by the ordinary law of nature , may continually be mingled with the bile , and the intestinal pituity , we will a little propose the same , as joyn'd with those humours . if it chanceth that the more sluggish pancreatick juyce , bounds with a sharper bile , and the intestinal pituity rightly constituted , the strength of the pancreatick juyce , in that concourse , will be altogether infringed ; and the exhalations , which are excited by the effervescency of those humours , will ascend , not so much with acid , as lixivious particles ; which , when they reach to the stomach , by infringing its fermentation , they will hinder the concoction of the aliment , and destroy the appetite : but if it happen that those exhalations ascend to the jaws , there , amongst other incommodities , they will induce a dryness of the mouth , especially if they infect the spittle with their salsitude : but if they proceed further , through the milky veines to the heart , from whence , with the blood , they may pass through the other parts of the body , they will also produce a heat in those , as at first in the intestines ; and there more troublesome , where those exhalations are most sharp . if a more sharp pancreatick juyce concurreth with a sharper bile , there will presently be a mighty effervescency excited in the duodenum , whereby the intestines are sometimes so distended , that they threaten a ruption ; which thing we have very often observed , whilst we applyed our selves to our study in leyden , whilst we mixed together divers liquors sit for fermentation in two little vessels , in part of the intestine intercepted by ligatures , ( even as d. schuyl hath expressed it , fig. b. in his treatise , de veteri medicina ) wherefore we judge , in the first instant emission of those sharp exhalations which way soever turn'd about , that , that effervescency will excite very many grievous incommodities ; many whereof will also presently cease by the dissipation of those exhalations , because either humour being enervated after that intestinal conflict layes down its force , and ceaseth from further contention ; for in such an effervescency the acid particles are so joyned with the saline , that without great difficulty they are never to be separated ; wherefore as unworthy they are expelled from the body for atra-bilis , if the acid over-grow the salt , and get dominion ; in the mean time , they most miserably afflict the body , no otherwise than as hostile souldiers , the place through which they pass , by eroding , and ulcerating , &c. from whence fluxes of the belly , vomitings , tenesmus , dysenteries , and six hundred other incommodities springing from the atra-bilis will proceed , and those the more grievous , or more gentle , as the acidity of the pancreatick juyce shall remain more or less , intemperate after the said conflict . if besides the bile , and the pancreatick juyce offending even now spoken of , much phlegme sticks in the gutts , and if the same phlegme be viscous , by reason of the incommodities already declared , there will happen flatulencies , the force and energy of which , whereby they are obnoxious to men , he that desireth to be informed , let him read j. fiennus , and others , who have professedly written of flatulencies . if a sharper pancreatick juyce concurs with a more sluggish bile , it will not excite so manifest an effervescency , but by its acrimony will stir up wringings of the gutts , erosions , &c. but if being more intemperate , passing through the little channels of the lactean veins , it toucheth the first and last residence of life , it will produce the auxiety of the heart , syncope , and many other incommodities hereafter recited , whose symptoms will be of larger continuance than those which we have deemed to arise from exhalations , and from thence a greater intemperance of the pancreatick juyce may be feared , when the bile , wherewith it is wont to be attempred , is sluggish and insipid , as the most learned glisson , amongst other things writeth , that he hath observed in his anatomy of the liver , at the end of the 39. chapter , where he saith : there was with us a woman cachectick , in whose biliar vesicle we found a serous humour a little pale , little bitter , or rather insipid , but next to a sweetness . the like to which we have also observed in the icterick , or those afflicted with the jaundies , in the year 1664. being dissected by the famous sylvius , in the hospital of leyden , whose bile , whilst we more accurately examined , in the house of d. elsner , in the presence of d. kohnius , we found it plainly serous , and so little indued with a yellow colour , that a linnen rag being put into it , would scarcely be tinged with any yellowness , and to the tongue exhibited little or nothing of amaritude . chap. ix . the diseases proceeding from a vitiated pancreatick juyce . even as from the vitiation of the pancreatick juyce , we have shewed that divers functions are hurt ; so from the same fountain do we judge that various effects may be derived : amongst which we shall deservedly assigne the first and chiefest place to all agues , and intermitting feavours , because we judge the accesses thereof to be ascribed to the pancreatick juyce , being stagnant in one or more of the lateral ducts , by reason of an obstruction made by phlegme , and by reason of the force of the acrimony increased , one while sooner , another while later , prepareth a passage for it self through the obstructing pituity , then causing a vicious effervescency in the duodenum , and being translated to the heart , produceth a preternatural pulse . which opinion , seeing that hitherto it hath been known to few , to avoid confusion in the end of this little book , we have set a part an entire chapter , wherein we will treat of intermitting feavers , to which we send the reader , whilst in the mean time , we go forward to the other diseases , springing from this more intemperate juyce . it seems probable to us , that the cause of the arthritis ( or gout ) derives its original from the said acid pancreatick juyce ; namely , when its elevated acidity , either with phlegme , or the serum of the blood is carried to the joynts , and lyeth in them ; the symptoms also concurring , seems to perswade the same thing to us ; for those pains for the most part are wont both to invade , and be exasperated with a paroxysme of a feaver , but according to the diverse manner , wherewith the bile and the intestinal pituity are affected ; so those paines of the joynts do also manifest themselves after a diverse mode , with the rest of the concomitant symptoms . the same thing is testified by the urine , which once for curiosity sake , we tasted with doctor roosendael , in which we found a notable acidity . we have also observed ( which seems not a little to confirm this our opinion ) in these regions , that wine , especially renish , is exceedingly adverse to those who are obnoxious to this distemper ; the which we judge to happen from the same , because that wine contains in it a greater acidity than other wines . that this more acid pancreatick juyce doth increase hunger , and stir up and insatiable , and dog-like appetite ; few hereafter will doubt , who have considered diligently , that the pancreatick juyce , and the sharp exhalations thereof do ascend even into the stomach , as is manifest by the sower belchings , violently breaking forth , and sometimes by the vomiting forth of humours , more or less acid . if they say that that juyce which is effused into the intestine , the breadth of four fingers below the pylorus , cannot ascend through the pylorus into the stomach , it being naturally shut ; we may also ask how the bile ( which by all is granted ) may ascend to the stomach , which issueth into the intestine by the same passage : if they say it comes to pass by the in verted peristaltick motion of the intestines , we then say , that by the same motion , the pancreatick juyce may also ascend , to which we shall adde that exhalations do far more easily ascend into the stomach than the humours . more acid exhalations being excited , from the pancreatick juyce , through its effervescency , and altogether with flatulencies , carryed through the venae lactae to the heart , and from thence to the lungs , and there sticking , do not only cause a difficult respiration , but also a dry cough ; the confirmation of which , we have not only seen in the hospital of leyden , but else-where : for , in the diffecting of dead bodies , we have often found the parenchyma of the lungs , and its vessels , as yet distended with wind. if a viscid pituity accompanies those windy exhalations , and be detained in the lungs , what doth it then produce but the species of an asthma ? but if those exhalations , and flatulencies , do tend further to the head , the paines thereof will produce alienation of the mind , and sometimes infinite other discommodities ; every man may believe , that the epileptick invasions of children , which they call stuypiens , doth proceed from the said , more acid , pancreatick juyce , who hath accurately attended to those invasions , and the symptomes accompanying them , and the way of cure : for , besides that acidity , which doth very often breath through the mouth , they suffer the gripings of the belly ; the milk may likewise be perceived to be concreted , both upwards , and downwards ; the excrements of the belly are more green , and give forth a sharp odour : they are also cured by the tempering of acidity : as for example , with aqua feniculi , aqua lilliorū conuallium , spir. salis armoniaci , &c. the same , more acid , pancratick juyce , carryed to the blood , through the lactean veines , will give it a greater consistency ; whence the blood , less rarifying , will produce a lesser pulse : from which , vice highly exceeding , we judge a syncope , sometimes to be produced , which is not a little confirmed by that example which lazarus riverius relates in lib. viii . fol. 358. of his practice concerning that syncope , which p. salius , as he reports , lib. de afect . practic . cap. iv. observed in a girle of 14 years of age : who , after a dayes suffering of heaviness of the head , vertigo , and grievous anxieties , the day following suddainly dyed : afterwards her body being diffected , the whole blood in the great artery and the vena cava appeared to be concreted , and so changed that it might intirely be drawn out from the vein , and artery , even as a sword out of its scabbard . concerning which thing , if any doubt , either by ours , or others examples , let him take an acid liquor , and pour it , by degrees , into the vein of any living dog , and he shall not only observe the blood , therein , to be so coagulated , and concreted , that the greater bloody vessels may be transversly cut , without the effusion of the blood ; but also when the acid liquor shall come , in a notable quantity , to the right ventricle of the heart , that it will presently extinguish , and kill the dog. also , no man will deny , that convulsions , for the most part , proceed from an internal cause , from the acrimony of humours , irritating the nerves , and causing , by a greater influx of the animal spirits , into the muscles , involuntary , and also violent motions : but when there is a two fold acrimony of humours , viz. acid , and salt , some perhaps may doubt , which of these do most frequently produce those convulsive motions : but , for as much as we can observe , they rather proceed from an acid acrimony , than a salt : because we see that aromatick medicaments , and those abounding with a volatile salt , do very much conduce to their cure ; which would never come to pass , if they drew their original from a saline acrimony . besides , they are accompanyed with such symptomes , which are wont to be the concomitants of diseases , arising from an acid acrimony : yea , the effects of acids are allowed to be far more powerful , as is to be seen in helmont de lithiasi . cap. 9. pag. 725. § . 71. where he relates , that he saw a chymist , which , after he had been much conversant about making of aqua regia , he fell into the palpitation of the heart , convulsions , and many other incredible dolours , by reason of the acid exhalations , which mingled themselves with his blood. from the same acidity we stedfastly believe , that the strangury is very often produced , seeing that , together with other students , we have sometimes found the urines of such as have laboured under the strangury , in the hospital of leyden , to be acid ; and also seen the same persons cured with such medicines , as temper acidity . the which if you are minded to try , saith helmont , de pleura furente § . 14. whether or no the strangury may not proceed from acidity , mix some drops at least of sharp wine , with the vrine , lately sent forth without pain , and inject it again by a syringe , and you shall find , to your pain , that what i say , is true . also , that from the more acid pancreatick juyce , ulcers do sometimes break forth in the skin , corroding the same , as also producing very great paines , they will not deny , who , following the opinions of the antients , determine them to arise from the atra-bilis ; seeing that the atra-bilis of the antients ( as we have above demonstrated ) hath its original from the more acid pancreatick juyce . we are like-wise plainly perswaded , that the more acid pancreatick juyce , especially if it hath any austerity conjoyned with it , produceth a greater astringency of the belly . for , if the bile , by its acrimony irritating the guts ( as is granted ) may excite the flux of the belly , why may not that , which is contrary to such a bile , produce a contrary effect ? notwithstanding , if the belly be bound by a viscid matter , then we think , likewise , that a flux may happen from the sharper pancreatick juyce , as it hath a power of inciding , and attenuating , the viscid pituity : from which it is manifest , that the pancreatick juyce , according to the diversity of humours , concurring with it , doth very often produce a diverse and contrary effect ; which thing we would have well noted , lest we should seem to contradict our self , in explicating the effects of this juyce . as yet we think , even as we seem to have already said , that the atra and eruginous bile is excited from the more acid pancreatick juyce , and a certain sharp bile concurring ; and consequently all diseases , which authors deduce from them ; and therefore they are not cured by other medicaments , than those which are fit to correct the more acid pancreatick juyce : which , as it is consonant with reason ; so it will not appear incredible to those , who will consider the things above spoken by us , with a more attentive mind . but perhaps some will say , after what manner doth the pancreatick juyce produce the atra-bilis , seeing that we have ascribed the whitishness of the chyle , after the effervescency , in the thin gut , to the acidity of the pancreatick juyce ? to which we answer , that acids , according to the diversity of the matter where-with they are mixed , do also produce a divers colour ; for example , pour an acid spirit to common sulphur , dissolved in a lixivium , and its red colour will be changed into white . antimony calcind , with nitre or chalk , being boyl'd in fountain-water , and any acid thing , being affused to its clear colature , will presently acquire a saffron colour . a clear infusion of galls , mixed with the solution of vitriol , maketh ink , to which , if you add the acid spirit of vitriol , that ink will lose all its blackness , and become clear , like to fountain-water . the blew tincture of violets , being mixed with oyle of vitriol , will wax into a purple . the wood acanthus brought from brasile , being infused in common water , doth freely yeild a red tincture , which put to distilled vinegar , acquires a colour like to white-wine . a knife , after it , hath cut a pomecitron , in the middle , unless it be wiped , and cleansed , from the soure juyce of the citron , in a short time will be reduced to a nigrous colour . and why from the same acidity too much exalted in ulcers , the cyrurgions probe may not be stained with a certain blackness , ( as we have very often observed ) and such ulcers be happily cured by temperating of the acidity , ( as helmont admonisheth de blase humano , § . 53. we leave to the judgment of others ? it may here suffice for us to have proved , that from one and the same acid , permixed with diverse things ; one while a white , another a black , another a yellow , another a purple , and so moreover other colours may arise . he which desireth to excite many colours in the solution of minerals and vegitables endued with no colour , let him go to that most curious treatise which d. willis hath written , concerning fermentation , where pag. 88. edit . ang. he may find very many mutations of colours not unprofitable ; and being about to assigne the reason thereof , he saith in the following page : if the reason of this phaeno-mena be enquired , it ought altogether to be deduced from those minute particles within the pores of every contained liquor ; which according to the scituation and position , being after a divers manner altered by the infusion of another liquor , do diversly transmit the beams of the light , and manifoldly break , or reflect it , and so cause the divers appearances of colours , &c. having now unfolded the diseases risen from the more acid pancreatick juyce , we seem in our selves to hear some in short to ask the question , from whence the acid humour in the body may proceed , if we do not use any acid things ? to which we answer , that we can in no wise want those things which abound with an acidity . for there is an acidity in the air , which appeareth , if the caput mortuum of vitriol be exposed to the air , which from the same eliciteth a new acidity . also , that the air is full of nitrous particles , gassendus , entius , digbaeus , and others , which professedly , or otherwise ingeniously treat of this matter , have proved : but no man is ignorant , that nitre containeth in it self an acidity . there is also an acidity inherent in aliments : for in kitchings , if flesh , or other aliments , begin to corrupt , their broth doth wax sower ; yea , we have collected an acid spirit in quantity sufficiently large , from the sweetest of condiments , to wit , sugar , by chymical art. there is also an acidity inherent in drink ; for beer , or ale , as also wine , being left to themselves , without the addition of any other thing , do wax soure : from whence , it is no wonder , as hippocrates witnesseth , lib. de vet. med. text. 24 that there should be an acidity in men. but , it being granted , that there is an acid humour in our bodies , some one , more desirous of truth , may ask , how it comes to pass , that it doth not only corrode the parts of our bodies , but also copper , and tinn , as we have shewed above ? to this we shall also answer , that the fermentations , continually happening in our bodies , is sufficicient for this thing : for , we daily see that by their help , many things are very sharp , which before were sweet , or at least temperate : vvhether now this may happen by the dissipation of the animal spirits , or by reason of any other inward cause , we leave to the judgment of others . likewise , experience testifies , that men , feeding upon a cold diet , do sometimes , for the same reason , and cause , fall into burning feavers . we have also deservedly ascribed the uterine suffocation , or mother-fits , so called , to the pancreatick juyce divers ways vitiated , but especially the austere : the following observation seems to give us no small light into the truth of this matter , which our friend elsnerus , in the year 1667. sent to us from paris to andegave : we opened ( saith he ) a maid , extinguished by the suffocation of the womb , in whose dead body we found nothing at all , to which death might be ascribed , but the blood coagulated in the ventricles of the heart , beyond the order of nature . which too much coagulation of the blood may not be deduced from any other cause , than from an acid juyce , as we have sufficiently proved . but the reason why we judge that this effect is not produced by the pancreatick juyce , being simply acid , is , that all women which have a sharp pancreatick juyce , are not affected with that disease : and therefore we do the more easily believe , that there is an austerity , or harsh sowerness present with it ; because we have known almost the like disease excited from the pancreatick juyce , being austere , in a certain bitch , as also in a famous man , the truth of which the following testimony freely exhibiteth to us ; done in the year 1663. as it was communicated to me by the most expert dr. sylvius : i tested the pancreatick juyce , and found it ( first ) as it were saltish ; but afterward , the relish being some-what changed , it seemed then to be sub-acid , with a light austerity ; there was such a stink produced in my mouth , that two of my acquaintance , which were with us , admonished me concerning it : the stink was like to that which riseth from muddy , and strinking water . my mouth , and jaws , were not only exsiccated , or dried , but also so constringed , that i seemed to be suffoccated ; which like thing , i suffer by a disease familiar to me : and all these things vanished not suddainly , but remained , and endured for a while , till they left me by degrees , and of their own accord . the bitch's juyce was brought to the famous dr. sylvius , and exhibited to his tast , in our presence . from this , and the like observations , it seemeth not absurd to assert , that men may some-time be affected with a like hysterick suffocation ; especially , when its nearest cause happens , not from the vvomb , but from the small gut ; in which , by reason of the vitious effervescency of concurring humours excited , exhalations , and austere flatulencies are stirred up ; which , as often as they arise through the oesephagus , or gullet , and come to the arteria-asperia , or wind-pipe , they so constringe those parts , that the sick think themselves to be in the peril of strangulation , or choaking . that divers species of the hypocondriack affection may be produced by the said pancreatick juyce divers ways vitiated , the books of practical physitians do testifie , and the symptoms confirme . but that we stay no longer upon the more acid , and austere pancreatick juyce , and the effects from them arising ; we think fit to deduce at least one effect from the said juyce more salt , imagine a serous diarrhaea , which by its saline acrimony , produceth a more violent , and more frequent peristaltick motion of the gutts . these things being rightly considered , we doubt not but that by a diligent tract of time , by the observation of those who happen to be conversant about the sick , many effects will be made more manifest : and if there be more of art in knowing than in curing diseases , who sees not that this pancreatick juyce being altogether known , the cure of many diseases may be performed more easily , more speedily , and more profitably . first of all in this treatise , we have described the diseases taking their original from a more acid pancreatick juyce , because they more often occur , and produce greater trouble , than those which derive their original from this juyce by any other way vitiated , for the acid humour excelling the rest , witness hippoc. lib. de vet. med. text. 42. 14. of all others is the most incommodious . chap. x. how the vitiated pancreatick juyce may be corrected . seeing that it is not sufficient to have said in what manner the pancreatick juyce may offend , namely , by exercising too great an acidity , salsitude , and amaritude ; we have not restored it , saith hyppocrates , before that the same be purged , and overthrown by the admixing of other things , lib. de vet . med. text 34. but with what medicaments the vices of the pancreatick juyce , above declared , may more easily be tempered , or evacuated we shall now handle in brief . the more sparing separation , or excretion , of the pancreatick juyce , happening by reason of viscidity , will be cured by medicines , correcting any viscidity ; such are volatile acids , as also salts , as well volatile as fixt ; especially the volatile salt of amber seems to agree with our business ; which , besides the volatile salt , also containes certain acid particles : but , as often as the pancreatick juyce is thought to be less acid , then use pure acids , on the contrary , as often as the acidity thereof exceeds , then salts are most conducible . when the excretion of the pancreatick juyce is more sparing , by reason of an obstruction happening in one or more of the lateral ducts , the medicines , but now spoken of , are also profitable ; for , except they loosen , cleanse , and cast forth the obstructing pituity , or remedy the viscous crudity of the blood , they will certainly profit nothing , as we shall endeavour , more largely , to explain the same in the subsequent chapter , when we shall treat of intermitting feavers . the more copious increase of the pancreatick juyce , will be cured , as well by abstaining from much drink , especially such as is sharp ; also by using such medicaments as may expel it from the body by the belly ; as also sweats , and urines . but , among such medicaments , as educe it by the belly , such as purge-water , are convenient above others ; by help whereof , the serous humours are purged , more than the bilious : which , some years since , we have observed in not a few dogs , to whom we exhibited , as well hydragogues as cholagues ; and , seeing that they excellently deponed the belly , we suddenly opened the abdomen , at the very time of purgation ; the dog 's as yet living ; which done , we could observe , although difficulty , in those to whom we had given a cholagogue , viz. one dram of diagredium , that the bile did flow in a far greater quantity , from the intestinal biliar duct ; but in another , to whom we had exhibited a hydragogue , namely , of powder of jallap two drams , we observed that the pancreatick juyce did break forth in a large quantity , from its ductus into the intestines , although then the bile also did issue forth in a great quantity ; and in another , to whom we had given a cholagogue , the pancreatick juyce did also flow forth in a greater quantity , than usuall ; nevertheless we are able to collect , that the bile is far more copiously purged by cholagogues , and the pancreatick juyce by hydragogues . in these experiments , performed other things , did yet occur , worthy of note ; for first of all , at the very time of purgation , there was nothing deposited through the meseraick arteries into the cavity of the intestines ; but what so ever of a liquid matter remained in them , after expression , was sucked up by the venae lacteae , or meseraick veines . secondly , that those ducts , in whom the lactean veines appeared not : after 3. or 4. hours exhibition of aliment , we cut the abdomen in them ; neither the bile , nor the pancreatick juyce , was carryed to the intestine , in a more than usual quantity . concerning which , seeing that other things , as yet remain to be spoken to , we shall defer it to another occasion , untill by many experiments , more surely made , we shall more perfectly ( also ) understand the force of other medicaments . the pancreatick juyce , over fluid , will be corrected by the prudent assumption of viscid aliments ; such are pills of hound's tongue , and other things which incrassate . in reference to the qualities of the pancreatick juyce , perceptible to the tast , if it offends by too much acidity , austerity , or salsity , it will be cured , first , with altering medicines , as hippocrates hath rightly taught us , de vet. med. tex . 31. 20. where he saith : and i perceive all other fluxes , which happen by reason of the acrimony , and intemperances of humours , are restored by their tempering and cocting . but that will easily be absolved by the administration of the medicines , even now spoken of . the more acid pancreatick juyce will be cured , first , with a pure volatile salt , as an aromatick , by tempering the same . secondly , it will be cured with a lixivious salt , as well fixed as volatile , by infringing its power . thirdly , it will be cured by crabs eyes , coralls , chalk , shells , especially being calcined , fileings of steel , and the like , by concentrating it . fourthly , it will be cured , by oleous emulsions , as also , by diverse oyles , made as well by expression , as distillation , as it were wrapping about it , and blunting the edge thereof . [ i know not how to render obvoluo and obtundo better ] . fifthly . it will be cured with water , & watery things , washing and weakning it . but here no purges are to be exhibited ; because , hitherto , none are known ; which , without great difficulty , do educe the acid humours , not tempered ; so that , aphorisme of hippoc. 22. sect. 11. which saith , things cocted not crude , being brought forth by a purging medicine , are not crude in their beginning , unless they swell : but many do not swell ; doth rightly here take place . the austere pancreatick juyce will be cured by volatile salts , as first , by the distilled spirit of salt ammoniac , after the addition of salt of tartar , and water ; to which also , may be referred castor , and its tincture . the salt pancreatick juyce , and a diarhaea , from thence arising , may be cured by the diascordium of fracastorius , pills of hound's tongue , coralls , burnt hart's-horn , bezoar-stone , and other things incrassating , and also concentrating salsitude . chap. xi . the history of agues , or intermitting feavers . because we have before promised , in the nineth chapter , that we would , in this place , demonstrate , that intermitting feavers have their original from the preternatural disposition of the said pancreatick juyce , we cannot but annex their history ; not because , the difficulty of explicating these feavers , is obscure to us , nor shunneth none of the most expert physitians ; so as , hither-to , they have not satisfied the curious in their explications : so that , being by most passed over with a dry foot , they have left behind them a series of innumerable difficulties ; but , because we judge it to be a thing of so great moment , that as many as hither-to have given themselves to the search of intermitting feavers , have still desired to this labour , the further industry of other learned men : for , very many diseases do every day occur in our practice , wherein that feaver either proceedeth , is concomitant , or doth follow ; so that , sometimes it requireth an intire method of curation , for it self . which , seeing it is so , we think our cogitations , and experiments , not to be ingrateful to the curious searchers of nature , especially if we hold their minds not long in suspence , by rehearsing the sentenses and opinions of many authors , as they ordinarily have done , who have gone before us , in the same kind of study : or retain those things , by shewing an intire series of questions , relating more to curiosity , than to the necessity of the thing to be known ; but we shall presently expound , in a few words , as much as is possible , those things which we judge concerning this matter . seeing that aristotle hath rightly said , lib. 2. physic . cap. 13. that there can be a sure knowledge of nothing , the cause , or original whereof , is not known : we , contrary to the common order , shall endeavour to pursue the nature of intermitting feavers , by searching out their signes and causes . seeing that all physitians , which have hither-to written of intermitting feavers , cry out that their pathognomick signe is a more frequent , and preternatural pulse ; to know the nature , altogether of intermitting feavers , by searching into the causes of the pulse , we judge with the never sufficiently praised fran. de le boe-sylvius , that the cause of a more preternatural pulse , is either ( first ) the too much , and permanent rare-faction of the blood , arising from a more potent fire , breaking forth from the effervescency of both bloods . or , secondly , because of any sharpness , being at one time acid , at another lixivious , another while brinishly salt , driven through the veines , with the blood , to the heart , and internally gnawing the parenchyma of the heart . or , thirdly , something halituously flatulent , and like-wise carried with the blood to the heart , or excited , by the effervescency , in the heart ; and increasing the explication of the ventricles of the heart . or , fourthly , something sharp , or hard , either in the peri-cardium , or else-where existing , and externally gnawing , or pricking the heart . these few things being premised , there is none but may see , that the cause of continuall feavers , is continually carryed to the heart , but the cause of intermittents by intervals . it is not our purpose here to speak of continual feavers , those that are desirous of searching out , and knowing of the nature of those , we recommend them to the practice of dr. sylvius , where , amongst other things , accurately delivered , they may find the exact description of those feavers , chap. 29. pag. 407. and we , in the mean-time , being about to deliver the description of intermitting feavers , shall say , that such a focus , or minera , of intermitting feavers , is required , which is apt to transmit the cause of a more frequent , and preternatural pulse , by intervals , to the heart . sundry men have sought this minera , in diverse parts of the body ; some have immagined they have found it in the mass of blood , which , to some others seemed less true , to whom the continual motion of the blood , was known ; because the circulation of the blood is performed once , twice , or four times a day : for , the most accurate dr. lower , in his treatife of the heart , fol. 156. proveth , that the blood of a man , well disposed , circulateth through the heart , in the space of one hour , thirty times : but being granted , ( which in no wise , may be denyed ) that the mass of blood , of the whole body at least , sometimes in a day , doth flow back to the heart ; part of which , if evilly affected , as often as it transiteth the heart , would produce a fit of a feaver ; and so , from the blood naturally following , neither a tertian , or a quartan feaver may be deduced , unless they say that the blood doth absolve this tragedy , being preternaturally detained in any part of the body ; which like-wise , doth not alike appear to those , to whom it is known , how easily the volatile spirits exhale , by the detention of the blood , and the remaining particles of the blood being made more sharp , do suddenly excite , mutually , among themselves , a heat and inflamation of the part ; to which , if an aposteme be subjoyned that will affect the blood , passing through its circuits continually , and not by intervals : whence if a feaver follows , it ought not to be called an intermitting , but a continuall feaver . if they say that the obstruction is not expected to the generation of intermitting feavers , but to furnish the phlegme which is of that nature that daily , the yellow bile w ch . every third day , and the atra-bile which every fourth day may produce a certain ebullition : many of a higher ingenuity , may ask first whether or no those humours such as they are described in the schools can be demonstrated to be in the mass of blood , seeing it is evident by what is already said the atrabilis derives its original from the yellow bile , and more acid pancreatick juyce . secondly , how doth that seem probable that a humour more cold , tenatious , and unapt for motion , as phlegme , daily , and a hot humour being more fluid and being fit for motion as yellow choler , should every other day onely excite a feaverish ebullition in the blood ; thirdly , how intermitting feavers may be changed from quotidians into tertrans , quartans , and the contrary . fourthly , to what humours they can ascribe quintans , sextans , or those which have more seldome periods ( of which fernelius lib. 4. cap. 14. ) if they determine that each feavour draws its original from a certain peculiar humour . but they which have held the minera of intermitting feavers to be latent in some part of the body , have most of them sought it in the abdomen ; for nauceousness , loathing of food , torments , colds , horrors , rigors , and other preludiums of the fits conspicuous to none but such as are more attentively disposed , do shew the abdomen to be evilly habited . a vomiting excited either by nature or art , and very often , presently asswageing the fierceness of the fits , sheweth the principal ways or passages thereof to be evilly habited . the cure it self of the abdomen also in the beginning of the access declareth the same according to fernelius de sede intermittentium lib. 4. cap. 10. for fomentations applied to the hypocondriaes procure a remission of horror , rigor , and other symptomes . but what part of the abdomen in these feavers is evilly affected , hath wearied the brains of many ; for so confusedly have they sought their minera , that nothing of certainty can be concluded from their writings or opinions ; for some have sought it in the meseraick veines , some in the branches of the vena porta between the liver and the spleen , some in other vessels , yea also in the great colon , the duplicature of the omentum which is under the ventricle , and in innumerable other things have they determined the focus of intermitting feavours , whose clouds of falsity in these our more happy times the sun of truth hath so discussed and dissipated , that they want not our improvement . therefore least we consume our own , and the readers time , by writing more things obvious as well in the books of the ancients as in the moderns , we shall willingly pass them by : seeing that the cause of all intermitting feavours seemes to us to be contained in the pancreas alone . the reason of this opinion is this , that having considered the parts of the whole body of man , which by intervals only may transmit the cause of these feavers to the heart , none can be found in the whole body to which not only the focus of intermitting feavers , but also the causes of all their symptomes may be imputed besides the pancreas . but some perhaps may say , that heat , thirst , ulcers , breaking forth in the lips of the feaverish , bitter vomitings , cholerick excrements , and other symtomes wont to accompany tertain feavers do declare the bile to be primarily offended , wherefore the cause of all intermitting feavers ought not to be ascribed to the pancreas alone . but truly this objection will fall of its own accord , those things being known which we shall speak of in the following discourse concerning the reasons of divers symptomes ; for we know that in tertians the bile is very often predominant , but it is to be noted that its abundance doth not cause an intermitting feaver ; because that is perceived after it hath excited a vitious effervesency by intervals with the pancreatick juice , in which if the bile gets dominion , the signs thereof even now declared do somtimes manifest themselves ; but because this effervescency proceeds from the pancreatick juice preternaturally disposed , that feaver is not ascribed to the bile , but to the pancreatick juyce , as , by the sequel , shall more plainly appear . we judge the cause of intermitting feavers to be an obstruction , made in one or more of the lateral ducts ; because of pituity , carryed thither in too large a quantity , and there detained : vvhich thing seems to us to happen for the following reason ; to wit , for as much , as the pituity , of the thin guts , especially that sticking to the sides , lest they should be hurt by the abounding humours , being in too great a quantity , by reason of the immoderate exercises of the body , and perhaps by an over-much use of hot aliments , or by some error , committed in the six non-naturals , is dissolved , and with other humours , carryed to the heart , by the milky veines : from whence , by the order of circulation , this phlegmatick matter , together with the rest of the blood , is driven to the pancreas ; and being separated in its glandules , with the pancreatick juyce , it enters the lateral ducts of the pancreas ; in which , either by the external cold , or of that bowel it concreteth , and is coagulated ; by which reason , it obstructeth either one or more of the laterall ducts . vve think the accesses of intermitting feavers , ought to be ascribed to the pancreatick juyce , stagnant in one or more of the lateral ducts , by reason of an obstruction ; and one while sooner , another while later , preparing a way for it self , through the obstructing phlegme , by its acrimony increased ; and not only causing a vitious effervescency in the small gut ; but being every way carryed , especially to the heart , produceth a more frequent , and preternatural pulse . which , that it may more clearly appear , we shall spend a little time in the unfolding thereof . that coagulation , which we have mentioned to happen in the pancreatick juyce , we have some-time observed in a dog , whose juyce we endeavoured to collect in the winter time ; which , by the cold of the ambient air , was so thickned , that only a little would flow forth , and of a gross consistency , untill the dog , being placed before the fire , between two pillows began to grow hot ; from whence the pancreatick juyce did flow more fluid , and more copiously . we have observed , that the coagulation of the pancreatick juyce hath excited obstructions , in the lateral ducts , of the pancreas , as in the year 1663 , with the famous dr. sylvius , in a certain woman , labouring under an intermitting feaver , into whose ductus pancreaticus , after death , we injected , by a syringe , a very volatile blewish liquor ; which , out of the great duct , into which it was cast , did penetrate into most of the lateral ducts , whilst in a few , although more near to the intestinal great duct , by reason of an obstruction , it was stopped : from whence , by the said colour , the substance of the pancreas it self , was tinged in one place , and not in another . the pancreatick juyce , being stagnant in one or more of the lateral ducts , by reason of an obstruction , by its delay becometh more sharp , and at length , perforating the obstructing phlegme , prepareth it self a passage , through the obstruction , into the common or middle duct , until all the detained juyce , being effused , the phlegme as yet adhereing to the sides of the duct , grows together again , and by its mutual reunion , renews the obstruction : whence at length , the pancreatick juyce is collected for the following fit ; which again , by its delay , being made more sharp , doth again perforate the obstructing pituity , and produceth a new paroxysme ; which fits , return alwayes at the same time , as often as the pituity , causing the obstruction , doth occur , in the same quantity , and viscidity , with the pancreatick juyce , of the same acidity , and acrimony . the pancreatick juyce is made more sharp by stagnation , in as much , as the animal spirits do not so straightly embrace it , but leave it obstructing : hence therefore , by the dissipated spirits , wont to attemper it , there redounds a greater acidity of the pancreatick juyce . would you have a simillitude ? we will grant it : new ale , included in hogsheads , whether or no , by a certain delay , it doth not lose its sweetness ? consider , that all wine turns to vinegar , the spirits being dissipated ; also that vinegar it self , by delay , is made more sharp . for , every heat , dissipating the animal spirits , causeth every sharp thing to be more sharp : so that , it ought to seem strange to none , if we say , that the pancreatick juyce , by stagnation , deserteth its genuine disposition , and passeth into a more acid acrimony . but the pancreatick juyce , being made more sharp by stagnation , and effused into the thin gut , with the flegmme and bile , stirs up a vitious effervescency ; and indeed , by reason of such a pancreatick juyce , stretchings , yawnings , and horrors are produced , and every-where a sence of cold , especially in the region of the loynes , in which the fit begins . neither is that first called a feaver , which either the pancreatick juyce , it self , vitiously effervescing in the small gut ; or at least , exhalations from thence arising , and at length , carryed to the right ventricle of the heart ; and , after a certain manner , irritating it to a more frequent contraction of it self . but we judge that the pancreatick juyce , by its acid acrimony , performs this thing ; although nothing hinders , but that something of a saline acrimony , arising from the bile may concur : because we daily observe , that exhalations do ascend in the effervescency , between acids and salts ; which , being moved to the nose , by its acrimony , causeth offence . intermitting feavers by the reason already given , proceeding from the pancreatick juyce , are divided into simple , and compound ; the simple , by reason of their fits , returning at divers times , are distinguished into quotidians which daily , tertians which every other day , & quartans which on the fourth day , quintans which on the fifth , &c. do return . those are called compound which excite divers fits in one and the same sick person , and they are either of the same species : as double quotidians , double or treble tertians , double or treble quartans , &c. or they are of a divers species , as a quotidian with a tertian , a tertian with a quartan , &c. we shall say nothing in this place concerning those feavers which are compounded of intermittents and continual , tho we know they are daily to be observed by practitioners ; for he which hath known & inspected the nature of intermitting and continual feavers , may consider that this complication carryes nothing of difficulty to our opinion , which is clearer than the meridian light. they are also distinguished by reason of an urgent cold , and heat into cold , and burning feavers ; although for the most part the cold is wont to go before , and the heat to follow , vanhelmont in his treatise of feavers chap. 1. § . 5. writes that the sick are sometimes troubled with cold alone , and experience also witnesseth the same . hence unless we be egregiously deceived , we may infer with the surest foundation , that the essence of feavers consists not in heat ( as many lead by speculation , more than by the verity of the matter , do boldly maintain ) because then heat would be allways present with the feaver : neither could the feaver be existent without heat , which nevertheless , they do , or may observe daily , who least of all attend to the practise of physick , do but visit the sick : i say they may observe in the beginning of most intermitting feavers , when the bodies of the sick are terrified and shaken with cold , that cold alone is troublesome . nevertheless , lest it should seem a new and unheard of thing , which we speak , that the essence of feavers doth not consist in heat , besides experience , we shall bring the authority of hypocrates which seems to teach the same thing lib. de vet. med. text. 30. 7. where he saith : i think this to be the greatest sign that men do fall into feavers not simply because of heat , neither is this simply the cause of the affliction ; but it is bitter and hot , and hot and acid , and salt and hot , and infinite other things ; and again cold conjoyn'd with other faculties . these therefore are the things which hurt , &c. but if any one notwithstanding be so captivated to his prejudices , that he denies a trembling and a horrour to be the beginning of intermitting feavers , let him also perswade himself , as he must , that those who at the time of that cold do die ( as others have often seen , and our self also within this eight days ) expire without a feaver ; which nevertheless to men conversant in physick , will seem no less false than ridiculous . perhaps no man will deny that in some feavers , tertains especially , no cold being perceived , and by reason of heat alone continually urging at the time of the fits , they may be called burning feavers , and although any through a desire of contradiction should deny that burning , such feavers will not therefore cease to be observed . forasmuch as no feaver makes its progress alone , but for the most part is accompanied with divers symptomes , some of which do torment the sick no less than the feaver it self , they are distinguished , or at leastwise may be according to the diversity of symptomes manifesting themselves with each fit into syncopals , hystericks , colical , raving , greedy , astmatical , arthritical , catharral , emeticks , catharticks , salivals , &c. if any demand a reason , why the fits return one while daily , another every third day , another every fourth or fifth day , and that so certain as the hand of a dial goes not more exactly ? we shall say that all the diversity depends , partly upon the diversity of obstructing phlegm , partly that of the stagnant pancreatick juice , for as there is found in the lateral duct obstructed more or less pituity , and as it is more or less viscid , and the pancreatick juice more or less sharp , so the pituity causing the obstruction , will sooner or later be perforated by the pancratick juice being made sharp by stagnation . and although the beginnings of fits mutually following one another , are not always distant 24. 48. or 72. houres ; but sometimes 18 , sometimes 24 , sometimes 30 , sometimes 36 , and 40 houres , &c. nevertheless phisitians are wont to distinguish the fits according to daies ; so that by quotidians they intend not only those which return every 24. houres , but these also which make their accesses in 18. yea , 30 houres ; the former of which they call antiponents or going before , the later post-ponents . [ which word is generally understood ] so those fits which return every 48. houres are truly esteemed for tertians , but not those only ; for they also which are returned every 36. or 40. houres are called tertians , but anteponents , as also those which are repeated every 50. 55. or 60. houres are called tertians , and likewise post-ponents . the cause of this inequallity of the fits , seems to us to proceed from the obstructing phlegme being more or less viscid , or the whole pancreatick juice more or less sharp , and that by reason of the diverse use of the six non-naturals . by this reason it is not difficult to us to unfold how quotidian feavers are changed into tertians , and tertians into quartans , quartans into quintans , and the contrary ; which thing they find very difficult , who determine that quotidians arise from phlegme , tertians from yellow choler , and quartans from melancholy . the fits return so long , as the obstructing pituity is not totally removed from the duct , but remaining therein is again compelled to renew the obstruction ; but when the viscid phlegme , either of its own accord , or by art , is so evacuated , that nothing thereof remains , which may be joyned together , whereby the obstruction may be renewed ; then also the feavers are cured . but as often as only one of the lateral ducts is obstructed , so often is one , and indeed a simple feaver , produced . but as often , as many of the lateral ducts are obstructed together , so often are many and manifold compound feavers produced ; which are either of the same , or of a diverse species : obstructions are of the same species , when they are of the same nature , and pertinancy , in diverse ducts of the same magnitude . obstructions are of a diverse species , when they are of a diverse nature , and pertinancy , in diverse ducts , in like manner differing from one another in magnitude . we say in diverse ducts of the same , or a diverse magnitude , seeing that as often as the obstruction ariseth from a like pituity , in diverse ducts , of the same magnitude , and amplitude : so often the pancreatick juyce , being made sharp by stagnation , will , in an equal space of time , perforate the obstructing pituity ; and also , in an equal space of time , will produce the fit : but as often as ducts , of a different magnitude , and amplitude , are equally obstructed by a viscid phlegme , so often shall we see a diversity in the fits ; in as much , as it may sooner , and more amply , wax sharp , in one duct , and thence the fit may sooner return , and more grievously afflict than in another ; or as often as obstructions do happen in ducts , of the same magnitude , from a pituity , not alike viscid ; so often , like-wise , may the fits invade the sick at divers times ; for as much as the pancreatick juyce , equally waxing sharp , will sooner perforate the less viscid pituity , than that which hath a greater viscidity . from those things , which we have now propounded , it will not be difficult to explain , how in a double tertian , or other compound feavers , one fit may , unexpectedly , come in an hour or two , after another : for , the obstructions may happen in ducts of the same magnitude , from a pituity alike viscid ; so that , one obstruction may be excited the first hour , and another the fourth hour ; the which , if in tertians , ( unless some fault , as we have said , be committed in the six non naturals ) the first will again return on the third day , the first hour , and the second at the fourth hour , &c. which , in our judgement , affords no small difficulty to those who hold , that intermitting feavers , are brought to a turgescency , by congestion , from an evil habit of the blood , or of the alimentary juyce , depraved : as for example , seeing that the alimentary juyce , depraved , doth excite , by its turgescency , a feaverish effervescency in the blood , in the first hour , why may not that quantity of the ( depraved ) alimentary juyce , serving to produce another fit , which like-wise begins to swell , in the same blood , being in the same effervescency , be enkindled , and consumed ? truly , we favour not that opinion ; neither also , can wee conceive how , in those which are fasting , the feaverish fits so often , beyond measure , could be returned at the same time . from what hath been said , the reason is also manifest , wherefore in a double tertian , or quartane , &c. the fit doth precisely anticipate , or succeed , an hour ; no other-wise , than as they arise from one , and the same , lateral duct : for , as the whole pancreatick juyce , and the obstructing pituity of both , grows more or less sharp ; also , the pituity of both , more or less viscid : the fits of both do equally return sooner or later . there are feavers , whose species by some , are difficultly distinguished ; as for example , a quotidian , from a double tertian , or triple quartan ; for , of those three feavers , each daily excite one fit ; which distinction , nevertheless creates no trouble to such as are attentive to the matter : for , a quotidian doth ordinarily invade the sick , either at one hour , or equally sooner , or later . the double tertian , for the most part , so hath its fits , that the first access answers to the third , and the second to the fourth , &c. but in a triple quartan , the first fit answereth to the fourth , and the second to the fifth , &c. which things being rightly considered , every one may easily distinguish these feavers , mutually from one another , unless some external fault disturb the order or frame of the body , either in whole or in part . the diversity of those symptomes so variously occurring , doth not overthrow those things which we have propounded concerning intermitting feavers , especially of heat and cold seeing that diversity dependeth upon a diverse constitution , of the rest of the humours existent in the body . for otherwise a fit of a tertian feaver , happening to a body replenished with much bile , and that sufficiently sharp , would last far longer than a fit happening to that body where but little bile , and that as yet temperate is remaining . also a greater or lesser quantity of phlegme , as likewise plenty of other humours abounding in the body , may not a little augment this diversity . but because it may not suffice to have said , that the primary symptomes of intermitting feavers are heat and cold , it behoveth that we here also , annex our opinion concerning their cause and original we judge that the cold of intermitting feavers , draws its original from the more acid pancreatick juice , and heat especially from a more acrimonions bile ; the former is evinced by the assumption of acid things , as galen proveth in a thousand places from things helping and hurting , that acids are cold , and do produce cold , and that not only in the sick , but also in the sound ; in which sometimes we see alike cold to have been excited , as those which are feaverish are wont to suffer , and any one may observe , if acids be taken by those which are feaverish in the time of the cold fit , that the feaverish cold will be encreased after a wonderful manner . he that refuseth to believe these our observations , let him read galen de simp. med. facult , where he saith : every acid , as it is only acid , is plainly cold ; whether it be a pear or an apple , the juice of grapes or rasberies , or mulberies , punick apples , or any other fruit , or juice , or plants , as sharp pointed dock or sorrel ; for that it appears to the tast that there is a vehement acidity inherent in it , neither may any thing be prefer'd before it ; for its acrimony , you shall find this juice altogether cooling , &c. as also in the same book cap. 7. and in infinite other places he teacheth , that acids are cold , and produce cold in our bodies . that the qualities of humours are to be known by their effects , hyppocrates lib. de vet. med. text. 39. 5. doth diligently inculcate : know that the chief forces of humours is in their acid faculty ; which likewise in the 23. of the same , from manifest things which behoveth to be learned without the body , he manifestly teacheth . moreover , lib. de locis in homine text 56. 10. he saith , that acids are also pituitous , which in lib. de natura humana text. 12. 2. he manifestly declares to be most cold of all things existing in the bodie : the which , unless it were true , untowardly would galen in his whole book concerning food in acute diseases , and those who are his diligent followers , prescribe an acid medicamentous diet , in acute feavers . although no man perhaps can easily deny , heat to proceed from the bile , in regard we see that our natural heat is much augmented by the assumption of bitter , and aromatick aliments and sauces , augmenting choler and making it more sharp . besides , both is proved by the remedies exhibited , diminishing or taking away those symptomes ; for we see clearly , that by medicines infringing the acidity , the cold is attempered and taken away ; and we likewise observe that by medicines tempering the bile , especially acids , the heat is lessened , as we shall presently in many things further demonstrate . from whence every one may easily imagine the reason , why for the most part the fits of intermitting feavers , are begun with a sence of cold , and terminated with heat : for the pancreatick juice being made more sharp by stagnation in one or more of the lateral ducts ; after which flowing into the thin gut , there exciteth such an effervescency with the bile , wherein the succus pancreaticus by its predominant acidity every way emits or sends forth acid exhalations , affected with a sense of cold ; which when they touch the gall-bladder by their acrimony provoke it to its contraction , from whence the bile breaking forth into the intestine , in a more than usual quantity overwhelmes the pancreatick juice , and raiseth therewith such an effervescency , in which the bile predominating excites heat , by sending every way its exhalations or emissaries . this our opinion , is in a wonderful manner confirmed by the vomitings , which very often happen to the sick , at one time so cold and acid , that bringeth a stupor to the teeth ; and again on the contrary , another while so hot and bitter , that they believe they vomit nothing but pure choler . but some perhaps may ask , why we deduce vomitings and acid belchings , rather from the pancreas , than from the stomach ? we answer , because it is agreeable to experience , that the pancreatick juice is acid , and seeing that the searchers of nature , do as yet dispute concerning the ferment of the stomach and its generation , we judged that it ought to be determined , rather from a certain than an uncertain cause : and if it shall be evinced by further search in the stomach of men ( we speak not of birds who require a stronger fermentation to digest stones and other things of a hard consistency for the generation of shells ) that any other ferment is generated , besides the spittle continually swallowed , and that to be acid , then shall we be so much the better able to prove an effervescency to be excited in the thin gut , between the bile , and the pancreatick juice : seeing that the temperate , or natural acidity of the pancreatick juyce , would be helped by the acid ferment of the stomach ; and from thence , the effervescency would be the more powerfully performed . it is further proved , that the acidity , cast forth by vomitting , doth not proceed from the stomach , but from the intestines , by vomitories , exhibited out of the time of the fit ; by the help whereof , first an insipid matter , afterwards , by further straining , an acid , and bilious matter , is vomitted up ; the contrary of which would happen , if the soure , and cholerick matter , did proceed from the stomach . concerning the manner by which acids may get to the stomach , no man , of a sound mind , will doubt , who determines the bile , ejected by vomiting , to proceed from the intestines : seeing that the pancreatick juyce may , and ought to be driven through the same wayes , as the bile , flowing to the intestines , by their inverted peristaltick motion , with the same ease to the ventricle , as we have above demonstrated . neither doth the place a little confirm this our opinion , in which , a feaverish fit beginning , is for the most part perceived cold , then hot ; as also , a most fierce pain : we understand the region of the loynes , in which the first part of the thin gut lies , under the mesentery , as is to be seen tab. i , wherein the confsux and effervescency of the bile , and the pancreatick juyce , is celebrated ; from which , the particles of those humours , being agitated upon the ligaments of the mesentery , and other nervous , and membranous parts , they dash against them , with an impetuous force : so that , that effervescency may sometimes be perceived by the touch in the sick , as we have above demonstrated . nor does the pancreatick juyce , being made sharp by stagnation , only exercise a tyranny , in the region of the loynes ; but also sends forth its acid exhalations , both upwards and downwards ; who doubteth that from the one the torments of the belly , and from the other acid belchings , do proceed ? but if those exhalations penetrate through the venae lacteae , to the heart , by incrassating the blood , gives an occasion of a lesser pulse ; which , nevertheless , by its corroding acrimony , produceth one more frequent . the acid exhalations , being subdued in manner afore-said , salt and bilious exhalations do follow ; which again , by attenuating the blood , do no less excite a great , and sometimes also , a more frequent pulse , by irritating the heart ; and that so long till their acrimony being spent , they can no longer irritate , or provoke the heart : which done , the vigour and natural pulse of the heart is returned : so that , very often the most skilful can hardly judge , whether they have a feaver or no. we will not here speak ( lest this chapter should swell too much , with that which we purposed to finish in few words ) concerning six hundred other symptomes , which are wont to accompany intermitting feavers ; seeing we are perswaded there are none , at least , of those who with an attent mind , have considered , that the juyce , or its emissaries , after a diverse manner disposed , doth perambulate the whole body , and may produce diverse symptomes ; but may , from these things , deduce them by their own proper industry . which seeing it is so , we leaving those small circumstances , shall rightly pass on to the cure of intermitting feavers , which as it primarily consisteth in taking away obstructions , and correcting the pancreatick juice , and other humours if they be vitious ; so it may be most succesfully performed , first by medicines inciding and attenuating tough phlegme , and sometimes expelling it from the body . secondly , by adhibiting remedies , which are indued with a force of correcting and temperating the pancreatick juice , offending by its acrimony . thirdly , by correcting other humours in the body , this or that way so peccant that they may cherish the vicious effervescency excited in the thin gut between the bile and the pancreatick juice . for the taking away the obstruction , temperating the more acid pancreatick juyce , and the diminishing the cold , from thence proceeding , these following medicines do much conduce , viz. water of parsly , fennel , baume , simple treacle-water , salt of worm-wood , of centary , the lesser , syrup of carduus benedicttus , or the five opening roots , and the like , being mixed according to art , especially if taken halfe an hour before the feaverish cold invades the sick , who ought to be kept in his bed , or other warm place , that sweat may be a little promoted , or at leastwise that the operation of the medicine may not be hindered . we say half an hour before the feaverish cold invade the sick , because reason teacheth , and experience proveth , that cutting and attenuating , as unobstructing medicaments do then with a far more happy success absolve that for which they are administred , than if they were exhibited at any other time ; the reason of which seemes to us , because those medicines begin to operate at that time , wherein the pancreatick juice by its acrimony doth molifie the obstruction , and so by a united force , may more strongly and more happily dissolve the obstruction , than if either of those only were opperating : moreover , it very much diminisheth the feaverish cold , which as yet would be performed with greater success , if to the mixture even now described , you shall add a drop or two of oyl of cloves , because as yet we see no medicament that doth more powerfully take away cold than that oyle . if a great heat follow the feaverish cold , to attemper that medicines called refrigeraters , among which aqueous things diluting the bile seems to us most agreeable , but especially acids with which the acrimony and volatillity of the saline bile exceeding , producing heat and burning is best infringed . for as doctor minrotus saith pag. 36. in his treatise of malignant feavers , acids do repress the inflamabillity of a sulphurous matter without the body , so also within the body they bridle the inflaming bile . so hippocrates , de victu acutor . text. 29. 9. manifestly teacheth that acids do infringe and mitigate the bile . and this is the reason , why the most skilfullest physitians do daily prescribe acid julips for the temperating of that feverish heat ; as for example , by the decoction of barley , or coolling distilled waters with syrup of limmons , mulberies , or barberies , &c. by adding spirit of vitriol , oyl of sulpher per capanum , or other acid spirits in a sufficient quantity to give it a grateful acidity . for the same end they also sometimes prescribe apozems of the opening roots , the herb sorrel , lettice , the greater housleek , tamarinds , &c. by adding after the boyling , some acid syrrups , and an acid spirit sufficient for a grateful acidity , that the sick may now and then take a small draught thereof to temperate the heat . if a great thirst afflict the feaverish at the time of heat , half a dram of lap. prunella may be conveniently dissolved in the aforesaid apozeme , or in small ale , or in a convenient julip , for it excellently extinguisheth thirst ; and therefore those to whom drink is hurtful , may dissolve the same medicament in water , but in a greater quantity , to wash the mouth . here it is well to be noted , that at the time of the heat , it is not necessary that the sick should abstain from moderate drinking , which at the time of cold is altogether required ; because we daily see , that if drink be assumed at the time of the cold fit , that it is augmented , and the sick more troubled . if the medicaments , even now mentioned for example , do not take away the feaver , in the intervals wherein they are not vexed with the feaver , this following mixture will much avail . r. fennel water three ounces , simple treacle water six drams , distilled vinegar three drams , crabs eyes prepared half a dram , syrup of the five opening roots , half an ounce mixt . of which most simple mixture , let one spoonful be taken every two houres ; for altering medicines do operate far better if they be taken by intervals , then if they be taken abundantly together and at once . if vehement paines and watchings do accompany the feaver , mixtures are to be used in the intervals , to which is added , one grain of laudanum opiatum , which medicament we do believe hath also a force of temperating the accimony of the humours , because we see that paines arising from the acrimony of humours , remain not after sleep procured by the prudent assumption of laudanum opiat ; which in our opinion could not happen , if that laudanum had not a force of temperating sharp humours . if a pain of the head accompany the feaver , in stead of fennel water , that of bettony , or burrage , may be substituted ; and in place of the syrup of the five roots , syrup of diacodium , or white poppies . but if the stomach be evilly affected , water of mint or of carduus benedictus will be used with better success . if the menses flow not , water of peniroyal , syrup of mugwort , &c. may be exhibited . if a suffocation of the womb be present , in stead of those , may be added spirit of sal ammoniack , tinct of castor , &c. if the sick be tormented with flatulencies , spirit of nitre may be added ; which remedy doth greatly help those which are troubled with a collick passion , or any other flatulent diseases ; especially if some drops thereof be prudently mixed with some arromatick waters , and the aforesaid carminatives . if the appetite be prostrate by reason of too great a quantity of bile carried to the stomach , which will be known by the appetite suddenly destroyed , by bitter belchings and cholerick vomitings , two scruples of elixir proprietatis paracelsi may be added to the last mixture . but if the said evil proceedeth from a vicid pituity detained in the stomach , which will be known by an aggravated pain in the stomach , half a dram of the dulcid spirit of salt instead of elixir proprietatis will be more conducent if it be mixed with the foresaid mixture . to the same intent may be directed also divers apozemes , and other medicate wines , powders , pills , and medicaments against the said obstructions : nevertheless you must diligently diligently note , that apozemes and other medicaments especially refrigerating which promiscuously they daily compel the sick to swallow down in a great dose , sometimes so debillitate their stomacks that the appetite is thereby not only destroyed , but sometimes fall into a disdain or loathing of aliments , from whence a new affliction is added to the sick , and the latter errour is allso very often worse than the first . but if notwithstanding before the physician hath attained his desired end , he thinketh some other humour doth offend by too much plenty , that may be diminished with convenient medicines . the diet according to the diversity of intermitting feavers , must sometimes be changed , because tertian feavers accompanied with the greatest heat , do require a diet more cooling than quartans which very often afflict the sick with intollerable cold and trembling : for we see the moderate use of french wine , which we are wont to forbid in all tertians , somtimes to be granted in quartans . but such a diet as may be agreeable to all intermitting feavers , every one may gather from what we have already spoken . we would have further propounded some other remedies as well accomodated to intermitting feavers as to their symptomes , had not the most famous doctor sylvius in the first part of his praxis already printed , proposed many , and the most excellent of them . from my study , feb. 2d . 167 5 / 6. at the signe of the globe , and chymical furnaces , in the postern , near moor-gate , london . finis . post-script . i have taken notice of many people ( especially of the poorer sort ) who are afflicted with tedious agues , and many more , who labour under those deplorable fits , commonly called the fits of the mother , and spleen ; as also , the falling sickness , grievous convulsions , &c. and being well satisfied , ( as well by the means of curation , as the undenyable experiments , and valid reasons in this book , confirming the same ) that those diseases , with many more , derive their original from the vitious alteration of this juyce , of the sweet-bread : i , for the sake of poor people , that they might have help at an easie rate , hereby let them know , that ( amongst many other ) i have two medicines , which are certain in the cure of the fore-mentioned diseases . the one will dissolve the conjunct matter of all ague-fits , with great celerity ; it being of such subtile parts , that it quickly penetrateth , and openeth those obstructions in the lateral branches of the pancreas , or sweet-bread , from whence those agues proceed . the which medicine alone ( with the help of a proper purge , to carry off the matter after it is dissolved , and attenuated ) will , in a short time , cure the fits of any ague whatsoever . it is put up in glasses , and sold at the price of half a crown each glasse , with directions for the use thereof ; one glasse being sufficient for the cure of an ague that is but of a short continuance . the other medicine is a specifick remedy , against the fits of the mother , hypocondriack paines , and melancholy , vapours arising ( as is generally said ) from the spleen , and womb : as also , against convulsion fits , falling sickness , and vertigoe , or giddiness of the head : in which cases , those who have made frequent use thereof , have found it to answer their intention . this is also sold at half a crown a glass , with directions for its vse . these medicines are sold at my own house , and at no other place ; where also may be had all chymical medicines in use , truly prepared ; such as are safe , and effectual in operation , and able to abide the test of the most curious examiners : this being added for the information of physitians , chyrurgions , and apothecaries , who may have occasion to make vse thereof . from my house at the signe of the globe , and chymical-furnaces , in the postern-street , near moor-gate , feb. 16th . 167 5 / 5. the index . the necessity of anatomy . page 1. the commendations of those who have enriched anatomy with new inventions . 2. the invention of the venae lacteae ibid. the invention of the ductus thoracicus . 3. the discovery of the circulation of the blood. ib. the invention of the lymphatick vessels . 4. the invention of the superiour salival ducts . ib. the invention of the inferiour . ibid. the invention of the pancreatick duct . 5. what moved the author to write . ibid. the institution of this book . 6. the etymology of the pancreas ibid. asellius , what he understood for the pancreas . 7. the substance of the pancreas . ibid. scituation . ibid. colour . ibid. the figure , as it is found in men , and beasts . page 8. quantity . ibid. longitude . ibid. latitude . ibid. thickness . ibid. weight . ibid. the number and rise of its vessels . 9. the description of the pancreatick duct . ib. the first table , exhibiting the figure of the pancreas , delineated by the author to the life . 10. the insertion of the pancreatick duct , and how the number varies in divers kinds of animals . 11. animals which have a single , double , and treble pancreatick duct . 12. a rare observation found in the gall , about the folicles thereof . 13. in what animals the pancreatick juyce is disburdened into the stomach . ibid. the passage of the pancreatick duct in man. 14. how difficultly it admits the style . ibid. the various sport of nature , observed about the pancreatick duct doth not destroy the natural vse thereof . ibid. the opinions of divers authors , concerning the use of the pancreas , examined 15. what vesalius , with the antients , judged concerning the use of the pancreas . 16. the opinion of the antients refuted . ibid. the opinions of bartholine , riolan , and vesling . refuted . 17. the experiment of the lord van horne , about the use of the pancreas , why suspected . p. 18. the opinion of bartholinus , concerning the use of the pancreas , why it pleaseth not the author . ibid. that the spleen affordeth nothing to the pancreas , is proved by the collection of the pancreatick juyce , after the extirpation of the spleen . 19. the opinion of lindanus , concerning the use of the pancreas , refuted . 20. the opinion of wharton , concerning the use thereof , why not pleasing to the author . 21. various experiments , instituted in vain , for the collecting the juyce of the nerves . ibid. the dropping of the nerves , from whence it comes . 22. the word excrement , with what signification it may agree with the pancreatick juyce . 23. the reasoning of sylvius concerning the use of the pancreas . ibid. why it pleased the author . 25. the pancreatick juyce , what time at first discovered by the author . ibid. in what manner the pancreatick juyce is found . 26. the true way of collecting the pancreatick juyce . 28. a description of the instruments whereby the pancreatick juyce is collected . ibid. a second table , representing the instruments whereby the pancreatick juyce is collected . 29. the manner of applying the instruments described . page 31. how to avoid the noise of a dog in living dissections . ibid. the third table , demonstrating the manner and place where the instruments are to be applyed . 33. the qualities of the pancreatick juyce are described . 34. the division of the glandules into conglobated , and conglomerated . 35. the description of the conglobated glandules . ibid. the description of the conglomerated glandules . 36. the difference of the nominated glandules is demonstrated to the eye . ibid. the motion of the lympha is from the circumference to the center . 38. the invention of the bronchial artery . ib. the difference of the humours separated in the glandules . ibid. the humour of the glandules , whether it may be said to be profitable or unprofitable . 39. a reason proving the humour of the glandules not be excrementitious . 40. the humour of the glandules how generated . 41. wherefore the acid particles are separated in the the pancreas , rather than in the reins or liver . 43. in how many parts the pancreatick juyce consists . 44. an objection against the natural acidity of the pancreatick juyce , answered . pag 45. that a salsitude , found in the pancreatick juyce , doth not exclude its natural acidity . 46. that the liquor of the glandules is necessary in the body . ibid. that the juyce of the conglobated glandules serves for sanquification . ibid. that the liquor of the conglomerated glandules , of the mouth , is subservient to the fermentation of the aliments . ibid. that the pancreatick juyce doth ferment with the bile . 47. the quantity of the pancreatick juyce cast into the intestines . ibid. the cause why the pancreatick juyce , and the bile , ferment together . ibid. it is demonstrated , that salt is inherent in the bile . ibid. that acidity is inherent in the pancreatick juyce , is evinced by reason , experience , and authorities . 49. the pancreatick juyce in man collected by the author . 50. difficulties proposed against this effervescency , answered . 51. that acid particles are sometimes inherent in insipid liquor , is shewed . 52. that acids diluted do sometimes the more powerfully effervesce with salts . 53. wherefore the bile is first mixed with the aliments propelled to the intestines , then the pancreatick juyce . ibid. that the effervescency is more powerfully promoted by natural , than artificial heat . pa. 54. the effervescency , between the bile and the pancreatick juyce , why not visible without the body . 55. the salsitude , found in the pancreatick juyce , why it hinders not the intestinal effervescency . 57. that diverse tasts , found in the pancreatick juyce , doth not exclude its acidity . 58. the effervescency , between the bile and the pancreatick juyce , is demonstrated by experiments . ibid. what effervescency may sometimes happen in the sick. 61. that there is a hot and cold effervescency , is evinced by observations , and experiments . ib. what effervescency happeneth in the sound . 62. wherefore the effervescency is not perceived in the time of health . ibid. the palpitation of the heart , 63. the first vtility of the intestinal effervescency . ibid. the effects of diverse effervescencies are propounded . 65. the greater or lesser affinity of acids , with things dissolved . 66. the reason is examined , why acids do more powerfully joyn themselves to these , than other liquors . 67. how the aliments in the stomach differ from those in the guts . ibid. that the cause of that mutation is to be ascribed to the pancreatick juyce or bile . p. 68. the white colour of the chyle , from whence it proceeds . 69. the second vtility of the intestinal effervescency . ibid. an objection against the alleadged vtility from the effervescency . 70. the solution of that objection . ibid. the separation of what particles may happen by the sole fermentation of the aliments . 71. what particles of aliments are necessary to life . ibid. the vtility of the intestinal effervescency is farther described . 72. the way whereby the more subtile parts of the humours penetrate to the heart from the intestines . ibid. the natural consistency of the blood , from whence it proceeds . 73. whether or no the pancreatick juyce may afford a ferment to the stomach . 74. for what reason the pancreatick juyce doth incrassate the bile . ibid. for what reason it attenuates the bile . 75. what the pancreatick juyce effects being well , and what being ill disposed . ibid. that the pancreas is the cause of many diseases , is witnessed by famous physitians . 76. the order of their calling . ibid. the diseases where-with the substance of the pancreas is wont to be infested . 77. the history of the pancreas of thuanus , grown into an admirable magnitude . 78. that the pancreas is not the vicar or helper of the spleen . 79. various abscesses of the pancreas found in dead bodies . ibid. cancer . 80. the history of it concreted into a stony hardness . 81. stones . ibid. that all the glandules are obnoxious to stones . 82. that the pineal glandule is more frequently afflicted with stones in france , than in holland . ibid. that the pancreaas doth not alwayes follow the evil affections of the liver or spleen . ib. the vices of the pancreatick juyce . 83. the pancreatick juyce , wherefore more sparingly driven to the intestines . ibid. why more copiously propelled to the intestines . 84. why inequally divided into the guts . ibid. why it may be more fluid . 85. why more viscid . ibid. the vices of the pancreatick juyce , perceptible to the tast . ibid. the lesser acidity of the pancreatick juyce , from whence . 86. it s acidity increased from whence . ibid. it s salsity from whence . ibid. the cause of austerity is searched into . 87. the faults of the pancreas , what functions they hurt . 88. the faults of the pancreatick juyce , what functions they hurt . 89. if it be sent to the guts in a lesser quantity . ib. if it be carryed to the guts in a greater quantity . 90. if it be inequally moved to the guts . 92. if more fluid . ibid. if more viscid . 93. if it be less acid. ibid. running-pain in the left-side , from whence it ariseth . ibid. wherefore melancholy men are less subject to the plague than cholerick . ibid. why the blood of those who are infected with the plague , will not coagulate . ibid. that volatile salts do make the blood more fluid . 94. that acidity is the cause of the blood coagulating . ibid. that an acid is the best preservative in the time of a plague . 95. that a more acid pancreatick juyce is the cause of cold in the region of the loynes . 96. of pain and torment of the belly . ib. of black and eruginous bile . ibid. that the spleen doth not generate atra-bilis . 97. a rare observation , demonstrating to the eye the generating of atra-bilis . ibid. the pancreatick juyce together with other humours , is joyntly examined . ibid. what effervescency is excited between a dull pancreatick juyce , and a more sharp bile . 98. a more sharp pancreatick juyce , meeting with a sharper bile , what it effecteth . 99. what effervescency is excited between a sharper pancreatick juyce , and a more dull bile . 100. the diseases arising from the pancreatick juyce . 102. the cause of intermitting feavers to be ascribed to the pancreas . ibid. a more acid pancreatick juyce the cause of the gout . 103. the cause of a great appetite and hunger . ibid. the cause of difficult breathing , and a dry cough . 104. the cause of those outragious epileptick fits , which the dutch call stuypiens . 105. the cause of contraction of the pulse and swounding . ibid. the cause of convulsions . 106. the cause of the strangury . 107. the cause of malignant vlcers . ibid. the cause of the adstriction of the belly . 108. the cause of melancholy , and diseases from thence proceeding . ibid. an answer to an objection , that it cannot excite the atra-bilis . 109. it is demonstrated by examples , that acids may stir up divers colours . ibid. the reason thereof searched into . 110. how acidity may abound in their bodies , who are not conversant in the vse of acids . 111. it is demonstrated , that the austere pancreatick juyce may be the cause of the suffocation of the womb. 112. a wonderful effect of the pancreatick juyce , being tasted . 113. that men do sometimes labour under the like hysterick suffocations . ibid. the cause and manner of the generation of mother fits. 114. the cause of the hypocondriack affection . ib. a salt pancreatick juyce is the cause of a diarhaea . ibid. how the pancreatick juyce is to be corrected . 116. if it be effused more sparingly by reason of viscidity or obstruction . ibid. if it flows more largely . 117. purgers electively given . ibid. nothing of excrement driven by the purges through the meseraick arteries , into the instines . 118. that purging medicaments may operate , as happily , by the venae lacteae . ibid. the correction of the over-fluid pancreatick juyce . ibid. it s too much acidity corrected . 119. the correction of its austerity . 120. it s salsitude rectified . ibid. the history of agues , or intermitting feavers 121. the pathognomick signe of a feaver . 122. the cause of a feaver determined to be four-fold . ibid. that there is a different cause of continual , and intermitting feavers . 123. vvhat the minera of intermitting feavers is , 124. that it is not to be found in the blood. ibid. the swiftness of the bloods circulation . ib. that the stagnation of the blood cannot produce the cause of intermitting feavers . ib. the cause and manner of the generating of inflamations . ibid. that all the humours described in the schools , are not to be found , neither do they ever raise a manifest effervescency . 125. that the focus of intermitting feavers hath been by many rightly sought in the abdomen , but ill ascribed to the miseraick veins ; the duplicature of the omentum , the intestine colon , &c. ibid. the focus of intermitting feavers to be ascribed to the pancreas alone . 127. the reason thereof examined . ibid. an objection against it answered . ibid. that an obstruction of the ductus pancreaticus is the cause of intermitting feavers . 128. the generation of an obstruction in the pancreatick duct . 129. the cause of the fits access is the dissolution of that obstruction . 130. the pancreatick juyce accompanyed with viscidity . ibid. an obstruction of the pancreatick duct found after death , in one who dyed of a feaver . 129. for what reason the pancreatick juyce groweth more sharp . 130. in what manner it is made sharp , and carryed to the intestines , and there effervesceth with the humours . 131. when that effervescency may be called feaverish . ibid. the cause of a more frequent preternatural pulse . ibid. the division of intermitting feavers into simple and compound . ibid. a sub-division of the simple , into quotidians , tertians , quartans , &c. 132. a sub-division of the compound , according to the feavors , of which they are compounded . ib. a division of intermitting feavers into cold , and burning . ibid. the essence of intermitting feavers , consists not in heat . ibid. a division of intermitting feavers according to their symptomes . 134. the reason of the return of the fits , sometimes daily , other-while every third , or fourth day . ibid. the inequal intermediate space of intermitting feavers . ibid. the cause of that inequality . 135. how long the feaverish fits may return , and when wholly cease . ibid. the cause of intermitting feavers , both simple and compound . 136. the reason of the same , and of a diverse species of intermitting feavers . ibid. why in compound intermitting feavers the fit of one doth precede , supervene , or follow the fit of another . 137. that intermitting feavers cannot proceed from an evil diathesis of the blood. ibid. the reason why the fits of compound feavers sometimes come sooner or later than their usual hour . 138. how quotidians , double tertians , and trible quartans may be known . ibid. the diversity of heat , and cold of the fits , from whence . 139. the cause of the feaverish heat and cold , inquired into . ib. that acids are cold , and do produce cold. ib. that the bile exciteth heat in the body . 141. why the fits of intermitting feavers do usually began with cold , and terminate with heat . ibid. why acid vomitings and belchings are rather to be deduced frrm the pancreas , than the stomach . 142. the symptomes perceived in the region of the loynes , in the time of the cold fit , signifie the male affection of the pancreas . 143. in what manner the cure of intermitting feavers is to be performed . 145. medicaments tempering the feverish cold. ibid. wherefore medicines , against the feaver are to be exhibited in the very instant of the fit. 146. medicaments tempering the feaverish heat . 147. to asswage the thirst . ibid. when drink is to be allowed the feaverish , and when not . 149. what medicaments are to be given out of the time of the fit , and how to be accommodated to the symptomes . ibid. what diet is to be prescribed for those afflicted with a feaver . 150. finis . notes, typically marginal, from the original text notes for div a41730-e410 * the origin . is thalamus . notes for div a41730-e1040 plin : epist . 2 lib. 6. notes for div a41730-e6230 surely this is an hyperbole . notes for div a41730-e8260 i. e. the dutch. the manuall of the anatomy or dissection of the body of man containing the enumeration, and description of the parts of the same, which usually are shewed in the publike anatomicall exercises. enlarged and more methodically digested into 6. books. by alexander read, doctor of physick, a fellow of the physitians college of london, and a brother of the worshipfull company of the barber-chirurgeons. read, alexander, 1586?-1641. 1638 approx. 306 kb of xml-encoded text transcribed from 302 1-bit group-iv tiff page images. text creation partnership, ann arbor, mi ; oxford (uk) : 2003-01 (eebo-tcp phase 1). a10510 stc 20784 estc s115657 99850875 99850875 16110 this keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the early english books online text creation partnership. this phase i text is available for reuse, according to the terms of creative commons 0 1.0 universal . the text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission. early english books online. (eebo-tcp ; phase 1, no. a10510) transcribed from: (early english books online ; image set 16110) images scanned from microfilm: (early english books, 1475-1640 ; 1002:15) the manuall of the anatomy or dissection of the body of man containing the enumeration, and description of the parts of the same, which usually are shewed in the publike anatomicall exercises. enlarged and more methodically digested into 6. books. by alexander read, doctor of physick, a fellow of the physitians college of london, and a brother of the worshipfull company of the barber-chirurgeons. read, alexander, 1586?-1641. marshall, william, fl. 1617-1650, engraver. read, alexander, 1586?-1641. treatise of all the muscles of the whole bodie. aut [14], 574, [2]; [184] p., v leaves of plates printed by i[ohn] h[aviland] for f. constable, and are to be sold at his shop under saint martins church neere ludgate, london : 1638. with an additional title page, engraved, signed: will: marshall, sculpsit. printer's name from stc. the first leaf is blank. includes his "a treatise of all the muscles of the whole bodie", 1637, a reissue of stc 20785 (signatures a-h¹² (-a1-4)). reproduction of the original in the british library. lacking part 2. created by converting tcp files to tei p5 using tcp2tei.xsl, tei @ oxford. re-processed by university of nebraska-lincoln and northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors. eebo-tcp is a partnership between the universities of michigan and oxford and the publisher proquest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by proquest via their early english books online (eebo) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). the general aim of eebo-tcp is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic english-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in eebo. eebo-tcp aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the text encoding initiative (http://www.tei-c.org). the eebo-tcp project was divided into two phases. the 25,363 texts created during phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 january 2015. anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source. users should be aware of the process of creating the tcp texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data. text selection was based on the new cambridge bibliography of english literature (ncbel). if an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in ncbel, then their works are eligible for inclusion. selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. in general, first editions of a works in english were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably latin and welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so. image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in oxford and michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet qa standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. after proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of tcp data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a tcp editor. the texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the tei in libraries guidelines. copies of the texts have been issued variously as sgml (tcp schema; ascii text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable xml (tcp schema; characters represented either as utf-8 unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless xml (tei p5, characters represented either as utf-8 unicode or tei g elements). keying and markup guidelines are available at the text creation partnership web site . eng human anatomy -early works to 1800. 2000-00 tcp assigned for keying and markup 2001-00 spi global keyed and coded from proquest page images 2001-00 tcp staff (michigan) sampled and proofread 2001-00 tcp staff (michigan) text and markup reviewed and edited 2001-11 pfs batch review (qc) and xml conversion the manvall of the anatomy or dissections of the body of man , which usually are shewed in the publike anatomicall exercises . methodically digested into 6 books by alexander read , d ; of physick london , sold by f. constable , at his shop church , neere 163● the manvall of the anatomy of dissection of the body of man , containing the enumeration , and description of the parts of the same , which usually are shewed in the publike anatomicall exercises . enlarged and more methodically digested into 6 books . by alexander read , doctor of physick , a fellow of the physitians college of london , and a brother of the worshipfull company of the barber-chirurgeons . london , printed by j. h. for f. constable , and are to be sold at his shop under saint martins church neere ludgate . 1638. carolo magnae britanniae monarchae , hiberniaeque ac galiae regi potentissimo fausta omnia precor . en offero majestati vestrae lucubratiunculas istas anatomicas . munus fate or te minimè dignum , quem deus ad supremum ferè honoris in terris culmen evexit . nihilominus si omnia justo trutinae examine pensentur , quivis aequus arbiter pronuntiabit eas ad te properare debere . cogitaverat pridem apud se majestas vestra quàm utile , imo necessarium huic reipublicae sit multos habere peritos chirurgos , sive pax alma floreat , sive bellum ingruat . quapropter ea sanxit , ut doctus aliquis ac peritus medicus communion is hujus fratribus ex suggestu , singulis aiebus martis , huic exercitio destinatis praecepta artis traderet ab auditoribus excipienda , atque anatomicis dissectionibus temporibus constitutis praecsset . quum ea munia mihi obeunda ante aliquot annos commissa fuissent , animadverti illorum inrebus anatomicis profectum mirè tardatum , quod nullum haberent compendium anatomicum , lingua vulgari emissum . ut huic desiderio occurrerem compendiolum tale inlucem emisi : ex cujus lectione tyrones fructum aliquem percepere . verum quum proficientibus visum fuisset nimis jejunum sumpsi id iterum in manus , ac copiosius de humani corporis partibus disserui . quum itaqque secunda cura refictum in lucem emittendum sit , ad quem potius , quàm ad vestram majestatem tendet , quae primae foeturae autrix fuit . nec est quod verear me audaciae , aut inverecundiae crimen incursurum : quum mihi securitatem promittat eximia vestra comitas atque affabilitas erga omnes , quae omnium amorem conciliant , ut dignitas regia timorem . quae duo sceptra regibus firmant . unum hoc opellae huic ex hac dedicatione promittere possum : eam gratiorem omnibus futuram , quod tanti ac talis regis nomen sibi praescripserit . scribebam londini 4. calend . octob. anni ab exhibito in carne messia , supra millesimum sexcentesimum tricesimi septimi . vestrae majestatis cultor humilimus alexander reidus scoto-britannus . the number and contents of the bookes . the first booke containeth the description of the parts of the belly , and hath 27. chap. the second booke containeth the description of the parts of the brest , and hath 9. chapters . the third booke describeth the head , and hath 16. chapt. the fourth setteth downe the veines , arteries , and sinews of the limbs , and hath 7. chap. the fifth setteth downe the bones , and hath 10. chapters . with the sixth booke of muscles , and a table of the figures . fig. i. fig. ii. the first booke of the lower cavitie called abdomen . cap. i. of the division of the parts of the body of man in generall . anatomy is an artificiall separation of the parts of the body of section , practised to attaine to the knowledge of the frame of it , and the use of each part . in anatomicall exercises first , the whole carcase doth offer it selfe : then the parts . the whole hath foure regions , to wit , the fore and back parts , and the laterall , which are the right and left . i call the whole that which containeth the parts , and a part that which is contained in the whole , according to the most ample acception of the terme part ; for in a more strict acceptation a part is a body solid cohering with the whole endued with life , and framed to performe some function . a part then must bee solid , the humours then cannot bee numbred amongst the parts , because they are fluid . secondly , it must have life , and so the extremities of haires and nailes are not to be accounted parts . thirdly , one part must not nourish another , and so the bloud , fat , and spirits are not parts . fourthly , it must have a circumscription . fifthly , it must bee united with the whole . sixthly , it must have some action and use . the principall differences of parts are taken either from their nature or functions . from their nature , parts are said to be either similary or dissimilary . a similary part is that whose particles are of the same substance and denomination with the whole : as every portion of a bone is a bone . it is otherwise called a simple part . of simple parts there are ten in number , to wit , the skin , a membrane , the flesh , a fiber , a veine , an artery , a nerve , a ligament , a cartilage , and a bone ; they are comprehended in these two lines . cartilago , caro , membrana , arteria , nervus ; vena , ligamentum , cutis , os , lentissima fibra . to these a tendon , which is the principall part of a muscle , may be added ; for the substance of it is simple , without any composition . of the former simple parts some are simple indeed , and these are in number seven ; the skin , a membrane , the flesh , a fibre , a ligament , a cartilage , a bone . the rest are onely simple to the eye or sense , and not to reason , for a nerve ( for example ) is composed of many filaments , covered with a membrane . a dissimilary part is that whose portions are neither of the same substance , nor the same denomination , as a muscle , in the which are flesh , a nerve and a tendon . it is otherwise called a compound part , and an organicall part . in an organicall part foure particles are found ; first , the chiefe particle , as the crystallin humour in the eye . secondly , that particle , without the which the action cannot bee performed , as the optick nerve . thirdly , that which furthereth the action , as are the membranes and muscles . fourthly , that by the which the action is preserved , as the eyelids . of organicall parts there are foure degrees . the first is made onely of the similars , as a muscle . the second receiveth the first kind of organicall parts , and other similaries , as a finger . the third admitteth those of the second degree , as the hand . the fourth is made of the third and other parts , as the arme . parts from their function are said to bee either sustaining or sustained . the bones sustaine the frame of the whole body , the rest are sustained . now these are the cavities or the limbs . cap. ii. of the circumscription , regions , substance , and parts of the abdomen . of all the parts of the body which are sustained , wee are to begin dissection with the cavities : first , because they offer themselves to the view in the fore region of the body . secondly , because they being moyst , and apt to receive the impression of the externall heat , soonest putrefie , and send out noysome smels . the cavities are appointed to receive the principall parts , and those which minister unto them . wherefore there are three cavities according to the number of the principall parts . the head is for the braine , the breast is for the heart , and the belly for the liver . and because this cavity is most subject to putrefaction , you are to begin at it . now foure things concerning it offer themselves . first , the circumscription or bounding of it . secondly , the regions of it . thirdly , the substance of it . fourthly , the speciall parts of it . as concerning the circumscription of it , it is severed from the brest by the midrife . it is bounded above by the cartilago ensiformis , and beneath with the share bones . the regions of it are three , the uppermost , middlemost , and lowermost . the uppermost which is bounded betweene the mucronita cartilago , and three inches above the navell , about the ending of the short ribs , hath three parts : the laterall , which are called hypochondria , or subcartilaginea , because they be under the cartilages of the short ribs . in the right hypochondrium lyeth the greatest part of the liver , but in the left the spleen , and greatest part of the stomack . the third part is that which before lyeth betweene the two laterall parts , and is properly called epigastrium , because the stomack lyeth under it . in this part remarkable is the pit of the brest , which is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or scrobiculus cordis , by the moderne writers . the middlemost part extendeth it selfe from three inches above the navell , to three inches under it . the fore part is where the navell is , from whence it is called regio umbilicalis . the two laterall parts have no proper denominations . in the right are contained intestinum caecum with part of colon. in the left part of it , a portion of iejunum and the rest of colon . the rest of iejunum is under the navell . the navell in man is wrinkled , as the forehead of an aged woman ; but in other creatures it is onely a hard knot without haires , having no wrinkle . it hath no laterall parts , having no proper names , although laurentius lib. 6. histor. anatom . affirmeth it to have , and give them names ; in this region is contained the whole hungry gut . the lower region called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 : this region hath three parts , the laterall , and the middlemost : the laterall which reach to the hypochondria , are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , because they are the seat of lust , which is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 . by hippoc . they are termed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , because they being placed betweene the hanch-bones and ribs , are lanke , and seeme to containe nothing . in latine they are called ilia , because the iliam intestina lieth under them on every side . besides this in the right part are placed portions of the colon , & caecum intestinum , which are tyed together . in the left part are contained a great part of the colon , and the intestinum rectum . the fore part of the hypogastrium by aristot. lib. i. histor. animal . 3. is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , which gaza calleth abdomen and sumen . under it lieth the pubes , which word signifieth both the haires , and the place where the haires grow , which appeare to budde in girles the twelft yeere , but in boyes the fourteenth yeere , when way is made for the monethly courses and seed , the skin being there made thinner , the heat increasing in them . at the sides of the pubes appeare 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , or inguina , the groines . under this middle region , are contained the bladder , the intestinum rectum , and the matrix in women . the hindermost parts are called lumbi the loines , and they reach from the bending of the back to the buttocks called nates ab innitenda , because when we sit , we rest upon them . the fleshy part on each side is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , à palpando , from calling or clapping . in the right loyne , the right kidney ; but in the left , the left kidney is contained . cap. iii. of the common containing parts of the belly . the common containing parts of the belly are foure , the skarf-skin , the skin , the fat , and the membrana carnosa . the skin in man is called cutis , but in beasts aluta , in greeke it is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ; either 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , because it is easily flead off , or from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , seeing it is the end and superficies of the whole body : of all the membranes of the body , it is the thickest . it hath a double substance ; the one is externall called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , because it is placed upon the skin as a cover , but is termed cuticula in latin ; for it is as large as the skin , and more compact ; for watrish sharp humours passing through the skin are stayed by the thicknesse of this , and so pustules are caused . in man it is as the peelings in onions . it is without bloud , and without feeling . three causes concurre to the generation of it ; to wit , the materiall cause is a viscous and oleous vapour of the bloud . the internall efficient cause , the naturall heat of the subjacent parts , raising it up . the externall efficient cause is the externall coldnes , partly of the aire , partly of the skin it selfe : it is engendered even as the thin skin in milk , and fat broths : it is hardly separate from the skin with a knife ; but easily in living creatures , by a vesicatory , and in dead persons by fire , or scalding hot water . 1. the use of it is to defend the skin , which is of an equisit sense , from externall immoderate , either heat , or cold . in cold weather it breaketh the cold , that the perspiration should not be altogether hindered : in hot weather by it compactnesse , it hindereth too great perspiration . secondly , to be a middle betweene the skin and the object of feeling . thirdly , to stay the ichorous substance from issuing from the veines and arteries ; for this we see when the cuticula is rubbed off by any meanes . the true skin is six times thicker than the skarfe skin : in children , women , and those which are borne in hot contreyes , it is thinner , but in men , and in those who inhabit cold countries , it is thicker . the negroes become black , because they having a softer skin , and large pores and loose , many vapours of the adjust humours , which are raised with the sweat , the grosser substance whereof by reason of the excessive heat , being dryed and burned , caused the blacknesse of the skin ; for their infants are not borne black , but redish ; and they afterwords become black , the cuticula growing in them as in us . the skin in the forehead and sides it is thin , thinner yet in the palme of the hand , but thinnest of all in the lips and cods . in the head , back , and under the heele it is thickest . under the heele , the cuticula in some will be as thick as a barley corne . the pores will appeare in the skin in the winter time , it being bared ; for where they are , the cuticula will appeare as a goose skin . the skin hath an action , to wit , the sense of feeling . pinguedo , 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , est humor mor oleosus nostri corporis a calore moderato subjectarum illi partium elevatus , ac inter membranam carnosam ac cutem concrescens , quae partes sunt densiores ac frigidiores . ejus 2. sunt species , axungia 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , & saevum sive 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 . they differ , for first , axungia is in beasts not horned , which are full toothed ; but saevum in beasts not horned , which are not full toothed . secondly , axungia is easily melted , but not so easily congealed ; but saevum is not easily melted , but is easily congealed . thirdly , grease is not brittle , but tallow is . the fat under the skin is grease ; but in the caule , kidneies , the heart , the eyes , and about the joynts it is tallow . the uses of it are these : first , it defendeth the body from the aire ; so apothecaries when they meane to preserve juyces , they powre oyle upon them . secondly , it preserveth the naturall heat . thirdly , it furthereth beauty by filling up the wrinkles of the skin . fourthly , in the muscles it filleth up the empty places , it is under the vessels that they may passe safely ; in the entrals it helpeth concoction , in the buttocks it is as downe in a pillow . membrana carnosa or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , so called in man , not that it is in him fleshy , but nervous , and so nervea ; but because in beasts , which the ancients used most commonly to dissect , it is endued with fleshy fibers , in the birth it is red , but in those of ripe age white ; in the forehead and neck , it is more fleshy . within it is bedewed with a viseuous humour , to further their motion by keeping the superficies of them , from desiccation , which otherwise might fall out by reason of their motion . it is of an exquisit sense , whereof when it is pricked with sharp humours it causeth groouing : such as are felt in the beginning of ague fits . first , it preserveth the heat of the internall parts . secondly it furthereth the gathering of the fat . thirdly , it strengtheneth the vessels , which passe betweene it and the skin . cap. iv. of the proper containing parts . the proper containing parts are the muscles of the belly , and the peritonaeum . of the muscles we have spoken else where , a pag. 24 ad 35. & 245. & 256. peritonaeum is tyed above to the midrife , below to the share and flanke bones , in the forepart firmly to the transverse muscles , but chiefly to their tendons about the linea alba , behind to the fleshy heads of these muscles loosely and the membrane of the nerves , which come from the vertebrae of the lovnes . the end of this firme connexion is to presse equally the belly , for the expulsion of the ordure and breathing . if this connexion had not beene , the peritonaeum would have become wrinkled , the muscles being contracted . if it had not beene loose tyed to the fleshy parts , the contraction of them in the compression of the belly had beene hindered . as for the proceeding of it , fallopius will have it to proceed from a strong twisting of sinewes , from whence the mesenterium hath its beginning . some will have it to proceed from the ligaments , by the which the vertebrae of the loynes and the ossacrum are tyed together . picolhomineus will have them to be framed of those nerves which spring out of the spinalis medulla about the first , and third vertebrae of the loynes , which are tyed together by both the menings , when they marche further : here it is very thick , because it was to bee much extended . it is double every where , but chiefly about the vertebrae of the loynes , where betweene the duplications lie the vena cava , the aorta , and the kidneies . in the hypagastrium two tunicles are apparently seene , betweene which the bladder and matrix lie . all the parts which receive nourishment from the vena cava , are seated betweene the coats , as the afore named parts ; but those which receive nourishment from the vena porta , as are they which serve for concoction of the nourishment , are not , the umbilicall vessels also are placed in the duplicature of the peritonaeum , that they may march the more safely . to the beginning of the productions of the peritonaeum , the inner coat cleaveth firmly , and shutteth the hole , by the which the spermatick vessels passe from the lower part of the belly . if this be broken , the outer coat is relaxed , and so a rupture is caused . the peritonaeum is thickost ; first , where there are maniest humours , to hinder the breaking of the subjacent part , and issuing out of them , as above the stomack . secondly , where many vessels , and spirits are , as above the spleen . thirdly , where much stretching is required , as above the bladder , matrix and stomack . cap. v. of the omentum . the parts contained serve either for nutrition , or procreation . as for the parts serving for nutrition , they either serve for chylification , or sanguification . the principall efficient cause of chylification , is the stomack ; but the adjuvants , are the caule and the pancreas . the principall efficient causes of sanguification , are the liver , and spleen , but the other parts are the adjuvant causes . of these some receive the excrements of the chylification , as the guts . the excrements of the sanguification are two , choler , and the watrish humour . the thin choler is received by the vesica fellea ; but the grosse choler , by the meatus cholidochus : the watrish humour is turned to the kidnies , and from thence to the bladder , by the vreters . the parts appointed for procreation , are the genitals , both in men , and women . next then to the peritonaeum is the omentum , or caul , in greeke it is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because it seemeth to swim above the upper guts . the arabians call it zirbus . it is composed of two membranes . the uppermost doth spring about the bottome of the stomack , from the common coat of it , and is tyed to the hollow part of the liver and spleen . the lowermost doth spring from the peritonaeum , immediatly under the midrife towards the back , and is tyed to the hollow part of the liver , to the midrife , to the duodenum intestinum , to the convex part of the spleen , and last of all , to all that part of the colon which marcheth under the stomack . it hath veines onely from porta gastroepiplois dextra & sinistra : they are inserted into the upper membrane ; but epiplois dextra , & postica in to the inferiour membrane . it hath so many arteries from ramus soeliacus , & mesenteruus . it hath small sinews from the costale branch of the sixt paire . it hath much fat : if it be plentifull , and the caule reach to the os pubis , in women it causeth sterility , by compressing the mouth of the matrix ; in men it causeth a rupture , by relaxing the peritonaeum : this rupture is called epiploenterocele . in figure it representeth a faulkners pouch , according to galen : the mouth is round , and the bottom is made by the two membranes joyned together . this will appeare if you fill it with water , by galens advice . it is then of substance membranous , that it might admit dilatation , and extension . it is thin , that it should not burden the subjacent parts ; it is compact to hinder the dissipation of the internall heat , and to repell the externall cold . the fat is about the veines and arteries , to strengthen them , from being compressed by the repletion of the belly , and other motions . when the stomack is full , and the guts empty , the upper membrane is raised , the lower remaining in its owne place ; but if the guts bee full , and the stomack empty , then the lower membrane riseth up , the upper remaining in is town place . it is tyed to the stomack , being a middle part betweene the colon and the spleen , and that it should not totter from side to side . it is tyed in the right side to the colon and liver , but in the left side to the spleene . it hath its beginning from those parts unto which it is tyed , that it might receive veines and arteries from thence for bloud , and life . the lower part is free and untyed , that sometimes the upper , sometimes the lower membrane might rise up . the uses of it are three : first , it cherisheth the internall heat of the stomack and intestins . secondly , it ministreth nourishment to the parts in time of famine , galen . de us . part . li. 4. c. ii. the third is to containe the humours flowing from the intestins , which the glandules cannot receive wholly at one time , hippoc. lib. de glandalis . creatures which have no caule , help the concoction , by doubling their hinder legs and resting their belly upon them , as hares and connies . they who have had a portion of it cut off , because it was corrupted , having fallen out , by reason of a wound received in the abdomen , have afterward a weake concoction , and are enforced to cover the belly well . see galen . lib. 4. de usis . part . 9. where he proveth this by example . cap. vi. of the guia. the gullet or weazand is an organicall part , which beginneth about the root of the tongue , and passeth from thence directly betweene the wind-pipe , the vertebrae of the neck , and the foure first vertebrae of the brest , upon the which it resteth ; but when it is come to the fift vertebra of the brest , it giveth way to the trunke of the great artery descending by turning a little to the right side : afterward accompanying the arterie to the ninth vertebra , there it is raised up by means of the membranes from the vertebra , and marching above the arterie , it passeth through the nervous body of the midrife , and is inserted into the left orifice of the ventriculus , about the eleventh vertebra of the brest . it is called properly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , quia angustus & longus . see aristor . i. histor . animal . 16. it is also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 quod cibum ad ventriculum vehat . it is framed of three membranes . the first is the uttermost and common compassing the two proper , which it hath either from the peritonaeum according to some , or from the ligaments of the vertebrae of the necke and brest upon which it resteth . the second is the middlemost , and it is fleshie and thicke , and hath only transverse fibres . the third is the innermost , and it is membranous , and hath only small and straight fibres . it is joyned to that membrane which covereth the throat , palat , mouth and lips ; so that before vomiting , signes in the lips will appeare . it hath veins both from the vena cava , and the porta : for it hath sprigs from vena sine pari while it is yet in the brest ; but where it is joyned to the ventricle , it hath some twigs from ramus coronarius , which proceedeth from the porta . it hath arteries from the intercostal arteries , and ramus caeliacus coronarius . nerves it hath from the sixth paire , which are carried obliquely for fafetie , as galen noteth 6. de usu part . 6. and are very many ; which is the cause that the parts about the upper orifice of the ventricle are so sensible . it hath foure glandules ; two in the throat , which are called tonsillae , or almonds , common to the weazand and the larynx , which prepare the pituitous humour to moysten them : other two it hath about the middle of it towards the backe about that place , where the aspera arteria is divided into two branches , under which it lieth . the weazand serveth as a funnell to carry meat and drinke to the maw , for it receiveth them by dilating its proper internall coat , and turneth them downe by the constriction of the middlemost coat , and the muscules of the pharynx . cap. vii . of the ventriculus or stomacke . that part which we terme the stomack in english , in latine is called ventriculus , to distinguish it from the great ventricles . in greeke , 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from its cavitie . it is placed immediatly under the midrife , which it toucheth , wherfore if it bee too full , it causeth a difficulty of breathing by hindering the motion of it . in the forepart , and in the right side , it is covered with the hollow part of the liver : in the left side by the spleen ; towards the back by the aorta , the vena cava , and the pancreas , which further its heat . the bignesse of it is commonly such , as is capable to receive so much food at one time , as is sufficient for nutrition . it is lesse in women than in men , to give way to the distention of the matrix . they who have large mouths , have large stomacks . it is joined with the gula on the left side , where its upper orifice is ; it is tyed to the duodenum , where the lower orifice is on the right side . the bottome is joyned to the upper part of the caule . the substance of it is membranous , that it might admit distention and constriction . it hath three membranes . the first is common , w ch it hath from the peritonaeum about the upper orifice ; it is the thickest of all those which spring from the peritonaeum , the fibres of it are strait . the second is fleshy , and the fibres of it are transverse , under which a few oblique and fleshy lye . the third is membranous , endued with all kinds of fibres , the straight are most conspicuous and plentifull , to embrace the food firmly , untill chylification be perfected , as the second membrane hath oblique to expell the chylus . it hath also two orifices . the one is in the left side , called sinistrum wider than that in the right , that meat not well chewed might the better passe ; it is called in greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , cor , from whence the paines which happen in it are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , because there is a great consent betweene it and the heart , by reason of the twigs of nerves , which proceed from the same branch , which doe spring from the sixth paire communicat to both , so that one being affected primarily , the other must suffer by consent . this hath orbicular fibres , that the meat and drink being once received within the capacity of the stomack , it might bee exactly shut , lest fumes and the heat should break out , which might hinder concoction . the other by the grecians is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , janitor , or doore-keeper , because it as a porter doth make way for the chylus to descend to the duodenum : it is not wide as the other orifice , because it was onely to transmisse the elaborate chylus : wherefore besides its transverse fibres , it hath a thicke & compact circle representing the sphinter muscule , that it might the more easily open and shut . it hath veines , first from the trunck of vena porta , and this is pytoricus ramus , or from the branches of the same : wherefore from ramus splenicus it hath gastrica , from whence coronaria springeth ; gastroepiplois sinistra , & vas breve , from the ramus mesentericus . before it bee divided it hath gastroepiplois dextra . it hath arteries from ramus coeliacus , which doe accompany every veine . it hath many nerves from the sixt pair , which with the gula passing through the midrife crosse one another ; for the right sinew doth compasse the left and fore part ; but the left , the right and hinder part of the stomacke . so that the upper part of the stomacke is of an exquisite sense . these three vessels passe betweene the common and proper coats , and end in their orifices in the internall membrane . it is the seat of hunger , and soonest doth feele the defect of aliment : for blood being spent in the veins , upon the nourishment of the body , the fibres of the internall membrane of the stomacke are contracted , and so this paine which is called hunger is caused . the action of the stomacke is chylification : now chylus is a white juyce reasonable thicke like barley creame , wrought by the faculty of the stomacke out of the aliments . this is chiefly elaborate by the heat of the stomacke , yet the adjacent parts putting to their helping hands ; as in the right side , the liver ; in the left , the spleene : above the midrife , below the guts , before the caule , behinde the trunckes of vena cava and the aorta . this heat of the stomacke is temperate , and somewhat moist , that this concoction might resemble boyling . of figure , it is round moderately , partly that it should not take too much room , partly that it might receive much . it is somewhat long and hath two orifices higher than the bottome , lest fone should have been in the bottome , the alimēt unconcocted should have issued out of it . cap viii . of the intestines or guts . the guts are called in latine intestina , in greeke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 . they begin at the pylorus , and end in the fundament . they have a round figure , that they might containe sufficient nourishment . they are of a membranous substance , that they might readily constriction and dilation . in length they are six times as long as the whole body . they have three coats , one common from the peritonaeum , but mediatly ; for in the duodenum , and that part of the colon which cleaveth to the stomack , it proceedeth immediatly from the lower membrane of the caul ; but in the jejunum , ●leum , the rest of the colon , and the thick guts it proceedeth from the membranes of the mesenterium . they have two proper , to retaine , and expell readily ; the outermost is membranous , the innermost nervous , although it seeme to bee fleshy , by reason of the crusty substance , with the which it is lyned ; which is framed of the excrements of the third concoction of the guts themselves . it is also glased with a mucous substance , which is nothing else but an excrementiticus fleamy substance , bred in the first concoction : this furthereth the expulsion of the faeces , and hindereth excoriatiō , which might be caused when sharp humors passe thorow them . this internall membrane in the small guts hath oblique fibres , but the externall transverse , because these are appointed for the retention and expulsion of the chylus . but in the thick guts , the inner membrane hath transverse , but the outer hath oblique and straight , because they are appointed for the expulsion of the excrements : the inner membrane of the small guts is full of wrinkles , to stay the chylus from passing too soone . between the common coat and those which are proper , the vena & arteris mesaraicae march . the veins flow from the porca , although not from the same branch : for the duodenus surculus is sent into the duodenum , and the haemorrhoidalis , to the left part of the colon , and the whole rectum , as the dexter mesentericus is sent to the jejunum , caecum , ileum , and the right part of the colon . epiplois postica , is inserted into the middle part of the colon , which marcheth transversly under the stomacke ; besides these a sprig from the ramus epigastricus of the vena cava is sent to the intestinum rectum , which maketh the externall haemorrhoidal . the arteries spring partly from ramus caeliacus , partly from both the mesentericae , to the duodenum , and the beginning of iejunum , a sprig is sent from the right ramus caeliacus : but to the rest of the iejunum , to ileum , caecum , and the right part of colon mesentericus superior : to the left part of colon , and to the intestinum rectum , mesentericus inferior is sent . at the last , epiplois postica , which riseth from the lower part of arteria spleaica , which is the left branch of arteria caeliaca , is sent to the middle part of colon , which lieth under the stomacke . nerves they have from the sixth paire : the duodenum hath small twigs from the stomack , which goe to the pylorus . the other guts have very many , which spring from the branch , which is bestowed upon the roots of the ribs : but the intestinum rectum , about the podex hath four twigs from the fifth conjugation of those which spring from the os sacrum . this is the cause why so great paine is felt in the colon , & rectum , when they are ill affected . the guts have fat without , and not within . the guts are of two sorts ; for they are either thin or thicke . the thin which have thinner membranes are in number three . the first is duodenum , because it is thought to have twelve inches in length . it doth passe directly under the stomack to the beginning of those guts which begin to bee gathered by the mesentereum , for this is tied with it . the second is iejunum , or the hungrie gut ; for in dead carcasses it is for the most part found emptie ; partly by reason of the multitude of the veins , partly by reason of the acrimony of the choler , which proceedeth pure from the liver . in length it is 12. hands bredth and three inches , and as broad as the ring finger . the internall membrane is longer than the externall ; for it hath innumerable orbicular , and transverse wrinkles to stay the chylus . it beginneth on the right side , under the colon , where the dnodenum endeth , and the guts begin to be wreathed , and filling almost the whole umbilical region , it endeth into the ileum : of all other guts it hath greatest store of veins and arteries ; and by these you may finde the circumscription of it . meatns biliaerius is inserted into the beginning of this gut which sendeth choler from the gall , which pricketh the guts to hasten expulsion . the third is ileum , it hath thinner membranes than the rest of the tenuia . it is seated under the navell , and filleth both the ilia . it is the longest of all the guts , for in length it containeth 21. hand-bredth , but it is the narrowest of all , for it is but an inch in bredth . it hath fewer wrinkles than the jejunum , and lesser , which about the end of it scarcely appeare . it beginneth where both smaller and fewer veins appeare , and endeth about the place of the right kidnie , where it is joyned both with the intestinum coecum , & colon . the externall coat of the tenuia intestina is more thin and fleshy than the internall . it hath transverse and orbicular fibres , with a few straight to strengthen the transverse . the internall coat it hath partly straight , partly oblique fibres . yet fewer straight than the crassa intestina have . these guts have a motion inch as wormes have when they crawl , or leeches when they suck , to draw downward the chylus : for it is not in our power to send this away , as we doe the excrements . the crassa intestina have not this motion , and by reason of this motion the upper part of the gut may be wrapped in the lower , which causeth the sicknesse called ileos or convolvulus . now follow the intestina crassa , the great guts , they are three in number also . the first is called coecum 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , the blind gut , because one end of it is shut , so that at the same orifice the chylus passeth , and returneth . in man it is like a thick round worme coyled together . it is bigger in an infant than in a man , foure inches in length and one in bredth . it is not tyed to the mesenterium ; but being couched round , it is tyed to the right kidnie . in sound persons it is alwais empty . in foure footed beast ; it is alwaies full of excrements . apes have it larger than a man , dogs larger than apes ; but conies , squirrels and rats , largest of all , if you consider the proportion of their bodies . the second is colon , 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 : because it detaineth the excrements . it hath it beginning from ileum & coecum , and mounting up by the dextrum ilium , when it comes to the liver , it passeth transversly under the stomack to the left ilium , and from thence to the beginning of os sacrum . it is tied first to the right kidnie in the right side , by the externall membrane , then in the middle to the bottom of the stomack , and at the last unto the left kidney . in length , it is of seven hand bredth , and seven inches . it is the broadest of all others , that it might containe all the excrements . it hath cels , which spring from the internal tunicle of it ; these cels are kept in their figure , by a ligament halfe an inch broad , which passeth thorow the upper and middle part of it all alongst ; this being broken or dissolved , the cels appeare no more . their use is to hinder the flowing of the excrements to one place , which would compresse the parts adjacent . it hath a value where it is joyned with ileum , like to the sigmoides in the sinus of the heart . this value so stoppeth the hole which is common to the ilcon and colon , that flatuosity cannot ascend to the ileum , much lesse excrements regurgitat . if one would find this cut , let him powre in water into the intestinum rectum , and hold up the guts . the water will stay when it is come to the value , if it bee found . if this value be relaxed by sicknesse , excrements may regurgitat , and expelled by vomit and clysters , also come to stomack . the third is intestinum rectum , the straight gut ; it hath its beginning where the colon endeth , & endeth where it maketh the anus : it is of a 〈◊〉 in length , not so wide as the colon , the muscle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , is at the end of it : it hath thick and fleshy externall coats , and so a solution of unity in it may the sooner be united . it hath many transverse fibres , few oblique , and some straight . it hath veins not from porta onely as the rest ; but from the trunck of the cava descending also , w ch make the externall hemorrhoidall . the guts have a three-fold use , for first they all concoct the chylus sent from the stomack better . secondly , the small guts digest the chylus . thirdly , the thick guts expell the excrements . cap. ix . of the mesenterium . the substance is membranous , first , that it might bee light , and should not presse together the vessell by its weight ; secondly , that it might be extended into all dimensions , by reason of the fibres ; thirdly , that betweene the membranes it might the more readily gather fat . it is of a circular figure , which is most capable , that it might answer the length of the guts , and keepe them within a small compasse and place likewise . it is framed of two proper membranes , one above another , strong enough , and one common , between which & the proper the vessels passe safely to the guts . the veins are called mesaraicae , these spring from ramus mesentericus , dexter & sinister branches of the vena porta . it hath also two arteries , the one superiour , the other inferiour branches of the arteria mesenterica , which passe as the veins doe . as for the nerves , it hath two on each side , springing from the branches of the sixt paire , which goe to the roots of the ribs ; others it hath from those which spring from the spin lis medulla , betweene the first , second , third and fourth vertebra of the loynes . that the vessels might passe safely without ruption , nature hath placed glandules between the divarications of the veines and arteries . the biggest of these is about the center of the mesaraeum , where the distribution of the vessels beginneth . if this become scirrhous , the extenuation of the whole body ensueth , because the passing of the chylus is hindered : leane persons have larger glandules than the fat , because the fat doth sufficiently guard the distribution of the vessels , and preserveth the heat of the vessels . the arteries bring spirit ; but the veins doe bring both the chylus to the liver , and nourishment to the inner parts ; but not at the same time : as wee take breath by , and let it out by the same instruments , but not at the same time : see galen 3. facult . nat . 13. & 4. de us . part . 14. so at one time the liver draweth from the belly , and at another time the belly from the liver . when the guts are full , the chylus is sent to the liver ; but when they are empty , they draw nourishment . it hath two parts , mesaraeum , 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , quas ! 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 . the first tyeth the small guts together ; the second the thick . the mesaraeum is in the circumference 3. yards , but a span in bredth . it springeth from the ligaments of the vertebrae of the loynes , by two roots ; the largest about the first vertebra ; the other lesser , about the third . it was fit that it should be tyed strongly to these ligaments , lest it might have beene torne by violent motions , or bee pulled from thence by the weight of the guts being full . and as plants draw their nourishment by their roots from the earth , so living creatures which have bloud , draw their nutriment from the guts , by the mesaraick veins . wherefore lest they should suffer ruption , nature would have them to passe safely betweene membranes . the use of it then is to cary safely the vessels which passe to the guts . it is tyed before to the small guts ; but behind to the first and third vertebra of the loynes , from whence it springeth . it is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , quasi 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 . 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is that by the which the thick guts are tyed together . hippoc. 6. epid. & galen . 4. aphor . 6. make mention of this . it is tyed in the right side , to the right part of the ileum ; but in the left side to the left part of ileum , and the muscle psoas : before it is tyed to the colon , & rectum intestinum . cap. x. of the venae lacteae . this is the opinion of all the ancient and moderne writers , concerning the mesenterie , and the mesaraicall , if you except caspar asellius , who by his diligence found these veins , which hee calleth lacteas , because they contain a white juice , which is nothing else but the chylus elaborate , which they carry from the smal guts to the liver . their beginning seemeth to bee in the pancreas , for there they all meet , and are strangely implicate and twisted together : from thence they passe upward to the liver , and downeward to the small guts : so that the pancreas is a more excellent part than it hath beene hitherto taken by other anatomists : and as the mothers blood before it be sent by the vasa umbilicalia to nourish the infant , is first committed to the placenta uteri , to draw from it all impuritie : so then these venae lacteae , discharge their impurities before they carry the chylus to the liver in the pancreas . they are inserted into the small guts , and have nothing to doe with the stomack . they passe into the capacity of the guts , and end in the wrinkled crust , with the which the internall membrane of the guts is lined with their spongious heads like to leeches , by the which they draw to themselves the chylus . from the small guts they march between the two membranes of the mesenterium , sometimes severed from the other vessels , sometimes joyned with them , sometimes directly , sometimes over-riding them , making a saint andrewes crosse thorow the glandules , untill they come to the pancreas , where they are inexplicably twisted one with another : from thence having greater branches , they passe by the sides of vena porta to the cavitie of the liver , where they are spent by ending there by small twists : and so it is most likely that sanguification is performed by the substance of the liver , and not by the veins : the grosser part of it being sent to the branches of vena porta , and the subtillest to the branches of vena cava ; they differ from the ordinary masaraicall veins ; first , in bignesse , for these are bigger , but those are more in number , for they are twice as many : for more chylus must bee sent to the liver to make blood of for the nourishment of the whole body , than blood for the nourishing of the inward parts onely . secondly , the values which are seene about the endings of these , are placed from without inwards , but of those from within outwards . the reason of this diversitie is this : the venae lacteae suck the chylus from the guts which ought not to returne , but the ordinary mesaraicall send blood , and sometimes excrementitious humours , which ought not to come back againe . if you would finde out these veins , you must feed a dogge with milke , and five or six houres afterward dissect his belly ; then by stretching the mesenterie you shall perceive them . that the ancients did not find out these veins , the cause is , either because they dissected beasts after they were dead , or after that the chylus was distributed , or they did presently take a view of the mesentery ; but made some stay about the inspection of some other part . they have no trunck , because they were to end in the liver , and to go no further . from this part many diseases spring ; first , because it is composed of two membranes , having innumerable veins and arteries , and so it may containe many impurities ; secondly , because it hath many glandules , which as a sponge imbibe superfluities . cap. xi . of the pancreas . it is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 . it is the biggest glandule of the whole body , and very red , like unto soft flesh , from whence it hath its name . in figure it is ovall , three or foure inches in length . it is placed in the left side towards the spleen ; above the stomack resteth upon it : below , the membranes of the peritonaeum lie , unto which it is firmly tied . it doth keep within it selfe ramus splenicus , the left branch of arteria coeliaca ; the nerves which passe from the sixt paire to the stomack and the duodenum . it hath a membrane from the peritonaeum , by the which it is covered and holden up . it hath three uses . first , it staieth the liver lest it being distended by too much meat and drink , should be hurt by the hardnesse of the vertebrae of the back . secondy , to keep the vessels passing through it , from ruption . thirdly , to keepe these same from compression , when the stomack is to much stretched by meat and drink . cap. xii . of the liver . now follow the parts appointed for sanguification , whereof the liver is the chiefest . the substance of the liver seemeth to be a red fleshy masse . in the first formation of the birth , it is framed of bloud wizing out of the veins , and there coagulating about them . the substance of the liver is so set about the branches of the vena porta & cava , that it filleth up all cavities and doth firmly stay them ; keeping them open from pursing together , and in comely order that they be not confounded . it is the thickest and heaviest of all other entrals . it is bigger in man than any other living creature , if you consider the proportion of his body ; for it was fit so to bee , seeing man was to have greatest store of bloud , lest spirits should faile in performing the functions of the soule , wherewith man is most copiously furnished . besides , seeing he hath but one liver , the bignesse was to recompence the number : we may guesse of the bignesse of it by the bignes of the fingers . it is covered with a very thin membrane , which springeth from the second ligament of the liver , which cleaveth firmly to the substance of the liver . if it be separat at any time by a watrish humor issuing out of the vessels frō the fleshie substance , watrish pustulls by the grecians called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , are ingendered . if these doe breake , the water falleth into the cavity of the belly , and causeth that kind of dropsie called ascites . it hath veins as well frō the cava as the porta . the branches of the cava are distributed for the most part thorow the gibbous part ; but those of the porta , into the holow part : yet so that the branches of both are joyned by inosculation to deliver the purest bloud to the vena cava , for the nourishing of the vitall parts , and the grosest by the branches of the porta , or the nourishing of the naturall . there seemeth to be three times more of the twigs of the porta , than of the cava within the liver . amongst the midst of the branches of the porta , some little veins march ; which afterward be comming one twig , end in the vesicula fellea , that the bilious humour may be sent to it , before the bloud enter into the vena cava . it hath onely few arteries , which springing from the right branch of the coeliaca end in the hollow part of the liver , where the vena porta commeth out . it hath two nerves , but very small , because it hath but a dull sense . one commeth from the branch which is sent to the upper orifice of the stomack ; the other from that branch which is dispersed thorow the roots of the ribs of the right side . as for the figure of it , it is almost round , the upper part is arched and smooth ; and so framed that it might not hurt the diaphragma . the lower part is hollow to receive the stomack , which is of a sphericall figure . in the upper and convex part , which is distant but one inch from the diaphragma , to give way to it when it is dilated in breathing , and to the stretching of the stomacke , it is tied first to the diaphragma , by a ligament membranous , broad , and strong , which springeth from the peritonaeum , where it covereth the midrife in the lower part . it passeth transversly by the liver , to the hinder parts , by this ligament ; it is staied from faling downe . it is called the suspensory . secondly , in the fore part it is staied by two ties ; by the first it is tied to the mucronata cartilago , to hinder it from faling to the back parts , when wee stretch our back : this ligament is broad , double , and strong ; and springeth from the peritonaeum , and giveth the liver its coat . into this coat the 2. sinews are implanted according to galen , lib. 3. de loc . effect . cap. . 3. and not into the substance of the liver , so that according to galen , 4. de us . part . cap. 13. it hath but a dull feeling , such as plants have to embrace that which is profitable , and to leave that which is unprofitable . by the second it is tied to the navell ; this is the umbilicall veine , which when the infant is borne ●eeseth its hollownesse , and becommeth a ligament . this staieth it from being pulled upwards . thirdly , it is tied to the short ribs , by small fibres , to keep it steady . in the hollow part it is tied by the mesenterium , to the ribs by the vena cava . it differeth from the liver of beasts , in that it hath seldome any lobes , yet the hollow part of it hath a fissure or chink , wherein the umbilicall veine is implanted , and two small bunchings out in the right part where the vena porta marcheth out , which galen calleth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , gates . besides these there is a little lobe of a softer and thinner substance , than is the rest of the liver , and is covered with a membrane : it is tied to the omentum by this lobe , by the which spigel . de human . corp . fabric . lib. 8. cap. 12 thinketh that waters may be discharged out of the liver into the caul . it is placed in the lower belly in the right side covered with the ribs for safety , and in the middle of the trunck of the body to send bloud equally to the upper and lower parts . the stomack is cherished by it , and the spleen ; but because it is a more noble part than the spleen , it is placed in the right hypochondrium . the proper action of it is not only to further sanguification , perfected in the veins , as all ancient anatomists aver ; but to sanguifie the chylus , caried to it by vena lacteae , as asellius hath proved . one thing is to be noted , that the substance of the liver , in the convex part , where the vena cava is lodged , is softer than that which is in the hollow part , where the vena partae is : for there it may be more easily separate from the vessels , than here ; and not without cause : for the roots of vena portae ought to bee staied by a harder substance , that they bee kept wider ; but the roots of the cava with a softer , that they might the readier be filled , stretched , and slacked . cap. xiii . of the vena portae . seeing the roots of the veins which nature harh appointed to furnish bloud , the nutriment of the body , have their roots in the liver : having discoursed of it , method doth require to set downe the doctrine of them . although there is but one artery to impart life , yet there are two veines , the vena portae & cava . because come require a grosser bloud for nutrition , as those parts are , which serve the nutritive faculty , which are , the liver , the gall , the stomack , the spleen , the p●●●●us , the ●●●e●●tum , the guts , and the mesentery . for unto the rest as the kidn●ies , bladder , and those which are appointed for procreation , the vena cava sendeth branches . it is fit to begin with the vena portae , because it goeth no further than to the parts contained in the abdomen , and not to all those neither . it is so called because it seemeth to enter into the liver , by the two fleshy bunches , called portae , gates . this doth differ from the vena cava . first , in substance ; for the substance of this is thicker and blacker , because it is nourished with thick and black bloud ; but that of the vena cava , is whiter and thinner , because it is nourished with a thinner and redder bloud . secondly , the substance of the vena portae is harder than that of the cava : which ought to be softer , because it ought to be more apt for dilatation and constriction ; first , because it containeth a more movable bloud ; partly because its thinner , having much serosity mingled with it ; partly because for the most part the branches of it are accompanied with the branches of the great artery , whereas the branches of the porta are farre enough off , if you except ramus splenicus . thirdly , the truncke of vena cava is larger than that of porta , because it nourisheth more parts , as hath been said . fourthly , the porta hath more roots within the substance of the liver than the cava . the roots of the vena portae and cava are joyned by the unition called anastomasis or inosculation . this is performed by two waies : first , when the ending of one doth meet with the end , of the other : as the epigastricae venae meet with the mammariae in the lower side of the muscal recti . secondly , when one branch resting upon an other , doe cleave together , having a hole in the middle . this inosculation is seene in the roots of the vena portae , and the cava . one thing is to be noted , that there are many of the twigs of the vena portae , which touch not those of the cava : because the purest part of the bloud was onely to be caried to the vena cava , and the thickest , to remaine in the vena portae . by reason of these anastomases , in famine nourishment is sent from the habit of the body , by the vena cava , to nourish the internall parts . bauhin affirmeth , that there is a common conduit to the roots of vena portae & cava , which in it cavity will receive a smal probe . in these veins , besides bloud , excrementitious humors are also cōtained in diseased persons , which sometimes are sent from the whole body by the vena cava into the guts , & sometimes communicate to the vena cava by vena portae . to find out the radication and inosculation of these veins , you must boyle the liver untill it become soft , & so with a woodden or bone knife separate the substance from the vessels ; for a sharp knife is not fit . now to come to distribution of vena portae , i hath parts . 1 radices , the roots . 2. truncus , the trunck . 3. rami , the branches . 4. surculi , twigs . as for the roots , first from the circumference of the liver , small capillar veins march towards the inner part of it , and by combination becomming greater , they make up five branches . these about the middle of the hollow part , yet towards the back joyning together make up one root , which at the last comming out of the liver , about the eminences , called portae , fame that trunck which is called vena portae . this trunck parting a little from the liver before it bee severed into brāches , it putteth forth two twigs , the one being small , and springing from the upper and fore part of the trunck , as soone as it parteth from the liver , is inserted into cystis fellis , about the neck of it , and spr●ed by innumerable twigs , thorow the externall coat of it . vesalius affirmeth that there bee two of these twigs , from whence some call them cysticae gemellae : but this is a matter of no great moment . this twig may be called surculus cysticus , or vesicalis . the second twig is bigger , but lower . this springeth from this same forepart , yet towards the right side , and is inserted into the bottome of the stomacke : from hence it sendeth many sprigs toward the hinder part of it towards the backe . it may be called pistaricus more properly than gastricus , seeing there are other branches which are called gastrici . having sent forth these 2 twigs , the trunke passeth down , and bending still a little towards the left side , it is parted into two remarkable branches ; whereof the one is called sinister or the left , seated above the right , but lesser : the other is dexter , or the right , lower than the left , yet larger : the left is bestowed upon the stomacke , the omentum , a part of colon and the splene : the right is spred through the guts and the mesenterium : the left is called vena splenica , but the right vena mesenterica . the vena splenica hath two branches before it come to the splene , the superiour and the inferiour . the superiour is called gastricus or ventricularis . this is bestowed upon the stomacke , the middle twig conspassing the left part of the orifice of the stomacke like a garland , is called coronaria : from the lower branch two twigs doe spring the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 this doth send other twigs to the right side of the lower membrane of the omentum , and to the colon annexed to it . this is called epiplois , or omentalus dextra : the other is spent upon the lower membrane of the omentum which tieth the colon to the backe , and upon that part of the colon , it is called epiplois , or omentalis postica : when the ramus splenicus hath approched to the splene , it doth send our two other twigs , the uppermost and the lowermost : from the uppermost vas breve springeth which is implanted in the left part of the bottome of the stomacke commonly : from the lowermost two twigs issue . the first is called gastrve piplois sinistra , this comming from the lower part of the splene towards the right side , is bestowed upon the left part of the bottome of the stomacke , and the upper and left part of the omentum . the second springeth most commonly from ramus splenicus , but seldome from the splene ; and passing along according to the length of the intestinum rectum , it is inserted into the anus by many twigs . this is called haemorrhoidalis interna , as that which springeth from the vena cava is called baemorrhodalis externa . now followeth vena . mesenterica , or the right branch of vena fortae ; before it bee divided into branches , it sendeth forth two twigs . the first is called gastroepiplois sinistra , this is bestowed upon the right part of the bottom of the stomacke , and the upper membrane of the caule . the second is called intestinalis , or duodena : it is inserted into the middle of the duodenum , and the beginning of the jejunum , and passeth accordin gtohe length of thē . this branch as soon as it passeth from the backe , it entereth into the mesenterium , and passing betweene the membranes of it , sendeth forth those mesaraicall veins , which send nourishment to the inward parts . it is divided into two branches , to wit , mesenterica dextra , & sinistra : mesenterica dextra , placed in the right side , sendeth a number of branches to feed the jejunumcaecū , and the right part of the colon , which is next to the kidney and liver . it hath foureteen remarkable branches , but innumerable smal twigs . one thing is to be noted , that the greater branches are supported by the greater glandules , and the smaller by the smaller glandules . mesenterica sinistra passeth through the middle of the mesenterium , & that part of colon which passeth from the left part of the stomack , to the intestinum rectum . the chiefe use of the vena portae is to nourish the parts which are appointed for nutrition with thicke and feculent blood : it ought to bee thicke , that it might be the hotter ; for heat in a thicke body is more powerfull . the second use is to further the sanguification of the liver . cap. xiv . of the vena cava , dispersed within the trūk of the body . within the trunck of the body , the vena cava hath two trunkes ; one called ascendens or going up , the other descendens or marching downe . the ascendens passing through the nerves part of the diaphragma , it marcheth upward undicided , until it come to the jugulum : yet by the way from its sides it sendeth two twigs . the first is phrenica , this is inserted into the midrife and heart , from ●ence springeth the coronaria vena which compasseth the basis of the heart as a garland . the second is vena sine pari , so called , because it hath not a fellow in the left side as other veins have . it doth spring about the fift vertebra of the brest from the hinder part of the vena cava in the right side . this going downe , it marcheth towards the spina : when it is come to the eighth or ninth rib above the spina , it is divided into two branches , to wit , the right and the left ; the left is inserted most commonly in the middle of the left emulgent veine . by this branch blood , on watrish or purulent matter may bee discharged by urine ; the right twig is implanted either into the trunke of the cava , or into prims lumbaris . this being done , the vena cava ascendeth up to the jugulum being strengthened by the mediastinum and the glandulous body called thymus . here the vena cava is divided into two remarkable branches , from whence those veins spring which are sent to the head , to the armes , and some muscules of the abdomen . one passeth to the right side , the other to the left ; the one is called subclavius , because it marcheth under the cannel bone with in : the other is called axillaris when it is come to the arme pit , from the upper part of the ramus subclavius two remarkable branches proceed : the internall and externall jugular , in man the internall is biggest , but in beasts the externall . the internall jugular commeth out about the articulation of the cannell bone with the sternum ; then it joyneth it selfe with the soporall arterie , and the recurrent nerve , and with it hinder and greatest branch accōpanied with the soporall arterie , it entereth with the cranium at the hole of the occiput , by the which the sixth paire of nerves commenth downe , it entreth into the first and second sinus of the dura mater . the externall jugular mounteth up to the eare under the skin , and the quadrat muscule which pulleth down the cheek alongst the necke : from this branch spring the veins which are opened under the tongue . from the lower part of ramus subclavius , spring foure branches . the first , intercostalis superior , one on each side ; it is small , and commeth out about the root of the bifurcation : then passing downe by the roots of two ribs , it bestowed twigs upon the distances of these two ribs . the second is mammaria , this marcheth forwards towards the upper part of the brest bone : then it goeth downe by the sides of it , and when it is come to cartilage mucronata about the sides of it , it commeth out : from thence it passeth straight waies under the right muscule to the navell , where by an anastomasis it is joyned with the spigastrica ascendens : from hence commeth that great consent betweene the matrix and paps . the third is mediastina , because it is bestowed upon the mediastinum , together with the left nerve of the diaphragma , according to its length . the fourth is cervicalis , or vertebralis . this passing thorow the holes of the transverse processes of the vertebrae of the neck , is bestowed upon the muscles of the neck which are next to the vertebrae . cap. xv. of the gall. the gall , called in latine vesicabiliaria or folliculus sellis , is a dissimilary part , in figure representing a peare , hollow , and appointed to receive the thin yellow choler . it is about two inches in length . by its upper part it is tied to the liver , which doth afford it a hollownesse to receive it ; but the lower part , which hangeth without the liver , it resteth upon the right side of the stomack , and the colon , and doth often die them both yellow . it hath two membranes , the one cōmon , which is thin and exteriour , without fibres . this springing from the membrane of the liver , it onely covereth that part which hangeth without the liver ; the other membrane is proper . this is thick and strong , and hath three sorts of fibres , the outtermost are transverse , the middlemost oblique , and the inner most straight . this membrane is larder and thicker in the necke ; but thinner in the bottom . within it hath a mucous substance , engendered of the excrements of the third concoction of the membrane , to withstand the acrimony of the choler . it hath two parts , the neck , and the bottom . the necke is harder than the bottom , and higher in situation . it from the bottome by degrees growing narrower and narrower , at last endeth in the ductus communis , or the common passage of the choler , to the beginning of the jejunum . this elongation of the neck of the vesicula fellea , is called meatus cysticus , because it springeth from the cystis . the choler is caried to the neck of the cystis , by many small veins neere to the roots of the vena portae about the midst of them , and is discharged into the cavity of it about the upper part . the meatus cysticus hath three values looking from without inwards to hinder the recourse of the choler to the liver . the other passage which carieth the thick and corrupt choler , as that which is called vitellina , aeruginosa , porracea , &c. is called meatus hepaticus ; because it passeth straightway from the liver to the ductus communis . this passage hath no values , both these discharge their choler by the common passage into the beginning of the jejunum , when the small guts are discharged of the chylus . beasts which want the vesica fellea , have this meatus hepaticus , as harts , hynds , and fallow deere , and those which have a whole hoofe . the meatus hepaticus passeth thorow the roots of the vena cava , by innumerable branches , which being gathered together become one branch and being united with the meatus cyslicus make up the communis ductus , which is inserted into the beginning of the jejunum obliquely betweene the two membbranes of the intestine about the distance of two inches before it perforat the second membrane . the vesica fellea hath for nourishment called cysticae gemellae . for life it hath sprigs of arteries proceeding from the caeliaca . to afford sense it hath a smal threed like a sprig of a sinew from the sixth paire . many times stones are found in it , but they being lighter than those of the bladder , swimme above the water . the use of these two passages , is to draw all superfluous choler from the chylus , and to turne it into the guts , where it affordeth benefits to nature : for first by its sharpnesse it moveth the intestines to turne out the terrestriall excrements in due season . secondly , by reason of its thinnesse it doth cut and cleanse the small guts of fleame , which there is plentifully bred . thirdly , by reason of its drinesse it hindreth the increase of putrifaction . fourthly , it furthereth concoction in the intestines by increasing their heat : neverthelesse , naturally there can bee no passage to carry choler to the bottome of the stomacke . for first , by reason of its acrimonie it would corrode it . secondly , it would cause the crude nourishment to passe into the duodenum . thirdly , it would procure perpetuall vomiting . if it fall out that choler be carried to the bottome of the stomack by any passage than this , the party vomiteth choler , and is termed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , but if it be inserted into the end of the jejunum , then bilious dejections follow : and such a one is termed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 . one thing i would have you observe ; that the porus biliarius passeth by a straight course to the ductus communis , and not to the vesicula fellea , which thus you may shew : put a cathaeter into the necke of this passage neere the liver , the guts will be blowne up , and not the vesicula . againe , put the cashaeter into the common passage , and both the cystu fellis , and the meatus chelidochus will be blowne up . if you would finde out the three values of the vesicula fellea , presse the choller with your fingers from the bottome towards the neck : whre you find the choler to stay , there the values are . cap xvi . of the spleene . the spleene or milt in english , in greek is called splen , and lien in latine . the substance of it is flaggie , loose , and spungious , net-like , which is the cause that it may imbibe much superfluitie , and so become exceedingly swelled . this substance is covered with a membrane borrowed from the peritoneum , which is inserted first into the straight line of the milt , and then covereth the whole spleene : it is thicker than that of the liver . first , because it hath a looser substance . secondly , because it hath more arteries which require a strong membrance to defend them . the staight line is in the hollow part , where the vessels of the spleen doe enter into it . in infants new borne it is of a red colour , because they have been fed with elaborate blood : but in those of a ripe age it is somewhat blackish , being boyled , it representeth clareth wine . in man it is bigger , thicker , and heavier , than in beasts ; for it is six inches in length , three in breadth , and one in thicknesse ; yet according to aristotle , 3. histor . animal . 16. a convenient little one is better than a big one . in figure it is somewhat long like an oxestongue , it is seated in the left hypochondrium : so hippocrat . 6. epidem . calleth it the left liver , and aristot . 3. part . animal . 7. the bastard liver , but is seated somewhat lower , because it was to draw the terrestriall part of the chylus , before it come to the liver by ramus splenicus , that the blood may be made thinner , and purer , for such blood causeth men to be wiser . 2. de part . anim . 2. it is all couched within and under the short ribs ; so that in healthful persons it cannot be felt ; onely if it be inflamed , a pulsation may be felt . it is tied to five parts , to the midrife and left kidney by small membranes , by it hollow part which giveth way to the stomacke being distended to the upper membrane of the omentum , and to the stomacke by vas breve . in its arched part it is tied to the back , so that dints remain in it by the impression of the ribs . it hath veins for nourishment from ramus splenicus ; for life it hath arteries from ramus caeliacus sinister : but five times more than veins ; for great heat is required for the elaboration of thicke blood . these vessels enter into the spleen where the straight line is in the hollow side . they joyne often by anastomoses . the arteries besides life afford unto the spleen two benefits . first , they increase the naturall heat of it , that it may the better concoct the grosser part of the chylus which is sent unto it by the ramus splenicus . secondly , they further the expulsive facultie of it . now the spleene sendeth its superfluities to the kidneys by two wayes . first , by returning of them by ramus splenicus , to the vena portae , and from thence to vena cava , from whence they are sent to the emulgent veins . secondly , by a shorter passage they are sent from arteria caeliaca to the aorta , and from thence to the kidnyes by the emulgēt arteries . last of all , it hath small twigges of nerves from the sixt pair , which are bestowed upon the investing membrane , but are not communicate to the substance : wherefore it must bee but of a small and dull feeling : so that the pains which sundry ascribe to the spleene , are to bee referred to the adjacent parts . the use of the spleen , as also of the liver , is to further the elaboration and concoction of the chylus : for it is a bastard liver according to arist. 3. de hijtor . animal . 7. the sanguification of the spleen differeth in two points , from that of the liver . first , in the materiall cause , for the spleen maketh grosse bloud of the more carthy part of the chylus ; but the liver far purer of the thinner and more benigne part of the chylus . secondly , it differeth in the finall cause : for the liver sanguifieth to afford nourishment both to the vitall and animall parts , but the spleene only to maintaine the naturall parts , and not all of them neither . nature would have the naturall parts to bee furnished with grosse bloud by the branches of vena portae , partly to increase their heat ; for heat in a thick body is stronger ; partly to afford them nourishment answerable to their substance , for it is thick . cap. xvii . of the kidnies . the kidny is called in latine ren , from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to flow : because the serofity of the bloud doth flow thorow the kidnies , to the ureters , and from thence to the bladder . they are in number two , not so much for the poysing of the body , as for their use and necessity ; that one being stopped , yet the cleansing of the bloud might bee performed by the other . they are seated in the loynes under the liver and spleen , and rest upon the muscles called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , which move the theyght about their heads ; under the which large nerves are couched . which is the cause that a big stone being in the kidny a numnesse is felt in the foot of that side ; the muscle 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 being pressed down by it . they lye behind the guts . the right kidnie hath the coecum ; but the left the colon above it . in man the right kidnie is lowest , by reason of the greatnesse of the liver , and bigger also than the left ; yet it is not so fat as the left , by reason of the vicinity of the liver , whose heat hindereth the increase of fat . in figure they resemble the asarum leafe or kidnie beane , towards the loynes they are gibbous , but hollow towards the guts . as for their connexion , by the externall fat membrane they are tied to the diaphragma , and the loynes : by the emulgent vessels to the vena cava , and the aorta , and by the ureters to the bladder . they are in length about five inches , in breadth three , and in thicknesse one ; yet they are somewhat broader above than under . they are smooth in the gibbous part , but unequall in the hollow part , to let in and out some vessels . the parts are two , to wit , the externall and the internall ; the externall are the membranes ; these are two . the one is common and externall , borrowed from the peritonaeum ; within the reduplication of which , the whole kidnie is lapped ; and therefore it is called renis fascia . this membrane is compassed with copious fat ; so that the kidnie seemeth to be the fattest of all other entrals , according to aristotle 3. histor. animal . 17. although each one be exceedingly fat ; yet some part of the kidney will remaine uncovered about the middle . this fat about the kidnie hath a threefold use . first , it is instead of a pillow . secondly , it receiveth as a sponge the excrements . thirdly , it furthereth and keepeth in the heat . before you deprive the kidnies of this tunica adiposa with your nailes , about the upper part of the kidnie you are to observe a large glandule , which hath a sprig from the emulgent veine and artery , for nourishment about the middle of it . in figure it representeth a halfe moone , and is not unlike a kidnie ; from whence it is called ren succenturiatus . there is one on each side in the upper part of the kidnie resting upon the tunica adiposa . it is strongly tyed to the septum transversum . the substance of it is more flaggy than that of the kidnie . it hath nerves from the plexus retiformis , or net-like texture , framed of the twigs of nervus costalis , and stomachicus . it seemeth to be framed , partly to fill up the vacuity which is betweene the kidnies and the diaphragma : partly to bee a pillow to the stomack , in the place about the emulgent vein and artery . the second membrane is that which is internall and proper . this springeth from the common coat of the vessels which enter into the kidnyes ; for as soone as the vessels approach to the kidny they leave their externall coat . it can hardly be separate from the substance of the kidny . the internall parts are those which are contained within the proper membrane . in these sundry things are remarkable . first , the colour of the kidny , which is very red . secondly , the substance of the kidny , which is thick , hard , and compact as the heart almost , but not so fibrous . thirdly , the dispersion of the emulgent vessels throughout it ; first they enter by paires into the hollow part of the kidny . then each branch is divided into foure or five lesser branches , and these againe into lesser , untill at the last they become capillar . these being spred sundrv wayes thorow the substance of the kidny , towards the gibbous part at last they end at the tops of the carunculae papillares , or teat like fleshy substances , into the which they poure the serosity of the bloud , that it may passe thorow the tubuli or water pipes , to the infundibulum . the fourth is that which is called pelvis or infundibulum , the tunnel , which is nothing else but the ample cavity of the vreter within the kidnie . fifthly , the tibuli or fistulae vreterum , the water pipes of the vreters offer themselves which are most commonly in number ten ; foure in each end , two being still joyned together , and two in the middle according to the number of the carunulae papillares . these are placed in the arched part of the infundibulum . now the ends of the pipes about the infundibulum are called cribrum or the sive . these water pipes proceeding from the infundibulum become a little wider , and end in the gibbous part of the kidny , with a wide round mouth receiving the carunculae papillares , by the which their mouths are stopped , and the watrishnesse of the blood issueth out into them , as milk out of the teats . sixthly , carunculae papillares are to bee considered . they are small fleshy bodies , somewhat harder than the substance of the kidny , resembling the teats of womens paps , from whence they have their denomination ; they are of the bignesse of a pease somewhat broad above ; below round . if you divide them thorow the middle , you shall perceive a smooth haire-like passage from the top to the end . they are in number answerable to the number of the tubuli , which receive them . to find out these parts before named , you must divide the kidney in the hollow part , putting a thick probe into the pelvis . incision being made to the infundibulum , first you shall see the tubuli , then the carunculae papillares . the kidnies have two sorts of veins . first , the two called adiposae , because they are spred through the tunica adiposa , and are covered with the fat , and afford matter for the fat . the right of these springeth from the emulgent vein ; but the left from the vena cava . secondly , the two emulgentes , so called from their action . these are large , and spring from the trunck of the vena cava descending between the first and second vertebra of the loynes . these being carried transversly are implanted into the hollow part of the kidnies , being divided into two branches . the left is somewhat higher , as also the left kidney ; but the right is somewhat longer . it hath a value to hinder the return of the serosity to the trunk of the cava . fallopius was of this mind , that a branch of a veine passeth from the vena sine pari to the left kidny , by the which quitiour and water may be discharged by urine . but it is more probable , that these maters are first drawn in into the trunck of the aorta , by its inconspicuous pores , and from thence sent to the kidnyes , by the emulgent arteries . these are in number 2. one in each side , which accompany the veins , to the kidny slope wayes . whither when they are come , they are divided in two branches , whereof the one is implanted in the lower , the other in the upper part of the hollow part of the kidny . the nerves on each side spring either from ramus stomachicus , and that is but one and smal , and is spred thorow the proper coat ; from hence ariseth the consent betweene the kidnyes and the stomack . so that vomiting is troublesome in nephriticall diseases . one may think that nature hath afforded arteries larger than was requisit to afford life to so small bodies , as the kidnies are : but it was fit so to bee , for the passages were to bee parent , which were to discharge the heart and arteries of serosity . the artery lyeth between the veine and the vreter ; partly to hasten the bloud to the kidney ; partly speedily to discharge the watrishnesse . the veins and arteries are not joyned with the water pipes : for if you put a catheter into the ureter by blowing the vessel will not swell . cap. xviii . of the vreters . the ureters , in latine meatus urinarii , are called in greeke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , either from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to pisse , or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , because they keepe the urine . there is one in each side . they are white vessels , like to veines , yet they are whiter , thicker , and more nervous . they reach from the kidny to the bladder . they have two coats , the one common from the peritonaeum , the other proper , from the externall or common coat , it hath capillar veins and arteries . it hath few oblique fibres , but most straight . it springeth from the bladder ; for it cannot be severed from it easily , as from the kidnyes . yet it differeth from the bladder in two things . first , in that the bladder hath three coats , but it only two . secondly , the bladder hath all sorts of fibres , but the ureter hath most straight , few oblique . they are inserted in the back and lower part of the bladder not farre from the muscle sphincter , between the two proper coats of it about the length of an inch . this insertion is oblique to hinder the regurgitation of the urin , when the bladder is either compressed , or distended with urine . although the ureter doth not ordinarily exceed in compasse a barley corne ; yet when stones doe passe , it becommeth sometimes as large as a gut . cap. xix . of the bladder . the bladder is seated in the hypogastrium , in the place called pelvis . of substance it is membranous : becanse it was to admit large stretching . the membranes of it are three . the first is from the paeritonaeum : for it is lapped within the reduplication of it . the second is thicker and indued with many straight fibres , which aqua pendens will have to bee a muscle serving for the compression of the bladder , as the sphincter serveth for constriction . the third and innermost is white & bright , of exquisit sense , as they can witnesse who are troubled with the stone . it hath all sorts of fibres . within it is covered with a mucous crust , an excrement of the third concoction of the bladder . this doth mitigate the acrimony of the urine . it is perforat in three parts , to wit , in the sides where the ureters are to let in the urine , and before to let out the urine . the bladder hath two parts , to wit , the bottom and the neck . both these in figure represent a peare . the bottome is upholden by the navell : first , in the middle by the ligament called vrachus , which is the cause sometimes that they who have a great stone in the bladder , complaine of great paine about the navell . secondly , by the umbilicall arteries dryed laterally . if the bladder were not suspended , a man going straight up the bottome of the bladder would compresse the neck , and cause difficulty in making of water . in man it lyeth betweene the os pubis and the intestinum rectum . in women between the neck of the matrix and os pubis . the bladder of man differeth from the bladder of beasts in two things . first , the bladder in man is couched within the redoplication of the peritonaeum , but in beasts it is loose , and onely is tied to the intestinum rectum . secondly , the bladder of man hath fat without ; but the bladder of beasts none . in it stones are promptly engendered , because the heat of it is compact : so red hot iron burneth worse than the flame of fire . there is a great consent betweene the bladder and kidnies . so that in diseases of the kidnies , difficulty in making of water sometimes happeneth : the causes of this consent are two . first , the communion of office , for both serve for the excretion of urine . secondly , the similitude of substance ; for both the inside of the kidnies , and the bladder are membranous . one thing is to be noted , that a bladder is bestowed onely upon such creatures as have bloudy lungs , and the hotter the lungs are the bigger the bladder is . so man according to his stature , hath of all living creatures the biggest bladder . according to aristot. lib. 1. histor. animal . because the bladder is of a cold temperature ; therefore in deadly diseases of it , sleepinesse oppresseth the patient , according to hippoc. 6. epidem . in the neck onely the muscle sphincter doth offer it selfe to be considered : whereof read in the doctrine of muscles . it hath veins and arteries called hypogastricae , implanted on every side of the neck , which are immediatly divided into two branches ; wherof the one is bestowed upon the bottome ; but the other upon the neck . it hath remarkable nerves ; partly from those of the sixth conjugation , which passe by the roots of the ribs , partly from those which spring last from os sacrum . the use of the bladder is to containe the urine , like a chamber pot , untill the time of excretion come when the bladder is full . cap. xx. of the generation of blood . first of all every nourishment receiveth a preparation in the mouth . if it be solid , it is chewed by the teeth , from the mouth by swallowing , it is turned to stomack . it being embraced by the stomack , and kept for a while , is turned into chylus , partly by the specricall heat of the stomack it selfe ; partly by the heat of the adjacent parts , but chiefly of the liver , spleen , and caull . the chylus being made light by concoction it riseth up , and passeth to the pylorus , and procureth the opening of it . this being opened the stomack by its transverse fibres , thrusteth the chylus into duodedum . from hence it passeth more and more downwards by degrees . the wrinkles of the small guts hinder the suddaine passage of it , to procure an equall concoction of all the parts of it . in the meane time the venae lacteae draw from the small guts , whatsoever is alimentary of the chylus . while the chylus thus passeth to the liver , and is come to the diverication of the vena portae , the spleen by a naturall faculty by the ramus splenicus , draweth to it selfe the thickest and most terrestriall part , yet the purest onely may come to the liver . when the chylus is come to the liver , the choler is sent either by meatus cysticus , to the gall , or to the jejunum by meatus hepaticus . the bloud being perfected , the grosser part is carried by the branches of the vena portae , and the splenicall to the nourishment of the parts appointed for nutrition ; but the purest part is carried to all other parts for their nutrition ; and because much watrishnesse is mingled with the bloud , that it may passe without difficulty by the narrow passages of inosculations to the vena cava ( seeing the serosity is unapt to nourish ) it is sent by the emulgent veins and arteries to the kidnies , and from thence by the ureters to the bladder . cap. xxi . of vasa praeparantia in man. hitherto wee have handled the parts appointed for nutrition : now it followeth to run thorow the parts ordained for generation to continue man kind . the genitals are of two sorts ; of the male , and female , and so it was requisit for procreation ; for this action requireth an agent and patient : seed and menstruall bloud . the first is the palace of the plasmatick spirit . the second asfordeth supply of matter to the spirit , to draw out the admirable frame of the regions and parts of the little world . in man some of these parts afford matter for the seed , to wit , the foure vasa praeparantia : some elaborate this matter , the corpus voeri coesum : some make the seed fruitfull , as the stones ; some carry the seed back againe , and make it pure , as those which are called vasa deferentia : some containe the seed , and an oleaginous matter , as the vesiculae seminalis , and the prostates ; some discharge the seed into the matrix : this is done by the penis . vasa praeparantia , which prepare matter for the seed , are of two sorts , veins and arteries . the veins are two . the right springeth from the trunck of the vena cava , a little under the emulgent . the left proceedeth from the emulgent . the arteries spring from the trunck of the aorta ; these vessels being a little distant one from another , are tied together by a thin membrane , which springeth from the peritonaeum , and meet often by the way by inosculation . these vessels are greater in men than in women , and the arteries are bigger than the veins : because much heat and plenty of spirits are required for the seed . they enter into the groyne obliquely carried together with the muscle cremaster , betweene the two coats of the peritonaeum . in curing of a rupture by incision , if the muscle cremaster doe fall out to be bound by the ligature , spasmus cynicus ensueth . these vessels do end about the beggining of the testicles , and from hence are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , and make up that part which is called corpus varicosum , paraslaca , & plexus pampiniformis . from the stones to it many small fibres passe . the corpus varicosum is framed of the twisting of the vasa praeparantia ; which maketh a long , thick , glandulus , but hard welt without any remarkable cavity , which passeth to the bottome of the stone , and from thence to the vas deferens , where it endeth . here the venall and arteriall bloud being elaborat in these admirable windings , is further prepared , a quality being imparted from the seminificall faculty of the stones . cap xxii . of the stones . the stones in latine are called testes , because they testifie one to be a man. they are glandulous bodies , flaggy , soft , and white , without any cavity , full of small veins and arteries , such as are not in any part of the body . they are in number two , and therefore in greeke are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 . their figure is ovall , the right is hotter , and better concocteth the seed . wherefore by hippocrat . it is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , a begetter of the male . the left stone is more full , and hath a bigger veine ; yet the seed , which is there eleborat , is more watrish and colder ; because it proceedeth from the emulgent , and is called of hippoc. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , because it begetteth the female . in the stones there are to bee considered their coats , substance , and use . their coats are foure . first , bursa seroti , and it is nothing else but the skin covered with the cuticula : and because it cleaveth firmly to the membrana carnosa under it , so that they seeme to make but one coat , it commeth to passe that in cold , it doth contract it selfe , and becommeth wrinckled . in the lower part it hath a line according to the length , whereby it is divided into the right and left side ; this line is called sutura , or a seame . the second is called by rufus , dartos , because it may easily bee flead from the tunica vaginalis ; by the ancients it was called erithroides : because it appeareth to be red be reason of the fleshy fibres wherewith it is enterlaced . this ariseth from the membrana carnosa ; which here is more thin and subtile than else where , and stored with veins and arteries . the third is elythroides or vaginalis : because it containeth the stone as a sheath . it is a thick and strong membrane , having many veins . in the outside it is uneven , by reason of the fibres , by the which it is tyed to the dartos ; but in the inner side it is smooth . this is nothing else but the production of the peritonaeum . the fourth is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , the nervous mēorane , called albuginea form its colour ; it is white , thick , and strong , framed of the externall tunicle of the vasa praeparantia . it is immediatly wrapped in the stone , between these two the water is contained in hernia aquosa . the substance is described in the beginning of the chapter . each stone hath one muscle called cremaster , from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , which is to hold up ; because it pulleth up the stone in the act of generation , that the vesses being slacked , may the more readily voyd the seed . this muscle is nothing else but the lower part of the oblique muscle , ascending neere to os pubis , which outwardly wrapping the production of the peritonaeum , is caried to the stone . these muscles in sicknesse and old age become flaggy , and so the scrotum relaxeth it selfe , and the stones hang low . the uses of the stones are three : the first is to elaborate the seed by reason of the seminificall faculty resident in the parenchyma of the stones ; for they turne the bloud , which is brought by the vasa praeparantia into seed , for the most part ; the rest they reserve for their owne nutrition . the second is , they adde heat , strength and courage to the body , as gelding doth manifest ; by the which all these are empaired . thirdly , they receive the superfluous humidity of the seed , by reason of their glandulous substance . cap. xxiii . of the vessels that carry the seed , and those that keepe it . vasa deferentia , the vessels which cary the seed , in colour they are white , in substance sinewy , having an obscure hollownesse ; from hence they are called meatus seminales . they spring from the lower end of the parastatae . these mount up by the sides of the vasa praeparantia . when they are come within the cavity of the belly , they turne back againe , and passe to the backside of the bladder : betweene which and the intestinum recta they passe untill about the neck of the bladder , being somewhat severed , and at last being joyned together , but not united , are inserted on each side in the glandulous bodies called prostatae . before they come thither they are joyned to the vesiculae seminales ; these in figure represent the cels of a pomegranat or hony combe . these containe an oyly and yellow substance ; for they draw unto themselves , that which is fatty in the seed . they are more in number , that the oleous substance should not forcibly and plentifully be powred into the vrethra ; but should gently and slowly passe from one unto another by windings , and at last be powred into the conduit of the yard by a hole which is shut up with a fleshy substance , partly to stay the involuntary effusion of it , partly to hinder the regurgitation of it . it being powred into the urethra chiefly in the time of carnall copulation , doth moysten it that it shrink not , and suffereth not it to be offended by the acrimony of the seed or urine . the vasa deferentia passing by these , go to the glandules called prostatae , by the which they are compassed . when they are come to the urethra a caruncule as a value is set before the orifice of each of them : partly to hinder the comming of the urine into them ; partly to hinder the involuntary effusion of the seed . under and by this caruncule on each side there are three holes thorow which the seed passeth into the urethra . these holes are discerned easily in a gonorrhea inveterat ; although not so easily in a found person . the seed doth passe thorow these inconspicuous passages , as quick silver thorow lether , by drops . the seed having beene made subtill and spirituous by sublimation thorow the vasa deferentia ascending is able to passe thorow in conspicuous passages . prostatae or glandulae seminales , are glandulous bodies , placed between the necke of the bladder and the intestinum rectum . although there is no conspicuous passage , by the which the seed passeth into the urethra : yet the thick membrane which wrappeth in the prostat where it leaneth upon the urethra , is thinner and hath many pores , which are dilated by heat in the act of generation , and may bee seene in an inveterate gonorrhea . a continuall dilatation of these procure an uncurable gonorrhaae . the sphincter of the bladder cōpasseth these glandules . in drawing of a stone , if these parts bee torne , the party becommeth barren . the distance between the root of the cod and the podex is called perinaeum : because it is still moist with sweat . the pubes , scrotum , & perinaeum in men , are furnished with hayre : because glandules are placed there , which receive plenty of superfluous moysture : a part whereof they send to the skin for the generation of hayre . if the seed chance to be corrupted in man it causeth not so fearefull symptomes as in a woman : because the seminary vessels are without the hypogastrium in man ; but in woman within . cap. xxiv . of the yard . it is called in latine penis à pendendo , because it hangeth without the belly , and it is an organicall part , long and round ; yet somwhat flat in the upper part , seated about the lower part of os pubis , appointed for making of water , and conveighing the seed into the matrix . it is framed of such a substance as might admit distention and relaxation . the parts of it are either common or proper . the common are three , the scarfe skin , the skin , and the membrana carnosa . it hath no fat , for it would have hindered the stifnesse of it . the cuticula is of a reasonable thicknesse : the skin is somewhat thick , flaggy when there is no erection ; but stiffe when there is . the membrana carnosa is somewhat sinewy . the proper or internall parts are these : the two nervous bodies , the septum , the vrethra , the glans , foure muscles , and the vessels . the two bodies are long , hard , and nervous . these within are spongious , and full of black blood . the spongious substance seemeth to be a net like texture , framed of innumerable twigs of veins and arteries . this black bloud contained in these laterall ligaments , being full of spirits waxen hot by the sting of venus , doth distend the parts . these two laterall ligaments where they are thick and round , spring from the lower part of the share bone . in their beginnings , they are separate one from another , and represent the two hornes of pithagoras his y , that the urethra may passe betweene them . but as soone as they come to the joyning of the share bone , they are by the septum lucidum everted . it is nervous and white . it ariseth from the upper part of the commissure of the os pubis , and upholdeth the two laterall ligaments and the urethra as a stay . the like is found in women to uphold the cunnus . under these lyeth the urethra . it is of a substance nervous , thick , loose and soft , like to that of the laterall ligaments . it beginneth at the necke of the bladder : yet it doth not spring from it , but is joyned to it onely , and so passeth to the glans . if you boyle the bladder and it , it will separate it selfe from the bladder . it is framed of two membranes , the one is internall with the which the glans is covered , it is bred of the thin membrane , which covereth the nerves of the prick . it is of an exquisit feeling , that it might feele the acrimony of the seed , and cause pleasure ; chiefly in that part of it , which lyeth betweene the prostates . the externall is fleshy and hath many fleshy transverse fibres . the middle substance is fungous and full of blacke bloud , that it might suffer distension and relaxation with the laterall ligaments . at the beginning of it there are three holes , one in the middle largest , and two lesser , in each side one , from the passage , which is sent from the vesicula seminales , to the vrethra . the muscles are two in each side , and so foure in all . of these collaterall muscles , the one is shorter and thicker , and springeth from the appendix or knob of the coxendix . under the beginning of the laterall ligament , and ascending obliquely , is inserted into the same , a little below the beginning of it ; this serveth for erection . the second is longer and smaller , proceeding from the sphincter of the anus fleshy . this passeth straight under the urethra , and is inserted about the middle of it , in the side of the prick . these two muscles dilate the lower part of the urethra for miction and ejaculation of the seed . as the first muscle is termed erector , so this is called accelerator , or hastener . this hath a substance agreeable with that of the penis : for this in erection is drawne towards its beginning , and the erection ceasing , it becommeth lanke . glans is the extreme part ; it is somewhat round compassed with a circle as with a garland . it is soft , and of an exquisit feeling , by reason or the thin skin , with the which it is covered . about the root of it , where it is joyned with the nervous bodies , there is a little pit . in the which if any sharp humour be lodged , as in gonorrhaea virulenta , great paine is caused . the glans is covered with praeputium , the fore skin ; it is framed of the reduplication of the skin . the ligament by the which it is tyed to the glans in the lower part of it , is called fraenum the bridle . of the vessels , some are cutaneous , some passe to the inner parts of penis . the cutaneus veins and arteries spring from the pudendae ; these entering at the root of the prick they passe by the sides towards the back of it , and are conspicuous enough . the vessels which bestowed upon the inner parts of penis , come from the venae and arteriae hypogastricae , about the roots of the laterall ligaments . here the arteries are remarkable , which are wonderfully despersed thorow the body of the penis : for the right artery is bestowed upon the left side , and the left upon the right side . it hath two sinewes from the os sacrum . the lesser is bestowed upon the skin : the largest mounting up under the share bones to the root of the yard , betweene the laterall ligaments , it is bestowed upon the muscles , the rest of the body of the penis and the glans . of the genitals in woman . cap. xxv . of the cunnus . the genitals in a woman have foure distinct parts ; to wit , the cunnus , the matrix , the stones , and the spermatick vessels . cunnus is that part which offereth it selfe to the sight before section . in it eleven particles are remarkable . 1. pubes , that particle where the haire doth first bud out ; which ordinarily falleth out the fourteenth yeare of a womans age , the upper part of this which buncheth out , and is most hairy , is called veneris mons . 2. is rima magna , the great chink ; it beginneth at the os pubes , and is but an inch distant from the anus . wherefore it is larger than the cavity of the neck . 3. the labia or lips , by these the internall parts are covered , as the tongue and teeth by the lips . these are framed of the common integuments of the body , these have prety store of spongious fat . 4. are the alae , or nymphae , the wings , these appeare when the lips are severed : these are two productions framed of a soft and spongious flesh , and the reduplication of the cutis , placed at the sides of the neck : being joyned above , they compasse the clitoris . in figure and colour they resemble the comb of a cock. 5. is clytoris , this is a nervous and hard body : within , full of a black and spongious matter , as the laterall ligaments of the yard . it is framed of three bodies . the two laterall are ligaments and spring from the internall knob of the ischium . the third is betweene these , this ariseth from the joyning of os pubis ; at the end of it is the glans , which hath a superficiall hollownesse , and is covered with a very thin skin , as a praeputium , which springeth from the joyning of the nymphae . and as it doth represent the prick of a man , so it suffereth erection , and falling ; it may be called a womans prick . in some women it hath beene as big as a mans . 6. under the clytoris above the neck a hole is to be seene , by the which a woman maketh water . 7. after the nymphae foure caruncules resembling the leafe of the mirtle shrub , are to bee seene : whereof that which is uppermost , is largest and forked , that it might receive the end of the neck of the bladder , the other is below : the other are on the sides . all foure keep back the ayre , and all other things , from entring into the cavity of the neck , and by tickling the genital of man cause the greater delight . in women which have not borne children , they are most conspicuous . these caruncules are framed of the reduplication of the fleshy necke of the genitall . 8. behind the caruncules appeareth a cavity in the lower part of the neck of a reasonable largenesse , framed by nature to stay the seede powred into the necke from too quick slipping out . 9. in virgins these caruncules are joyned together by a thin and sinewy membrane interlaced with small veins , cleaving orbicularly to the sides of the neck , having a small hollownesse in the middle , which will receive a pease , by the which the menstruall bloud passeth : sometimes it is hollow like a sive , it is called hymen . 10. behind these caruncules and the hymen appeareth a chink , under the orifice of the bladder betweene the two wings , which is the entrance into the neck . 11. now the neck is nothing else but that distance , which is between the cunnus , and the mouth of the matrix . in women of an ordinary stature , it is eight inches in length . the substance of this part is hard , without , fleshy ; within membranous , and wrinckled like to the inner skin of the upper jaw of a cowes mouth . first , to cause greater pleasure in the act of generation . secondly , the better to retaine the seed . thirdly , to admit the greater dilatation in travell . the neck is seated in that cavity of hypogastrium , which is called pelvis , betweene the bladder and intestinum rectum . it hath two membranes ; if you cut them transversly , you shall perceive between them a spongious flesh : such as is found in the laterall ligaments of the penis . this causeth it to swell in the act of generation , innumerable sprigs of veins and arteries affording plenty of spirits . the hypogastricall veins are inserted into the neck of the matrix : from thence passing to the mouth of the matrix . as soone as they come to be implanted into the substance of the uterus , they lose their owne coats , which are bestowed upon the first membrane of it . from thence by small pipes ( such as are found in sponges ) but wreathed blood is caried to the matrix : by these veins the termes issue into the neck of the genitall . a large branch passeth from arteria hypogastrica to the neck . a sprig of it , but wreathed is communicate to the resticle , passing thither between the two membranes of the body of the matrix : this sprig is winded to hinder it from ruption , when the matrix is enlarged , a woman being with child . cap. xxvi . of the matrix . the matrix was appointed by nature to be the field of nature , to receive the seeds of man and woman for the procreation of man , and the continuation of mankind . it hath two parts , os uteri , the mouth of the matrix , and fundus the bottome . the mouth is a hole at the entrance of it , which like a mouth may be dilated , or pursed in : this entrance is but a transverse line , which when it is exactly opened becommeth round . this orifice , although in the act of generation it may be so dilated , that it will receive the glans of a mans genitall ; yet after conception it is so closely shut , that it will not admit the point of a bodkin . when a woman is delivered , it so openeth it selfe , that it maketh way for the infant , be it never so big . in those who have been mothers , it is like to the mouth of a whelpe . the cancer of the matrix most commonly beginneth here , because it is somewhat fleshy : within this orifice a long knobby substance is placed , to help the shutting of the orifice the more exquisitly . about this knobby substance , small holes are to be seene , which seeme to be the ends of the ejaculatory vessels . in figure it is like a peare or a cupping glasse . in virgins even of a big stature it exceedeth not the bignesse of a walnut . but in those who are with child , it doth dilate it selfe into that capacity , as is able to containe the child . it was to be small , because the seed in quantity is but little , which it ought to embrace and cherish . it hath no distinct cels as the matrix of a beast hath ; onely a line , as in the tongue and cod , doth separate the right side from the left . in length from the orfice to the extremity of the bottome , it is thought to be three inches . the internall superficies is rough the better to keepe the seed . the matrix is framed of two membranes , the externall springeth from the peritonaeum , and is the thickest of all other , that spring from it . it is smooth and slippery if you except those parts where the spermatick vessell enter into the matrix , and where the ligaments goe out . the internall membrane is full of small holes , where the matrix covereth the intestinum rectum . when the courses flow , they are easily seene ; but not when they cease . the ancients did take these to be the mouths of the veins and arteries . and because they resemble in figure the measure appointed for the selling of vineger , they called them acetabula or cotidones . by these holes the menstruall bloud issueth . above at the sides of the externall membrane two little bunches , such as are seene in stirks or hayfers , when the hornes begin to bud , are to be marked . they are called cornua uteri . for nourishment it hath both veins and arteries . of these the veins are bigger than the arteries : the veins spring from two branches on each side : one branch commeth from the vasa praeparantia : this doth descend , and is spread thorow the whole matrix : but chiefly thorow the bottom : and seeing the sprigs are implanted in each side , the right are coupled with the left by inosculation . the other branch which commeth from ramus hypogastricus , doth ascend from the lower parts , and is sent partly to the orifice , partly to the bottom . these are larger than those which spring from the vas praeparans . both these being despersed thorow the substance of the matrix are united by inosculation also . some will have the menstruall bloud to flow from the twigs , sent from ramus hypogastricus when a woman is with child : being perswaded by the aphorisme of hippocrates lib. 5. aphor. 51. that nothing can flow from the cavity , the orifice being so shut that it cannot admit the point of a bodkin ; but the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , signifieth only cōnivens , or shut together , as the eye lids are . and although in the first moneths the orifice be exactly closed ; yet when a woman is great with child the orifice gapeth a little , and is shut with a mucous seminall substance , which doth repell the aire , and lubricate the orifice in the delivery . it hath arteries also , which spring from the preparing arteries , and from the hypogastricae , as the veins did ; these accompany the veins , and are distributed as they are . the sinews first doe spring from the sixt conjugation : they are small , and are bestowed upon the bottom : then from the pares which spring from the os sacrum . these are bestowed partly upon the lower part of it , and partly upon the cunnus . these are larger , because in the act of generation great delectation is required . by these vessels , arteries , veins and nerves , the matrix hath a consent with all the rest of the body . and although the veins , and arteries seeme to bee small in women which are not with child ; yet in those who are with child , by the affluxion of bloud , they will sometimes become as thick as a finger . yea in such the matrix which otherwaies is membranous , as hath beene said , becommeth in the last moneths thicker and softer : so that about the upper part of the bottom , unto the which the placenta uteri is tyed , it becommeth almost two inches thick . the matrix is onely tyed to the adjacent parts laterally : for above , fore , and after , it is free that it might admit dilatation , and descend or ascend in the act of generation . now the ligament are in number foure . the two uppermost broad and membranous are nothing else but production of the peritonaeum , which tye the matrix to the ossa ilii . they are loose and soft , that they might admit dilatation with the matrix , when a woman is with child , and constriction when she is not . these carry the vasa praeparantia and deferentia to the matrix , and lap up the stones : they represent the wings of a bat , or the sayles of a ship spred abroad . these keepe the matrix steady in its own place , that it neither ascend not descend . the two lower ligaments are nervous , round , and hollow ; they spring from the sides of the bottom of the matrix , neere to the vasa deferentia , which they touch ; they go down to the groynes , by the production of the peritonaeum strengthned by glandules : and being dilated like a membrane , they bestow one part upon the clytoris : the residue passeth to the knee , in the inside of the thigh by the membrana adiposa , this is the cause why women after conception feele paine in the inside of the thigh . these ligaments ferve not onely to stay the matrix , but because they are hollow , by them noysome humours of the genitals are sent to the glandules of the groines . so after impure copulation , the seminary vessels being infected , the contagious humour , by these ligaments is sent to the groynes : from whence arise bubones venerei . cap. xxvii . of the stones and the seminary vessels . women have stones as men have ; but they differ in eleven things . 1. in situation , for they are placed not without the hypogastrium , as in men ; but within it : that they might be the hotter and more fruitfull . 2. in quantity , for they are lesser . 3. in their frame , for they are composed of five or six bladders , which make them uneven : whereas the stones of men are smooth : these bladders containe an humidity like to whey ; but it is thicker . 4. the stones of women have no cremasters ; but are stayed by the broad laterall ligaments , called the bats wings . 5. they have no prostates . 6. they differ in figure , for in man they are ovall ; but in woman flattish . 7. they have but one membrane ; whereas mans hath foure . 8. in substance , for they are more soft and flaggy than in man. 9. in temperature , for they are more cold than mans stones : and containe a thin and watrish seed . 10. in women they are tyed to the sides of the uterus by the two upper ligaments , which are loose and membranous . 11. in women which are not with child , they are placed above the matrix , two inches distant from it . the seminary vessels preparing , are foure , two veines , and so many arteries . the vein of the right side springeth as in man , from the trunck of the vena cava under the emulgent ; but that of the left side springeth from the middle of the emulgent of the same side . both the arteries spring from the descending trunck of the great artery . these veins are not united as in man , before they come to the stones , but are divided into two branches . whereof the greater being stayed by the membranous ligament , is caried to the stone ; but the lesser endeth in the bottome of the matrix in the upper part , for the nutrition of the matrix , and the embryo . these vasa preparantia differ from those in men in these things . first , they are shorter than in man , by reason of the shortnesse of the passage : but they have more wreathings where they make corpus varicosum , about the stone , that the seed may be the better prepared . secondly , they passe not whole to the stones as in man ; but are divided in the mid way , as hath been said . one thing is to be noted , that the spermatick veins receive the arteries as they passe by the sides of the uterus , that the bloud might be the better elaborat : for if you blow up the vena spermatica , both the right and left vessels of the matrix are blowne up . from hence you may perceive the communion of all the vessels of the matrix . the vesa deferentia spring from the lower part of the stones . they are firme , white , and nervous . they passe by the membranous ligament to the matrix , not straight , but wreathed ; that the shortnesse of the way might be recompensed with the multitude of windings . neere the stones they are somewhat broad . when they have marched a little , they become narrow , and about the matrix they become broad againe , and end in the cornua & capacity of it . amongst these vessels the last to be considered is tuba fallopiana . spigeltus calleth it vas coecum , lib. 8. cap. 20. because it hath but one orifice , as the intestinum coecum annexed to colon ; this springeth from the cornua or bunches , and resembleth the end of a trumpet , and passeth obliqaely , over against the stone caried by the membranous ligament , and compasseth the stones : but it neither proceedeth from the stones , neither is inserted into them : and as in its beginning it is open ; so in its ending it is shut . riolan will have it to be the end of the ejaculatory vessell , ending within the matrix . he observeth that within it is to be seene a long , white and sinewy body , which he will have to be the continuation of the ejaculatory vessell . he noteth also that a small sprig doth passe but wreathed from the ejaculatory , by the sides of the uterus to the orifice : by the which women with child spend their seed in the act of generation ; which spigelius denieth in the cited place , and checketh laurentius for affirming such a passage . the second book of the brest . cap. i. of the common containing parts of it . hitherto then of the lower belly , the seat of the naturall spirit , and of the parts appointed for nutrition and procreation : now it followeth that we handle the middle cavity the seat of the vitall spirit , which containeth those parts appointed for the cherishing of the naturall heat , the distribution of the same to all other parts of the body , and the cooling of it , if it exceed the naturall degree . this ventricle is seated in the middle , betweene the uppermost , which is the head , and lowermost , which is the belly : for it was fit , that it should be so , that the heat passing thorow all , and bestowing life should equally bee bestowed upon all the parts of the body . it is severed from the head by the neck ; from the belly by the midrife . it is bounded in the forepart by the brest-bone , and cartilages . in the sides by the ribs : behind by the vertebrae of the back . the figure of it is ovall , somewhat flat before and behind , whereas in beasts it is somewhat sharp : so that onely man lieth on his back . it is partly bony , partly fleshy , that it might admit motion , and yet not styfle the heart ; the fleshy parts being suspended by the bony . the fore part of it is called sternum , the sides costae , and the hinder parts dorsum . the parts whereof it is composed , are either containing or contained . the parts containing are either common or proper . the parts containing common are in number foure , cuticula , cutis , pinguedo , and membrana carnosa . the scarfe skin , and skin of it do differ from those in the belly : for it is hairy under the arme pits , and above the pit of the heart : the skin of the back is both harder and thicker , and so is lesse hairy . secondly , the skin of the back part is of an exquisit feeling : first , because many twigs of sinews are bestowed upon it from the nervis , proceeding from the spinalis medulla : secondly , by reason of the muscles of the brest placed there , which have many tendons , and so are very sensible . as for the fat , it is not plentifull here as in the belly : first , because the naturall heat here is sufficiently preserved without it : secondly , because it would have hindered the motion of the brest . onely here it is somewhat yellowish . the membrana carnosa here in the forepart of the neck is more fleshy than in other parts , chiefly where the musculus quadratus is framed , which pulleth downe the cheekes and lips . cap. ii. of the dugs . the proper containing parts are either externall or internall . the externall are in number three , the dugs , the muscles , the bones . the internall proper containing parts are three in like manner , the pleura , the mediastinum , and the pericardium . dugs are granted to both the sexes , in men they are framed of the cutis , the membrana carnosa , fat , and the nipple , and serve onely for beauty , and are called mammillae . if in man a whitish substance representing milk , bee found in the nipples , which hath been seene , as witnesseth aristotel . 1. histor. animal . 12. it is unprofitable , and unapt to nourish . the paps in women besides these parts , have remarkable vessels , glandules and pipes , to containe the milk perfected by the glandules . the glandules are many , not one ; that the milk might be the better elabored . there is placed above the rest , one somewhat bigger under the nipple . betweene these are placed innumerable veins and arteries , which receive blood from the matrix the materiall cause of milk . when these are full of bloud , the milk is made by the property of the substance of the glandulous bodies , and their temperament . the milk perfected is sent to the tubuli lactiferi or conduicts of milk , these end in the nipple . the veins are of two sorts , for some are externall , some internall . the externall spring from the axillar branch , and are placed under the skin , which covereth the dugs to nourish it , and are called thoracicae superiores , or the uppermost brest veins . the internall or inferior called mammariae , spring from the rami subclavii . they are in number two , whereof one doth match downward straight by the sides of the brest bone . when they are come to the macranata cartilago , they passe out of the brest , and goe downward by the lower part of the musculi recti . when they are come to the umbilicall region almost , they are joyned with skin , by sundry inosculations , with the venae epigastricae , which meet them there . these venae epigastricae , spring from the externall ramusiliacus , and by a straight way passe upward under these muscles . from this same branch , spring the vena hypogastricae which are inserted into the neck and bottome of the matrix . there are arteriae mammariae in like manner , which spring from the rami subclavii , and goe downe to the navell . whither when they are come , they are united by inosculation with the arteriae epigastricae ascending . they have nerves from the fourth intercostall nerve , which about the middle of the rib , perforating the intercostall muscle , is divided into foure branches , which are sent afterward to the pectorall muscle , the thicker passing to the nipple . betweene these glandulous bodies and vessels plenty of fat is placed to procure smoothnesse & equality to the paps . if this be wasted either by sicknesse of old age , the dugs become flaggy . the paps are of figure round ; both , that they should be more capable of milk , and lesse subject to brufings . in number they are two , that if one should faile , the other should supply the defect . in men , women , and apes , which carry their young ones in their armes , they are seated in the brest : 1. that the mother should take pleasure by beholding the child . 2. that by the talking of the mother , the child should learne to speake , and be endued with reason . 3. that being neere to the heart , they should receive plenty of heat . 4. for beauty . 5. for convenient giving of suck , for the child cannot presently goe when it is borne ; but must be borne in the armes and applyed to the teat . 6. for the commodity of the act of generation . 7. for the defence of the vitall parts . 8. for the incitation of lust . 9. to be a receptacle of excrementitious humours . so women are often troubled with cancers . the nipple is placed in the middle of the dug , where the milky conduits end . it is a round body standing out , that the infant may take hold of it with the lips . it is of a fungous substance , that it may admit distention and contraction . it hath many holes : which appeare when the milk is pressed out . it is rougher than the other parts of the dug , that the infant may the more firmly hold it . it is of an exquisit sense , that the nurse should find some pleasure , when she giveth suck : it is framed of the reduplicatiō of the skin . now the milk which is drawen thorow the holes of it by the infant , is nothing else but a white liquour , engendered of the venall and arteriall bloud , sent from the matrix , and altered by the glandules of the dugs ; in taste pleasant , which is easily cincocted by the stomack , and doth speedily and plentifully nourish . as for the muscles , they are set down in the treatise of muscles , cap. 15. the bones , which were said to be the third proper externall containing part , are set downe in doctrine of bones . cap. iii. of the proper internall containing parts . these are in number three , the pleura , the mediastinum , and the pericardium . the pleura hath its denomination from the ribs , under which it is placed , and so it may be termed in english the costall membrane . it is a membrane , white , thin , hard , resembling the peritonaeum spigelius de human . corp . fabr. lib. 9. cap 3. will have it to be thicker and stronger than the peritonaeum , contrary to the opinion of riolan , who affirmeth the peritonaeum to be thicker and stronger ; because it is appointed for the sustaining the weight of the guts . it is every where double : the inner part is thickest , smoothest , and as it were bedewed with a watrish humour , that it should not hurt the lungs by its roughnesse : this watrish humour doth spring from the vapours raised from the blood condensed , by respective coldnesse of the membrane . the outer part is thinner , yet rougher ; that it should cleave the more firmely to the ribs . as for its figure , without it is arched , within hollow : above it is narrower , below broader , chiefly towards the sides : from it spring some sinewy fibres , by the which the lungs are tied to it . if these be too strait , the motion of the lungs is hindered , and so an uncurable difficulty of breathing procured . above it is perforat in five places , to give way to the vena cava , and the aorta ascending , the gula , the wind-pipe , and the nerves of the sixth paire . below where it covereth the midrife , it is perforat in three places , to give way to vena cava , and the aorta descending , as also to the gula . it is framed of the membranes , covering the spinalis medulla ; for those joyning with the sinews of the brest , growing broader , produce it . it hath veins and arteries for nourishment and life , and nerves for feeling . on each side it hath 12. veins ; whereof the two uppermost spring from the higher intercostall branch , and the ten lower from the vena sine pari . some many arteries are in like manner ; whereof the foure uppermost proceed from the superior intercostall , and the inferior eight , from the hinder part of the aorta , descending . it hath twelve nerves in like manner ; wherof the fore branches which spring from the vertebrae of the brest , are bestowed upon the forepart ; but the hindermost branches are bestowed upon the muscles , which are placed upon the back . these vessels are placed betweene the duplication of the pleura , and the pleuresie it selfe is not seated in this place onely ; but betweene the pleura also , and the intercostall muscles . it hath two uses : first , to wrap in all the vitall parts : secondly , to defend them from all externall injuries . the second membrane is the mediastinum because it standeth in the middle of the brest , and divideth the right side from the left . in hath not onely a duplication as the pleura hath , but is double also ; for one is in the right side , the other in the left . they are united according to the longitude of the vertevrae of the back ; but severed towards the sternum . in the cavity between these parts of the mediastinum , one may bee deeply wounded , without any great danger of death . such a wound you shall easily discern ; first , if small store of bloud issue out . secondly , if no breath come out . this cavity is seene when the cartilago xiphoides is removed . in the dropsie of the lungs , and when corrupt mattet is gathered , the sternum here may be tripaned . the substance of it is membranous , yet thinner and softer than the pleura . the inner side towards the lungs is smooth , and hath fat about the vessels ; but the exterior is rougher , by reason of the fibres , by the which it is tied to the pleura . it reacheth from the throat to the midrife . as for its vessels , veins and arteries , it hath from those called mammariae , but small , and from vena sine pari . it hath one speciall vein called mediastina , which springeth from the lower part of ramus subclavius . the nerves called stomachici passe by the reduplication of it . it hath three uses : first , it divideth the breast and lungs in two parts , that one being wounded the other should be safe . secondly , it holdeth up the pericardium firmly , wherein the heart is contained , that it should not rest upon the back-bone when we ly upon our back , or that it should fall upon the brest bone when wee bend our selves towards the ground , or touch the ribs when we ly upon our sides . thirdly , it giveth a safe passage to the vessels which passe by it . the third proper containing part is the pericardium , so called because it compasseth the whole heart , whose figure it hath , for it is pyramidall . it is so farre distant from the heart , as is sufficient to give way to the motion of the same , and the containing of the waterish humour . it hath two membranes : 1. outer from the mediastinum , it is tied before and behind to the pleura ; from whence both the mediastinum and pericardium originally spring . 2. inner from proceeding from the externall tunicles of the vessels of the heart : for within the pericardium the vessels lack their common tunicle , it having beene spent upon the pericardium . the externall membrane is fibrous ; but the internall is slippery , but firme and thick . the motion of it is secondary from the heart . it leaneth more to the left side than to the right , and more to the fore than back part . it cleaveth so firmly to the nervous circle of the midrife , that it cannot be separat from it without renting , to direct the motion of the heart . it is perforat in five places . in two for the entering in , and passing out of the vena cava . in three for vena arteriosa , and arteria venosa , and the passing out of the aorta . it hath small veins from the phrenicae , the axillar . no arteries appeare , because it is neere enough to the heart . it hath two uses : first , to keepe the heart in its owne place , whether we bend our body backwards , forwad , or to either side . secondly , to containe the watrish humour , which is sundry waies profitable : for first , it tempereth the heat of the heart : secondly , it moystneth the same : thirdly , it maketh it slippery : last of all the pericardia defendeth the heart as an armour from all externall injuries . the watrish humour which is contained in the pericardium , is like urine : yet not sharp or saltish . if it be thock and slimy , is causeth the heart to be hairy . if it be too copious , it causeth the painting of the heart , which is cured by phlebotomy . it is too plentifull in those who have obstructions of the mesaraicall veins , liver , or spleene : for in such the thinnest part of the chylus onely is drawne for nourishment , and so the bloud becommeth watrish . some thinke it to proceed from a seminall aquosity , even from the first generation : as the aire within the eares is from a flatuous . others think that it is engēdered of vapours raised from the bloud , and waterishnesse of the veins and arteries of the heart , and condensed by the respective coldnesse of the membrane , and by his meane the peritonaeum and the pleura seeme alwaies bedewed with moysture . it seemeth that the first beginning of it is a seminall humidity , and that is maintained afterward by the vapours . sometimes also there is contained in the capacity of the brest , a bloody water to moysten , and temper the heat of the lungs . it is caused partly of the vapours raised from the vessels , partly of that portion of drink , which passeth to the lungs : and by reason of this , water and bloud did flow from the side of our saviour , pierced . cap. iiii. of the truncke ascending from the vena cava . now the parts contained in the brest , are either vasa or viscera , the vessels or the entrals . the vessels are in number foure , the vena cava , the vena arterialis , the arteria venosa , and the aorta or arteria magna . the first is the vena cava or magna , because the hollownesse of it is great . it hath its beginning from the liver . the orifice of it is three times as large as that of the aorta : being received by the right care of the heart , it is expanded into the whole right ventricle of the same . about the orifice of it are placed three values called trifulcae or tri●uspides : because arising from a large foot , they end into a narrow top representing barbed arrowes . their situation is from without inward , so that the bloud may be let in , but not returne . they proceed from a membranous circle , annexed to the orifice : they cleave to the septum of the heart , towards the point of it bee strong fibres ending in round caruncules . if you would see these as the rest of the values , cut transversly the ventricles of the heart neere to the basis , and then they will appeare . it hath two trunkes , one descending , and this is that which is caused of a number of small veins , appearing in the hollow part of the liver , which meet about the middle of it in one trunck still decreasing in number , and increasing in bignesse . the other ascending , this is procured by a number of small veins , springing from the convex part of the liver , which end in like manner into one trunck about the middle of it . this is bigger than the descending , because all the upper parts are fed by this onely ; whereas most of the parts contained in the abdomen , are nourished by the vena portae . although it bee not divided into branches untill it come to the throat ; yet it doth send forth sundry sprigs from the sides . the first is called phrenica , one in each side it is inserted into the diaphragma , which is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , by a number of twigs , and from thence it bestoweth twigs upon the pericardium , and mediastinum . the second is called coronaria , so called because like a garland it compasseth the basis of the heart . it sendeth sundry twigges to the outer parts of the heart ; but chiefly to the left : because it needeth greater store of nourishment , by reason of its stronger motion . this hath a value which hindereth the returne of the bloud , to the vena cava . this springeth from the cava , before it enter into the heart , and the bloud is somewhat thick , and not attenuat in the ventricles of the heart ; for the substance of the heart , being hard , and firme , was to be nourished by bloud somewhat grosse . the third is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or sine pari , without a mate , because it hath not a fellow as other veins have in the left side , if you except those beasts which chew the cud . this springeth from the cava , as soone as it is come out of the pericardium . it passeth out of the hinder and right part of the vena cava , about the fift vertebra of the brest . it doth not descend straight way : but comming a little forward , it returneth towards the spina . when it is come to the eighth or ninth rib above the spina , it is divided into two branches , to wit , the right and the left : then passing by the division of the midrife , which is between the two productions of it , they are spread thorow the abdomen . of these two , the left is inserted into the left emulgent . by this way fallopius will have watrish , pu●ulent and bloudy substances to be discharged , which sometimes are contained in the brest ; while these branches march downeward : in each side ten sprigs bud out , which march thorow so many distances of so many of the inferior ribs . in the lower part of the rib , there is a groop to receive the sprig . wherefore when you make incision in an empiena , come not neere to this part . from this vein other small twigs also proceed ; which afford nourishment to the spinalus medulla . these are called costales inferiures , or the lower intercostals . the vena sine pari thus being framed , the cava ascendeth to the jugulum , strengthned by the media stinum and the thymus ; which is placed in the uppermost part of the brest . here the vena cava is parted into 2. remarkable branches : from whence all those veins spring , which are sent either to the head or armes . one branch marcheth to the right , another to the left side , while they remaine within the brest , they are called subclavii , because they march under the cannell bones ; but when they are come to the arme pit , they are called axillares . before they come to the arme pit , sundry sprigs spring from them . the first is intercostalis superior , . this ariseth from the root of the divarication , and passing by the roots of two ribs , bestoweth twigs upon the distances of the two upper ribs , as the vena sine part did : there is one in each side . the second is called mammaria ; this marcheth forwards towards the upper part of the bone of the brest . from thence it goeth downe by the sides of it , and when it is come to the cartilago mucronata , about the sides of it , it passeth out of the brest , and marcheth by a straight way under the straight muscles to the navill , where it is joyned with the vena epigastrica ascendens by inosculation : which is the cause of that great consent , which is betweene the paps and the matrix . this before it leave the brest , it bestoweth one branch upon the cartilaginous distances of seven of the costae verae , where the sprigs of the vena sine pari end . from these branches proceed some other remarkable twigs , which are bestowed upon those muscles , which are seated upon the brest , and the dugs . the third is called mediastina , because it is bestowed upon the mediastinum together with the left nerve of the midrife , according to the length of it . the fourth is called cervicalis or vertebralis . it is large in each side , marching upwards obliquely towards the back part , it commeth to the transverse processes of the vertebrae of the neck , where passing thorow the holes of them , it bestoweth branches upon the muscles , which lye above the vertebrae . the fifth is called muscula inferior , because it is spent upon the lower muscles of the neck , which stretch out the neck and head . the sixth is the internall jugular , this ariseth where the cannell bone is articulat with the sternum . this joyned with the nerve recurrent , and the soporall artery , marcheth by the side of the wind-pipe , to the throat . the seventh is the externall jugular , this marching up under the skin , and the qoadrat muscle , which pulleth downe the cheeks , commeth to the eare . this in beasts is bigger than the internall : otherwise than it is in man. cap. v. of vena arterialis , and arteria venalis . the second vessell in the brest is vena arterialis . it is a vein from its office : for it carrieth naturall blood to the lungs by the right side of the wind pipe : it is called an artery , because the coat of it is double , not single as that of veins . it doth spring from the upper part of the right ventricle of the heart , and is implanted into the substance of the lungs by the right side of the wind-pipe . the third vessell is arteria venalis . it is called an artery , because is carrieth arteriall bloud ; but a vein , because it hath a single coat as a vein . it ariseth from the upper part of the left ventricle of the heart , and is implanted into the substance of the lungs by the left side of the wind-pipe . the vena arterialis hath three values called sigmoides , from the figure of the great sigma , which answereth the latine s. the figure is this c. they looke from within outwards , to let out the bloud ; but to hinder the returne of the same . the arteria venalis hath two values called mitrales , because they are like a bishops miter . they looke from without inward , to let in bloud carried from the vena arterialis . they are bigger than those of vena cava , and have longer filaments , and to strengthen them many fleshy snippets are joyned to them . it hath two values only , that the fuliginous vapours might the more readily be discharged . it hath also but a single thin coat , partly for the same purpose , partly because the bloud sent from the vena arteriosa is cooled by the bronchia of the lungs before it entereth into arteria venalis it needeth not so thick a coat as an artery , and because veins only carry in bloud , and arteries carry out , therefore arteria venalis is placed in the left ventricle , and vena arterialis in the right . both these vessels not farre from their beginning , are divided into two branches , whereof the one passeth to the right part of the lungs , and the other to the left ; and each of these is subdivided into other branches , untill at the last they end in small threeds . the greater branches accompany one another , so that the vein still marcheth with the arteriae joyned together by many inosculations or anastomoses . betweene them the branches of aspera arteria march . these vessels are great , because the lungs by reason of their perpetuall motion require much nourishment . first , the bloud is carried into the lungs by vena arterialis , and from hence to arteria venalis , by sundry anastomoses , and from hence to the left ventricle of the heart . where being made spirituous , it is sent by the aorta , to impart life to the whole body . one thing is to be noted , that no aire in its proper substance is carried to the heart : for the bloud contained in these two vessels , is sufficiently cooled by the bronchia passing between them . the bloud is cooled , first , by staying in the lungs while it is in passing . secondly , by touching the bronchia cooled by the attraction of fresh aire : and thirdly , by the continuall motion of the lungs . one thing is to be noted , that in arteria venosa a little below the values there is found a little value ever open . it being removed , there appeareth a hole , by the which the blood passeth freely from the vena cava to it , and returneth by reason of this anastomosis ; that the bloud in the veins may be animat . cap. vi. of the great artery , and first of the trunke ascending of the same . the fourth vessell is the great artery called aorta ; because it receiveth the aire . it springeth from the upper part of the left ventricle of the heart , where it is largest and hardest . before it come out of the pericardium , it sendeth two small twigs , from each side one : which compasse the basis of the heart like a garland , and send down according to the length of the heart other twigs : these are called coronariae . these twigs are more in number , and larger about the left ventricle than the right , because it requireth greater plenty of nourishment , by reason of its stronger motion , which digesteth much bloud . it is placed between the wind pipe , and the vena cava , tied to the mouth of the stomack , passing under the trunk of vena arteriosa upward , when it hath pierced the pericardium , it is divided into two trunks ; whereof the one is called truncus ascendens , the ascending trunk : the other descendens , the descending . of these two the descending is largest , because it ministreth life to more parts . this ascending trunk before it passe to the armes , is divided into two branches , whereof one passeth to the right , the other towards the left arme ; they are called subclavii rami , because they march under the canell bones . when they are gone out of the brest , they are called axillares . from both the lower and upper part of both these branches , sundry sprigs doe spring . from the upper part proceedeth intercostalis superior , which bestoweth twigs upon the distances of the uppermost foure ribs . from whence others are sent to the adjacent muscles and the spinalis medulla . from the lower springeth that branch , which is called cervicalis , but more fitly vertebralis ; for it springeth behind where the vertebrae ; from thence marching upwards it bestoweth twigs upon the spinalis medulla , which enter by the passages , by the which the nerves , as also upon the muscles , which are placed in the hinder part of the neck , and at the last entereth into the cranium , by that hole , by the which the spinalis medulla descendeth from the braine . this with its fellow whē it is come to the sell of the wedge-like bone on each side of it , betweene the first and second paire of sinews , having beene divided , cause plexus choroides . the second , the arteria mammaria , which accompanying the vena mammaria is joyned with the epigastrica arteria , ascending by inosculation about the navell . the third is that called muscula , and is distributed upon the muscles of the neck . the fourth is the soporall , one on each side ; so called , because if they be stopped , sleep doth immediatly follow . these soporall arteries when they are come to the throat , they are divided in two branches , to wit , the externall , which is lesser , and the internall , which is larger . the externall bestowed twigs upon the muscles of the face , upon the roots of all the teeth of the lower jaw , having entered into the cavity of the mandible , and going out upon the chin . the internall branch when it hath about the throat , it hath bestowed twigs upon the tongue and larynx , about the lower part of the skull , it is divided into two branches , whereof the lesser and hindermost accompanying the branch of the internall jugular marcheth toward the hindermost part of the skull , and entering at the second hole of the nowle entereth into the hollownesse of the dura mater . the formost and the largest , when it hath entered into the cavity of the skull thorow it proper hole in the parietall bone , and is come to the sell of the wedge-like bone , it maketh rete mirabile , which in beasts is large , but in man very obscure . cap. vii . of the descending trunke of the aorta . the descending trunke of the aorta about the fifth vertebra of the breast bending towards the left side marcheth downwards towards the last vertebra of the loynes . in this march it sendeth forth sundry branches , which are these : 1. intercostall inferior arteries in number eight . 2. phraenicae two . 3. caeliaca one . 4. mesenterica superior . 5. emulgentes two . 6. spermaticae two . 7. mesenterica inferior . 8. lumbares . the inferior intercostall arteries , accōpanying the veins and nerves of the same denomination march according to the length of the lower part of the ribs , where there is a hollownesse to receive them , and in the true ribs end where the cartilages begin ; but in the short ribs they goe a little further , even to the sides of the lower belly . these send sprigs by the holes of the nerves to the marrow of the back , and to the muscles which rest upon the vertebrae of the back . these not only afford spirits and bloud , to the intercostall muscles ; but carry also quittour and water gathered in the cavity of the brest , sent by the trunk of the aorta to the bladder , by the emulgent arteries , according to spigelius lib. 6. cap. 4. whereas fallopius will have these m●ters to be sent by vena sintpari ; but this a shorter way . phrenicae are two , one on each side : they spring from the trunk as soone as it is come out of the cavity of the brest , and being spread into many twigs , whereof the most are bestowed upon the lower part of the midrife , where the vertebra of the back are ; and some also upon the upper part , which afterward passe to the pericardium , where it cleaveth to the midrife . caeliaca is one , so called because it sendeth twigs to the stomack . this springeth from the fore-part of the trunk . this bestoweth branches upon the stomack , liver , gall , caule , the duodenum , the beginning of the jejunum , to a part of colon , to the pancreas , and spleene . mesenterica superior doth arise a little below the caeliaca , accompanying the vena mesaraica . it bestoweth many twigs upon the hungry and ilium gut , as also upon that part of colon , which lieth betweene the hollow part of the liver , and the right kidny . so that this branch is bestowed upon the upper part of the mesentery . the emulgent arteries are two ; the right and the left . they spring from both the sides of the trunk under the former , where the first and second vertebra of the loines are coupled by a ligament . the left is lower than the right . these when they are come to the kidnies are divided into two branches , which are inserted into the cavities of the kidnies , and by innumerable small twigs are spent upon the substance of the kidnies . the use of these , besides the common , is to discharge the serosity of the arteries , whereof they have great store . spermatica or seminales , the seminary ; they are in like manner two , which spring from the forepart of the trunk . the left artery doth not spring from the left emulgent artery as the vein doth . these marching downward , accompany the veins of their side . in men they are carried to the stones by the productions of the peritonaeum ; but in women when they are come neere to the stones , they are divided in two branches , whereof the one is bestowed upon the stones , and the other upon the bottome of the matrix , in the sides of it . mesenterica inferior , it springeth about the os sacrum , from the trunk a little above before it sendeth forth the rami iliaci . it is bestowed upon the left part of the colon , and the rectum , and accompanieth the hemorrhidicall veins to the anus . lumbares rami , the loyne branches , in number foure ; they spring from the back-part of the descending trunk of the aorta . these passe to the vertebrae of the loynes , and their marrow by their holes , as also to the adjacent muscles . some things here offer themselves to be observed . 1. that when either the colicke is changed into the gout , or cōtrariwise the gout into the colick ; if the lest happen , then the humours are sent from the crurall arteries to the trunke , and from thence to the mesentericall branches of the arteries ; and from thence to the guts . if the first happen , then the humours passe the contrary way , read hip. 6. epid. sect. 4. 2. if the colick turn either to a palsey , or falling sicknesse , as it may fall out , according to aegenet . lib. 3. cap. 43. then the humour doth returne from the colon by the mesentericall arteries , to the trunke , and from hence to the lumbares , which being filled compresse the adjacent nerves : from whence difficulty of going insueth ; which may be called an imperfect palsey . if the falling sicknesse be pr●cured , the humour is sent to the groyne arteries , and thence to the braine . 3. clysters may purge the whole body : for the clyster moistning the whole colon , may by the twigs of the arteries draw noysome humours from the trunk , and when purgation is caused by anointing the navill ( which often falled out in using the unction for the pox , ) or vomiting by ministring a clyster , wherein white hellebore is , first the arteries draw the force of the medicaments , and this same faculty againt doth purge by the arteries . 9. arteriae sacrae , or those branches which goe to the os sacrum . they spring from the lower part of the trunk , before it sendeth out the rami ili●ci . they are somewhat large . they marching downeward , and leaning upon the os sacrum , enter into the holes of it , and so passe to the marrow and hinder part of the same . by these the matter which causeth the colick may passe to procure the palsey of the legs . iliace arteriae , these arising below the former about the lower vertibra of the loynes , and mount above the vein , lest it should be hurt by the hardnesse of the os sacrum , in their continuall motion . they being in number two large branches , called arteriae iliaca or flancke arteries , and marching downward to the thigh obliquely they represent the greeke y. inverted . these a little below the division of the trunk are subdivided into two branches , to wit , the internall or lesser iliaca , and the externall or greater . the internall hath two branches : the one is called glutaea , and with a vein of the same denomination , and is bestowed upon the muscles , which make up the buttocks : the other is called hypogastrica . this is large , this being carried directly to the lower part of the os sacrum , in men it bestoweth twigs to the bottom and neck of the bladder , and to the straight gut ; but in women wherein it is larger , it sendeth plenty of twigs upon the bottome and neck of the matrix besides the former parts . the externall or greater hath two branches . the first is called epigastrica . it springeth from the outer part of the artery a little before it passe thorow the peritonaeum , and turning upwards it mounteth upwards by the inner side of the straight muscle of the belly : and about the navill it is inosculat with the arteries descending . the second is called pudenda , this is but a small branch , and when it is come out of the peritonaeum , it passeth obliquely by the joyning of the os pubis , and is bestowed upon the skin of the secret parts . one thing is to be noted , that the arteria umbilicalis springeth from the internall iliaca , and going alongst the great artery , is firmly tyed to the bladder by strong membranes . when the child is in the belly , it is hollow ; but without hollownes when the infant is come . about the orifice of these vessels . ii. values are to be seene , if the ventricles of the heart be dissected transverse neere to the bajis . of these some are called trisulcae , and resemble a barbed arrow , some semilunares or sigmoides , because they resemble a halfe moone , or the greeke leetter called c. those bend inwards , because they are set before the vessels which carry in bloud . these bend outward , because they are appointed for the vessels which carry out the bloud . the vena cava hath three trisulcae ; but the arteria venosa two . the aorta , and vena arteriosa have three sigmoides . so much then concerning the vessels of the brest : now follow the entrals . cap. viii . of the heart . of these there are foure : the heart , the lungs , the wind-pipe , and part of the gullet . in the explication of the heart ; first , the swadler is to bee considered , and then the substance of the heart it selfe . the swadler , called pericardium or capsula cordis , is a membrane wrapping in the whole heart , having the figure of the same , having such distance from the heart , and to containe the watrish humour . it is perforat in five places for the comming in , and going out of the vena cava , and for egresse of the other three . the substance of it is thicke and firme . the outer superficies is fibrous ; but the inner , smooth and slippery . it is tyed to the mediastinum , and adjacent parts by sundry fibres . it doth cleave firmly to the sinewy circle of the midrife ; but not so in dogs . it hath its beginning from the tunicles , which compasse the vessels which proceed from the pleura ; for between the heart and the pericardium , the membrane from the pleura is wanting . it containeth a watrish substance , not sharpe for the refrigeration and humefaction of the heart : as in the cavity of the brest a moysture is found like water and bloud , mingled together . so from the side of our saviour pierced , water and bloud did flow . the pericardium hath veins from the phrenicae and axillar . no arteries appeare ; because it is neere enough to the heart . it hath small nerves from the left recurrent . as for the heart , the substance of it is compact and firme , and full of fibres of all sorts . the upper part is called hath a small nerve from the sixt conjugation for feeling ; but not motion , for it moveth of it selfe : of all the parts of the body , it is the hottest ; for it is the well spring of life , and by arteries communicateth it to the rest of the body . the heart hath two motions , diastole , and systole . in diastole or dilatation of the heart , the conus is drawne from the basis , to draw bloud by the cava to the right ventricle , and aire by arteria venosa to the left ventricle . in systole or contraction , on , the conus is drawne to the basis . first , that the vitall spirit may be thrust from the left ventricle of the heart into the aorta . secondly , that the arteriall bloud may bee thrust into the lungs , by arteria venalis . thirdly , that the bloud may bee pressed to the lungs , in the right ventricle by vena arterialis . the parts of the heart are either , externall or internall . the externall are the eares . the eares are annexed to the firme substance of the heart about the basis of it , before the mouths of the vessels . they are of a nervous substance for strength , yet thin and soft , for the easier contraction and dilatation : the left is thicker than the right . when they are distended , they are smooth ; but being contracted they are wrinckled . they are storehouses of the heart : for they first receive the aire and bloud , lest they immediatly rushing into the heart might offend it , and they strengthen the vessels . these eares are two in number : the right which is greatest , this is before the vena cava , and the left the lesser , before the arteria venosa . they are called eares not from the office of hearing , but from the likenesse ; they representing the figure of an eare . death approaching , when the heart is immoveable , they move ; so we see that a small gale of wind , which moveth not the tree moveth the leaves . the internall parts of the heart are the ventricles or cavities , and the septum . the ventricles are in number two , the right and the left . the right is larger than the left , yet the left hath thicker sides , and within is more unequall than the right . the right ventricle receiveth bloud from the vena cava , to be sent by vena arteriosa to the lungs , and reacheth not to the conus . the left ventricle is not so wide as the right : yet the fleshy circumference is thrice as thick as that of the right . it doth elaborat the vitall spirit of the blood and aire drawne in by arteria venosa . the septum , so called because it separateth the right ventricle from the left , is that thick and fleshy substance set between the two cavities . riolan will have the matter of the vitall bloud to passe thorow the holes or porosites of it , from the right to the left ventricle , but that hardly any instrument can shew them : first , because they goe not straight , but wreathed . secondly , because they are exceeding narrow in the end . he affirmeth that they are more easily discerned in an oxe heart boiled . cap. ix . of the lungs , wind-pipe , and gullet . as for the lungs , the substance of them in infants , whilest they are in the wombe , is red and compact ; but after birth because they begin to move with the heart by heat and motion , this substance beginneth to be more loose and spongious , and of a pale yellow colour , that they may the more easily rise , and fall to receive the aire , and expell superfluities . the substance of the lungs is covered with a membrane communicated by the pleura : for the vessels as soone as they enter into the substance of the lungs , they leave the coat which they borrowed of the pleura , and leave it for covering of the lungs . this membrane is porous , to give way to impurities , contained in the cavity of the brest , to passe thorow the loose substance of the lungs , to be discharged by expectoration . when the lungs are blowne up , they fill the whole cavity of the brest . in figure they are like to an oxes hoofe . the outer part is gibbous ; the inward hollow : the lungs are divided into the right and left part , each of these hath two lobes , seldome three , with the which as with fingers they embrace the heart . nature hath ordained this division , that if one side of the lungs should be hurt , the other might discharge the office . the lungs and brest are divided by the benefit of the mediastinum , which is a double membrane framed of the pleura ; for the pleura beginning at the back , passeth to the sternum by the sides : when it is come to the middle of the sternum , it directly from thence passes to the back againe . the cavity which the reduplication of the pleura leaveth here is above wider , but towards the back narrower and narrower , untill the membranes be united . penetrating wounds going no further than this cavity , are not deadly . the mediastinum is softer than the pleura . the lungs are joyned to the sternum by the mediastinum , behind the vertebra of the back : towards the sides to the pleura by fibres sometimes they are tyed , which causeth difficulty of breathing . it is joyned to the heart by vena arteriosa , and arteria venosa . the lungs have three vessels , vena arteriosa , arteria venosa , and trachaea arteria : these two marching together have betweene them inserted a branch of the trachaea arteria , carying aire to coole them . on this is to be noted , that the vessels of the lungs differ from those in other parts of the body : for the veins have the coats of arteries , that no alimentary moysture should breathe out : and the arteries have the coats of veins , that the vitall bloud might the more speedily passe , with the fuliginous excrements , and the pure aire come in more plentifully . the lungs have no faculty of themselves to move , but follow the motion of the brest , to shunne vacuity ; for when the brest doth dilate it selfe , the lungs are filled with aire and raised up ; and when the brest contracteth it selfe they fall . that the lungs follow the motion of the brest , this experience sheweth : let one receive a penetrating wound in the brest , if the aire enter in , the lungs cannot move , because the vacuity of the brest being filled with aire , the motion of the brest ceasing , the motion of the lungs ceaseth also . a few twigs of sinews come to the membrane ; but none to the substance : for they might have caused paine in the motion of the lungs . cap. x. of the wind-pipe . the third entrall contained in the brest is trachaea , or aspera arteria , fistula and canna pulmonis , the wind-pipe . it is a pipe by the which the lungs as bellowes draw the aire , for the refreshing of the heart , and send out fuliginous vapours , turned out from the heart by arteria venosa . the substance of it is cartilaginous , because by it living creatures cause their noises , and soundings , and so it must have beene hard ; yet not so hard as a bone , because the motion had beene painfull . it is not framed of one whole piece , for then it would have remained still in one positure , and could not have suffered contraction and dilatation . wherefore it is made up of sundry round cartilages , which are tyed together by ligaments , which in men are more fleshy , is beasts more membranous . the fourth part of these cartilaginous ringes towards the gullet is wanting , and is supplied by a membranous substance , that swallowing of solid things might not be hindered . it consisteth of two parts : the upper is called larynx , the lower bronchus ; because it is bedewed with some part of the drinke : for if you give to a dogge saffron disolved in milk , if you presently kill him , and open the lungs , you shall find some part of this mixture . the branches of the wind-pipe disseminat thorow the lungs , as placed middle between vena arteriosa , which is in the hinder part , and arteria venosa , which is in the forepart : which are joyned by anastomosis or inosculation . it is girt with two membranes . the externallis thin , and cleaveth fast to the ligaments of the rings , and guideth the recurrent nerves thither . the internall is thicker , and preceedeth from the membrane , which covereth the roofe of the mouth . this being strong , is not so easily offended by salt rheumes , and shin liquours . it is very sensible , that it might be the more easily moved to send forth things offensive . it is also bedewed with an unctuous humour , to withstand the injury of sharp things , and to cause the voyce to be more pleasant . so if salt rheumes bedew this membrane , the voyce becomes hoarse ; if this humour be dryed in fevers , squeeking . larynx is the upper part of the wind-pipe . when the gullet bendeth downward in swallowing , this starteth upwards to give way to swallowing ; it hath five cartilages . 1. scutiformis , or buckler-like , for within it is hollow , but without embossed . that part which sticketh out is called pomum adami , adams apple . 2. annularis , because it is like a turkish ring , and compasseth the whole larynx : in the hinder part it is broad , and thick . 3. and 4. guttalis , because it resembleth that part of the pot , which is called gutturnium . these two being joyned together , make the chinke , which fashioneth the voyce . this chinke is called glottis , or lingula , the little tongue . 5. is epiglottis , being set above the glottis ; it shutteth it . it is of a soft substance resembling a tongue , or the leafe of the wood-bind , and on every side bound with a membrane , proceeding from the mouth . the larynx hath veins from the externall jugular , arteries from the soporall , and nerves from the recurrent branches of the sixt paire . the glandules of the larynx are either superior or inferior . the superior are two , one on each side of the uvula or gargareon , which are called vulgarly amigdalae or the almonds ; these receive humidity from the braine , which they turn in flegme to moisten the larynx , throat , tongue , and gullet , and to be a meane for tasting : for tasting cannot be performed without moysture . they are seated about the root of the tongue , covered with the skin of the mouth , and receive veins from the jugulars . the inferior are in number two , one on each side of the lower part of the larynx , they are fungous , and larger in women than men . the larynx is framed for the voyce , the remote instruments of the voice are the brest and lungs ; the neerer , either prepare , as the wind-pipe ; or helpe , as the sinews and muscles ; or keepe it , as the throat and mouth ; or immediatly forme the voyce , and that is glottis , for the aire being blowne out forcibly by the lungs , it beating upon the chinke , shut reasonably , procureth the voyce . cap. xi . of the gullet . oesophagus or gula , the gullet , is that part by the which as a funnell , meat and drink are turned down into the stomack . it is framed of three tunicles . the first is very thin , and appeareth destitute of fibres ; this it hath from the peritonaeum , common also to the stomack ; the other two are proper : whereof the middlemost is more fleshy , thick and soft ; it hath straight and long fibres . the innermost is more sinewy , and harder , the fibres of it are transverse and circular . veins some it hath from ramus coron rius , or round branch of the porta , and some from cava . arteries it hath from the caeliaca , and the truck descending of the aorta . nerves it hath two sprigs of the sixt paire it is joyned with the throat and larynx by the skin of the mouth which is communicate to it , and the stomack : to the spondils of the back , the wind-pipe , and the parts adjacent by membranes , which arise of the ligaments of the back . to the hinder part a glandule groweth to cause more easie swallowing by moystning the part . it hath foure muscles . the first is the circular called by galen , sphincter , whereof we have spoken . the second and third are but small ones , seated in the throat , and proceeding from the palat of the mouth , are implanted into the beginning of the gullet . the fourth proceedeth from the inner part of the chin , & is inserted into the gullet . in swallowing , then first of all the circular muscle purseth it self , from whence it commeth to passe that the oblique fibres of it , which passe from the gullet to the wind-pipe , are made transverse , and so the larynx is lifted up , and the gula goeth downe . so that as this muscle doth embrace the which is to be swallowed , and beareth it downe ; so the fourth seconding this , doth receive it and send it further towards the stomack , that it returneth not . about the top of the brest , there is a glandulous body , spongious , white and soft , called thymus and lactes : in a calfe a dainty morsell . it holdeth up the branches of the vena cava , and aorta ascending ; which passe to the armes , and saveth them from touching the bones . cap. xii . of the neck . the neck , cellum , joyneth the brest and head together . it is long , to helpe the voyce : so those living creatures which make no noyse , have no neck , as fishes ; but those who have a long necke , make a huge noyse , as geeses and cranes . the inner parts are the vessels which passe to the head , the wind-pipe , and the gullet with others . the outer are the parts common of the body , and the muscles of these , i will speake in the discourse of muscles . the parts remarkable in section are these . 1. the soporall arteries . 2. internall jugulars . 3. the recurrent nerves betweene these . 4. the larynx or wind-pipe-head , framed of five cartilages . 5. glottis the chinke of it . 6. epiglottis the cover of the chinke . 7. vvula , which is a red , fleshy , and fungous substance . it is covered with the reduplication of the skin of the roofe of the mouth . 8. gula or favus , the mouth of the stomack . 9. tonsillae , the almonds , these moisten the mouth for chewing , and tongue for tasting . the description of the recurrent nerves , you shall find where the sixt conjugation of nerves , proceeding from the braine , is set downe , cap. 3. of the head . the third book , of the uppermost cavity of the body , the head , caput in latine . cap. i. of the braine . fig. iii. the scalp hath foure parts . 1. sinciput , the forepart beginning at the forehead , and reaching to the coronall suture . 2. occiput , the hinder part possessing the di●●●●ce betweene the future lambdoides , and the first vertebra of the neck . 3. vertex , the crown , that which is betweene the former two , somewhat arched . 4. tempora , the temples , which are the laterall parts , betweene the eyes and the eares . the parts whereof the scalpe is framed , are either containing or contained . the parts containing are either common or proper . the common are the scarfe skin , the skin , the fat , and membrana carnosa . the proper are either soft or hard . the soft are two : the muscles and pericranium . of the muscles we will speake in their proper place . pericranium is a membrane thin and soft , proceeding from the dura mater , passing thorow the futures of the head , covering the scull . the hard containing part is the scull . looke for it in the treatise of bones . the parts under the skull contained , are the meninges , the membranes , which wrap the braine , and the braine it selfe . the membranes are two . the first is called dura meninx or dura mater , the hard membrane , it doth loosely lap in the whole braine and there is some distance betweene it and the skull , to give way to the motion of the braine . it hath two membranes . that next to the skull is harder , rougher , and of lesse sense , because it was to touch the skull . the inner is smooth , whiter , and bedewed with a waterish humidity : it seemeth to spring from the lower part of the skull , because it cleaveth fast to it . it is tyed to , with the pia mater and the braine by the vessels : but to the skull by small fibres arising of it selfe , passing thorow the sutures , and framing the pericranium it is fourefold where it parteth the cerebrum from the cerebellum . in the crowne of the head , where it parteth the braine into the right and left part , it is doubled ; and because this reduplication in the hinder part is broader , and forwards becomming narrower representeth a sicle , it is called falx . by these foldings the sinus or ventricles are framed , which are receptacles of plentiful bloud and spirits . they are in number foure . the first and second begin about the b●●sis of the occiput at the sides of lamb doides , where the veins and arteries discharge themselves . the third is long , and passeth to the nose , and is framed of the former two joyned together . the fourth is short , and betweene the cerebrum and cerebellum goeth to the penis : this ariseth where the former three meet . this beginning is of some called t●r●ular . from hence veins do passe for the nourishing of the braine ; for from the sinus , veins creepe upward to the cranium , and by the futures to the pericranium , and downeward to the pia mater , cerebrum , and cerebellum . these veins cleave by a thin tunicle to the sides of the sinus ; seeing these cavities have pulsation , these veins supply the office both of veins and arteries . these containe great plenty of bloud , seeing the braine being large , and in continuall lacketh much nourishment . the great bleeding at the nose happens by reason of the third sinus opened . pia mater or dura meninx immediatly wrappeth and keepeth in the braine . whereofore it is thin , soft , and of exquisite sense . cerebrum or the brain , is of a substance moyst and soft to receive the impression of similitudes : for it is the place of imagination and memory . the life is not in the whole body , of colour it is white . it hath the figure of the skull . in the forepart it hath bunchings out , called precessus mammillares . in the upper part it is full of foldings , as the guts have , to carry safely the vessels . in weight it containeth 4. or 5. lib. and is as big again as an oxes braine . the parts of the brain are these , the outer , and the inner . the outer of a grayish colour , or betweene white and yellow , is of a softer substance , and compasseth the inner . the inner is more solide and whiter , called corpus callosum . this hath two parts : the one is somewhat round which hath the figure of the skull : the other is that which proceedeth from it . in the large round part , the three ventricles are contained . the other proceedeth of the round , and containeth the fourth ventricle called calamus scriptorius . in this ventricle the animall spirit seemeth to be made , for it is pure and cleane ; but the other ventricle , full of impurities , having under them the glandula pituitaria , for evacuation of them . the braine is the towre of the sensitive soule . in contraction it sendeth the animall spirits into the nerves dispersed thorow the whole body : by the which it communicateth the faculty of feeling and moving . in dilatation it draweth the vitall spirits from the soporall arteries , and the aire by the nostrils , so that the matter of the animall spirit is arteriall bloud , furnished with the vitall spirit and aire . it may ●e thought that the animal spirit for sense , is contained in the outer are softest part of the braine but for moving in the inner more solide and white part . the braine hath five branches of veins , from the internall jugulars : whereof some enter into the ventricles of the dura mater , others are spred thorow the menings , and the substance of the braine , out of the cavities of the dura mater . it hath foure arteries from the soporals , and those of the neck . the portions which proceed from the inner part of the braine are cerebellum , and spinalis medulla . cerebellum or the little braine , is composed of two round laterall parts , making up as it were a globe , it hath two worme-like processes , one is seated at the forepart , the other at the hinder part of it , to hinder the obstruction of the fourth ventricle , by the compression of the cerebellum . the spinalis medulla is of a harder substance than the braine . it is divided into two parts , the right and the left , as the braine is : which are severed by the dura mater immediatly wrapping it , so that the palsie sometimes invadeth but one side . about the sixt and seventh vertebra of the brest , it beginneth to be separate into divers twists , which ending into small haire like substances , represent a horse-taile . this will appeare if the marrow of a beast or man newly killed , be put in water , & suffered to stand for a while . it is compassed with 3. membranes : the next to it is from the pia mater , the middlemost from the dura mater , and the outmost from the ligament which bindeth the forepart of the vertebrae . one portion of the spinalis medulla is within the skull , foure inches in length , above the great hole of the occiput ; from whence all the sinews spring , which are ascribed to the braine : the other is without the skull , from whence the 32. paire doe spring . cap. ii. of other parts to be seene in the braine . besides those parts named , sundry others are to be shewed : whereof , 1. is rete mirabile , so called from the wonderfull knittings of the twigs of arteries , proceeding from the soporall about the basis of the braine at the sides of the sell of os sphaenoides : in this is the first preparation of the animall spirit . 2. glandula pituitaria so called because it receiveth the thick pituitous excrements from the ventricles by the infundibulum , and so is placed at the end of the infundibulum in the sell of the sphaenoides . it is harder than ordinary glandules ; above it is hollow , below round : it is covered with the pia mater : the excrements which come to it sometimes it turneth downe to the palat of the mouth : somtimes it suffereth to slip down by the holes , seated in the lower part of the cranium . by shutting the infundibulum it keepeth in also the animall spirits . 3. septum or speculum lucidum divideth in the upper part the ventricles : it is loose and wrinckled , but if spred out it is cleere : some will have it to be a reduplication of the pia mater , some a thin portion of the braine it selfe . 4. fornix or testudo is the lower white part , where the ventricles are joyned . it is triangular and under the corpus callosum . 5. nates are the two portions of the roots of spinalis medulla , proceeding from the cerebellum : these are uppermost and largest . 6. testes are the two small portions proceeding of the roots from the braine : these are lowermost . 7. vulva is the long chinke between the prominences . 8. anus , is nothing else but that space which is caused of the meeting of the foure trunkes of the spinalis medulla . 9. glandula pinealis or penis , so called from the figure : for it is like a seed of the pine apple , or a little pricke : it is set about the beginning of the hole , which passeth from the middle ventricle to the fourth . it is of a substance somewhat hard , and is covered with a thin skin . 10. plexus choroides vel reticularis . it is a texture of small veins and arteries placed between the fore ventricles , and the testudo or fornix . as the animall spirit is first prepared in the rete mirabile , so it is more elaborat here , and perfected in the fourth ventricle : but kept in the whole braine , as in a storehouse . cap iii. of the seven paires of sinewes . before i set downe these paires , i advertise you of one thing : that all the sinewes of the body spring from the spinalis medulla as it is rooted within the skull , or extended to the spina , and not from the braine . the first paire is made up by those which are called optici or visorii : so called because they bring the opticke spirits to the eye . they spring from the nates , they meet about the sell of os sphaenoides : not by simple touching or intersection , but by confusion of their substances , and mutuall penetration . then being divided , they passe to the center of the eye : these are big , thick , and soft . the second paire is framed of those called motorii oculorum , this paire springeth from the innermost part of the beginning of the prolongation of the spinalis medulla . in the beginning it is like to one cord : which is the cause that when one eye moveth , the other moveth also . this paire is lesser and harder than the visorii : it accompanieth them . this together with one branch of the third paire which passeth to the jaw , passeth thorow the long hole , not the round ; and is inserted into the muscles of the eye and eye-lids . the third paire is made up by those called gustatorii , because the twigs of this paire being carried to the membran of the tongue , cause the sense of tasting . this paire proceedet from the root of spinalis medulla . as it ariseth it is divided into two large branches , whereof one is carryed to the orbit of the eye , by the hole of the second : the other being carryed out of the skull , by the holes of the lower jaw bestoweth twigs upon the muscles of the lower lip , and every tooth . the fourth conjugation beginneth about the place of the former but being lesse and harder , accompanying the other , and passing thorow the same hole , is implanted into the membrane of the palat of the mouth ; this serveth also for tasting . the first conjugation , the auditorii make up : this paire beginning somewhat below the other , it marcheth by the sides of the basis of the braine , and entring into os petrosum , is divided into two branches ; the greater being inserted into the end of cochlea or the hole of hearing , is the instrument of hearing . the lesser being carried downe to the first and second vertebra of the neck , it sendeth twigs to the proper muscles of the larynx : from hence ariseth a dry cough somtimes when we pick our eares somewhat deeply . the sixt paire is called vagum , because it bestoweth branches to sundry parts : & amongst the rest to all the parts of the belly , which require sense . for these being soft parts , did not require hard sinewe from the spinalis medulla . it riseth a little below the former , each filure being straitwayes united ; it passeth out of the cranium , by the hole of the backe part of the head , by the which the internall jugular entereth : then going down by the sides of the wind-pipe , above the throat it is divided into two branches , whereof the one is bestowed upon the upper muscles of the larynx , the bone of the tongue and throat . the other marching further , is separat into two branches , to wit , the right and the left ; each of these have branches ; the recurrens and stomachicus . the recurrent are called also reversivi or recursivi , and vocales , because they descend and ascend againe , and being cut , hinder the voyce . the right is winded about the axillar artery , as about a pully : the left about the trunke of 2the aorta descending , afterwards doth mount up to the beginning of the muscles of the larynx . the seventh conjugation , which moveth the tongue , is the hardest of all : it hath it beginning , where the cerebellum endeth , and the spinalis medulla beginneth . in its beginning it hath divers sprigs , which afterward are united , and passing thorow it owne oblique hole , is annexed to the former paire ; not mingled by strong membrans for safety . then being severed it sendeth most of its twigges to the tongue ; but fewest to the muscles of the larynx . to these 7. two more may be added . the first of them beginning from the side of the beginning of the spinalis medulla by a smal twig , marcheth forwards betweene the second and third conjugation ; and by the hole of the second conjugation ; on passeth to the orbit of the eye , and is spent upon the muscles which draw the eyes upward . the second conjugation may be called olfactoria , the cause of smelling . the finews of this paire slip out of the braine about the cell of os sphaenoides . then to these are annexed processus mammillares or papillares , teat-like processes : they are in number two , and are white , soft , broad , and long , bigger in beasts of exquisit smelling than in man , as dogs . these are instruments of smelling , and not the nose , or the inner tunicle of it . cap. iiii. a new way to find out the parts within the skull . by lifting up the braine , and beginning at the lower part , first appeareth the beginning of spinalis medulla yet within the skull . the cavity of this is called calamus scriptorius . to this cerebellum is annexed . these being seene about the conjunction of the opticke nerves there appeareth , 1. retemirabile . 2. glandula pituitaria . 3. infundibulum , whose top is called pelvis . septum luciduduos primos ventricule dirimens . fornix sivet to studo corpori calloso conjuncta , above the third ventricle . nates are two round knobs of the roots of spinalis medulla which spring from the cerebellum , under these is anus . testes are two small prominences of this same medulla , as it riseth from the braine . these are lower , and smaller ; the other are higher , and bigger . vulva , is a long pit between the eminences . plexus ●horoides or reticularis , it is a frame or twisting , made of small veins and arteries betweene the foure ventricles , and the testudo . at the beginning of the hole which passeth from the third ventricle to the fourth , glandula pinealis or penis is seated . cap. v. of the face , and first of the parts containing of it . i have spoken of that part of the head which is decked with haire . now am i to speak of that part which is not altogether garnished with haire : in latine it is called facies , because it causeth one to be knowne : and vulius , because it discovereth the will. the face beginneth , where the haire ceaseth to grow in the head , & reacheth in the end of the chin . the upper part is called from the forehead , because it bewrayeth the mind which in greeke is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 . according to the order of dissection it is divided into the parts containing and contained . the parts containing common , are the cuticula and cutis . it hath no membrana carnosa , nor fat ; but onely betweene the muscles . the two muscles of the forehead , about the eye browes are thickest , and seeme to be united : but above they are a little separat . the sides adhere to the temporall muscles ; and because the skin doth firmly cleave to them , therfore the eye browes , and skin of the forehead are moveable . of the second proper parts , the bones , they are set downe in the doctrine of bones . the parts contained are the foure instruments of the senses , to wit , the eyes , the eares , the nose , and mouth , wherein is the tongue the organ of tasting . cap. vi. of the outer parts of the eyes . the eye in latine is called oculus , because it is hid within the eye-lids . the hole wherein the eye is placed is called capsa , or cava , but barbarously orbita : for this is nothing else but the print which a wheele moving leaveth in dirt or dust . the eyes are in number two , that if one should be lost , yet we should not be blind . the parts of the eye , are either externall , or internall . the externall are in number one , the eye-browes , the hairy arches where the forehead endeth , the seats of disdain and pride . each eye-brow is framed of the skin , the muscle , fat , and haire . they are in figure oblique , the end towards the nose is called cap●● or the head : the other towards the temples is called cauda or the taile . 2. the eye-lids , palpebrae . they are framed of the skin , the musculous fleshy , the pericranium , and the grasely welt . the haires in them are called cilia : they hinder the falling of small bodies into the eyes ; those in the upper eye-lid turne upwards , those in the lower eye-lid downward . in man the upper eye-lid which moveth , is biggest ; but in birds the lower is largest . 3. the corners of the eye . the larger is towards the nose , the lesser towards the temple . in the larger corner the glandula or caruncula lachrymalis , the fleshy glandule is placed ( which stayeth the involuntary shedding of teares ) before the hole which passeth into the nose . the fistula in it is called aegylops . cap. vii . of the muscles of the eye . the inner parts of the eye are six in number ; the fat , the glandule , the muscles , the coats , the humoun and vessels . the fat is placed about the eye for three causes first , it defendeth the eye from cold . secondly , it keepeth it from the hardnes of the bone . thirdly , it filleth up the distances of the muscles to further the quick motion . the glandule is seated in the upper part of the outer corner , and lodged in the fat , still full of a dewy substance , wherewith the eye is moystned to further the nimble motion of it . the muscles of the eye are in number six , whereof foure are straight , and two oblique . 1. of the straight , is attollens or superbus , in the upper part . 2. opposit to this is called deprimens or humilis . 3. about the greater corner , is called adducens or bibitorius . 4. is about the lesser corner , and is called abducens or indignatorius . all the strait muscles proceed from the brims of the bone , making the hole for the opticke nerve , and cleave fast to the cornea , by a broad and thin aponeurosis . the first of the oblique is called superior , or trochlearis . it riseth neere the hole of the opticke nerve , it endeth in a small corde , which passeth thorow the cartilago trochlearis , or pully-like cartilage , and endeth obliquely in the upper part of the cornea , it draweth the eye towards the bigger corner . the second of the oblique is called obliquus minor , or gracilis , and teres , and brevis : it ariseth about the chink joyning the two bones of the mandible , and passing from the greater corner transversly compasseth the eye , and almost meeteth the tendon of the other oblique muscle in the upper part . it draweth the eye towards the lesser corner . when all the muscle move alike , they keeps the eye immoveable the oblique muscles sorowling of the eye are called amatorii , and circumactores . cap. viii . of the tunicles of the eye . the tunicles of the eye are accompted six . 1. conjunctiva or adnata , so called because it cleaveth fast to the eye , and the eye is kept firme by it within the orbit , that in violent motions it be not thrust out . it covereth the halfe of the eye circularly . 2. is cornea , so called because it is like a lanterne horne in firmnesse and brightnesse . in the hinder part it is thick , and dark , towards the forepart it groweth thin , that it may be the more bright . as the conjunctiva proceedeth from pericranium ; so this springeth from the dura mater . 3. is uvea , because it is like to the huske of a grape , which is smooth without , and rough within . this is of sundry colours , that it might represent to the crystallinal colours . the inner side is very black , that a weake light might the better bee seene by the crystallin humour : for light in a dark place shineth more brightly . this blacknesse is onely the excrement of bloud . this membrane covereth not the whole eye , as cornea doth ; but being hollow in the forepart , doth make the pupilla , so called from pupula : because when we behold our selves in the apple of ones eye wee seeme babes . it is nothing else but the hole of uvea . the circle about the pupilla is called iris , from the diversity of colours which it hath . from this circle proceedeth the dilatation and constriction of the pupilla . the going and comming of the light , causeth these motions . if you boyle an oxes eye you may separate the iris from the uvea , with the point of your knife : from this circle under the uvea , small threeds spring , compassing the waterish humour : which being let out , these threeds vanish away , and are dissolved , the circle remaining . beneath in the compasse of the uvea , by reason of these threeds , a cataract groweth . this texture of filaments , is called by some tunica ciliaris ; but improperly : and by some interstitium ciliare . these filaments are so called , because in figure they are like to the haires of the eye-lids . 4. is membrana pupillaris , the membranous circle compassing the pupilla : for first it may be separate from the uvea , as hath beene said : secondly , it hath it peculiar fibres : thirdly , it hath its peculiar motion , whereby the pupilla is dilated in cleare light , and contracted in obscure . 5. is tunica cristaloides , which is nothing else but a membranous congelation , covering the forepart of the crystalline humour : it is very thin and bright as a looking glasse , that in the superficies of it , the visible formes might appeare as in a looking glasse . 6. is aranea or retina because it resembleth a spiders web or net : this is nothing else but some filaments , wherewith the vitreous humour is interlaced , and kept together . these filaments being by incision much separated , the vitreous humour runneth as thin water . cap. ix . of the humours of the eye . the humours of the eye are in number three . 1. is humor aqueus , the watrish humour . it is not onely set before the crystallin humour ; but it compasseth also the vitreous humour round about : for if you cut the eye in the hinder part , it runneth out no other wayes , than if the forepart were incised . where it is placed before the crystallin humour , it is a defence to it , to weaken the brightnesse of the externall light by hindering the suddaine entering of it . and it is as a spectacle to it , to represent to the crystallin the species visibiles . although it be a spermaticke part , yet part of it in man may be let out ( as we see in the cowching of a cataract ) without any great hurt to the sight . in a chicken if it be let out by pricking , it will bee repaired in fifteene daies . 2. is humor crystallinus , the crystall-like humour : it is of a compact watrish substance , somewhat plaine before , that some space might be for the receiving of objects ; but round behind where it sticketh in the vitreous humour . it is seated neerer to the pupilla , that the sight might be more cleere and full . 3. is humor vitreus , so called , because it is like to moulten glasse . in quantity it doth exceed the other two : that it might afford nourishment to the crystallin , the chiefe instrument of the sight . first , it is like a soft pillow to the crystallin . secondly , it staieth the visible formers which might escape the crystallin , and so it is placed hindermost . last of all the vessels of the eye are to bee touched : the veins externall appointed for the nourishment of the eye , proceed from the externall jugulars : the internall from plexus choroides . the arteries externall spring from the externall branches of the soporall on each side : the internall proceed from rete mirabile . there be two nerves appointed for the eye : one serveth for sight , called opticus ; the other for motion , called motorius : whereof sufficiently hath beene spoken before . cap. x. of the eare , and first of the outward eare . it hath two parts , the outer part called auricula , and the inner cavities with their furniture . of the auricula , some parts are common , and some proper . the common are cuticula , cutis , membrana nervea , caro , and pinguedo in the lobe . the cutis is tyed to the cartilage by a membrane : in the lobe it is more fleshy and fatty , in the rest of the eare betweene the skin and cartilage , there is but small store of fat . the proper parts are the muscles , veins , arteries , sinews , and the cartilage . the muscles of it are either common or proper . the common are three . 1. is a part of the frontall muscle , which rising from the end of it , and passing above the temporall muscle , is inserted in the upper part , to draw it upward . 2. is a part of the cutaneous muscle , ascending to it above the parotides , to draw it downe side-wayes . 3. is a portion of the occipitall muscle , reaching to the eare , and implanted in the back part of it to pull it backward . it hath but one proper muscle proceeding from the processus mammillaris . which lurking under the ligament of the eare is inserted in the root of the eare , to pull it backward . the last proper part of the eare , is the cartilage . if it had been bony it had been subject to breaking ; if fleshy , it had not beene so sit to beat back the sound : this cartilage is tyed to os petrosum , by a strong ligament , which riseth from the pericranium , towards os mammillare , to stay it up : in man the ligament is but one and continual ; but in beasts there bee two or three , according to the bignesse of the eare . the veins come from the externall jugulars : the arteries from the carotis or soporall : the sinews from the second paire of the neck . it is here to bee noted that a branch of the soporall passeth by the antitragus of the eare , to the upper jaw , from whence the vitall spirit is carried to each tooth . in horrible tooth-aches , if this branch bee cut a sunder , immediatly the paine ceaseth , the sharp humour being intercepted . the outward eare is alwayes open , because we have ever need of this sense . it is a beauty to the head , it is a defence to the braine , by mode rating the sounds , that they may gently move the tympanum , and it gathereth the sounds dispersed in the ayre . cap. xi . of the foure cavities of the eare . all those foure cavities are seated in ospetrosum . the first is called meatus auditorius , the passage for hearing . it hath turnings to hinder the violent rushing in of any thing to the tympanum . it is oblique , that the vehemercy of a strong sound might bee moderat : it is lastly narrow to hinder the going in of small creatures . wherefore it hath also haires and earewax , to be as lymed twigs to entangle them . it marcheth obliquely upward , that if anything should goe in , it might the more easily returne , or bee brought out : it endeth at the tympanum . this membrane is very dry , that it might give the better sound . it is thin and cleare , that the sounds may the more readily be sent to the internall ayre . it is strong , that it might be the more able to resist externall violence . it hath a cord , for strength and stretching , no other wayes than the military drum . the second cavity , is called by vesalius pelvis , the tunnel of the eare ; and by fallopius concha , the perwinkle from its figure . the furniture of this cavity serveth for three purposes : for motion , for transmission of the sounds , and for expurgation of the excrements . for motion the three little bones , the ligament , and muscles do service . the three little bones are these , malleolus , incus , stapes , having their names from the likenesse of other externall things . malleolus or the little hammer is somewhat long and cleaveth to the tympanum by the ligament . the second is incus the anvill , not onely for the figure , but for the use also ; because like an anvill it receiveth the strokes of the malleolus moved . the third is stapes , the stirrop . it is in figure triangular . in the middle hollow , to give way to the passing of the aire to the labyrinth . these cleave together on following another in order . these little bone serve for uses . 1. they strengthen the tympanum that it be not torne by the violence of the ayre . therefore the hammer with one of the feet of the anvill , leane upon the drumme . 2. that these beating against the tympanum , might the better deliver the sound to the auditory sinew . 3. that these bones being shaken and beaten against the drum , might frame the diversities of sounds , as the teeth , the distinction of words and letters . these bones have neither cartilage nor marrow . 2. they have no periostium . 3. in infants they are as big and perfect as in men . 4. they are paced up by a ligament the second instrument for motion , that being shaken by the internall aire moved by the externall , the sharper sound might be caused : of the instruments appointed for motion , the muscles are the last . whereof the one is without the drum above in meatus auditorius , whose tendon is inserted into the center of the tympanum , against the which , the malleolus is inserted , to draw it outward together with the hammer . the other is within the drum in os petrosum , inserted by a double tendon into the hammer to draw it back . neere the tympanum above , a narrow hole appeareth , which is an enterance to a cave , having many partitions not unlike to the hony combes . this is full of internall aire . about the end of this cavity directly against the tympanum , there are two perforations called fenestellae , or little windowes : wherof the one is ovall , the entrance to the labyrinth : the other lesser , the beginning of cochlea . last of all , there is in this cavity a small cartilaginous passage from the eare to the palatum : to purifie the internall aire . this cavity hath a value , that there might be egresse , but no regresse . the third cavity is called labyrinthus , having sundry windings , from whence it hath its name : all which returue to this same cavity . there are six semi-circles in this cavity . the end of these windings is to cause the aire passing thorow narrow slreits to make the greater sound , or to mitigate the sound , which was redoubled within the pelvis as an eccho , by passing thorow these circulations . the fourth cavity is called cochlea , or the wilke of the eare , from the figure : because it hath three , sometimes foure wreathings ; within these there is a chinke by the which the sound passeth to the braine and the bilious excrement falleth into the eare . hearing is thus caused . first , the aire received in the first cavity , doth gently move the tympanum , which being shaken tosseth the three small bones joyned to it ; then the kind of sound is impressed into the internall aire , which having the quality of the sound , and circular by the windings of the labyrinth , to make it pure is conveighed thorow the cochlea , and delivered to nervus auditorius , that the animall spirit may present it to the common sense , the judge of all species and formes . cap. xii . of the nose . the skin cleaveth so fast to the muscles and cartilages , that it can hardly bee severed without renting . the muscles are seven : whereof one is common and six proper . they onely move the cartilages of the nose . the veins come from the enternall jugular . the arteries from the soporals , and the finews from the third pairs . the bones of the nose are in number foure : the cartilages five : the inner membrane which covereth the sides of the nose proceedeth from the dura mater , passing thorow the holes of the ethmoides . the muscles membrane , draweth in the nostrils . the haires straine ( as it were ) the aire , and keepe out insects . from the red and spongious fleshy portions , with the which the distances of the spongious bones are filled , the polypus springeth . the upper part of the nose which is bony , is called dorsum nasi : the ridge , spina : the laterall parts , where the cartilages are , are called alae or pinnae : the tip of the nose , globulus , orbiculus , and pyrula : the fleshy part next to the upper lip , columna . the uses of the nose are eight . 1. by it the aire is taken into the braine , for the generation of the animall spirits . 2. the lungs draw in by it the aire , for the refreshing of the heart , and the generation of the 〈◊〉 tall spirits . 3. that by it smels might be carried to precessus mammillares . 4. by it the braine dischargeth excrements . 5. it furthereth the speech . 6. it beautifieth the face . 7. it parteth the eyes that the one should not see the other : which would have hindered the sight . it is a defence into them also , and staigth the visible species . 8. by fleering up it expresseth anger : and in the hebrew tongue is taken for anger . cap. xiii . of the mouth . it is called os , from the letter o : in pronouncing of which it openeth it selfe . the mouth that serveth for breathing : secondly , for receiving of food : thirdly , for speaking and lastly , to discharge the excrements of the braine , lungs , and stomack : it beginneth at the lips , and reacheth to the throat . the parts of it are either externall or internall : the externall are labia or the lips , from lambo . they are in number two : to wit , the upper , and lower ; they have to further motions , thirteen muscles , whereof eight are proper , and five common to the cheekes and lips . the lips are of a fungous substance ; the skin doth firmly cleave to the muscles . they are covered within with a tunicle common to the mouth and stomack . and from hence commeth the trembling of the lower lip before vomiting . the lips serve first for the conveniency of eating and drinking . secondly , for the beautifying of the face , if they bee well fashioned . thirdly , to containe the spittle in the mouth : fourthly , to keepe the gums and teeth from externall injuries . fifthly , to keepe the gums and teeth from externall injuries . fifthly , to serve for the framing of the speech . sixthly , to serve for kissing . the conjuction of the lips make the laterall parts of the mouth , which are called buccae , the cheeks . the inner parts of the mouth are these . 1. gingivae or the gums . they are fleshy , destitute of motion , to keepe the teeth in their sockets . 2. the teeth , which are bony , both to chew the meat , and to fashion the speech : each tooth hath two parts ; one without the gum , called basis ; the other within , called radix , or the root . the root below receiveth a little veine , artery , and nerve . the incisores and canini have but one fang : the lower molares have two fangs ; but the upper molares , three . in children from the seventh moneth , untill two yeeres be compleat , twenty teeth come out , now one , then another . of these teeth some are called incisores ; the first fore teeth in number foure in each gum : some canini adjacent to these , on each side one . the rest are called molares . 3. the third internall part of the mouth is palatum , or the roofe of the mouth : it is vauted , that the aire being repercussed the voice should be the sharper . it is wrinckled and rough above the bone , that it might more firmly cleave to it , and it might the better keepe the meat , while it is a chewing . 4. and 5. of the almonds , and uvula , i have spoken in the discourse of the neck . 6. of the internall parts is the tongue , in latine called lingua à lingendo , from licking . the flesh of it is spongious , that it might receive the qualities of the sapors , and judge of them . in figure it is pyramidall . the tunicle with the which it is covered , proceedeth from the dura mater . veins it hath from the externall jugulars . under the tongue they are called ranulares , from their colour . the arteries come from the carotides . sinews it hath from the third and seventh paire . the muscles which move it are six . it is divided into two parts by a line going along it , and so in hemiplegia , onely one halfe may bee affected . of the ligaments , the lower is called fraenum , and franulum . if it bee extended to the top of the tongue , it hindereth sucking in children : and from this they are said to be tongue-tyed . in this case the ligament is to be cut . the tongue hath foure uses . 1. it is the instrument of tasting . 2. it uttereth the speech . 3. it helpeth chewing by gathering of the meat , and tossing it to and fro , and turning it downe to the stomack . 4. it serveth for licking . the fourth book . a description of the veins , arteries , and sinewes of the lims . cap. i. of the veins of the arme. ramus subclavius , or the branch of the vena cava , ascending under the cannell bone , when it is come to the arme-pit , it is called axillaris ; and it parteth it selfe in two veins , the cephalica , and basilica . the cephalica in beasts doth wholly spring from the externall jugular ; but in man it receiveth only a spring from the externall jugular . wherfore in diseases of the head , it is not without cause opened . it passeth thorow the upper and outward part of the arme , to the bending of the elbow : where it is divided into two branches ; of the which one , joyning with a branch of the basilica , makes the mediana . wherefore the slope branches , which usually are opened about the bending of the elbow , are only branches of the cephalica , and basilica , which meeting make the median . the other branch of the cephalica marching , according to the length of the radius , reacheth to the hand , thorow which it is spred ; but chiefly that part which is betweene the ring finger and the little finger . there the salvatella is placed , which is to be opened in melancholy diseases . the basilica passeth thorow the inner and lower part of the arme , accompanied with the artery and nerves . about its beginning it maketh the thoracica , which having three or foure sprigs , and passing under serratus major , and the subscapular muscle , it is tyed to the upper intercostall , and about the spina dorsi is inosculat with the twigs of vena sine pari . basilica about the bending of the elbow is divided into that which is called subcutanea , and that which is called profunda . profunda the deeper , is annexed to the artery about the bending of the elbow , not under . then passing betweene the focils it is carried to the hand by the outer part of the ulna . the subcutanea or the shallowest branch neere to the bending of the arme , being turned off to the outer part of the ulna by the length of it , it is carried to the hand . the modiana passed to the inside of the hand by the middle part of the ulna . cap. ii. of the arteries of it . ramus subclavius so called , as that of the vena cava , when it is come to the arme-pits , it is called axillaris . it accompanieth the basilica : for there is no cephalicall artery . neere to the arme holes , it yeeldeth that artery , which is called thoracica , from thence being carried to the bending of the arme , it is parted into two branches , which passe to the inner side of the hand : for the outside of the hand hath neither muscles nor artery . the one of these resting upon the radius , is that which is felt about the wrest . the other marching by the ulna is with its fellow spread thorow the hand . cap. iii. of the sinewes of the arme. out of the perforations of the foure lower vertebrae of the neck , and of the first two of the back , six sinew : spring , which by the muscle called scalenus , are carried under the cannell bone to the arme-pit , where they are twisted together ; from these the foure uppermost accompanying the basilica and the artery under the deltoides muscle , are scattered thorow the inner side of the arme . the fift and sixt , turning up under the rotundus major , are inserted into the hinder muscles of the shoulder blade . foure remaine which passing along the arme , are spred into the elbow and hand . 1. being carried under the inner side of the biceps doth joyne it selfe with the cephalica . 2. being undivided and thicker , goeth down to the bending of the elbow , being covered with fat , and there is under the artery and the basilica ; but about the wrest it is above the veine . about the wrest it is divided into ten branches , imparting to every finger two sprigs , which passe along the sides . 3. being entire also , is carryed all along the elbow by the wrest to the little finger : where divided into foure twigs , it is bestowed upon the outside of the hand . 4. being thickest of all is carried from the artery and veins by the backe side of the arme to the radius ; where being joyned with the cephalica , it endeth at the wrest . cap. iv. of the veins of the foot. the crurall veine sendeth a branch to musculus triceps called tschia , and is divided into foure branches : of the which two are in the inside of the thigh , and so many in the outside . the one of the externall is sent to the fat of the thigh , the other passing according to the length of musculus suterius to the ham , and from thence to the inner anckle , maketh the saphena . of the inner branches the one lying high is joyned with the crurall artery , and passing thorow the outside of the ham , is carried to the outer anckle : the other lying deeper , as it passeth bestoweth twigs to the adjacent parts , and about the ham , maketh the poplitea ; from thence being carried between the focils by the chinke of the inner anckle , is bestowed upon the soale of the foot , as the saphena was upon the outward parts . the veins have values within like to a halfe moone ; without they are like knots : they are most commonly two together , one on each leaving some distance between , partly to strengthen the coats of the veins , partly to rule the motion of the bloud . the arteries have no values in their progression , that the vitall spirit may speedily as the beames of the sunne passe to the furthermost parts . cap. v. of the arteries of the foot. arteria cruralis or the crurall artery , a little below the groyne doth send two branches thorow the muscle triceps to the gloutii , or muscles of the buttocks . afterward it sendeth two to the forepart of the thigh ; then undivided , it passeth to the ham ; where it is divided into two branches , whereof the one passeth by the side of the outward part of tibia above the muscle peroneus , and is bestowed upon the upper part of the foot : the other entring into the solaeus , and passing to the pterna , is dispersed thorow the soale of the foot . the saphena is not accompanied with an artery , and the nerve is not very neere unto it , so that it may be safely opened . cap. vi. of the nerves of the foot. from the three lowermost vertebrae of the loynes , two sinews spring in the forepart of the thigh , severed first , and then being united , passe to the groyne . there it is divided into five branches , compassed with a membran , which dispersing themselves on every side into the muscles of the forepart of the thigh , even to the rotula , there being cannot be discerned , unlesse the muscle psoa bee rent ; within the which they lye hid . then besides these you shall see another small nerve passing the ovall cavity of os pubis , to bee spent upon the triceps . thorow the back part of the thigh , a great and thick nerve passeth , framed of three , which spring out of the three upper holes of os sacrum , and being carryed by the sinus of os isthium , thorow the inner and backe muscles of the thigh , to the ham , there it is parted into two branches . the one goeth down by the belly of the tibia unto the pterna , bestowing twigs as it goeth , passing by the chinke of the inner ankle to the soale of the foot , it is severed into as many branches as there are toes . the other branch marching upon the perone , is carryed to the instep of the foot by the outer ankle . by reason of this great nerve , they who are troubled with the sciarica , find paine not onely about the joynt of the thigh ; but in the leg also , and foot . about the beginning of this nerve , another issueth out of the third hole of the os sacrum , and being carried above the ridge of the os sacrum , it brancheth it selfe into the muscles of the buttocks , and those which bend the tibia . cap. vii . of the nerves of the spinalis medulla . if you invert the braine , you shall perceive 4. roots of the spinalis medulla , 2. from cerebrum , & so many from cerebellum : these joyned together make it up . it is of the like substance with the braine , but besides the two membranes , wherewith the cerebrum is compassed , this hath a third strong and nervous , proceeding either from os occipitis , where it is joyned with the spondils ; or from the ligaments of the vertebrae ; this strengthneth the spinalis medulla , and keepeth it from tearing in violent motions . from the beginning to the end it groweth narrower and harder , so that when it is come to the end of dorsum , it endeth in small threeds like a horse taile , that no danger should bee in that part where the whole spina is bended . the nerves of the spinalis medulla , are framed of sundry filaments twisted together , and covered with a thin membrane ; and as they come out of the holes of the back-bone nature doth compasse them with a thick and firme substance , which so firmely clip the fibres of the sinews , that they cannot be severed . beside the sinew commeth not out of that hole , directly opposit to its beginning ; but out of the lower . and when it hath passed thorow this hole , it doth not enter presently into the rib , which is next ; but into the lower . which when it hath touched being divided , it turneth the lesser twig towards the spina , and the greater towards the forepart . out of this spinalis medulla twenty eight paires of sinews spring , seven from the neck , twelve from the back , five from the loins , and foure from the os sacrum . the first conjugation of the neck , doth not spring from the sides of the spina as the rest ; but from the fore and hinder part , and commeth out betweene the occiput and first vertebra . the fore branch is bestowed upon the muscles of the back side of the head , and the muscles of the vertebra of the neck . the second conjugation , by the hindermost branch turned up , ascendeth to the skin of the head , the eares , and the muscles , but by the foremost branch it is carried unto those muscles which are common to the second spondill , and the occiput . the third conjugation sendeth its foremost branch to those muscles which bend the necke : but the hindermost to the muscles which raise up the neck and head . the fourth conjugation sendeth its lesser , and hindermost branch to the muscles of the neck ; but the foremost and largest to the muscles which lift up the shoulder blade and the arme . the fift conjugation with it lesser twig turneth to the hindermost muscles of the neck : and with the greater joyneth it selfe with the twigs of the fourth paire . the sixt paire by the lesser and hindermost branch passeth to the hindermost muscles : but with the foremost and biggest to the arme , and the diaphragma . the seventh with the greater branch passeth to the arme , but with the lesser to the hindermost muscles . as for the nerves of the backe , each of them hath two branches ; one lesser , which is sent to the muscles of the back , and one greater , which is bestowed upon the intercostall muscles . one thing is to be noted , that the sinews which proceed from the vertebrae of the short ribs are bigger than those which are communicate to the upper intercostall muscles . those about the middle of the rib , are divided into two twigs , whereof the uttermost is carried outward ; but the innermost inwardly along the rib . these nerves were to bee biggest , because they are distributed both to the muscles of the belly , and to the parts contained in it . as for the nerves of the loynes , each paire of these hath anterior and posterior branches , which are spent partly upon the muscles of the loyns , and hypogastrium ; partly upon the legs . the lumbares nervi or sinews of the loyns meet , and are mingled with the costales . whereby it commeth to passe , that the parts which are contained within the peritonaeum , have their strength from the spinalis medulla , as their sense from the braine : for according to galen , cap. 5. lib. 16. de us . part . the costall nerve is a sprig of the sixt conjugation . as for the nerves of os sacrum , the first paire hath two branches , as those of the loynes , to wit , the anterior and posterior ; but the rest of the paires before they come out , are double on each side : and on each side one nerve marcheth forward , and another backward . the uppermost three , which are anterior , goe to the leg : the two lowermost passed to the muscles of the anus and bladder . fig. iv. fig. v. booke v. of the bones . cap. i. of the nature of a bone. foure causes concurre to the perfecting of a bone . first , the efficient cause is the ossifick faculty of the spirit ; unto whom the naturall heat ministreth . secondly , the materiall cause is twofold ; the one is of generation , the other of nutrition . the matter of generation is the seed , which doth consist of a thick humor and the spirit . the matter of nutrition is double , the remote is bloud , with the which all parts of the body are nourished : the immediat cause is the marrowy juice in the spongious bones , and the marrow it selfe , which is contained in the cavities of big bones . in the small cavities of the smaller bones , the marrow is white ; but red in the ample cavities of the large bones . the marrow is not covered with a membrane , as the marrow of the back : and therefore it is unsensible contrary to parrey . by the small holes in the ends of the bones , the veins and arteries enter , but no nerves : for they onely feele by the benefit of the periostium . thirdly , the forme of the bone is twofold , the essentiall is its dry and cold temperature . the accidentall is its figure , which for the most part is round or flat . fourthly , the finall cause is double : the generall is that which serveth the whole body , & it is threefold . 1. is to establish the soft parts . 2. is to give figure to the parts . 3. is to further the motion of the body . the speciall is that which is proper to every particular bone . of the premisses such a description of a bone may be gathered . a bone is a similary part most dry and cold , unflexible , compacted of the thickest part of the seed by the spirit ; the naturall heat concurring to afford stablenesse , and figure to the whole body . cap. ii. an enumeration of the bones of mans body : and first of the bones of the head. all the bones of the body of man belong either to the head , the truncke of the body , or to the lims . the bones which make up the head united are called cranium , from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a helmet , because as a helmet it defendeth the braine . it is also called calva , and calvaria . the bones of the head are either proper or common . the proper bones are in number six . 1. os frontis , coronale , inverecundum , os puppis , the bone of the forehead , it reacheth to the coronall future above . there are two cavities in this bone , betweene the tables above the eye-browes . wounds in these hardly admit cicatrization . this bone hath three holes , one internall in the scull , above the spongious bone , two outward about the middle of the eye-brows , to give way to the sinews , which passe to the forehead . 2. and 3. are called ossa syncipities , vel verticis , to other , parietalia , arcualia , bregmatis . 4. os occipitis , basilare , os prorae , os memoriae , os pixidis , to the gracian 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , the noddle . it is the thickest of all , and hath five holes . one big neere the first vertebra of the neck . the other foure serve for letting out of sinews , & letting out of veins & arteries . 5. and 6. are ossa temporum petrosa , parietalis . these have six holes . the two externall , which make the passage to hearing are biggest , the rest are small . within the passages of hearing are seated three bones on each side ; malleus , incus , stapes : the hammer , anvill , and stirrop . os iugale or zygomatis placed under the eye , is no severall bone , but is framed of the processes of two bones , to wit , petrosum , and the maxilla united by an oblique suture . the bones common to the head and upper jaw , are two . 1. os spoenoides , cuneiforme , or wedge-like bone , to others paxillare , os colatorii , palati , basilare . it hath sundry holes for vessels to passe . 2. os spongoides , spongiosum , spongiforme , 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , cribriforme , or cribrosum , the spongious or sive-like bone . it filleth the cavitie of the nostrils . the jaw-bones are two , the upper , and the lower . in these are placed the sockets for the teeth , called alucoli , loculi , fostulae , praesepiola , mortariola . the upper jaw is framed of 11. bones , five on each side fellowes , and one without a fellow . 1. is almost triangular , it maketh up the lower part of the orbit of the eye , the lesser corner , a part of the os jugale , and mala . 2. maketh up the greater corner of the eye from whence there is a hole that passeth to the cavity of the nostrill . this bone is small , thin , cleere , slightly cleaving to the other : so that it is seldome found in sculs digged out of the ground . here fistula lachrymalis is seated . 3. maketh up the greatest part of the roofe of the mouth , and the arched part , wherein the teeth are inserted . 4. with his fellow maketh up the bony part of the ridge of the nose . these two are severed by a suture . within they are rough to receive the cartilages ; within these there is a bone cleaving to the processe of the spongious bone , dividing the nostrils : it is called septumnarium . 5. is placed at the end of the palat of the mouth where the holes of the nostrils passe to the throat . to these columbus addeth a tenth . hee will have it to be like unto a plough , and to disjoyne the lower part of the nostrils . of the lower iaw . the lower jaw hath but one bone . it resembleth the greek letter 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , or a bow . it hath two holes , the one is more backward and larger : thorow this passe some nerves from the fift paire to the roots of the teeth , as also a small veine and artery . the other is more outward , not so round ; thorow the passe some sprigs of the sinews to the lower lip . you may passe thorow these holes a brissell . cap. iii. of the teeth . there be three ranks of teeth . those of the first ranke are called incisores incisorii , cutrers , and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , because they shew themselves when we laugh ; there be most commonly foure of them in each jaw , they have but one fang , and so easily fall out . these first make way out of the gums ; because the tops of them are sharpest . those in the second ranke are called canini or dogs teeth , from their length above the rest , hardnesse , and sharpnes . in each jaw there are but two , on each side of the grinders one . they are called oculares , or eye-teeth , not that they reach to the orbit of the eye : for they mount not higher than the nostrils ; but because sprigs of the nerves , which move the eyes , are carried to them . these in the third rank are called molares , grinders , because like milles they grind the meat . most commonly they are twenty in number , five in each side of every jaw . of these the two hindermost are called genuini , and denta sapientiae , because they shew not themselves untill man come to the yeares of discretion , to wit , the 28 , 30 , yea even to old age it selfe . in some they never appeare . those of the upper jaw have more fangs than those of the lower . first , because they hang. secondly , because the substance of the upper jaw is not so firme , as that of the lower . the teeth come out in man the seventh moneth , and sometimes more slowly , but in beasts sooner , because they are to eat solid meat . of these teeth ten in each gum , to wit , the foure grinders , the two dogs teeth , and foure grinders , doe cast . the fore teeth cast the foure , five , and six yeare of the age , the hinder flower . the teeth as they are worne by use , so they grow againe , untill the decrepit old age : for if a tooth fall out , and grow no more , the tooth answering it groweth logner : nature labouring to fill the space of the lost tooth . as concerning the feeling of the teeth , first of all , they rather receive the impression of the first qualities , to wit , heat and cold , and rather of cold than heat , contrary to the fleshy parts . secondly , not the whole tooth ; but the inner part towards the root , which is more soft by reason of the sinew in the cavity of it , and the membrane . the hard outer part is insensible . cap. iv. of the bones of the trunke of the body . these may be divided into those which are seated betweene the bones of the head and the rump bone , and those which are placed betweene the last vertebra of the spina and the thigh bone . those which are seated betweene the head bones , and the rumpe bone , are either anterior , laterall , or posterior . the bone in the forepart is called os pectoris , the brest bone , and os ensiforme , because being long and broad , and ending into a pointed cartilage , it representeth the daggers of the ancients . it is called also sternum , because it is laid above the ribs , and leaneth upon them . it is composed of three parts . 1. is the highest bone , large , thick , plaine , yet unequall , above arched , resembling the pummill of the dagger . it is called by some iugulum , and superior furcula . it hath two cavities . 1. is in the upper part , to receive the tops of the cannell bone . 2. is within , about the middle , to give way to the wind-pipe going down . the second bone is narrower , and hath sundry cavities for the receiving of the grissils of the ribs . the third is broader , and endeth into the cartilage , which is called cartilago , 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or sword-like cartilage , and mucronata , because it is pointed . the pit , which here appeareth outwardly is favea or scrobuculus cordis , the pit of the heart . the bones of the sternum are distinguished by transverse , and are joyned together by cartilages . the ribs are in number 12. whereof some are called vera , genuinae , legitimae , lawfull , and ribs indeed : because they are more arched , and reach to the sternum : some are called nothae , spiriae , adulterae , illegitimae , short or bastard ribs . the true ribs are in number seven , they are round and bony where they are joyned eith the vertebrae of the back ; but grisly and broad where they are joyned to the brest bone . in the lower part they are hollow , to receive a vein and an artery . in making incision there to discharge quittour out of the cavity of the brest we must shun this part . the inner side is smoother than the outer by reason of the pleura . the bastard ribs are in number five , so called because they are shorte lesse arched , touch not the sternum , and are softer they onely are joyned with the vertebrae of the back , and end in long cartilages , which turning upwards cleave together , except the last , which cleaveth to none , to give way to the liver , spleene , and upper guts . all the short ribs give way to the distention of the belly . the bones of the back part of the trunks joyned , are spina dorsi : so called because the hinder part of it is sharp . it reacheth from the head to the rump bone . it is composed of 24. verterae 7. of the neck , 12. of the back , and five of the loynes . every vertebra is hollow within to receive the spinalis medulla , and at the sides to give way to the sinewes . the first two vertebrae of the neck are joyned to the head by ligaments . the first is called atlas , because it stayeth the head . it hath no spina . the second is called the tu●ner because a processe like unto a dogs tooth round and long rising from it , and inserted into the first vertebra , is the cause that the head and first vertebra , turne about it . if a luxation fall out here , it is incurable . the third vertebra of the neck is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , the rest has no names . the vertebrae of the back are in number 12. receiving so many ribs : these are full of holes , but small to give way to the nourishing vessels . the processe of the eleventh is straight , and the twelfth is called the girter . the vertebrae of the loynes are five . these are more apt to move , than those of the back , that wee may the more easily bend our selves towards the ground . now the bones which are betweene the lowest vertebra of the loynes , and the thigh bone are in number three . 1. ossacrum , the great bone , the stay of the back ; it is triangular , broad and immoveable : smooth , and hollow in the forepart ; but bunched and rough in the hinder part . it is framed of five bones called vertebrae , not for that they serve for motion as the vertebrae , but because they are like to them ; in aged persons they seeme one bone , but in children they may be separated . the holes in this are not in the sides , but before and behind , which are greater , because the sinewes that passe are greater . 2. is os coccycis , the cuckoes bill , from the likenesse of it , or the rump bone . it is framed of three of foure bones , and two cartilages . the connexion of it is loose . in men it is bent inward to stay the intestinum rectum ; in women outward , to make way in the time of birth . 3. is os coxae or innominatum . it is at the sides of os sacrum , and is framed of three bones os ilii , pubis , and ischii joyned together by cartilages , untill the seventh yeare ; in aged persons it seemeth one bone . os ilii , so called because it receiveth the small gut called ilium , it is the first part uppermost and broadest , joyned to os sacrum by a strong membranous ligament , although a cartilage goe betweene . the unequall and semicircular circumference of it , is called spina : the inner part hollow and broad , is called costa : the outer part having unequall lines , is called dorsum . this is more large in a woman , than in a man. os pubis or pectinis , the share bone ; it is the fore and middle part . the two , being one on each side , are joyned with a cartilage more loosely in women , so that in the time of birth they gape , and give way to the infant . these with the os sacrum , make that cavitie with is called pelvis . wherein the bladder , the wombe , and some guts are contained . ischion or coxendix is the lower and outward part of os coxae , wherein is the cavity which receiveth os semoris . the cartilagineous proces of this bone is called supercilium . the ends of this bone are further a sunder in women than men , and so the pelvis is larger . cap. v. of the cannell bone , and the shoulder blade . the bones of the trunke are either those of the armes or of the legs . the bones of the arme are either above the joynt of the shoulder , or under : above the joynt are two . 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , because they shut the brest , and like a key locke the shoulder blade , with the brest bone . it is also called ligula , the binder , os furcale , or furcula superior , the upper bended bone , the cannell bone . these two bones , one in each side , are seated at the top of the brest bone transversly . in figure the represent the great romane s. for they seeme to be framed of two semicircular bones ; but placed one opposit to another . towards the throat they are arched ; but below hollow . 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , because it maketh the broadnesse of the shoulder ; the barbarous authors call it spatula , the shoulder blade . it leaneth upon the upper ribs , towards the back . it is almost triangular . the outer part is arched : the inner hollow . that part of the shoulder which is joyned with the clavicula is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , or humeri mucro , the point of the shoulder . the adjutorium is joynted in the superficiall cavity of the neck of this bone . cap. vi. of the bones of the arme. the arme hath three parts , the shoulder , the elbow and the hand . the shoulder hath but one long , round , and strong bone , called os humeri , the shoulder bone . the upper part of it is joynted with the shoulder blade , but the lower part with the two bones of the elbow . the elbow hath two bones . 1. ulna , the yard , because we measure with it . in the upper part it is joyned with the lower part of the shoulder bone : in the lower part it is articulat with the wrest , by a cartilaginous substance . the barbarous authors call this bone focile majus , the greater focill . 2. radius , the small bone , called by the barbarians focile minus , the small focill . in the midst it is a little parred from ulna , betweene which there is a small ligament . above the ulna receiveth radius but below the radius receiveth ulna . the upper part of this bone is joyned with the outer processe of the shoulder bone ; but the lower part is joyned with the wrest bone at the greatest finger . the upper part of this bone is smaller than the lower , quite contrary to the frame of the ulna . the hand hath 3. parts . 1. carpus , by the arabians rasetta , the wrest bone . it is framed of a cluster of eight bones , which have no proper names ; yet differing in bignesse and figure . they are so tied with strong ligaments arising from the processes of ulna , and radius , that they seeme but one bone . first , they are cartilages , & afterward becom spongious bones . of these bones foure are above joynted with ulna and radius : but the lower foure are joyned with the bones of metacarpium . here you are to observe the ring-like ligaments appointed for the safe carrying of the tendons of the muscles , which move the fingers . the inner strengtheneth the tendons w ch bend the fingers ; but the outer the tendons which extend . 2. metacarpium , the distance between wrest and fingers . this hath five bones reckoning amongst these the first of the thumb . these bones are joyned with the bones of the wrest by ligaments , but with the fingers by articulation . they are within hollow , and containe marrow . about the middle they are a little parted , to give way to the muscles called interossei . the fingers have fifteen bones , for in each finger there are three . and although the first bone of the thumb hath beene reckoned amongst the rasettae , yet because it hath a more plyant articulation , it serveth for the first bone of the thumb . in the bones of the fingers , the first is bigger than the second , the secōd than the third . about the joynts they are thicker ; the knobs there are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , and nodi . in the inside of the fingers , there are ligaments pipe-like , by the which they are united . the points of the bones towards the nailes have no processes . cap. vii . of the bones of the legs . the leg as the arme hath three parts : the thigh , the shanke , and the foot . the thigh hath but one bone , which is the biggest and longest of all the bones of the body . the forepart is somewhat arched . above it is articulat with the coxendix : and it is kept in by a round ligament . the neck of this bone hath two processes for the insertion of muscles . rotator magnus & parvus , the greater and lesser rowler : it is articulat below with the tibia , for the strengthning of this joynt , that the thigh bone may be kept in the forepart , there is appointed a bone . it is called mola rotula patella , the whirle-bone . in children it is grasly . it resembleth the bosse of a bucklar : for it is bunched without , and hollow within , where it is lyned with a cartilage . it is strengthned by the tendons of some of the muscles of the thigh , unto the which it cleaveth . the shanke hath two bones . 1. tibia , focile majus , canna major , the greater focill . in the upper part it hath a processe , which is received by the hollownesse of the thigh bone . it hath also two long cavities for the receiving of the two prominences of the thigh bone . to make these cavities deeper , there is joyned by ligaments a moveable cartilage , soft , slippery , and bedewed with an unctuous humour . it is called cartilago lunata , the moone-like cartilage . these cavities are separat by a knob ; from the top of which ariseth a strong ligament , which is fastned to the cavity of the thigh-bone . the sharp forepart of this bone is called spina . in the lower part of this bone there is a processe without flesh , which maketh the inner anckle malleus internus . 2. perone fibula , or brace , because it seemeth to unite the bones of the shanke , focile minus , the small focill , cann●s minor sura ; the upper round part of this bone reacheth not to the knee , but the lower part reacheth further than the tibia . in the middle these two bones are parted to receive muscles which move the foot . the fleshlesse appendix of the lower end , causeth malleolus externus , the cuter anckle . the foot hath three parts . the first is that which reacheth to the bones articulat with the toes , called pedium seu taulus : the second comprehendeth the bones articular to the toes called metapedium or metatarsus : the third comprehendeth the bones of the toes . the bones of pedium are seven . 1. talus , os balistae . it is articulat with the appendix of tibia . it receiveth the top of os calcis . 2. calx , calcaneu , the heel-bone , it is the greatest and thickest of the bones of the foot . it is joyned to talus , and os cubiforme : into this the great tendon , composed of the tendons of three muscles of the shanke , is inserted . 3. scaphoides , naviculare , the boat-like bone , it is joyned with talus , and the three hinder bones . 4. cuboides , ostessarae , it is larger than the rest . it is set before the heele-bone , and is joyned to it . the other 3. are called cuneiformia , wedge-like bones . they are joyned with the naviculare . motapedium hath five bones joyned to the bones of pedium . the bones of the fingers are fourteen , because the great toe hath but two bones : they answer those of the hand . of the seed bones . these are like to the seeds of sesamum , and therefore are called sesamoidea or sesamina : they are round and somewhat flat . they cleave to the ligaments under the tendons . they are reckoned to be twelve in every hand and foot : but it is hard to find a certaine number of them . the two which are found about the first joynt of the great toe are most remarkable . two are found in the hamme about the beginning of the two first muscles , which move the shanke . they are found also in the carpus , metaoarpium , pedium , and metapedium . cap. viii . of the sundry wayes by the which the bones of mans body are coupled together . they are coupled either by joynting or growing together . joynting is either for manifest or obscure motion . the joyntings which serve for manifest motion are three . 1. enarthrosis is when a large head of a bone is received into a deepe cavity , as the thigh bone with the hip-bone . 2. arthrodia , is when the cavity which receiveth is shallow , and the head of the bone flat , such is the articulation of the lower jaw with the temple-bone . 3. cynglymus , is when the same bone receiveth , and is received . this falleth out three manner of wayes . 1. is when a bone is received by a bone , and receiveth the same . this is seene in the articulation of the shoulder-bone with the elbow-bone . 2. is when a bone receiveth one bone , & is received of another . so in the spōdils of the back : for the bone in the middle receiveth the upper , and is received by the lower . 3. when the processe of the bone being long , and round , is inserted into another bone , and so is turned about in the cavity , as if it were an axel tree : so is the second vertebra of the neck with the first . articulation for obscure motion may be observed in the joyning of the ribs with the spondils , and in the bones of the wrest and anckle . bones grow together either without some middle substance , or with it . without some middle substance they are coupled three manner of wayes . 1. by a line , as the bones of the upper jaw and nose are coupled ; this is called , harmonia . 2. by a suture as the bones of the scull are united . 3. when one bone is fastned within an other as a naile in wood : this is called , gomphosis , and so are they fastned in the gums . if bones grow together by a middle substance , it is either by a cartilage , this unition is called synchondrosis , so are the share bones joyned ; or by a ligament , which is called synneurosis , and so the thigh bone is joyned to the hip-bone ; or by flesh which is termed syssarcosis , and so is the bone of the tongue joyned to the shoulder . cap. ix . of a cartilage . a cartilage is a similary part dry and hard , yet not so as a bone , flexible , which a bone is not , framed to stay the soft parts , and to repell the injuries of externall hard bodies . 1. then it staieth the soft parts . 2. it defendeth them . 3. they cover the ends of the bones , which have a loose articulation . 4. they knit bones together : as is seene in the share-bone . the differences are taken first , from the figure ; so the cartilage of the brest-bone is called ensiformis , and those of the larynx sigmoides like c. 2. some are solitary not joyned with other bodies , as those of the eares and eye-lids : some are joyned , as most of the rest . 3. some still continue cartilages , some degenerat into bones : as in women , the cartilages of the ribs , which ly under the brests : for these growing very big , they become bony , the better to hold them up . they are in sundry parts of the body . 1. in the head there are foure , to wit , of the eye-lids , nose , and eares ; and the trochlea of the eye . 2. in the brest there be three , to wit , the cartilages of the larynx : the small pipes of the wind-pipe , dispersed thorow the lungs , and cartilago ensiformis . 3. the long ribs are joyned to the sternum by cartilages . 4. the vertebrae of the back are joyned together by cartilages . last of all sundry are seene in the articulations , which are loose , and in the conjunction of bones . cap. x. of a ligament . a ligament is a similary part without feeling , in substance meane betweene a cartilage and a membrane appointed firmly to knit the joynts . of the ligaments some are membranous ( such are those who inviron the joynts ; ) some cartilagineous , as those which are betweene the joynts , as is seene in the articulation of the thigh-bone with the coxendix . ligaments are to bee found in divers parts of the body . 1. the bone of the tongue hath two strong ligaments , one on each side . besides on each side it hath round ones by the which it is tyed to the adjacent parts to stay it in the middle of the mouth . secondly , the tongue hath a strong membranous ligament in the lower part about the middle of it . about the end of it the fraenum is to be seene , which if it come to the fore-teeth , it hindereth the motion of the tongue and speech . children being so troubled , are said to bee tongue-tyed , and must have it cut . 3. the ligaments which tye the vertebrae of the brest and loynes , the ribs with the vertebrae , and the ribs with the brest-bone , are membranous . 4. sundry are to bee seene in the belly . the first tyeth the os ilium to os sacrum . the second tyeth the os sacrum to the coxendix . the third joyneth the share bones , and is cartilaginous . the fourth compasseth them circularly , and is membranous . the fift compasseth the hole of os pubis , and is membranous . 5. in the arme these appeare . 1. five tye the adjutorium to the shoulder blade . 2. the bones of the elbow , ulna and radius , are tyed first one to another , secondly to the shoulder-bone , and thirdly to the wrest , by membranous ligaments . 3. there are two annular ligaments , which being transverse , direct the tendons which passe to the fingers . they are two . one in the outside for the tendons of the extending muscles ; the other in the inner side , for the tendons of the contracting muscles . 4. the bones of the wrest , back of the hand , and fingers , have membranous ligaments . 5. in the leg these may be found out . first , the thigh-bone is tyed to the coxendix , by two ligaments . secondly , the lower end of it is tyed to tibia and fibula by six ligaments . thirdly , the tibia is joyned to the fibula , by a membranous ligament . fourthly , tibia and fibula are joyned to the ankley by three ligaments . fifthly , the ankley is tyed with the bones of the foot by five ligaments . sixthly , the bones of the instep and toes are tyed with such ligaments as those are which are seene in the hand . an explication of some termes which are found in anatomicall authors in the doctrine of bones . cotulae , or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 , not cotyledones , acetabula , are called deepe cavities in the articulations of the bones . if the hollownesse be shallow , they are called glenae or glenoides , from the forme of the cavities of the eyes , which appeare when the eye-lids are shut . epiphysis , appendix , adnascentia , additamentum , is called a bone which groweth to the end of another bone . it is of a spongious substance , and at the first gristly for the most part ; but in time groweth bony . it may bee seene in the shoulder blade , both the focils of the legs both at the knee and foot , and in the thigh-bone where the rotator magnus is . apophysis , in some bones caput , in some cervix , in some tuberculum , in some spina , in some mucro , is a part of a bone not added , but bunching out above the smooth superficies . it is also called ecphysis , processus , productio , extuberantia supercilia or labra , are called the upper brim● of the cavities of the joynts . as for the number of the bones of the body of man. commonly they are holden to bee 246. accoding to this distich . adde quater denis bis centum senaque , habebis quàm te multiplici condidit osse deus . the head hath 8. the upper jaw 11. the lower jaw one . the teeth are 32. sometimes 28. the spina hath 24. os sacrum hath most commonly 5. the ribs are 24. the brest-bone is composed of 3. the cannell bones are 2. the shoulder blades are 2. the flanck bones are 2. in the armes there are 60. in both the feet 64. os hyoides of the tongue 1. the small bones of the eares 6. the two great toes have foure great seed bones . the number of the small feeed bones is uncertaine . if with some anatomists you reckon twenty foure small seed bones in the two hands , and so many in the two feet , besides the two great ones of both the great toes ; if you adde in like manner the two small bones in each ham , and the eighth bone in each hand , betweene the carpus and metacarpium , and the bony substance annexed to the cuboides in both the feet in old persons , you shall have fifty foure more , which being joyned to 246. make up 302. expressed thus : ter centum & binis compactum est ossibus istud , quod cernis corpus ; non est quod plura requires . if you find one more , that breakes no square . finis . the explication of the first figure . 1. the hairy scalp . 2. the fore-head . 3. the eare . 4. the eyes . 5. the nose . 6 the mouth . 7. the chin . 8. the temple . 9. the cheeke . 10. the arme . 11. the hand . 12. the brest . 13. the sides . 14. the belly . 15. the genitals . 16. the thighs . 17. the knees . 18. the legs . 19. the feet . the explication of the second figure . 1. the back part of the head . 2. the shoulder . 3. the elbow . 4. the back . 5. the buttocks . 6. the hams . 7. the calies of the legs . 8. the ankles . 9. the insteps . 10. the heele . these two figures are to be placed as they stand in order immediatly after the title before the first chapter . the explication of the third figure . 1. the musculous skin of the head . 2. the muscles of the arme . 3. the muscles of the brest . 4 the muscles of the belly . 5. the muscles of the thigh . 6. the muscles of the legs . this figure is to be placed before the first chapter of the treatise of the muscles . the explication of the fourth figure . 1. the bones of the head . 2. the bones of chaine of the back . 3. the shoulder-blade . 4. the ribs . 5. the os sacrum . 6. the thigh bone . 7. the bones of the knee . 8. the bones of the legs . 9. the bones of the feet . the explication of the fift figure . 1. the shoulder-bone . 2. the elbow bones . 3. the bones of the hand . 4. the bones of the back . 5. the heele-bone . these two figures are to bee placed in their order immediatly before the first chapter of the book of bones . notes, typically marginal, from the original text notes for div a10510-e440 the description of anatomy . the regions of the whole . what the whole and a part signifie . things required in a part being strictly taken . 1 2 3 4 5 6 the differences of parts . what a similary part is . the number of simple parts . of a tendon . the differences of simple parts . what a dissimilary part is . things to be observed in an organicall part . 1 2 3 4 the degrees of an organicall part . 1 2 3 4 the differences of parts taken from their function . 3 the lower region . ilia . inguina . the hindermost parts . 1 culitula . 2 3. of fat . its kinds . 4 membrana carnosa . its uses . of the parts contained in the lower belly . it s substance . it s connexion . its veines . its arteries . its sinews . it s figure . 6. de anat. administ . the reason of the frame of it . the fat . it s beginning an observation . another . the marching of it . the names of it . it s structure it s connexion . the vessels . its glandules . the use of it . it s denomination . it s situation . it s bignesse . it s connexion . it s substance . its orifices . 1 its veines its arteries . the cause of hunger . it s action chylus . it s figure . the etymon . the figure . their substance . their length . their coats . the fibres . their veins . the arteries . the nerves the fat . the differences of the guts . the thin . 1 2 3 the thick guts . 1 2 glandules . the biggest . the bignesse of the mesaraeum . it s beginning . mesocolon . why so called . their beginning . their insertion . their progress . the difference between them and the ordinary mesaraicall veins . their values . how to find them out . why the ancients did not find these out . why they have no trunck . it s bignesse . its veins . its arteries . its nerves . it s figure . its ties . its differences from the liver of beasts . a little lobe . it s situation . it s action . a note . the veins of it . vena portae . why so called . how it differeth from vena cava . how inosculation is performed . a note . how the inosculation of these veins is found out . the distribution of vena portae . its roots . its branches . branches of vena splenica . vena mesenterica the uses of it . 1 2 the branches of vena sine pari . the branches of ramus subclavius . 1 2 sprigges springing from the lower part of ramus subclavius . the description of it . it s bignesse . it s connexion . its membranes . the fibres of the proper membrane . the parts of it . how the choler is caried to the gall . its values . meatus hepaticus . what beasts have this passage only . its vessels . of the stones in it . the use of the passages . the uses of the choler . 2 3 4 why choler is not carried to the stomacke . 1 2 3 a note . how the values are found out . it s substance . it s membrane . why it is red in infants . it s figure . it s seat . it s connexion . its vessels . the uses of the arteries of the spleene . 1 by what waies the spleen sendeth it superfluities to the kidnyes . 1 2 the use of the spleene . how the sanguification of the spleene differeth from that of the liver . 1 2 why the naturall parts are nourished with grosse bloud . their denomination . their number . their places . their figure their connexion . their bignesse . their parts their membranes . the uses of the fat of the kidnies . renes succenturiati . their figure . their connexion . their nerves . the proper membrane of the kidnyes . the internall parts . the colour of them . their substance . the emulgent vessels . how these parts are to be found out . their vessels . how matters gathered in the cavity of the brest are discharged into the ureters . the arteries the nerves the place of the arterie . their number . their substance . their coats . its fibres . how the ureter differeth from the bladder . why the insertion is oblique . it s place . it s substance its membranes . its fibres . it s crust . it s perforation . its parts . it s figure . how it is upholden . why mans bladder is snspended . it s heat in man and woman . how the bladdes of man differeth from the bladder of beasts . why stones are ingendered in it . why there is a consent between the bladder and kidnies an observation . why the bladder in man is big . the muscle sphincter . its vessels . its nerves . how the chylus is made . the differences of the genitals . the parts of the genitals in man. vasa praeparantia . the arteries . the ending of the vessels . corpus varicosum . their substance . their number . their figure their coats the line . vesiculae seminales . their substance . the use of the caruncule in the urethra . the holes by the which the seed passeth to the urethra . prostatae . perinaeum . why these parts in man are hairy . why corrupt seed is worse in a woman than in a man. the description of it . its parts . why it hath no fat . the cuticula & culis . the membrana carnosa . the internall parts . the two bodies . their beginning . septum lucidum . the urethra it s frame . its muscles . glans . praeputium . fraenum . the vessels its sinewes . the particles of the cunnus . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 the neck . it s length . it s substance . it s seat . its vessels . the parts of it . the month of it . it s figure . it s bignesse . why it is small . no distinctcelles in it . it s frame . acetabula . cornua uteri . its vessels . the veins . arteries . the sinewes iti connexion . its ligaments . the differences betweene the stones of a woman and of a man. its veins . its arteries . the difference betweene these and those in men . an observation . vasa deferentia . tuba fallopiana . notes for div a10510-e17850 the situation of it . the limitation of it . the figure of it . the substance of it . the parts of it . the common containing parts . 1.2 . cuticula . 3. pinguedo . 4. the membrana carnosa . the parts of the brest . the paps of men . the parts of the paps in woman . the glandulous bodies . the veins . the arteries . nerves . the fat . the figure of the dugs . their number . their situation . of the nipple . what milk is . it s substance . its parts . it s figure . its holes . it s beginning . the vessels . veins . arteries . nerves . the seat of the vessels and the pleuresie . its uses . of the mediastinum . observation it s substance . it s largenesse . its veins . its arteries . its nerves . of the pericardium . its membranes . it s connexion . it s beginning . it s situation . its holes . its vessels . its uses . the watrish humour in the pericardium . it s generation . the bloudy water in the capacity of the brest . the vena cava . its values . the trunk ascending . the laterall sprigs of the trunk ascending . 1. phrenica . 3. vena sine pari . by which way matters in the brest are discharged . the divarication of the vena cava . sprigs proceeding from the cava within the brest . 1. intercostalis superior 2. mammaria . 3. mediastina . 4. cervicalis . 5. muscula inferior . 6. the internall jugular . vena arterialis . arteria venalis . the values of these two vessels . how the bloud is carried to the left ventricle of the heart . how the bloud is cooled . coronaria arteria . the situation of the aorta . its trunkes . the branches of the trunk ascending . from the upper part . 1 from the lower part . 2 3 4 the branches of the trunke descending . 1. the inferior intercostals . by what way quittour and water is sent from the br 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 . 2. phrenicae . 3. caeliaca . 5 6 7 8 9 10 a note . the values . notes for div a10510-e31640 how bones feele . 3 the description . the description . the surgions directorie, for young practitioners, in anatomie, wounds, and cures, &c. shewing, the excellencie of divers secrets belonging to that noble art and mysterie. very usefull in these times upon any sodaine accidents. and may well serve, as a noble exercise for gentle-women, and others; who desire science in medicine and surgery, for a generall good. divided into x. parts. (whose contents follow in the next page.) / written by t. vicary, esquire, chyrurgion to hen 8. edw. 6. q. mary. q. eliz. vicary, thomas, d. 1561. 1651 approx. 425 kb of xml-encoded text transcribed from 177 1-bit group-iv tiff page images. text creation partnership, ann arbor, mi ; oxford (uk) : 2008-09 (eebo-tcp phase 1). a95902 wing v335 thomason e1265_1 estc r210472 99869270 99869270 121645 this keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the early english books online text creation partnership. this phase i text is available for reuse, according to the terms of creative commons 0 1.0 universal . the text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission. early english books online. (eebo-tcp ; phase 1, no. a95902) transcribed from: (early english books online ; image set 121645) images scanned from microfilm: (thomason tracts ; 253:e1265[1]) the surgions directorie, for young practitioners, in anatomie, wounds, and cures, &c. shewing, the excellencie of divers secrets belonging to that noble art and mysterie. very usefull in these times upon any sodaine accidents. and may well serve, as a noble exercise for gentle-women, and others; who desire science in medicine and surgery, for a generall good. divided into x. parts. (whose contents follow in the next page.) / written by t. vicary, esquire, chyrurgion to hen 8. edw. 6. q. mary. q. eliz. vicary, thomas, d. 1561. [16], 332 p. printed by t. fawcet dwelling in shoo-lane, at the signe of the dolphin. 1651. and are to be sold by j. nuthall, at his shop in fleetstreet at the signe of herculus pillers, london : [1651] title page printed in red and black. annotation on thomason copy: "may. 11.". reproduction of the original in the british library. created by converting tcp files to tei p5 using tcp2tei.xsl, tei @ oxford. re-processed by university of nebraska-lincoln and northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors. eebo-tcp is a partnership between the universities of michigan and oxford and the publisher proquest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by proquest via their early english books online (eebo) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). the general aim of eebo-tcp is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic english-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in eebo. eebo-tcp aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the text encoding initiative (http://www.tei-c.org). the eebo-tcp project was divided into two phases. the 25,363 texts created during phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 january 2015. anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source. users should be aware of the process of creating the tcp texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data. text selection was based on the new cambridge bibliography of english literature (ncbel). if an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in ncbel, then their works are eligible for inclusion. selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. in general, first editions of a works in english were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably latin and welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so. image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in oxford and michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet qa standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. after proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of tcp data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a tcp editor. the texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the tei in libraries guidelines. copies of the texts have been issued variously as sgml (tcp schema; ascii text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable xml (tcp schema; characters represented either as utf-8 unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless xml (tei p5, characters represented either as utf-8 unicode or tei g elements). keying and markup guidelines are available at the text creation partnership web site . eng human anatomy -early works to 1800. medicine -formulae, receipts, prescriptions -early works to 1800. surgery -early works to 1800. 2007-02 tcp assigned for keying and markup 2007-02 apex covantage keyed and coded from proquest page images 2007-03 emma (leeson) huber sampled and proofread 2007-03 emma (leeson) huber text and markup reviewed and edited 2008-02 pfs batch review (qc) and xml conversion the surgions directorie , 〈◊〉 young practitioners , 〈…〉 shewing , 〈◊〉 excellencie of divers 〈◊〉 belonging to that noble art and 〈◊〉 very usefull in these times upon any sodaine accidents . and may well serve , as a noble 〈…〉 for gentle women , and others ; who desire science in medicine and surgery , for a generall good. 〈…〉 ( whose contents follow in the next page . ) written by 〈…〉 esquire , chyrurgion to hen. 8. edw. 6. q. mary . q. eliz. london , printed by 〈…〉 dwelling in shoo-lane , at the signe of the dolphin . 1651. and are to be sold by j. nuthall , at his shop in 〈…〉 at the signe of 〈…〉 pillers . the contents of this booke , with its severall parts . viz. part . i. of chyrurgerie , and anatomy of mans body , &c. by t. vicary esquire . and published by w. clowes , w. beton rich. story , and ed. baily , chyrurgions ▪ to st. bartholmewes hospitall , london . ii. of the theorick and practicke parts , and observations for letting of blood. iii. of the judgement of divers urines , &c. iv. the definition of wounds in severall parts of the body , and their cures . v. of the making of severall emplaisters . vi. the making of divers unguents . vii . distilling and making of waters , with their severall vertues and uses . viii . the excellency of our english bathes , and the use of them , written by d. turner , doct. of physicke , and published by w. bremer ▪ practitioner in physick and surgery , for the benefit of the poorer sort of people , &c. ix . for perbreaking and flux . as also , the g●eat operation and vertue of severall herbes , plants , and drugs &c. for divers uses in physick and surgery , &c. x. of medicines , remedies and cures , belonging to severall diseases and infirmities , incident to all parts of the body of man &c. as also remedies for the french p. otherwise called morbus galicus ; and , preservatives to bee used against the plague , in the time of divers visitation , &c. to all the vertuous ladyes and gentlevvomen , of this common-wealth of england , whose goodnesse surpassing greatnesse , and desires to exercise themselves ( as nursing mothers ) in the art of medicine and surgery , ( especially in the remote parts of this kingdome ) w ere is neyther physitian nor surgion to bee had when ●od●ine accidents happen ; whereby the poorer sort of people many times perish for want of advice . courteous ladyes , and gentlewomen , as this little treatise is a messelin of divers hidden secrets ; so likewise you must observe the use of them in practice . as first , the use and knowledge of the severall parts of anatomie ; so likewise doe of the rest , as physicke , surgerie , medicine , waters , vnguents , emplaisters , remedies , &c. the rare vertue of our english bathes , the iudgement of divers vrines ; the vertue and operation of divers herbes , plants , and drugs , &c. all tending to the benefit and use of man ; yet various and different in their effects and workings , according to the severall humours and dispositions of men in their cures . for as st. paul doth say , the guift of healing is the guift of the holy spirit . which thing may partly satisfie any rationall judgement from despising of all for the failings of some , it being the gleanings of divers who made tryall of them for good , and hath left them to posterity . thus leaving you ladies and gentlewomen , to your charitable acting and doing good when need shall require , the lord no doubt will requite you or yours with a blessing . farewell . t. f. a table to find the severall contents of this booke . part . 1. containing the anatomy of mans body , &c. chap folio . 1 the anatomy of the simple members , folio . 9 the anatomy of the compound members , &c. folio . 17 of five things contained within the head , folio . 22 the anatomy of the face , folio . 27 the anatomy of the necke , folio . 44 the anatomy of the shoulders and armes , folio . 48 the anatomy of the lungs , folio . 60 the anatomy of the haunches and their parts , folio . 75 the ana●omy of the thighes , legs , and feet . folio . 8● part , 2 of severall things belong ng to yong practitioners in surgery , to have in a readinesse , &c. folio 96 , 97 times convenient for ●etting of b lood , folio . 101 dyet after blee●ing , folio . 104 of the nine tastes . folio . 105 signes of sicknesse by egestion , folio . 108 signes of life or death by the pulses , folio . 109 of the foure humours , folio . 111 ▪ 1. signes of sicknesse by blood , folio . ibid 2. signes of melancholy sicknesses , folio . 112 3. signes of cholerick diseases . folio . ibid 4. signes of flegmatick diseases . folio . 113 cer●aine observations for women . &c. folio . 114 part , 3. of vrines , a briefe treatise of vrines , aswell of mans vrine as of womans , and to judge by the colour which betokeneth health , and which betokeneth weaknesse , and also death . folio 115 part. 4. definition of wounds by their causes , folio 121 an the curing of greene wounds consists a five-fold scope o● intention , folio . 124 how man should dyet himselfe being wounded . folio . 126 o● wounds and their cures happening in severall places of the body , folio . 127 of infirmities incident to souldiers in a campe , folio . ibid. a rare 〈◊〉 the which this author did send to a very friend of his being in the warres : the which helpeth all wounds eyther by cut , thrust , galling with arrowes , or hargubush shot , or otherwise , folio . 129 of wounds in the head , with fracture of the bone , folio . 130 wounds in the head , where the bone is not offended . of concussions or bruises , as well in the head as any other place , folio . 132 of wounds in the necke , and the order to be used in curing ●hem . folio . 133 of wounds in the armes , and their importances and medicines , folio . 134 of wounnds in the legs , and their parts , folio . 135 a discourse upon old wounds , which are not thorowly healed , with their remedies , folio . 136 a rare secre●●o heale wounds of gunshot , &c. folio . 137 to heale a wound quickly , folio . ibid. to heale a wound quickly , that is in danger of any accidents , folio . ibid. to stay the fluxe of bloud in wounds , folio . 138 a defence to be laid upon wounds , folio . 140 a secret powder for wounds , folio . ibid. a composition of great vertue against all vlcers and sores ▪ folio . ibid. a note of a certaine spanyard , wounded in the head at naples . folio . 141 for to heale hurts and wounds , folio . 141 to stanch the blood of a cut , folio . 142 for to staunch the blood of a wound , folio . ibid. a healing salve for any greene wound , folio . ibid. the lord capel salve for cuts or rancklings comming of rubbings , &c. folio . 143 for to draw and heale a cut , folio . ibid ▪ a salve for fresh wounds . folio . 144 a salve that cleanseth a wound and healeth it , folio . ibid. to kill dead flesh . folio . ibid. a playster for old sores , folio . ibid. for a canker , fistula , or wounds , new or old , folio . 145 a salve for any wound , folio . ibid. to helpe the ach of a wound , folio . 146 to heale wounds without plaister , tent or oyntment , except it be in the head , folio . ibid. to heale a wound that no scarre or print thereof shall be seene , folio . ibid. part , 5. emplaisters , folio 60 of severall emplaisters . from folio 147 , to 169. part , 6. vnguents , folio 50. of severall vnguents . from folio 169. to 185. part. 7. waters , folio 40. of severall waters . from folio 185 , to folio 206. part , 8. the vertue and excellency of our english bathes , written by d. turner doctor of physicke , &c. from folio 207 , to folio 228. part , 9. of herbes , and drugs , &c. folio 229 the vertue of certaine herbes , and drugs , &c. folio . 230 the excellent vertues of cardus benedictus , folio . 241 a good drinke to strengthen the heart and all the members of a man , to drinke halfe an egge shell full of it morning and evening , with as much good wine , folio . 243 a speciall medicine to cause sleepe , folio . ibid. a discourse concerning cornes in the feet , or elsewhere with their remedies , folio . 144 part , 10. medicines . of medicines , remedies , and cures &c. folio . 145 the cause of our sciatica , and how to help it , folio . ibid for hoarsnesse , folio . 146 if a man stand in feare of the palsie , folio . ibid. a medicine for the goute , folio . ibid. stubbes medicine for the goute , folio . 147 another plaister for the goute , folio . ibid. another for the same . folio . ibid. for a pricke of a thorne , or any other thing , folio . 248 a remedy for burning and scalding , folio . ibid. to kill a tetter or ring●worme , folio . ibid. for a winde or a collicke in the belly , folio . 249 against the shingles , folio . ibid. to heale a wound in ten dayes , &c. folio . ibid. for ache in the backe , folio . ibid. to heale scalding with water , or other liquor , &c. folio . 250 to heale the itch , folio . ibid to heale sores or tetters , folio . ibid. for the hardnesse of hearing , folio . 251 an easie remedy for the tooth-ache ▪ folio . ibid. for the swelling in the throat , folio . ibid. to cause a womans speedy deliverance , folio 252 to make a womans milke increase , folio . ibid. for the rickets and weakne●se of children , &c. folio . ibid. to fasten the gums or loose teeth , folio . ibid. for one that cannot hold his water , folio . 253 for the dropsie by d. adryan , &c. folio . ibid. for the stinging of waspes and bees , folio . ibid. for the falling downe of the tull , folio . ibid. for the swelling of the legges , folio . 254 for the canker in the mouth , folio . ibid. to make the face faire and cleare &c. folio . ibid. a remedy to qualifie the coppered face , folio . 254 a speciall good dyet for all fiery faces . folio . ibid. an easie remedy to make the teeth white , folio . ibid. to take away the stinking of the mouth ▪ folio . 254 a remedy , for sore eyes , folio . ibid ▪ a medicine for the bleeding at the nose , &c. folio . ibid. against a stinking breath , folio . 255 for an evill breath , folio . ibid. for the head ache , and clensing of the fame , folio . ibid. to heale a swolne face , &c. folio . ibid. to make an aking tooth fall out of himselfe , folio . 256 to kill lice and nits in the head , folio . 257 to helpe blood shotten eyes &c. folio . ibid. to take away the tooth-ache . folio . 258 a medicine to purge the head , folio . ibid. a medicine for a scald head , folio . 259 for the head ache , folio . ibid. for paine of the head , folio . ibid. for deafenesse in the eares , folio . 260 to make honey of roses , &c. folio . ibid. for the pockes , folio . ibid. a true medicine for the iaundies , folio . ibid. for the liver that is corrupted and wasted , folio 261 for heate in the liver , folio . ibid. remedies for the collicke , folio . 262 another for the same , folio . ibid a most excellent medicine for the colick , &c. folio . 263 for the collicke and stone , folio . 264 for the collicke and stone , folio . ibid remedy for the stone , folio . ibid a powder for the stone , folio . 265 to make the stone slip downe &c. folio . ibid a posset drinke against the stone , folio . 266 to make haire g●ow ▪ folio . 267 for to take away haire , folio . ibid to make a barren woman beare children , folio . ibid to make a woman have a quicke birth , folio . ibid for all manner of lamene●●e of swellings , folio . 268 for to stay the laxe or fluxe , folio . ibid for the sweating of sicknesse , folio . 269 for him that pi●●eth blood , folio . ibid for the canker in the mouth , folio . ibid a powder for the same , folio . ibid to know the fester and canker , folio . 272 for canker in the body , folio . ibid for a canker in a womans pappes . folio . ibid a good powder ●or the canker , folio . 271 to kill the canker or marmo●e , folio . ibid for the canker in the mouth , folio . 272 to make red water to kill the canker , folio . 273 to take away the canker , folio . ibid a powder for the canker , folio . ibid a good medicine for the canker and sores , folio . 274 for a canker old or new , or marmole , folio . ibid for the canker , folio . 275 for a canker in a mans body , &c. folio 275 for the head-ache , folio . ibid for the head ache , and tooth-ache , folio . 267 a d●inke for the head-ache , folio . ibid for the he●●-ache , folio . ibid for the head-ache , folio . 276 to cleanse the head , folio . 277 for the head-ache comming of the stomacke , folio . 280 for ache in the hinder part of the head , folio . ibid a principall medicine for the head , folio . ibid for a man that is diseased in the liver &c. folio . 281 a drinke to be used after this oyntment , folio . ibid a plaister for the spleene , folio . ibid a drinke for the spleene , folio . 282 to dissolve the hardnesse of the spleene , folio . 283 a soveraigne medicine for the spleene , &c. folio . ibid for ache in the backe folio . ibid to stay the backe , and helpe a consumption , &c. folio . 284 to take away the paine of the reynes &c. folio . 285 for ache in the backe and legges , folio . ibid for the bladder and the reynes , folio . 286 a plaister for the reynes , folio . ibid for all diseases , in the backe , folio . ibid for paine in the bladder , &c. folio . 287 against running of the reynes , folio . ibid a syrope for the backe , folio . 288 remedies to provoke menstruum mulieris , folio . 289 to stop white menstruum and red , folio . 291 another for the white , folio . ibid the vertue of fearne , folio . 292 to take away heate and inflamation , &c. folio . ibid a locion for a sore mouth , folio . 293 a preparative , folio . ibid to make vergent milke by d. y●xley . folio . ibid a comfortable powder for the heart , folio 294 a remedy that breaketh the stone , folio . ibid another remedy for the stone , &c. folio . ibd a proved medicine to avoid the vrine &c. folio . 29● a very good water for the stone proved , folio . ib●● to breake the stone , folio . ibid doctor argentines medicine for the stone , folio . ibid divers medicines for the stone &c. folio . 296 excellent remedies for the stone &c. folio . 297 for the stone in the reynes , or bladder , folio . 298 an injection for the stone , folio . ibid for any evill in the bladder , folio . ibid a powder to breake the stone , folio . 299 to ●ase the paine of the stone , folio . ibid against the new ague , by doctor langdon , folio . 301 for an ague . by doctor turner , folio . ibid a very good drinke for an ague , if one shake , folio . ibid for a cold ague , folio . 301 a plaister to take away the ague &c. folio . 303 to kill the palsie , folio . ibid a remedy for the dropsie , folio . ibid against stopping of the pipes , folio . ibid against hoarsenesse , folio . ●04 for the yellow iaundise . folio . ibid for wormes in the bellie , folio . ibid a proved remedy for a womans throvves &c. folio . 305 a powder for the strangury , folio . ibid for the collicke and stone , folio . ibid for a megrim in the head. folio . i●●d for the tooth-ache , folio . ●06 for a sore brest , folio . ibid for a fore eye that burneth and is watrie , folio . ibid for to stoppe the bloody fluxe , folio . ibid a remedy for a fellon , folio . 307 a medicine well proved for the megrim , folio . ibid for to heale a sore eye , hurt with small pocks . folio . ibid for a sore eye with a pinne or a web , folio . 308 for a sore eye that itcheth and pricketh , folio . ibid for a sciatica or ache in the bones , folio . ibid for sore eyes ▪ folio . ibid to stoppe a great laske , folio . 309 to cause one to make water , folio . ibid for the wind collicke . folio . ibid for to make a water for the same , folio . 310 for to bind one from the laske , folio . ibid for to skin a sore finger , folio . ibid for a vehement cough in young children &c. folio . ibid for a broken head , folio . ibid for chilblaines in the feete or hands , folio . 311 to kill the tooth-ache , &c. folio . ibid for a stitch , folio . ibid for an ache or a bruise , folio . ibd to make white teeth . folio . 312 for a swelling in the cheeke , folio . ibid to make a perfume suddenly in a chamber where a sicke man lyeth , folio . ibid to make a cleere voyce , folio . 313 for the mother , folio . ibid for the stitch or bruise , folio . ibid for the bloody fluxe , folio . 314 remedies for the i●c● , folio . ibid to kill lice or itch , folio . 315 to cure the crampe , folio . ibid for a paine or swelling in the privie parts , folio . ibid remedies for burning or scalding , folio . ibid remedies for the piles , folio . 316 to cure the cappes , folio 316 to kill a tetter or ring-worme , folio . 317 remedies for the shingles , folio . ibid fgr griping● in the belly , folio . 318 a pla●ster for the same , folio . ibid for a scurfe in the body , folio . ibid for a wilde running scab , folio . ibid for a timpany , folio . 319 for one in a consumption , folio . ibid for one tha● is broken bellied , folio . 320 for the shrinking of the sinewes , folio . 321 for the staying of the fluxe , folio . ibid a medicine for a sore throat , folio . ibid for weaknesse in the backe , folio . ibid for the carbunckle or impostume &c. folio . 322 to take w●y pock-holes , or any spot &c. folio . ibid for faintnesse in the stomacke , or the morphew , folio . ibid to care the french pox , &c. folio . 323 preservatives against the plague , &c. folio . 327 the svrgions directory : or , an exercise for gentlewomen . part . i. containing the anatomie of mans body , compiled by t. v. esquire , for the use and benefit of all unlearned practitioners in the art and mystery of chyrurgerie . chap. i. 1. to kn●w what chyrurgerie is . 2. how a● hyrurgion should be● chosen . 3. with what properties hee should be indued . for the first , which is to know what chyrurgerie is . herein j doe note the saying of lanfranke , whereas hee saith ; all things that man would know , may be knowne by one of these three things : that is to say , by his name , or by his working ; or else by his very being and shewing of his owne properties . so then it followeth , that in the same manner we may know what chyrurgery is , by three things . first , by his name , as thus : the interpreters write , that chirurgerie is derived out of these words . apo tes chiros , cai tou ergou ▪ that is to be understood : a hand-working , and so it may be taken for all handy arts : but noble hypocrates saith , that chirurgerie is hand-working in mans body , for the very end and profit of chirurgerie is hand-working . now the second manner of knowing what thing chyrurgerie it , it is the saying of avicen ; to be knowne by his being , for it is verily a medicinall science . and as galen saith , he that will know the certainty of a thing , let him not busie himselfe to know onely the name of that thing , but also the working and the effect of the same thing . now the third way to know what thing chirurgerie is , it is also to be knowne by his being or declaring of his own properties , the which teacheth us to worke in mans body with hands , as thus : in cutting and opening those parts that be whole , and in healing those parts that be broken or cut , and in taking away that that is superfluous , as warts , wennes , skurfulas , and other of like effect . but further , to declare what galen saith chirurgery is , it is the last instrument of medicine : that is to say , dyet , potion , and chirurgery : of the which three saith he , dyet is the noblest , and the most vertuous : and thus he saith . whereas a man may be cured with diet onely , let there be given no manner of medicine . the second instrument , is potion : for and if a man may be cured with diet and potion , let there not be ministred any chirurgery , through whose vertue and goodnesse , is removed and put away many grievous infirmities and diseases , which might not have beene removed nor yet put away , neither with diet nor with potion . and by these three meanes , it is knowne what thing chirurgery is . and this sufficeth us for that point . now it is knowne what thing chirurgerie is , there must also be chosen a man apt and meete to minister chirurgery ▪ or to be a chirurgion . and in this point all authors doe agree , that a chirurgion should be chosen by his complexion , and that his complexion bee very temperate , and all his members well proportioned . for rasis saith : whose face is not seemely , it is vnpossible for him to have good manners . and aristotle the great philospher , writeth in his epistles to the noble king alexander ) as in those epistles more plainly doth appeare ) how he should choose all such persons as should serve him , by the forme and shape of the face , and all other members of the body . and furthermore they say , hee that is of an evill complexion , there must needs follow like conditions . wherefore it agreeth , that he that will take upon him to practice as a chyrurgion , must be both of a good and temperate complexion● as is afore rehearsed : and principally , that he be a good liver , and a keeper of the holy commandements of god , of whom commeth all cunning and grace , and that his body be not quaking , and his hands stedfast , his fingers long and small ▪ and not trembling : and that his left hand be as ready as his right , with all his limmes , able to fulfill the good work●s of the soule . now as here is a man meete to be made a chirurgion : ( and though he have all those good qualities before rehearsed ) yet is he no good chirurgion , but a man very fit and meete for the practice . now then to know what properties and conditions this man must have before he be a perfect chirurgion . j doe note foure things most specially , that every chirurgion ought for to have : the first , that he be learned : the second , that he be expert : the third , that he be ingenious : the fourth , that he be well mannered . the first ( j said ) he ought to be learned , and that he know his principles , not onely in chirurgery , but also in physicke , that he may the better defend his chirurgery ; also hee ought to be seene in naturall philosophy , and in grammar , that he speake congruity in logicke , that teacheth him to prove his proportions with good reason : in rhetoricke , that teacheth him to speake seemely and eloquently : also in theoricke , that teacheth him to know things naturall , and not naturall , and things against nature . also he must know the anatomie : for all authors write against those chirurgions that worke in mans body , not knowing the anatomy : for they be likened to a blind man , that cutteth in a vine tree , for he taketh more or lesse then he ought to doe . and here note well the sayings of galen , the prince of philosophers , in his estoris , that it is as possible for a chyrurgion ( not knowing the anatomy ) to worke in mans body without error , as it is for a blind man to carve an jmage and make it perfect . the second , j said , he must be expert : for rasus saith : he ought to know and to see other men worke , and after to have use and exercise . the third , that he be ingenious and witty : for all things belonging to chirurgery may not be written ▪ nor with letters set forth . the fourth , j said , that he must be well mannered , and that he have all these good conditions here following . first , that he be no spouse-breaker , nor no drunkard . for the philosophers say , amongst all other things , beware of those persons that follow drunkennesse , for they be accounted for no men , because they live a life bestiall : wherefore amongst all other sorts of people , they ought to bee sequestred from the ministring of medicine . likewise , a chirurgion must take heed that he deceive no man with his vaine promises , for to make of a small matter a great ▪ because he would be accounted the more famous . and amongst other things , they may neither be flatterers nor mockers , nor privie back-biters of other men . likewise , they must not be proud , nor presumptuous : nor detracters of other men . likewise , they ought not to be covetous , nor no niggard , and namely amongst their friends , or men of worship , but let them be honest , courteous , and free both in word and deed . likewise , they shall give no counsell except they be asked , and then give their advice by good deliberation , and that they be well advised before they speake , chiefly in the presence of wise men . likewise , they must be as privie and as secret as any confessor , of all things that they shall either heare or see in the house of their patient . they shall not ta ke into their cure any manner of person , except hee will be obedient vnto their precepts : for he cannot be called a patient , unlesse he be a sufferer . also that they doe their diligence as well to the poore as to the rich . they shall never discomfort their patient , and shall command all that be about him that they doe the same , but to his friends speake truth as the case standeth . they must also be bold in those things whereof they be certaine , and as dreadfull in all perils . they may not chide with the sicke , but be alwayes pleasant and merry . they must not covet any w oman by way of villany , and specially in the house of their patient . they shall not for covetousnesse of money , taken in hand those cures that be uncurable , nor never set any certaine day of the sicke mans health , for it lyeth not in their power : following the distinct conusell of galen , in the aphorisme of hypocrat●s ▪ saying : oporter seipsum non solum . by this galen meaneth , that to the cure of every sore , there belongeth foure things : of which , the first and principall belongeth to god : the second , to the surgion : the third , to the medicine : and the fourth , to the patient . of the which foure , if any one doe faile , the pa●ient cannot be healed : then they to whom belongeth but the fou●th part , shall not promise the whole but be first well advised . they must al●o be gracious and good to the poore , and of the rich take liberally for both . and see they never praise themselves , for that redoundeth more to their shame and discredit , then to their fame and worship . for a cunning and skilfull chirurgion , need not vaunt of his doings , for his works will ever get credit enough . likewise , that they dispi●e no other chirurgion without a great cause : for it is meete , that one chirurgion should love another , as christ loveth vs all . and in thus doing , they shall increase both in vertue and cunning , to the honor of god , and worldly fame . thus farre for his parts . of the anatomie . chap. ii. the anatomie of the simple members . and if it bee asked you how many simple members there be , it is to be answered , eleven , and two that be but superfluities of members : and these be they , bones , cartilages , nerves , pannicles , ligaments , cordes , arteirs , veynes , fatnesse , flesh and skinne : and the superfluities bee the haires and nailes . j shall begin at the bone , because it is the foundation and the hardest member of all th● body . the bone is a consimile member , simple and spermaticke , and cold and dry of complexion , insensible , and inflexible : and hath divers formes in mans body , for the diversity of helpings . the cause why there be many bones in mans body , is this : sometime it is needfull that one member or one limbe should move without another : another cause is , that some defend the principall members , as both the bone of the brest ▪ and of the head : and some to bee the foundation of divers parts of the body , as the bones of the ridge and of the legges : and some to fulfill the hollow places , as in the hands and feet , &c. the gristle is a member simple and spermaticke , next in hardnesse to the bone ▪ and is of complexion cold and dry , and insensible . the gristle was ordained for sixe causes or profits that j find in it : the first is , that the continuall moving of the hard bone might not be done in a juncture , but that the gristle should be a meane betweene the ligament and him . the second is , that in the time of concussion or oppression , the soft members or limbes should not be hurt of the hard . the third is , that the extremity of bones and joynts that be grisly , might the easier be foulded and moved together , without hurt . the fourth is , for that it is necessary in some meane places , to put a gristle , as in the throat-bowle for the sound . the fifth is , for that it is needfull that some members be holden up with a gristle , as the lids of the eyes . the sixt is , that some limbes have a sustaining and a drawing abroad , as in the nose and the eares , &c. the ligament is a member consimple , simple , and spermaticke , next in hardnesse to the gristle , and of complexion cold and dry , and is flexible and insensible , and bindeth the bones together . the cause why hee is flexible and insensible , is this : if it had beene sensible , he might not have suffered the labour and moving of the joynts : and if it had not beene flexible of his bowing , one limme should not have moved without another . the second profit is that he be joyned with sinewes , for to make cordes and brawnes . the third helpe is , that he be a resting place to some sinewes . the fourth profit is , that by him the members that be within the bone be sustained , as the matrix and kidneys , and divers other , &c. the sinew , is a consimilier member , simple and spermatick , a meane betweene hard and soft , and in complexion cold and dry , and he is both flexible and sensible , strong and tough , having his beginning from the braine , or from mynuca , which is the marrow of the backe . and from the braine commeth seaven paire of nerves sensative , and from mynuca commeth thirty paire of nerves motive , and one that is by himselfe , that springeth of the last spondell . all these sinewes have both feeling and moving , in some more , and in some lesse , &c. a corde or tendon , is a consimple or officiall member compound and spermaticke , sinewie , strong and tough , meanely betweene hardnesse and softnesse , and meanly sensible and flexible and in complexion cold and dry . and the corde or tendon is thus made : the sinewes that come from the braine and from mynuca , and goe to move the members , is intermingled with the lygaments , and when the sinewes and lygaments are intermingled together , then is made a corde . and for three causes j perceive why the cordes were made . the first is , that the sinew alone is so sensible , that hee may not suffer the great labour and travell of moving , without the fellowship and strength of the ligament that is insensible , and that letteth his great feeling , and bringeth him to a perfit temperance . and so the cordes move the limbes to the will of the soule . and this corde is associated with a simple flesh , and so thereof is made a brawne or a muskle , on whom he might rest after his travell : and this brawne is called a muskle . then when this corde is entred into this brawne , he is departed into many small threeds , the which be called will : and this will hath three properties : the first , is in length , by whose vertue that draweth it hath might . the second in breadth , by whom the vertue that casteth out hath might . the third , in thwartnes , in whom the vertue that holdeth hath might : and at the end of the brawne those threeds be gathered together to make another muskle , &c. now j will begin at the arteir . this arteir is a member consimile , ●imple and spermaticke , hollow and sinowie , having his springing from the heart , bringing from the heart to every member , blood and spirit of life . it is of complexion cold and dry . and all these arteirs have two coates , except one that goeth to the lungs , and he hath but one coate that spreadeth abroad in the lungs , and bringeth with him to the lungs , blood with the spirit of life to nourish the lungs withall : and also that arteir bringeth with him from the lungs ayre to temper the fumous heate that is in the heart . and this arteir is he that is called arteria venalis , because he hath but one coate as a veyne , and is more obedient to be delated abroad through all the lungs , because that the blood might the sooner sweat through him : whereas all other arteirs have two coates , because one coate may not withstand the might and power of the spirit of life . divers other causes there be , which shall be declared in the anatomie of the breast , &c. the veyne is a simple member , in complexion cold and dry , and spermaticke , like to the arteir ▪ having his beginning from the liver , and bringeth from the liver nutritiue blood , to nourish every member of the body with . and it is so to be understood , that there is no more difference betweene these two vessels of blood , but that the arteir is a vessell of blood spirituall or vitall . and the veyne is a vessell of blood nutrimentall , of the which veynes , there is noted two most principall , of the which , one is called vena porta : the other is called vena celis , of whom it is too much to treat of now , untill we come to the anatomy of the wombe , &c. the flesh , is a consimile member , simple , not spermaticke , and is ingendred of blood congealed by heat , and is in complexion hot and moyst . of the which is noted three kinds of fleshes : that is to say , one is soft and pure flesh : the second is musculus , or hard and brawny flesh : the third is glandulus , knotty , or kurnelly flesh . also the commodities of the flesh , be indifferent , or ●ome be common to every kinde of flesh , and some be proper to one manner of flesh alone . the profits of the flesh be many , for some defend the body from cold as doth cloathes : also it defendeth the body from hard things comming against it : so through his moysture he rectifyeth the body in summer , in time of great heate . wherefore it is to be considered , what profitablenesse is in every kind of flesh by himselfe . and first of simple and pure flesh , which fulfilleth the concavities of voyd places , and causeth good forme and shape : and this flesh is found betweene the teeth , and on the end of the yard . the profits of the brawny flesh or musculus flesh , shall be spoken of in the anatomy of the armes . the profits of the glandulus flesh are these . first , that it turneth the blood into a colour like to himselfe , as doth the flesh of a womans pappes turne the menstruall blood into milke . secondly , the glandulus flesh of the testikles , turneth the blood into sparme . thirdly , the glandulus flesh of the cheekes , that engendreth the spettle , &c. the next is of fatnesse , of the which j find three kinds . the first is pinguedo , and it is a consimiler member , not spermaticke , and it is made of a subtill portion of blood congealed by colde : and it is of complexion cold and moyst , insensible , and is intermingled amongst the parts of the flesh . the second , is adeppes , and is of the same kind as is pinguedo , but it is departed from the flesh besides the skin and it is as an oyle heating and moystning the skin . the third is auxingia , and it is of kind as the others be , but he is departed from the flesh within foorth about the kidneyes , and in the intrailes , and it helpeth both the kidneyes and the intrailes , from drying by his unctiosity , &c. then come wee to the skin . the skin is a consimile member or officiall , partly spermatick , strong and tough , flexible and sensible , thin and temperate : whereof there be two kinds : one is the skin that covereth the outward members : and the other the inner members , which is called a pannicle , the profitablenesse of whom , was ●poken in the last lesson : but the skin is properly woven of threeds , nerves . veynes , and arteirs . and he is made temperate , because he should be a good redeemer of heate from cold , and of moystnesse from drynesse , that there should nothing annoy or hurt the body , but it giveth warning to the common wits thereof , &c. the haires of every part of mans body , are but superfluity of members , made of the grosse ●ume or smoake passing out of the viscous matter , thickned to the forme of haire . the profitablenesse of him is declared in the anatomy of the head , &c. the nayles likewise , are a superfluity of members ▪ engendred of great earthly smoke or fume resolved through the naturall heate of humors , and is softer then the bone , and harder then the flesh . in complexion they be cold and dry ▪ and are alwayes waxing in the extremity of the fingers and toes . the utility of them are , that by them a man shall take the better hold : also they helpe to claw the body when it needeth . lastly , they helpe to divide things for lacke of other tooles , &c. chap. iii. the anatomie of the compound members , and first of the head. because the head of man is the habitation or dw●lling place of the reasonable soule of man , therefore with the grace of god , j shall first speake of the anatomie of the head . galen saith in the second chapter de juvamentes , and avicen rehearseth the same in his first proposition and third chapter , proving that the head of man was made neither for wits , nor yet for the braines , but onely for the eyes . for beasts that have no heads , have the organs or instruments of wits in their breasts . therefore god and nature have reared up the head of man onely for the eyes , for it is the highest member of man : and as a beholder or watchman standeth in a high tower to give warning of the enemies , so doth the eye of man give warning vnto the common wittes , for the defence of all other members of the body . now to our purpose . if the question be asked ▪ how many things be there contained on the head , and how many things contained within the head ? as it is rehearsed by guydo , there be five containing , and as many contained , as thus : the haire , the skin , the flesh , the pannicles , and the bone ; neither rehearsing veine nor artier . the which anatomy cannot be truly without them both , as thou shalt well perceive both in this but especially in the next . and now in this lesson j shall speake but of haire , skin , flesh , veynes , pannicles , and bones , what profit they doe to man , every of them in his kind . of the haire of the head , ( whose creation is knowne in the anatomy of the simple members ) j doe note foure utilities why it was ordained . the first is , that it defendeth the braine from too much heat , and too much cold , and many other outward noyances . the second is , it maketh the forme or shape of the head to seeme more seemelyer or beautifuller . for if the head were not haired , the face and the head should seeme but one thing , and therefore the haire formeth and shapeth the head from the face . the third is , that by colour of the haire , is witnessed and knowne the complexion of the braine . the fourth is , that the fumosities of the braine might ascend and passe lightlyer out by them . for if there were a sad thing , as the skinne , or other of the same nature , as the haire is , the fumosities of the braine might not have passed through it so lightly , as it doth by the haire . the skin of the head is more lazartus , thicker , and more porrus , then any other skinne of any other member of the body . and two causes j note why ; one is , that it keepeth or defendeth the braine from too much heat and cold as doth the haire . the other , that it discusseth to the common wits of all things that noyet h outwardly , for the haire is insensible . the third cause why the skinne of the head is more thicker then any other skinne of the body , is this ; that it keepeth the braine the more warme , and is the better fence for the braine , and it bindeth and keepeth the bones of the head the faster together . next followeth the flesh , the which is all musculus or lazartus flesh , lying upon pericranium without meane . and it is made of subtill will , and of simple flesh , sinewes , veynes and arteirs . and why the flesh that is all musculus or lazartus in every member of a mans body was made , is for three causes . the first is , that by his thicknesse ▪ he should comfort the digestion of other members that lye by him . the second is , that through him every member is made is the formelier , and taketh the better shape . the third is , that by his meanes every member of the body , drawing to him nourishing , the which others with-hold to put forth from them , as it shall be more plainlyer spoken of in the anatomy of the wombe . next followeth pericranium , or the covering of the bones of the head. but here it is to be noted of a veyne and an arteir that commeth betweene the flesh and this pericranium , that nourisheth the utter part of the head , and so entreth privily thorow the commissaries of the skull bearing to the braine and to his pannicles nourishing : of whose substance , is made both duramater , and also pericranium , as shall be declared in the parts contayned in the head. here it is to be noted of this pannicle pericranium , that it bindeth or compasseth all the bones of the head , vnto whom is adjoyned duramater , and is also a part of his substance , howbeit they be separated , for duramater is neerer the braine , and is vnder the skull ▪ this pericranium was made principally for two causes : one is , that for his strong binding together , hee should make firme and stable the feeble commissaries or seames of the bones of the head. the other cause is , that it should be a meane betweene the hard bone and the soft . flesh . next , is the bone of the pot of the head , keeping in the braines , of which it were too long to declare their names after all authors , as they number them and their names , for some name them after the greeke tongue , and some after the arabian : but in conclusion all this to our purpose . and they be numbred seven bones in the pan or skull of the head . the first is called the coronall bone , in which is the orbits or holes of the eyes , and it reacheth from the browes unto the midst of the head , and there it meeteth with the second bone called occipissiall , a bone of the hinder part of the head called the noddle of the head , which two bones coronall and occipissiall , be divided by the commissaries , in the middest of the head. the third and fourth bones be called parietales , and they be the bones of the sideling parts of the head , and they be divided by the commissaries , both from the foresaid coronall and occipissiall . the fift and sixt bones be called , pet rosa or medosa : and these two bones lye over the bones called , parietales , on every side of the head one , like skales , in whom be the holes of the eares . the seventh and last of the head is called paxillarie or bazillarie , the which bone is as it were a wedge vnto all the other seaven bones of the head , and doth fasten them together . and thus be all numbred . the first is , the coronall bone : the second , is the occipissiall : the third and the fourth , is parietales : the fifth and the sixth is petrosa , or mendosa . and the seventh is paxillarie , or bazillarie . and this sufficeth for the seven bones containing the head. chap. iiii. in this chapter is decl●red the sive things contayned within the head. next under the bones of the head within forth , the first thing that appeareth is duramater , then is piamater , then the substance of the braine , and then vermi formes and letemirabile . but first we are to speake of duramater , whereof , and how it is sprung and made : first , it is to be noted of the veyne and arteire that was spoken of in the last chapter before , how privily they entered through the commissaries , or seames of the head , and there by their union together , they doe not onely bring and give the spirit of life and nutriment , but also doe weave themselves so together , that they make this pannicle duramater . it is holden up by certaine threeds of himselfe , comming through the said commissaries , running into pericranium or pannicle that covereth the bones of the head. and with the foresaid veine and artier , and these threeds , comming from duramater , is woven and made this pericranium . and why this pannicle duramater is set from the skull , j note two causes . the first is , that if the duramater should have touched the skull , it should lightly have beene hurt with the hardnesse of the bone. the second cause is , that the matter that commeth of wounds made in the head piercing the skull , should by it the better be defended and kept from piamater , and hurting of the braine . and next unto this pannicle , there is another pannicle called piamater , or meek-mother , because it is soft and tender unto the braine . of whose creation , it is to be noted as of duramater : for the originall of their first creation is of one kind , both from the heart and the liver , and is mother of the very substance of the braine . why it is called piamater , is for because it is soft and tender to the braine , that it nourisheth the braine and feedeth it , as doth a loving mother , unto her tender childe or babe , for it is not so tough and hard as is duramater . in this pannicle piamater is much to be noted of the great number of veines and arteirs that are planted , ramefying throughout all his substance , giving to the braine both spirit and life . and this pannicle doth circumvolue or lay all the substance of the braine : and in some plaec of the braine ▪ the veynes and the artiers goe forth of him , and enter into the divisions of the braine , and there drinketh of the braines substance into them , asking of the heart , to them the spirit of life or breath , and of the liver nutriment . and the aforesaid spirit or breath taketh a further disgestion , and there it is made animall by the elaboration of the spirit vitall , and is turned and made animall . furthermore , why there be no more pannicles over the braine then one , is this : if there had beene but one pannicle onely , either it must have beene hard or soft , or meane , betweene both : if it had beene hard , it should have hurt the braine by his hardnesse . if it had beene soft , it should have beene hurt of the hard bone. and if it had beene but meanly , neyther hard nor soft , it should have hurt the braine by his roughnesse , and also have beene hurt of the hard bone. therefore god and nature hath ordained two pannicles , the one hard , and the other soft , the harder to be a meane betweene the soft and the bone : and the softer to be a meane betweene the harder and the braine it selfe . also these pannicles be cold and dry of complexion , and ●permaticke . next is the braine , of which it is marvellously to be considered and noted , how this piamater divideth the substance of the braine , and lappeth it into certaine selles or divisions , as thus : the substance of the braine is divided into three parts or ventricles , of which the foremost part is the most . the second or middlemost is lesse : the third or hindermost is the least . and from each one to another be issues or passages that are called meates , through whom passeth the spirit of life to and fro . but here ye shall note , that every ventricle is divided into two parts , and in every part god hath ordained and set singular and severall vertues , as thus ; first , in the foremost ventricle , god hath founded and set the common wittes , otherwise , called the five wits , as hearing , seeing , feeling , smelling , and tasting . and also there is one part of this ventricle , the vertue that is called fantasie , and he taketh all the formes or ordinances that be disposed of the five wittes , after the meaning of sensible things . in the other part of the same ventricle , is ordained and founded the imaginative vertue , the which receiveth of the common wittes the forme or shape of sensitive things , as they were received of the common wittes without-forth , representing their owne shape and ordinances unto the memorative vertue . in the middle sell or ventricle , there is founded and ordained the cogitative or estimative vertue : for he rehearseth , sheweth , declareth , and deemeth those things that be offered vnto him , by the other that were spoken of before . in the third ventricle and last , there is founded and ordained the vertue memorative : in this place is registred and kept those things that are done and spoken with the sences and keepe them in his treasury vnto the putting forth of the five or common wittes , or organes , or instruments of animall workes , out of whose extremities or lower parts springeth mynuca , or marrow of the spondels : of whom it shall be spoken of in the anatomy of the neck and back . furthermore , it is to be noted , that from the foremost ventricle of the braine , springeth seven paire of sentative or feeling sinewes , the which ●e produced to the eyes , the eares , the nose , the tongue , and to the stomacke , and to divers other parts of the body : as it shall be declared in their anatomies . also it is to be noted , that about the middle ventricle is the place of vermiformis , with kurnelly flesh that filleth , and retemirabile , a wonderfull cau●e vnder the pannicles , is set or bounded with arteirs onely which come from the heart , in the which the vitall spirit by his great labour , is turned and made animall . and yee shll understand , that these two be the best kept parts of all the body : for a man shall rather dye , than any of these should suffer any manner of griefes from without forth , and therefore god hath set them farre from the heart . heere j note the saying of haly abba , of the comming of small artiers from the heart , of whom ( saith he ) is made a marvellous net or caule , in the which caule is inclosed the braine , and in that place is laid the spirit of feeling , from that place hath the spirit of feeling his first creation , and from thence passeth other members , &c. furthermore yee shall understand , that the brain is a member cold and moist of complexion , thin , and meanly viscous , and ● principal member , and an officiall member and spermaticke . and first , why he is a principall member , is , because he is the governour or the treasury of the five wittes : and why he is an officiall member , is , because he hath the effect of feeling and stirring : and why he is cold and moyst , is , that he should by his coldnesse and moystnesse , abate and temper the exceeding heate and drought that commeth from the heart . and why it is moyst , is , that it should be the more indifferenter and abler to every thing that should be reserved or gotten into him . and why it is soft , is , that it should give place and favour to the vertue of stirring . and why it is meanly viscous , is , that his sinewes should not be letted in their working , through his overmuch hardnesse . heere galen demandeth a question , which is this : whether that feeling and moving be brought to nerves by one or by divers ? or whether the aforesaid thing be brought substantially or rather judicially ? the matter ( saith he ) is so hard to search and to be understood , that it were much better to let it alone and passe over it . aristotle intreating of the braine , saith : the braine is a member continually moving and ruling all other members of the body , giving unto them both feeling and moving : for if the braine be let , all other members be let : and if the braine be well , then all other members of the body be the better disposed . also , the braine hath this property , that it moveth and followeth the moving of the moone : for in the waxing of the moone , the braine followeth upwards , and in the wane of the moone , the braine discendeth downewards , and vanisheth in substance of vertue : for then the braine shrinketh together in it selfe , and is not so fully obedient to the spirit of feeling . and this is proved in men that be lunaticke and mad , and also in men that be epulenticke or having the falling sicknesse , that be most grieved in the beginning of the new moone and in the latter quarter of the moone . wherefore ( saith aristotle ) when it happeneth that the braine is either too dry or too moyst , then can it not worke his kind , for then is the body made cold : then are the spirits of life melted and resolved away : and then followeth feeblenesse of the wittes , and of all other members of the body , and last death . chap. v. the anatomy of the face . the front or the forehead , containeth nothing but the skin and musculus flesh , for the pannicle underneath , it is of pericranium , and the bone is of the coronall bone . howbeit there it is made broad as if there were a double bone , which maketh the forme of the browes . it is called the forehead or front , from one eare to the other , and from the rootes of the eares of the head ▪ before unto the browes . but the cause why the browes were set and reared up , was , that they should defend the eyes from noyance without-foorth : and they be ordained with haire , to put by the humor or sweat that commeth from the head . also the browes doe helpe the eye-liddes , and doe beautifie and make faire the face , for he that hath not his browes haired , is not seemely . and aristotle sayth , that over-measurable browes betokeneth an envious man. also high browes and thicke , betokeneth cowardise : and meanly , signifieth gentlenesse of heart . incisions about this part , ought to be done according to the length of the body , for there the muscle goeth from one eare to the other . and there if any incision should be made with the length of the muscle , it might happen the brow to hang over the eye without remedy ▪ as it is many times seene , the more pitty . the browes are called supercilium in latine , and under is the eye-lids , which is called cilium , and is garnished with haires . two causes j find why the eye-lids were ordained . the first is , that they should keepe and defend the eye from dust and other outward noyances . the second is , when the eye is weary or heavie , then they should be covered and take rest nnderneath them . why the haires were ordained in them is , that by them is addressed the formes or similitudes of visible things vnto the apple of the eye . the eare is a member seemely and gristly , able to be holden without , and is the organ or instrument of hearing : it is of complexion cold and dry . but why the eare was set up out of the head , is this , that the sounds that be very fugitive , should lurke and abide under his shadow , till it were taken of the instruments of hearing . another cause is , that it should keepe the hole that it standeth over , from things falling in that might hinder the hearing . the sinewes that are the organs or instruments of hearing , spring each from the braine , from whence the seven paire of sinewes doe spring , and when they come to the hole of the eare , there they writhe like a winepresse : and at the ends of them , they be like the head of a worme , or like a little teate , in which is received the sound , and so carryed to the common wits . the eyes be next of nature unto the soule : for in the eye is seene and knowne the disturbances and griefes , gladnesse and joyes of the soule ; as love , wrath , and other passions . the eyes be the instruments of sight . and they be compound and made of ten things : that is to say ▪ of seven tunicles or coates , and of three humours . of the which ( sayth galen ) the braine and the head were made for the eye , that they might be in the highest as a beholder in a tower , as it was rehearsed in the anatomy of the head. but divers men hold divers opinions of the anatomy of the eyes : for some men account but three tunicles , and some sixe . but in conclusion , they meane all one thing . for the very truth is , that there be counted and reckoned seven tunicles , that is to say , selirotica , secondina , retyna , vnia , cornua , araniae , and conjunctiva : and these three humours . that is , to say , humor , virtus , humor albigynus , and humor chrystallinus . it is to bee knowne how and after what manner they spring : you shall understand , that there springeth of the braine substance of his foremost ventricles , two sinewes , the one from the right ●ide , and the other from the left , and they bee called the first paire ; for in the anatomie , they be the first paire of sinewes that appeare of all seven . and it is shewed by galen , that these sinewes be hollow as a reede ▪ for two causes . the first is , that the visible spirit might passe freely to the eyes . the second is , that the forme of visible things might freely be presented to the common wittes . now marke the going forth of these sinewes . when these sinewes goe out from the substance of the braine , he commeth through the piamater , of whose substance he taketh a pannicle or a coate : and the cause why he taketh that pannicle ▪ is to keepe him from anoying , and before they enter into the skull , they meete and are united into one sinew the length of halfe an inch : and then they depart againe into two , and each goeth into one eye , entring through the braine-panne , and these sinewes be called nervi optici . and three causes j finde why these nerves are joyned in one before they passe into the eye . first , if it happen any diseases in one eye , the other should receive all the visible spirit that before came to both . the second is , that all things that we see should not seeme two : for if they had not beene joyned together , every thing should have seemed two , as it doth to a worme , and to other beasts . the third is , that the sinew might stay and helpe the other . but hereupon lanfranke accordeth much : saying , that these two sinewes came together to the eyes , and take a pannicle both of piamater and of duramater , and when they enter into the orbit of the eye , there the extremities are spread abroad , the which are made of three substances : that is to say , of duramater , of piamater , and of nervi optici . there be engendred three tunicles or coates , as thus : of the substance that is taken from duramater , is engendred the first coate that is called secondina : and of nervi optici , is engendred the third coate , that is called retina : and each of them is more subtiller then other , and goeth about the humours without meane . and it to be understood , that each of these three tunicles be divided , and so they make sixe : that is to say ▪ three of the parts of the braine , and three of the parts outwards , and one of pericranium , that covereth the bones of the head , which is called conjunctiva . and thus you may perceive the springing of them , as thus : of duramater springeth clirotica and cornua . of piamater , springeth secondina and vnia . and of nervi optici , springeth conjunctiva . now to speake of the humours which be three , and their places are the middle of the eyes ; of the which , the first is humor vltrus , because he is like glasse , in colour very cleere , red , liquid , or thin , and hee is in the inward side next unto the braine ; and it is thin , because the nutritive blood of the christaline might passe , as water through a spunge should bee clensed and made pure , and also that the visible spirit might the lightlier passe through him from the braine . and he goeth about the christaline humour , untill he meet with albuginus humour , which is set in the ●ttermost part of the eye . and in the middest of these humours , vltrus and albiginus , is set the chrystaline humour , in which is set principally the sight of the eye . and these humours be separated and involved with the pannicles as aforesaid , betweene every humour a pannicle ; and thus is the eye compound and made . but to speake of every humour and every pannicle in his due order and course , it would aske a long progresse , and a long chapter ; but this is sufficient for a chyrurgion , at present . now to begin at the nose ; you shall understand , that from the braine there commeth two sinewes to the holes of the braine-pan , where beginneth the concavity of the nose , and these two be not properly sinewes , but organs or instruments of smelling , and have heads like teats or paps , in which is received the vertue of smelling , and representing it to the common wits : over these two , is set colatorium t hat which wee call the nosthrils ; and is set betweene the eyes , under the upper part of the nose . and it is to bee noted , that this concavity or ditch was made for two causes ; the first is , that the ayre that bringeth forth the spirit of smelling might rest in it , till it were taken of the organs or instrument of smelling . the second cause is , that the superfluities of the braine might be hidden under it , untill it were clensed : and from this concavity there goeth two holes down into themouth , of which there is to be noted three benefits . the first is , that when a mans mouth is close , or when he eateth or sleepeth , that then the ayre might come through them to the lungs , or else a mans mouth should alwayes bee open . the second cause is , that they helpe to the relation of the forme of the nose ; for it is said , a man speaketh in his nose , when any of these holes be stopped . the third cause is , that the concavity might bee clensed by them , when a man snuffeth the nose , or draweth into his mouth inwardly . the nose is a member consimple or official , appearing without the face , somewhat plyable , because it should the better be clensed . and it is to bee perceived ▪ that it is compound and made of skin and lazartus flesh , and of two bones standing in manner tryangle-wise , whose extremities bee joyned in one part of the nose with the coronall bone , and the nether extremities are joyned with two gristles , and another that divideth the nosthrils within , and holdeth up the nose . also there be two concavities or holes , that if one were stopped the other should serve ; also there is in the nose two muscles to help the working of his office . and gal●n saith , that the nose shapeth the face most ; for where the nose lacketh ( saith he ) all the rest of the face is the more unseemly . the nose should be of a meane bignesse , and not to exceed in length or bredth , nor in highnesse . for aristotle saith , if the nostrils be too thin or too wide , by great drawing in of ayre , it betokeneth great straitnesse of heart , and indignation of thought . and therefore it is to be noted , that the shape of the members of the body , betokeneth and judgeth the affections and will of the soule of man , as the philosopher saith , the temples are called the members of the head , and they have that name because of continuall moving . and as the science of the anatomie meaneth , the spirit vitall is sent from the heart to the braine by arteirs , and by veynes and nutrimentall blood , where the vessels pulsatives in the temples be lightly hurt . also , the temples have dents or holes inwardly , wherein he taketh the humour that commeth from the braine , and bringeth the eyes a sleepe ; and if the said holes or dents bee pressed and wrung , then by trapping of the humour that continueth , hee maketh the teares to fall from the eye . the cheekes are the sideling parts of the face , and they containe in them musculus flesh , with veynes and arteirs , and about these parts be many muscles . guido maketh mention of seaven about the cheekes and over-lip . and haly-abbas saith , there be twelue muscles that move the neither jaw , some of them in opening , and other some in closing or shutting , passing under the bones of the temples : and they be called temporales : and they be the right noble and sensatiue , of whose hurt is much perill . also , there bee other muscles for to grinde and to chew . and to all these muscles commeth nerves from the braine , to give them feeling and moving . and also there commeth to them , many arteirs and veynes , and chiefly about the temples , and the angles or corners of the eyes and the lips. and as the philosophers say , the chiefe beauty in man is in the cheekes , and there the complexion of man is most knowne , as thus : if they be full , ruddy , and medled with temperate whitenesse , and not fat in substance , but meanely fleshie ▪ it betokeneth hot and moyst of complexion : that is , sanguine and temperate in colour . and if they be white coloured , without medling of rednesse , and in substance fat and soft , quavering ▪ it betokeneth , excesse and superfluity of cold and moyst : that is flegmaticke . and if they be browne in colour or cytron , yellow , redde and thinne , and leane in substance , it betokeneth great drying and heate : that is cholericke . and if they be as it were blowne in colour , and of little flesh in substance , it betokeneth excesse and superfluity of drynesse and cold : that is melancholy . and as avicen saith , the cheekes doe not onely shew the diversities of complexions , but also the affection and will of the heart : for by the affection of the heart , by suddaine joy or dread , he waxeth either pale or red . the bones or bony parts , first of the cheekes be two : of the nose outwardly two : of the upper mandible , two : within the nose three , as thus : one deviding the nosthrils within , and in each nosthrill one , and they seeme to be rowled like a wafer , and have a hollownesse in them , by which th● ayre is respired and drawne to the lungs , and the superfluity of the braine is purged into the mouthwards , as is before rehearsed . but guido and galen saith , that there be in the face nine bones , yet j cannot find that the nether mandible should be of the number of those nine : for the nether mandible accounted there , proveth them to be ten in number : of which thing j will hold no argument , but remit it to the sight of your eyes . the parts of the mouth are five , that is to say , the lippes , the teeth ▪ the tongue , the uvila , and the pallet of the mouth . and first to speake of the lips , they are members consimile or officiall , full of musculus flesh , as is aforesaid , and they were ordained for two causes , one is ; that they should be to the mouth as a doore to a house , and to keepe the mouth close till the meat were kindly chewed . the other cause is , that they should be helpers to the pronouncing of the speech . the teeth are members consimile or officiall , spermaticke , and hardest of any other members , and are fastned in the cheeke bones , and were ordained for three causes . first , that they should chew a mans meate , ere it should passe downe ▪ that it might be the sooner digested . the second , that they should be a helpe to the speech : for they that lacke their teeth , doe not perfectly pronounce their words . the third is , that they should serve to beasts as weapons . the number of them is uncertaine : for some men haue more , and some lesse : they that have the whole number , have two and thirty : that is to say , ●ixteene above , and as many beneath , as thus : two dwallies , two quadripulles , two canniens , eight morales , two causales , the tongue is a carnous member , compound and made of many nerves . ligaments , veynes and artiers , ordained principally for three causes . the first is , that when a man eateth , the tongue might helpe to turne the meat till it were well chewed . the second cause is , that by him is received the tast of sweete and sowre , and presented by him to the common wittes . the third is , that by him is pronounced every speech . the fleshie part of the tongue is white , and hath in him nine muscles , and about the roote of him , is glandulus , in the which be two welles , and they be ever full of spettle to temper and keepe moyst the tongue , or else it would waxe dry by reason of his labour , &c. the uvila is a member made of spongeous flesh , hanging downe from the end of the pallet over the gullet of the throat , and is a member in complexion cold and dry , and oftentimes when there falleth rawnesse or much moystnesse into it from the head , then it hangeth downe in the throate , and letteth a man to swallow , and it is broad at the upper end , and small at the nether . it was ordained for divers causes . one is ▪ that by him is holpen the sound of speech : for where the uvila is wanting , there lacketh the perfect sound of speech . another is , that it might helpe the prolation of vomits . another is , that by him is tempered and abated the distemperance of the ayre that passeth to the lungs . another is , that by him is guided the superfluities of the braine , that commeth from the coletures of the nose , or the superfluities would fall downe suddenly into the mouth , the which were a displeasure . the pallet of the mouth containeth nothing else but a carnous pannicle , and the bones that bee underneath it hath two divisions , one along the pallet from the division of the nose , and from the opening of the other mandible under the nether end of the pallet , lacking halfe an inch , and there it divideth overthwart , and the first division is of the mandible : and the second , is of the bone called pixillary or bazillary , that sustaineth and bindeth all other bones of the head together . the skinne of the pallet of the mouth is , of the inner part of the ●tomacke and of myre , and of isofagus , that is the way of the meate into the stomacke . the way how to know that such a pannicle is of that part of the stomack , may be knowne when that a man is touched within the mouth , anon he beginneth to tickle in the stomacke , and the neerer that he shall couch unto the throat , the more it abhorreth the stomacke , and oftentimes it caufeth the stomacke to yeeld from him that is within him , as when a man doth vomit . also , in the mouth is ended the uppermost extremity of the wesand , which is called myre , or isofagus : and with him is contayned trachia arteria : that is , the way of the ayre , whose holes be covered with a lap like a tongue , and is griftly , that the meat and drinke might slide ov er him into isofagus : the which gristle when a man speaketh is reared up , and covereth the way of the meate , and when a man swalloweth the meate , then it covereth the way of the ayre , so that when the one is covered , the other is uncovered . for if a man open the way of the ayre , when he swalloweth , if there fall a crum into it , hee shall never cease coughing untill it be up againe . and this sufficeth for the face . chap. vi. the anatomie of the necke . the necke followeth next to be spoken of . galen proveth , that the necke was made for no other cause but for the lungs , for all things that have no lungs , have neyther necke nor voyce , except fish . and you shall understand , that the necke is all that is contayned betweene the head and the shoulders , and betweene the chin and the breast . it is compound and made of foure things , that is to say , of spondillis , of servicibus , of gula , and of gutture , the which shall be declared more plainly hereafter : and through these passe the way of the meate and of the ayre , but they be not the substance of the necke . the spondels of the necke be seaven : the first is joyned unto the lower part of the head called paxillary , or bazillary , and in the same wise are joyned every spondell with other , and the last of the seaven , with the first of the backe or ridge : and the lygaments that keepe these spondels together , are not so hard and tough as those of the backe : for why ? those of the necke bee more feebler and subtiller . the cause is this , for it is necessary other while that the head move wtthout the necke , and the necke without the head , the which might not well ▪ have beene done if they had beene strong and boystrous . of these aforesaid seaven spondels of the necke , there springeth seaven paire of sinewes , the which be divided into the head and into the visage , to the shoulders and to the armes . from the hole of the first spondell springeth the first paire of sinewes , between the first spondell and the second , and so forth of all the rest in like manner as of these . also these sinewes receive subtill will of the sinewes of the braine : of which the will , and sinewes , and flesh , with a pannicle , make the composition of muscles lazartes , and brawnes , the which three things are all one , and be the instruments of voluntary moving every member . the muscles of the necke after galen , are numbred to be twenty , moving the head and the necke . likewise it is to be noted , that there bee three manner of fleshes in the necke : the first is pixwex , or servisis , and it is called of children , goldhaire , or yeallow haire , the which are certaine longitudinals , lying on the ●ides of the spondels , from the head downe to the latter spondell . and they are ordained for this cause , that when the sinewes be weary of overmuch labour with moving and travell , that they might rest upon them as upon a bed. the second flesh is musculus , from whom springeth the tendons and cords that move the head and the necke , which be numbred twenty , as is before declared . the third flesh replenisheth the void places , &c. the third part of the necke , is called gutture , and it is standing out of the throat boll . the fourth part is called gula , and the hinder part cervix and hath that name of the philosophers , because of the marrow comming to the ridgebones . it is so called , because it is as it were a servant to the braine : for the necke receiveth and taketh of the braine , influence of vertue of moving , and sendeth it by sinewes to the other parts of the body downewards , and to all members of the body . here you shall understand , that the way of the meat , mire , or isofagus , is all one thing : and it is to be noted , that it stretcheth from the mouth to the stomacke , by the hinder part of the necke inwardly fastned to the spondels of the neck , untill he come to the first spondell , and there hee leaveth the spondell and stretcheth till he come to the foremost part of the breast , and passeth through diafragma , till hee come to the mouth of the stomacke , and there he is ended . furthermore , it is to be noted that this weasand is compound , and made of two tunicles or coates ( that is to say ) of the inner and of the outer . the outer tunicle is but simple , for he needeth no retention but onely for his owne nourishing : but the inner tunicle is compound , and made of musculus longitudinall will , by which he may draw the meate from the mouth into the stomack , as it shall be more plainly declared in the anatomy of the stomacke . furthermore , cana pulmonis , via , trachia , arteria , all these be one thing ( that is to say ) the throat-boll , and it is set within the neck , besides the wesand , towards gula , and is compound of the gristle , knit each with other ▪ and the pannicle that is meane betweene the wesand , and the throat-boll , is called i●mon . also yee shall understand , that the great veynes which ramefie by the sides of the necke , to the upper part of the head , is of some men called gwidege , and of others , venae organices : the incision of whom is perillous . and thus it is to be considered , that the neck of man is compound ▪ and made of skinny flesh , ligaments , and bones : and this susficeth for the neck and the throat . chap. vii . the anatomie of the shoulders and armes . and first to speake of the bones : it is to bee noted , that in the shoulder there be two bones , ( that is to say ) the shoulder-bone , and the kannell-bone , and also the adjutor bone of the arme , are joyned with the shoulder-bones , but they are numbred amongst them , but they are not numbred amongst the bones of the armes . in the composition of the shoulder , the first bone is ; os spatula , or shoulder-blade , whose hinder part is declined towards the chine , and in that end it is broad and thin , and in the upper part it is round , in whose roundnesse is a concavity which is called the box or coope of the shoulder , and which entreth the adjutor bones , and they have a binding together with strong flexible sinewes , and are contained fast with each bone called clavicula , or the cannel-bone . and this cannell bone stretcheth to both the shoulders ; one end to the one shoulder , and another to the other ▪ and there they make the composition of the shoulders . the bones of the great arme ( that is to say ) from the shoulders to the fingers ends , bee thirty ; the first is , the adjutor bone , whose upper end entreth into the concavitie or box of the shoulder bone : it is but one bone ( having no fellow ) and it is hollow and full of marrow , and it is also crooked , because it should be the more able to gripe things ; and it is hollow , because it should be lighter and more obedient to the stirring or moving of the brawnes . furthermore , this bone hath two eminencies , or two knobs in his nether extremity , or in the juncture of the elbow ( of the which , the one is more rising then the other ) and are made like unto a pulley to draw water with , and the ends of these bones enter into a concavitie proportioned in the uppermost ends of thetwo focklebones , of which two bones , the lesse goeth from the elbow to the thumbe , by the uppermost part of the arme , and the greater is the nether bone from the elbow to the little finger . and these two bones be contained with the adjutor bone , and be bound with strong ligaments , and in like manner with the bones of the hand . the which bones be numbred eight , the foure uppermost bee joyned with the foure nethermost towards the hands : and in the third ward of bones be five , and they are called ossa patinis , and they are in the palme of the hand . and to them be joyned the bones of the fingers and the thumbes , as thus ; in every finger three bones , and in the thumbe two bones , ( that is to say ) the fingers and thumb of every hand fourteen , called ossa digitorum : in the palme of the hand five , called patinis ; and between the hand and the wrist eight , called rasete : and from the wrist to the shoulder , three bones : all which being accounted together , yee shall find thirty bones in each hand and arme. to speake of sinewes , ligaments , cords , and brawnes : here first ye shall understand , that there commeth from mynuea , through the spondels of the necke , foure sinewes , which most plainly doe appeare in sight , as thus : one commeth into the upper part of the arme , another into the nether part , and one into the inner side , and another into the outer side of the arme , and they bring from the braine , and from mynuca , both feeling and moving into the armes , as thus : the sinewes that come from the braine and from the marrow of the backe that is called mynuca , when they come to the juncture of the shoulder , there they are mixed with the ligaments of the same shoulder , and there the ligaments receive both feeling and moving of them , and also in their mingling together , they are made a cord or a tendon . three causes j find why the finewes were mingled with the lygaments . the first cause is , that the littlenesse of the sinewes , which many wayes bee made weary by their continuall moving , should bee repressed by the insensiblenesse of the ligaments : the second is , that the littlenesse of the sinewes should bee through the quality of the ligaments : the third is , the feeblenesse of the sinew , that is in sufficient , and too feeble to use his office , but by the strength and hardnesse of the ligaments . now to declare what a cord is , what a ligament , and what a muscle , or a brawne , it is enough rehearsed in the chapter of the simple members : but if you will through the commandement of the will or the soule , draw the arme to the hinder parts of the body , then the outer brawne is drawne together and the inner inlarged , and likewise inwards , when the one brawne doth draw inwards , the other doth stretch : and when the arme is stretched in length , then the cords be lengthened : but when they passe the juncture of the shoulder and of the elbow , by three fingers breadth or thereabout ▪ then it is divided by subtill will , and mingled with the simple flesh , and that which is made of it is called a brawne . and three causes j finde , why that the simple flesh is mingled with the chord in the composition of the brawne . the first is , that the aforesaid will might draw in quiet through the temperance of the flesh . the second is , that they temper and abate the drought of the chord with his moystnesse , the which drought he getteth thorow his manifold moving . the third is , that the forme of the brawne members should be the more faire , and of better shape : wherefore god and nature hath cloathed it with a pannicle , that it might the better bee kept : and it is called of the philosophers , musculus , because it hath a forme like unto a mouse . and when these brawnes come neere a joynt , then the chordes spring forth of them , and are mingled with the ligaments againe , and so moveth that joynt . and so yee shall understand , that alwayes betweene every two joynts , is engendred a brawne , proportion●d to the same member and place , unto the last extremity of the fingers , so that as well the least juncture hath a proper feeling and moving when it needeth , as hath the greatest . and after guido , there be numbred thirteene in the arme and hand , as thus ; foure in the adjutor , moving the upper part of the arme ; and foure in the fockles moving the fingers . now to speake somewhat of the veynes and artiers of the arme : it is to be understood that from venakelis there commeth two branches , the one commeth to the one arme-pit , and the other commeth to the other . and now marke their spreading , for as it is of the one , so it is of the other , as thus ; when the branch is in the arme-pit , there it is divided into two branches : the one branch goeth along in the inner-side of the arme , untill it come to the bough of the arme , and there it is called bazilica , or epatica , and so goeth downe the arme till it come to the wrist , and there it is turned to the back of the hand , and it is found betweene the little finger and the next , and there it is called salvatella . now to the other branch that is in the arme-hole , which spreadeth to the outer side of the shoulder , and there he divideth into two , the one goeth spreading up into the carnous part of the head , and after descendeth through the bone into the braine , as it is declared in the anatomie of the head. the other branch goeth on the outward side of the arme , and there hee is divided into two also , the one part is ended at the hand , and the other part is folded about the arme , till it appeare in the bought of the arme , and there is called sephalica , from thence it goeth to the backe of the hand , and appeareth betweene the tumbe and the foremost finger , and there it is called sephalica ocularis . the two branches that j speake of , which be divided in the hinder part of the shoulders , from each of these two ( j say springeth one ) and those two meete together and make one veyne which appeareth in the bough of the arme , and there it is called mediana , or cordialis , or commine . and thus it is to be understood , that of vena sephalica , springeth vena ocularis , and of vena bazilica , springeth vena mediana , and in ramefying from these five principall veynes springeth innumerable , of the which a chyrurgion hath no great charge : for it sufficeth us to know the principals . to speake of arteirs , you shall understand , that wheresoever there is found a veyne , there is an arteir under him : and if there be found a great veyne , there is found a great artier , and whereas is a little veyne , there is a little artier : for wheresoever there goeth a veyne to give nutriment , there goeth an artier to bring the spirit of life . wherefore it is to bee noted , that the artiers lye more deeper in the flesh then the veynes doe : for they carry and keepe in them more precious blood then doth the veyne , and therefore hee hath need to bee further from dangers outwardly : and therefore , god and nature have ordained for him to be closed in two coates , where the veyne hath but one . the breast or thorax , is the arke or chest of the spirituall members of man , as saith the philosopher : where it is to bee noted , that there be foure things containing , and eight contained , as thus . the foure containing , are , the skinne , musculus flesh , the pappes and the bones . the parts contained , are , the heart , the lungs , pannicles , ligaments , nerves veynes , artiers , myre , or isofagus . now the skin and the flesh are knowne in their anatomie . it is to be noted , that the flesh of the pappes differeth from the other flesh of the body ; for it is white , glandulus , and spongeous , and there is in them both nerves , veynes and artiers , and by them ▪ they have coliganes with the heart , the liver , the braine , and the generative members . also , there is in the breast ( as old authors make mention ) lxxx , or xc . muscles ; for some of them be common to the neck , some to the shoulders , and to the spades ; some to diafragma or the midriffe ; some to the ribs , some to the back , and some to the breast it selfe . but j find a certaine profitablenesse in the creation of the pappes , aswell in man as in woman ; for in man it defendeth the spirituals from annoyance outwardly , and another by their thicknesse they comfort the naturall heate in defiance of the spirits . and in women , there is the generation of milke ; for in women there commeth from the matrix into their breasts many veynes which bring into them menstruall blood , the which is turned through the digestive vertue , from red colour into white , like the colour of the paps even as chilley comming from the stomack to the liver is turned into the colour of the liver . now to speake of the bones of the brest : they be said to be triple or three-fold , and they be numbred to the seaven in the brest before , and their length is according to the bredth of the brest , and their extremities or ends be gristly as the ribbes be . and in the upper end of thorax is a hole or a concavity in which is set the foot of the fockle-bone or cannel-bone , and in the nether end of thorax , against the mouth of the stomack , hangeth a gristle called ensiforme , and this gristle was ordained for two causes . one is , that it should defend the stomack from hurt outwardly . the second is , that in time of fulnesse it should give place to the stomack in time of need when it desireth , &c. now to speake of the parts of the backe here following ; there bee twelve spondels through whom passeth mynuca , of whom springeth twelve paire of nerves , that bringeth both feeling and moving to the muscles of the brest aforesaid . and here it is to be noted , that in every side there bee twelve ribs , that is to say , seaven true and five falfe , because these five be not so long as the other seaven be : and therefore called false ribs , as it may be perceived by the sight of the eye . likewise , of the parts that bee inwardly , and first of the heart , because hee is the principall of all other members and the beginning of life : hee is set in the middest of the brest severally by himselfe , as lord and king of all members . and as a lord or a king ought to bee served of his subjects that have their living of him ; so are all other members of the body subjects to the heart : for they receive their living of him , and they all doe service many wayes unto him againe . the substance of the heart is as it were lazartus flesh , but it is spermatick , and an officiall member , and the beginning of life , and hee giveth to every member of the body , both blood of life , and spirit of breath , and heate : for if the heart were of lazartus flesh , his moving and stirring should be voluntary and not naturall , but the contrary is true : for it were impossible that the heart should be ruled by will onely , and not by nature . the heart hath the shape and forme of a pine-apple , and the broad end thereof is upwards , and the sharpe end is downewards : depending a little towards the left side . and heere it is to be noted , that the heart hath blood in his substance , whereas all other members have it but in their veynes and arteries : also the heart is bound with certaine ligaments to the backe part of the breast , but these lygaments touch not the substance of the heart , but in the over-part they spring forth of him , and is fastened as is aforesaid . furthermore , the heart hath two ventricles , or concavities , and the left is higher then the right , and the cause of his hollownesse , is this : for to keepe the blood for his nourishing , and the ayre to abate and temper the great heate that hee is in , the which is kept in concavities . now heere it is to be noted , that to the right ventrickle of the heart , commeth a veyne from the great veyne called venakelis , that receiveth all the substance of the blood from the liver . and this veyne that commeth from venakelis , entreth into the heart of the right ventricle , as j said before , and in him is brought a great portion of the thickest blood to nourish the heart with , and the residue that is left of this , is made subtill through the vertue of the heart , and then this blood is sent into a concavity or pit in the midst of the heart , betweene the two ventricles , and therein it is made hot and purified , and then it passeth into the left ventricle , and there is ingendred in it , a spirit , that is cleerer , brighter , and subtiller , then any corporall or bodily thing , that is engendred of the foure elements : for it is a thing , that is a meane betweene the body and the soule . wherefore it is likened of the philosophers to be more liker heavenly things , then earthly things . also it is to be noted , that from the left ventricle of the heart springeth two arteirs : the one having but one coate , and therefore is called arteria venalis : and this arteir carryeth blood from the heart to the lungs , the which blood is vaporous , that is tryed and and left of the heart , and is brought by this artery to the lungs , to give him nutriment , and there he receiveth of the lungs ayre , and bringeth it to the heart to refresh him with . wherefore galen saith , that hee findeth that mans heart is naturall and friendly to the lungs : for hee giveth him of his owne nutrimentall to nourish him with , and the lungs rewards him with ayre to refresh him with againe , &c. the other artier that hath two coats , is called vena arterialis , or the great artery , that ascendeth and descendeth , and of him springeth all the other artiers that spread to every member of the body ; for by him is united and quickned all the members of the body . for the spirit that is retained in them , is the instrument or treasure of all the vertue of the soule . and thus it passeth untill it come to the braine , and there hee is turned into a further digestion , and there he taketh another spirit and so is made animall ; and at the liver nutrimentall , and at the testicles generative : and thus it is made a spirit of every kind , so that hee being the meane of all manner of operations and workings , taketh effect . two causes j find , why these artiers have two coates . one is , that one coat is not sufficient nor able to withstand the violent moving and stirring of the spirit of life , that is carried in them . the second cause is , that the thing that is carried about from place to place , is of so precious a treasure that it had the more need of good keeping . and of some doctors , this artier is called the pulsative veyne , or the beating veyne ; for by him is perceived the pow●r and might of the heart , &c. wherefore god and nature have ordained , that the artiers have two coates . also , there is in the heart three pellikles , opening and closing the going in of the heart blood and spirit in convenient time . also , the heart hath two little eares , by whom commeth in and passeth out the ayre that is prepared for the lungs . there is also found in the heart a cartilaginous auditament to helpe and strengthen the same heart . the heart is covered with a strong pannicle , which is called of some capsula cordes , or pericordium , the which is a strong case , unto whom commeth nerves as to other inward members . and this pannicle pericordium , springeth of the upper pannicle of the midriffe . and of him springeth another pannicle called mediastinum , the which separateth the brest in the midst , and keepeth it that the lungs fall not over the heart . there is also another pannicle that covereth the ribbes inwardly , that is called plura , of whom the midriffe taketh his beginning . and it is said of many doctors , that duramater is the originall of all the pannicles within the body , and thus one taketh of another . chap. viii . the anatomie of the lungs . the lungs is a member spermatick of the first creation , and his naturall complexion is cold and dry , and in his accidentall complexion hee is cold and moyst , wrapped in a nervous pannicle , because it should gather together the softer substance of the lungs , and that the lungs might feele by the meanes of the pannicle , that which hee might not feele in himselfe . now to prove the lungs to bee cold and dry of kind , it appeareth by his swift stirring , for hee lyeth ever waving over the heart , and about the heart . and that hee is cold and moyst in operation , it appeareth in that hee receiveth of the braine many cold matters , as catarres and rheumes ▪ whose substance is thin . also , j find in the lungs three kinds of substance . one is a veyne comming from the liver , bringing with him the crude or raw part of the chylle to feed the lungs . another is , arteria venealis comming from the heart , bringing with him the spirit of life to nourish him with . the third is , trachia arteria , that bringeth in ayre to the lungs , and it passeth through all the left part of them to doe his office . the lungs is divided into five lobbes or pellikles , or five portions , ( that is to say ) three in the right side , and two in the left side . and this was done for this cause , that if there fell any hurt in the one part , the others should serve and doe their office . and three causes j find , why the lungs were principally ordained . first , that they should draw cold wind and refresh the heart . the second , that they should change and alter , and purifie the ayre before it come to the heart , lest the heart should be hurt and annoyed with the quantity of the ayre . the third cause is , that they should receive from the heart the fumous superfluities that hee putteth forth with his breathing &c. behind the lungs towards the spondels , passeth myre or isofagus , of whom it is spoken of in the anatomic of the neck . and also there passeth both veynes and artiers , and all these with trachia arteria , doe make a stoke , replete unto the gullet with the pannicles , and strong ligaments , and glandulus flesh to fulfill the voyd places . and last of all , is the midriffe , and it is an officiall member made of two pannicles and lazartus flesh , and his place is in the midst of the body overthwart , or in bredth under the region of the spirituall members , separating them from the matrix . and three causes j find , why the midriffe was ordained . first , that it should divide the spirituals from the nutrates . the second , that it should keepe the vitall colour or heat to descend downe to the nutrates . the last is , that the malicious fumes reared up from the nutrates , should not annoy the spirituals or vitals , &c. the wombe is the region or the city of all the intrailes , the which reacheth from the midriffe downe unto the share inwardly , and outwardly from the reines or kidnies , downe to the bone peeten about the privie parts . and this wombe is compound and made of two things ( that is to say ) of syfac , and myrac ; syfac is a pannicle and a member spermatick , officiall , sensible , sinewie , compound of subtill will , and in complexion cold and dry , having his beginning in the inner pannicle of the midriffe . and it was ordained , because it should containe and bind together all the intrailes , and that he defend the musculus , so that he oppresse not the naturall members . and that he is strong and tough , it is because he should not be lightly broken , and not those things that are contained goe not forth , as it happeneth to them that are broken , &c. myrac is compound , and made of foure things ( that is to say ) of skinne outwardly , of fatnesse , of a carnous pannicle , and of musculus flesh . and that it is to bee understood , that all the whole from syfac outward , is called myrac , it appeareth well ( by the words of galen ) where hee commandeth , that in all wounds of the wombe , to sewe the syfac , with the mirac , and by that it proveth , that there is nothing without the syfac but mirac . and in this mirac , or outer part of the wombe , there is noted eight muscles ; two longitudinals , proceeding from the shield of the stomacke , unto os pecten : two latitudinals comming from the back-wards to the wombe : and foure transverse , of the which , two of them spring from the ribbes on the right side , and goe to the left side , to the bones of the hanches , or of pecten : and the other two spring from the ribs on the left , and come over the wombe to the right parts , as the other before doth . heere is to be noted , that by the vertue of the subtill will that is in the musculus longitudinall , is made perfect the vertue attractiue : and by the musculus transverse , is made the vertue retentive : and by the musculus latitudinall , is made the vertue expulsive . it is thus to be understood , that by the vertue attractive , is drawne downe into the intrailes , all superfluities , both water , winde , and dyet . by the vertue retentive , all things are with-holden and kept , untill nature have wrought his kind . and by the vertue expulsive is put forth all things , when nature provoketh any thing to be done . galen saith , that wounds or incisions be more perilous in the midst of the wombe , then about the sides ; for there the parts be more tractable then any other parts bee . also he saith , that in wounds piercing the wombe , there shall not bee made good incarnation , except sifac be sewed with mirac . now to come to the parts contained within : first , that which appeareth next under the sifac is omentum , or zirbus , the which is a pannicle covering the stomacke and the intrailes , implanted with many veynes and arteirs , and not a little fatnesse ordained to keepe moyst the inward parts . this zirbus is an osficiall member , and is compound of a veyne and an arteir , the which entreth and maketh a line of the outer tunicle of the stomacke , unto which tunicle hangeth the zirbus , and covereth all the guts downe to the share . two causes j find , why they were ordained . one is , that they should defend the nutratives outwardly . the second is , that through his owne power and vertue , he should strengthen and comfort the digestion of all the nutrates , because they are more feebler then other members bee , because they have but a thinne wombe or skin , &c. next zirbus appeareth the intrails or guts , of which galen saith , that the guts were ordained in the first creation to convey the drosse of the meate and drinke ▪ and to clense the body of superfluities . and here it is to be noted , that there be fixe portions of one whole gutte , which both in man and beast beginneth at the nether mouth of the stomacke , and so containeth forth to the end of the fundament . neverthelesse hee hath divers shapes and formes , and divers operations in the body , and therefore he hath divers names . and hereupon the philosophers say , that the lower wombe of a man , is like unto the wombe of a swine . and like as the stomacke hath two tunicles , in like manner have all the guts two tunicles . the first portion of the guts is called duodenum ; for he is 12. inches of length , and covereth the nether part of the stomacke , and receiveth all the drosse of the stomacke : the second portion of the guts is called iejunium , for he is evermore empty , for to him lyeth evermore the chest of the gall , beating him sore , and draweth forth of him all the drosse , and clenseth him cleane : the third portion or gut , is called yleon , or small gut , and is in length fifteene or sixteene cubits . in this gut oftentimes falleth a disease called yleaea passio . the fourth gut is called monoculus , or blind gut , and it seemeth to have but one hole or mouth , but it hath two , one neere unto the other , for by the one all things goe in , and by the other they goe out againe . the fift is called colon , and receiveth all the drosse deprived from all profitablenesse , and therefore there commeth not to him any veynes miseraices , as to the other . the sixt and last , is called rectum or longaon , and he is ended in the fundament , and hath in his nether end foure muscles , to hold , to open , to shut , and to put out , &c. next is to be noted of senterium , the which is nothing else but a texture of innumerable veynes miseraices , ramefied of one veyne called porta epates , covered and defended of pannicles nnd lygaments comming to the intrails , with the back full of fatnesse and glandulus flesh , &c. the stomacke is a member compound and spermaticke , sinnowy and sensible , and therein is made perfect the first digestion of chile . this is a necessary member to all the body , for if it faile in his working , all the members of the body shall corrupt . wherefore galen sayth , that the stomacke was ordained principally for two causes . the first , that it should be to all the members of the body , as the earth is to all that are ingendred of the earth , that is , that it should desire sufficient meate for all the whole body . the second is , that the stomacke should bee a sacke or chest to all the body for the meate , and as a cooke to all the members of the body . the stomacke is made of two pannicles , of which the inner is nerveous , and the outer carneous . this inner pannicle hath musculus longitudinals , that stretcheth along from the stomacke to the mouth , by the which he draweth to him meate and drinke , as it were hands . and hee hath transverse will , for to with-hold or make retention . and also the outer pannicle hath latitudinall will ▪ to expulse and put out : and that by his heate he should keepe the digestive vertue of the stomacke , and by other heates given by his neighbours , as thus . it hath the liver on the right side , chasing and beating him with his lobes or figures : and the splene on the left side , with his fatnesse and veynes , sending to him melancholy , to exercise his appetites : and about him is the heart , quickning him with his artiers : also the braine sending to him a branch of nerves to give him feeling . and he hath on the hinder part , descending from the parts of the backe many lygaments , with the artiers joyned to the spondels of the backe . the forme or figure of this stomack is long , in likenesse of a goord , crooked : and that both holes bee in the upper part of the body of it , because there should be no going out of it unadvisedly of those things which are received into it . the quantity of the stomack commonly holdeth two pitchers of water , and it may suffer many passions , and the nether mouth of the stomacke is narrower then the upper , and that for three causes . the first cause is , that the upper receiveth meate great and boysterous in substance , that there being made subtill , it might passe into the nether . the second is , for by him passeth all the meates , with their chilosity from the stomacke to the liver . the third is , for that through him passeth all the drosse of the stomack to the guts . and this sufficeth for the stomacke , &c. the liver is a principal member , and official , and of his first creation spermatick , complete in quantity of blood , of himself insensible , but by accidence he is insensible , & in him is made the second digestion , & is lapped in a sinowie pannicle . and that he is a principal member , it appeareth onely by the philosophers , by avicen and galen . and it is officiall as is the stomacke , and it is of spermatick matter , and sinowie of the which is ingendred his veines . and because it was like in quantity , nature hath added to it cruded blood , to the accomplishment of sufficient quantity , and is lapped in a sinowie pannicle . and why the liver is crudded , is because the chile which commeth from the stomacke to the liver , should should be turned into the colour of blood . and why the liver was ordained , was because that all the nutrimentall blood be engendred in him . the proper place of the liver is under the false ribbes in the right side . the forme of the liver is gibbous or bunchie on the backe side , and it is somewhat hollow like the inside of an hand . and why it is so shapen , is , that it should bee plyable to the stomacke ( like as a hand doth to an apple ) to comfort her digestion , for his heate is to the stomacke , as the heate of the fire is to the pot or cauldron that hangeth over it . also the lungs is bound with his pellikles to the diafragma , and with strong ligaments . and also hee hath coliganes with the stomacke and the intrailes , and with the heart and the reynes , the testikles and other members . and there are in him five pellikles , like five fingers . galen calleth the liver messa sanguinaria , containing in it selfe foure substances , naturall and nutrimentall . the naturals is sent with the blood to all parts of the body , to be engendred and nourished . and the nutrimentals be sequestrate and sent to places ordained for some helpings . these are the places of the humours , the blood in the liver , choller in the chest or gall , melancholy to the splene , flegme to the lungs and the junctures ▪ the watery superfluities to the reynes and vesike . and they goe with the blood , and sometime they putrifie and make fevers , and some bee put out to the skinne , and be resolved by sweat , or by scabs , by pushes , or by impostumes . and these foure naturall humours ( that is to say ) sanguine , choler , melancholy , and flegme , be engendred and distributed in this manner : first , yee shall understand , that from the spermaticke matter of the liver inwardly , there is engendred two great veynes , of the which , the first and the greatest is called porta , and commeth from the concavity of the liver , of whom springeth all the small veynes miseraices : and these miseraices , be to vena porta , as the branches of a tree bee to the stocke of a tree . for some of them bee contained with the bottome of the stomacke : some with duodenum , some with jejunium , some with yleon , and some with monoculus , or saccus . and from all these guts they bring to vena porta , the succosity of chiley , going from the stomacke , and distribute it into the substance of the liver . and these veynes miseraices , be innumerable . and in these veynes begins the second digestion and endeth in the liver , like as it doth in the stomacke the first digestion . so it proveth that vena porta , and vena miseraices , serve to bring all the succosity of all the meat and drinke that passeth the stomacke to the liver , and they spread themselves thorough the substance of the liver inwardly , and all they stretch towards the gibous ( or bowing part of the liver , ) and there they meete , and goe all into one unity , and make the second great veyne , called vena vlis , or concava , or vena ramosa : all is one , and hee with his roots draweth out all the bloud engendred from the liver , and with his branches ramefying upwards and downewards , carryeth and conveyeth it to all other members of the body to bee nourished with , where is made perfect the third digestion . and also there goeth from the liver veynes , bearing the superfluites of the third digestion to their proper places , as it shall be declared hereafter . now to speake of the gall , or of the chest of the gall : it is an osficiall member , and it is supermaticke and sinowie , and hath in it a subtill will , and it is a purse or a panniculer vesikle in the hollownesse of the liver , about the middle pericle or lobe , ordained to receive the cholericke superfluities which are engendred in the liver : the which purse or bagge hath three holes or neckes ; by the first he draweth to him from the liver the choller , that the blood be not hurt by the choler . by the second necke hee sendeth to the bottome of the stomacke choler , to further the digestion of the stomacke . and by the third necke hee sendeth the choler regularly from one gut to another , to clense them of their superfluities and drosse : and the quantity of the purse , may containe in it halfe a pinte , &c. and next is the splene , or the milte , the which is a spermaticke member , as are other members : and osficiall , and is the receptory of the melancholious superfluities that are engendred in the liver : and his place is on the left side , transversly linked to the stomacke , and his substance is thinne . and two causes j ▪ find , why hee was ordained there . the first is , that by the melancholious superfluities which are engendred of the liver which hee draweth to him , hee is nourished with . the second cause is , that the nutritive blood should by him be made the more purer , and cleane , from the drosse and thickning of the melancholy , &c. and next of the reynes and kidneyes : it is to be understood , that within the region of the nutrites backwards , are ordained the kidneyes to clense the blood from the watry superfluities , and they have each of them two passages or holes , or neckes ; by the one is drawne the water from venakelis , by two veynes which are called vencae aemulg●ntes , the length of the ●inger of a man , and issueth from the liver : and by the other is sent the same water to the bladder , and is called p●ros vrithides . the substance of the kidneyes is lazartus flesh , having longitudinall will , and their place is behind on each side of the spondels , and they are two in number , and the right kidney lyeth somewhat higher then the left , and is bound fast to the back with lygaments ▪ the philosopher saith , that mans kidneyes are like the kidneyes of a cow , full of hard concavities ; and therefore the sores of them are hard to cure . also , they are more harder in substance , then any other fleshly member , and that for two causes . one is , that hee be not much hurt of the sharpnesse of the urine . the other is , that the same urine that passeth from him , might the better bee altered and clensed through the same . also , there commeth from the heart to each of the kidneyes , an artier that bringeth with him blood , heat , spirit , life . and in the same manner there commeth a veyne from the liver , that bringeth blood to nourish the kidneyes , called blood nutrimentall . the grease of the kidneyes or fatnesse , is as of other members , but it is an officiall member , made of thin blood , congealed and cruded through cold , and there is ordained the greater quantity in his place ; because it should receive and temper the heat of the kidneyes , which they have of the byting sharpnesse of the water . now by the kidneyes upon the spondels passeth venakelis , or venacua , which is a veyne of great substance ; for hee receiveth all the nutrimentall blood from the liver , and from him passeth many small pipes on every side , and at the spondell betweene the shoulders , hee divideth himselfe whole in two great branches , the one goeth into the one arme , and the other into the other , and there they devide themselves into many veynes and branches , as is declared in the armes . chap. ix . the anatomie of the haunches and their parts . the haunches are the lower part of the wombe , joyning to the thighes and the secret members . and three things there are to be noted thereof . the first is , of the parts containing : the second is of the parts contained , and the third is of the parts proceeding outwards . the parts containing outwardly , be myrac and syfac , the zirbus and the bones . the part contained outwardly , are the vezike , or bladder : the spermaticke vessels , the matrix in women , longaon , nerves , veynes , and artiers , descending downewards ; the parts proceeding outwards , are the buttocks and the muscles , descending to the thighes , of which it is to bee spoken of in order . and first of the parts containing : as of myrac , syfac , and zirbus , there is enough spoken of in the anatomy of the wombe . but as for the bones of the hanches , there bee in the parts of the back three spondels of ossa sacri , or of the hanches : and three cartaliginis spondels of ossa cande , called the taile-bone . and thus it is proved , that there is in every man thirty spondels , and thus they are to be numbred : in the necke seaven , in the ridge twelue ▪ in the reynes five : and in the hanches sixe : and it is to be noted , that every spondell is hollow in the middest : through which hollownesse passeth nuca from the braine , or the marrow of the backe . and some authors say , that mynuca is of the substance that the braine is of : for it is like in substance , and in it self giveth to the nerves both the vertue of moving and feeling . and also every spondell is holden on every side , through the which holes , both artiers and veynes doe bring from the heart and the liver both life and nourishment , like as they doe to the braine ; and from the pannicle of mynuca , or the marrow of the back , through the holes of the sides of the spondels , springeth forth nerves motives , and there they intermingle themselves with the strong lygaments that be insensible , and so the lygaments receive that feeling of the nerves , which the nerves taketh of mynuca . and by this reason many authors prove , that mynuca is of the same substance that the braine is of , and the pannicles of the nuca is of the same substance of the pannicles of the braine , &c. and each of these spondels bee bound fall one with another , so that one of them may not well bee named without another . and so all these spondels together , contained one by another are called the ridge-bone , which is the foundation of all the shape of the body . they with the la●t spondell be contained or joyned to the bones of the haunches , and they be the upholders of all the spondels . and these bones bee small towards the taile-bone , and broad towards the hanches , and before they joyne and make os pectinis . and so they bee broad in the parts of the jles , and therefore some authors calleth it ylea . and each of these two bones towards the liver hath a great round hole , into which is received the bone called vertebra , or the whorlebone . also besides that place there is a great hole or way , thorow the which passeth from above musculus veynes and artiers , and goe into the thighes . and thus it is to bee noted , that of this bone pecten , and the bone vertebra , is made the juncture of the thigh . now to speake of the parts contained , the first thing that commeth to sight is the bladder , the which is an officiall member , compound of two nervous pannicles , in complexion cold and dry , whose necke is carnous , and hath muscles to with-hold , and to let goe : and in man it is long , and is contained with the yard , passing through peritoneum , but in women it is shorter , and is contained with the vulva . the place of the bladder , is betweene the bone of the share and the tayle-gut , called longaon , and in women , it is betweene the aforesaid bone and the matrix . and in it is implanted two long vessels comming from the kidneyes , who●e names be porri vrikcides , bringing with them the urine or water from the kidneys to the bladder , which privily entreth into the holes of the pannicles of the bladder , by a naturall moving betweene tunicle and tunicle , and there the urine findeth the hole of the nether tunicle , and there it entreth privily into the concavity of the bladder , and the more that the bladder is filled with urine , the straiter bee the two pannicles comprised together ; for the holes of the tunicles , be not even one against another ; and therefore if the bladder be never so full , there may none goe backe againe . the forme of it is round , the quantity of it is a pitcher full , in some more , in some lesse , &c. also there is found two other vessels , called vaza seminaria , or the spermaticke vessels . and they come from venakelis , bringing blood to the testikles , as well in man , as in woman , the which by his further digestion it is made sperme or nature in men : they be put outward for the testikles be without ▪ but in women it abideth within , for their . testikles stand within : as it shall be declared hereafter . next followeth the matrix in women : the matrix in women is an officiall member , compound and nerveous , and in complexion cold and dry : and it is the field of mans generation , and it is an instrument susceptive , that is to say , a thing receiving or taking : and her proper place is betweene the bladder and the gut longaon , the likenesse of it , is as it were a yard reversed and turned inward , having testikles likewise , as aforesaid . also the matrix hath two concavities or selles , and no more , but all beasts have as many selles as they have pappes-heads . also it hath a long necke like an urinall , and in every necke it hath a mouth , that is to say , one within , and another without . the inner in the time of conception is shut , and the outer part is open as it was before : and it hath in the middest a lazartus pannicle , which is called in latine tengit● : and in the creation of this pannicle , is found two utilities . the first is , that by it goeth forth the urine , or else it should bee shed throughout all the vulva : the second is , that when a woman doth set her thighs abroad ▪ it altereth the ayre that commeth ▪ to the matrix for to temper the heate . furthermore , the necke that is betweene these two aforesaid mouthes , in her concavity hath many involusions and pleates , joyned together in the manner of rose-leaves before they be fully spread or ripe , and so they be shut together as a purse mouth , so that nothing may passe forth but urine , untill the time of childing . also about the middle of this necke be certaine veynes in maydens , the which in time of deflowring , be corrupted and broken . furthermore , in the sides of the outer mouth , are two testicles or stones , and also two vessels of sperme , shorter then mans vessels , and in time of coyt the womans sperme is shead downe in the bottome of the matrix . also from the liver there commeth to the matrix many veynes , bringing to the child nourishing at the time of a womans being with child : and those veynes , at such time as the matrix is voyd , bring thereto superfluities from certaine members of the body , whereof are engendred womans flowers , &c. and forasmuch , as it hath pleased almighty god to give the knowledge of these his misteries and workes unto his creatures in this present world. heere j suppose to declare what thing embreon is , and his creation . the noble philosophers , as galen , avicen , bartholmeus ▪ and divers others , writing upon this matter , say : that embreon is a thing engendred in the mothers wombe , the origin all whereof is , the sperme of the man and of the woman , of the which is made by the might and power of god , in the mothers wombe a child : as hereafter more at large shall bee declared . first , the field of generation called the matrix , or the mother , is knowne in the anatomy , whose place is properly ( betwixt the bladder and longaon ) in the woman , in which place is sowne by the tillage of man , a covenable matter of kindly heate : for kindly heate is cause efficient both of doing and working , and spirit that giveth vertue to the body , and governeth and ruleth that vertue : the which seed of generation commeth from all the parts of the body , both of the man and woman , with consent and will of all members , and is shead in the place of conceiving , where thorow the vertue of nature , it is gathered together in the celles of the matrix or the mother , in whom by the way of the working of mans seede , and by the way of suffering of the womans seed mixt together , so that each of them worketh in other , and suffereth in other , there is engendred embreon . and further it is to bee noted , that this sperme that commeth both to man and woman , is made and gathered of the most best and purest drops of blood in all the body , and by the labour and chafing of the testikles or stones , this blood is turned into another kind , and is made sperme . and in man it is hot , white , and thicke : wherefore it may not spread nor runne abroad of it selfe , but runneth and taketh temperance of the womans sperme which hath contrary qualities : for the womans sperme is thinner , colder , and feebler . and as some authors hold opinion , when this matter is gathered into the right side of the matrix , then it happeneth a male-kind , and likewise on the left the female , and where the vertue is most , there it favoureth most . and further it is to bee noted , that like as the renet of the cheese hath by himselfe the way or vertue of working , so hath the milke by way of suffering : and as the renet and milke make the cheese , so doth the sperme of man and woman make the generation of embreon , of the which thing springeth ( by the vertue of kindly heate ) a certaine skin or caule , into the which it lappeth it selfe in , wherewith afterwards it is tyed to the mothers wombe , the which covering commeth forth with the byrth of the childe : and if it happen that any of the skinne remaine after the byrth of the child , then is the woman in perill of her life . furthermore , ( it is said ) that of this embreon is ingendred the heart , the liver , the braynes , nerves , veynes , arteirs , chords , lygaments , skins , gristles , and bones , receiving to them by kindly vertue the menstruall blood , of which is engendred both flesh and fatnesse . and as writers say , the first thing that is shapen , be the principals : as is the heart , liver , and braine . for of the heart springeth the artiers : of the liver , the veines : and of the brain , the nerves : and when these are made , nature maketh and shapeth both bones and gristles to keepe and save them , as the bones of the head for the brain : the breast bones , and the ribbes , for the heart and the liver . and after these springeth all other members one after another : and thus is the child bred forth in foure degrees , as thus . the first is , when the said sperme or seed is at the first as it were milke . the second is , when it is turned from that kind into another kind , is yet but as a lumpe of blood , and this is called of hypocrates , fettus . the third degree is , when the principals be shapen , as the heart , liver , and braine . the fourth and last , as when all the other members bee perfectly shapen , then it receiveth the soule , with life and breath , and then it beginneth to move it selfe alone . now in these foure degrees aforesaid , in the first as milke , it continueth seven dayes ▪ in the second as fettus , nine dayes : in the third , as a lumpe of flesh engendring the principals , the space of nine dayes : and in the fourth , unto the time of full perfection of all the whole members , is the space of eighteene dayes : so is there fixe and forty dayes from the day of conception , unto the day of full perfection and receiving of the soule , as god best knoweth . now to come againe to the anatomy of the haunches : then come wee to longaon , otherwise called the taile-gut , whose substance is pannicular , as of all the other bowels : the length of it is of a span long stretching nigh to the reynes , his nether part is called annis , ( that is to say ) the towell : and about him is found two muscles , the one to open ▪ the other to shut . also there is found in him five ve●nes or branches of veynes , called venae emoraidales , and they have colliganes with the bladder : whereof they are partners in their grieves . and when this longaon is raised up , then ye may see the veynes and artiers , and sinewes , how they bee branched and bound down to the nether parts : the parts proceeding outwardly , are didimus peritoneum , the yard , the testikles , and buttocks . and first , it shall be spoken of the yard , or of mans generative members , the which dureth unto that part that is called peritoneum , the which place is from the coddes , unto the fundament , whereupon is a seame . wherefore saith the philosopher , mans yard is in the end and terme of the share . the yard is an officiall member , and the tiller of mans generation , compound , and made of skin , brawnes , tendons , veynes , arteirs , sinewes , and great lygaments : and it hath in it two passages , or principall issues , one for the sperme , and another for the urine . and as the philosophers say , the quantity of a common yard , is eight or nine inches , with measurable bignesse proportioned to the quantity of the matrix . this member hath ( as avicen saith ) three holes , through one passeth insensible polisions and wind , that causeth the yard to rise : the other two holes is declared before . also the yard hath a skinne , and about the head thereof , it is double , and that men call praeputium ; and this skinne is moveable , for through his consecration the spermaticke matter is the better , and sooner gathered together , and sooner cast forth from the testikles ; for by him , is had the most delectation in the doing . and the foremost part of the head of the yard before , is made of a brawny flesh , the which if it bee once lost , it is never restored againe , but it may be well skinned , &c. the coddes is a compound member , and an officiall , and though it bee counted amongst the generative members , yet it is called a principall member , because of generation . this purse was ordained for the custody and comfort of the testikles and other spermaticke vessels : and it is also made of two parts , of inner and of the outer . the outer is compound and made of skinne , and lazartus . longitudinall and transversall , in like manner as the myrac . the inner part of the cods is of the substance of the sifac , and are in similitude as two pockets drawne together by themselves , and they differ not from the syfac : and there bee two , because if there fall any hurt to the one , the other should serve . the testikles or stones bee two , made of glandulus flesh , or curnelly flesh . and furthermore , through the didimus , commeth the testikles from the braine , sinewes , and from the heart artiers , and from the liver veynes , bringing unto them both feeling and stirring , life , and spirit , and nutrimentall blood , and the most purest blood of all other members of the body , whereof is made the sperme by the labour of the testikles , the which is put forth in due time , as is before rehearsed . the groynes bee knowne : they bee the empty junctures , or purging place unto the liver , and they have curnelly flesh in the plying or bowing of the thighes . the hippes have great brawny flesh on them , and from thence descend downwards , brawns , chords , and lygaments , moving and binding together the thighes , with the haunches themselues . chap. x. the anatomie of the thighes , legges , and feet . the legge reacheth from the joynt of the thigh unto the extremity of the toes , and j will divide it in parts , as the armes were divided . one part is called coxa , or thigh , and that is all that is contained from the joynt of the haunch unto the knee . the second part is called tibia , and that reacheth from the knee to the ankle . the third is the little foot , and that is from the anckle , unto the end of the toes . and heere it is to bee noted , that the thigh , legge , and foot , are compound , and made as the great arme or hand , with skin , flesh , veynes , artiers , sinewes , brawnes , tendons , and bones whereof they are to be spoken of in order . of the skinne and flesh there is enough spoken of before . and as of veynes and arteirs in their descending downwards , at the last spondels they bee divided into two parts , whereof the one part goeth into the right thigh , and the other into the left : and when they come to the thigh , they be divided in other two great branches : the one of them spreadeth into the inner side of the legge , and the other spreadeth into the outer side , and so branching , descend downe to the legge , to the anckles , and feet , and bee brought into foure veynes , which be commonly used in letting blood , as hereafter followeth . one of them is under the inner ankle toward the heel , called soffena , and another under the outer ankle , called siarica , and another under the hamme , called poplitica , the fourth , betweene the little toe , and the next , called renalis . and it is to be noted of these foure great veynes in the legges , of the manifold dangers that might fall of them as oft it happeneth . there bee many other branches which a chirurgion needeth not much to passe upon . the sinewes spring of the last spondell , and of os sacrum , and passeth through the hole of the bone of the hippe , and descendeth to the brawnes , and moveth the knee and the hamme , and these descend downe to the ankle , and move the foot , and the brawnes of the feet move the toes in like manner , as is declared in the bones of the hand . the first is called coxa , that is the thigh-bone , and he is without a fellow , and he is full of marrow , and is round at either end . the roundnesse that is at the upper end , is called vertebrum , or whyrlebone , and boweth inwards , and is received into the concavities of the bone of the legge at the knee , called the great fossels . there is also at the knee a round bone , called the knee-panne . then followes the legge , wherein is two bones , called focile major , and focile minor , the bigger of them passeth before making the shape of the shinne , and it is called the shin-bone , and passeth downe , making the inner ankle . the lesse passeth from the knee backwards , descending downe to the outer anckle , and there formeth that ankle , &c. the bones of the feet are sixe and twenty : as thus . first , next the ankle bone , is one called in latine orabalistus : next under that , towards the heele is one , called galeani : and betweene them is another bone , called os nauculare . in the second ward there be foure bones called raceti , as be in the hands . in the third and fourth wards be foureteene , called digitori : and five called pectens , at the extremities of the toes , next to the nailes . and thus be there in the foot , sixe and twenty bones , with the legge from the ankle to the knee , two in the knee , and one round and flat bone , and in the thigh , one . and thus you shall find in the whole leg and foot thirty bones . and this may serve for young practitioners in the anatomie . veynes in mans body perfect , is — 365. bones 217. teeth 32. for that in us all things may vaine appeare , a veyne wee have for each day in the yeare . for practice . it is necessary to know what letchcraft and chyrurgerie is , with their severall parts thereto belonging in the theorick and practick . very usefull for young practitioners . part . ii. letchcraft is chyrurgerie ; that is , to heale a man of all manner of sicknesse and to keepe him whole , so farre as craft may . know that in letchcraft , is contayned two things ; that is , both physicke and chyrurgerie . likewise , letchcraft and chyrurgerie , hath each of them two parts , viz. theoricke , and practicke . theorick to know , and practicke to worke . the ground of the theoricke , is to know the elements , and humours that proceedeth from them , which is for mans health or against it . letchcraft , teaches us causes , effects , and signes : signes to know the causes and effects ; and therefore j treat of signes , and many signes doth belong to physicke and chyrurgerie , as crisses , urine , pounces , vomits , sege , and other , &c. chyrurgerie , is in wounds , impostumes , and algebra ; and chyrurgerie holdeth foure parts , viz. wounds , and impostumes , algebra , and anatomie . and antidotary is the fift ; which is a kind of salves against all kind of sores that belongeth to chyrurgerie . algebra is broken bones , and bones out of joynt . antidotary of chyrurgerie , is in waters , powders , oyles , oyntments , and emplaisters most principall , some must bee repercussive , some moleficative , some maturative , some generative , and some corosive . anotomie is to know the body of man throughout , and all his members within and without . two members hath every manner of man , viz. principall , and officiall ; and foure principall every man hath , viz. braine , heart , liver , and stones ; the braine hath the head and necke : the heart , hath the lungs , brest , and midriffe : the liver hath the stomacke , and other members downe to the reynes , as guts , gall , and the kelle veyne , and milt , the milt upon the left side , and the gall upon the liver : the stones , hath reynes , bladder , and other privities : and these are the foure principall members , braine , heart , liver , and stones ; and without braine , heart and liver , no man can live ; and without stones can no man engender , three things in the stones is cause of engendring ; heat , wind and humours , heat commeth from the liver , spirit from the heart , and humours from the braines that man is made of , if any of these foure be faulty , that man can not as he should kindly engender . these sixe vertues are rooted in the liver , viz. attractive , digestive , diminusive , expulsive , retentive , and a simulative , that is in our english tongue ; drawing , and breaking out , putting , holding , and liking : for first , nature draweth in that which it needeth to live by , and then all to breake it ; and then departeth the good from the bad , and holdeth to it the good , and then dispierseth the good to all the members of the body . officiall members bee those that have certaine offices in mans body , where ever they be ; as the eye to see , the eare to heare , the hand to touch , the mouth to speake , the feet to goe , and many such other , &c. also such are called members as branches from the principall to the officiall , as the arme , or legge , that rooteth in the principall and brancheth to the officials : and so nerves , artiers , veynes , lygaments , chords , bones , pannicles , and gristles , flesh and skin to teach them ▪ their office : but nerves , veynes , and artiers bee most needfull , for they bee wells and rootes of all other nerves comming from the braine , and artiers from the heart , and veynes from the liver into all the body : nerves giveth to the body feeling , and moving , and artiers leaving , and veynes increasing . a veyne hath but one tunacle , and an artier hath two , in the one runneth bloud , and in the other spirits , and all beating veynes bee artiers , the which j call pulses , and all other be simple veynes ; and all such members saving flesh alone are melancholious , and their nature is sperme , but flesh is sanguine ; and therefore it may be sodered be it never so much cut , but the other said members because their matter is sperme , may never be sodered if they be much cue . now will j speake of wounds , which is the second part of chyrurgerie . one of these intentions hath every surgion . the first is , to containe that , that i● evill , loosed ; the second is , to loose that , that is evill contained ; the third is , to take away that , that is too much ; the fourth is , to increase that , that is too little . in these foure entents standeth all chirurgery . the first is in wounds , the second is impostumes , the third and fourth alg●br● holdeth . wounds be in many manners simple , and compound : simple in the flesh alone , and compound in seven manners . there be seven things that letteth a wound not lightly to heale , viz. empostumes discrased , hollownesse , or bitten by a venemous beast ; and these letteth a chirurgion suddenly to heale a wound ; and if a sinew bee cut or pricked , or wounded to the bone , or if the wound bee hollow , or else discrased with a fever , or bruised , or made by venemous beasts , then mayest thou not as thou wouldest close up a wound . and if a wound lacke all these seven things , then it is simple . thus medicine is letchcraft ; that is both physicke and chirurgery . and every one of them hath first his theoricke , perfectly to know , and afterwards his practique , cunningly to worke : the grounds of both which qualities , are elements , and humours , and ●●●nes most needfull both of urine and pulses . thus much for the theoricke . divers things very necessary for every practitioner in surgerie to have in a readinesse . and first , for instruments , viz. novacula . sp●●ill●● . s●alp●ll●● . lat●● sp●●ill●● ▪ for●icis . stylu● . volsell● . acu● . ca●●li●ula forata . fas●i● . hab●●● ad membra laqu●● intepcipi●●d● . panni●uli linei ad v●l●●ra abliga●●● . lint●a conc●rpta . a●ris●alpiu●● . forcip●s ad d●●tes ●v●ll●nd●s . ferra●entu● qu●●r●●i d●ntes , ●rad●●tur . ●n●inus , or ( as c●lsu● calleth it , ) hamul●●●●●●sum . 2. for sodaine accidents . he must have in readinesse , powders , unguents , and emplasters ; they serve to stop bleeding , to conglutinate wounds , to clense foule and rotten ulcers , to mollifie hardnesse , to produce a cicatrix , and skinne , to remove away all excrescent and corrupt flesh , to cease paine , to strengthen fractures and luxations . 3. for powders . they are of three sorts : the first , is to stay ▪ bleeding , as that which is framed of bolus ▪ armoniae , of rosis , of mastickes , and pollin . the second is , for fractures of the scull , and hurts of other bones , and is called pulvis cephalicus , and is framed of radicibus ir●os , of arist●l●●●iae , of myrrhe , aloes , and such like . the third is , to remove away excrescent and corrupt flesh ; as alumen ustu● , of pul ▪ prae●ipit . mer●urii , and such like . 4. for vnguents . he must have vnguentum basilicon , which doth humect , digest , and cease paine . vnguentum album ▪ rhasis , which doth refrigerate , coole and dry . vnguentum aureum called of some regis , which doth incarnate and conglutinate wounds together . vnguentum dialthea simplex , which doth calefie , soften , humect , and also cease paine . vnguentum apostolorum , which doth deterge , mollifie , dry , and remove away corrupt and superfluous flesh : and of like faculty almost is mundificativum ex api● , and aegyptiacum . 5. for emplasters . diachilon compositum , which doth ripen apostumes , and doth mollifie and resolve hardnesse , and doth digest , and also absterge . diacalciteos , commonly called diapalma , which doth conglutinate ulcers , produceth cicatrix and skinne , and according to the opinion of galen , is very fit for the curing of phlegme . emplastrum de betonica , which is also called de janua , it doth unite and joyne together the fractures of the skull , it covereth the bones with flesh , it draweth out spels and splinters of bones , it doth also absterge , digest and dry , with the like . of five h●arbes which a good chyrurgion ought alwayes to have . there be five herbes that a good chirurgion ought to have all the yeare , and they be good for wounded men ; and these herbes must be dryed and made into powder , and so kept all the yeare , viz. mouse-eare , pimpernell , avence , valerian , and gentian , of each a like quantity , but take of mouse-eare the weight of all the other hearbes , when they be dryed , take d●mi . spoonfull in untiment , or in some other liquor which is according to the sicknesse , and let him drinke it , and the medicine is as good as a salve for any wounded man , as may be had for to heale him . also the herbes that draweth the wound , are o●●ulus christi , mather , buglosse , red coleworts , and orpine . these be the soveraigne pepper hearbes for the fester , h●arbe robert , buglosse , sannacle , hempropes , morrell , rew , and savorie , but sake good heed of these hearbes in the use of them , and yee shall worke the better . some physicall observations tending to physicke and surgerie , and times convenient for letting of blood. to preserve health . if a man will observe , hee may governe himselfe at foure times in the yeare , so that hee shall have little need of let●hcraft , as thus ▪ in the spring , from march till may at which time increaseth the good sweet ▪ 〈…〉 blood , through good meates and 〈…〉 good wholsome savours . in summer , from may till june , at which time beginneth the bitter juyce of choller ▪ then use coole meats , and drinkes , and bee not violent in exercise , and forbeare women . in harvest , from june till november , at which time increaseth melancholy ; then bee purged by a medicine laxative , and afterward use light meats and drinkes , such as will increase good blood. in winter , from november till mar●h ▪ at which time increaseth flegme , through weaknesse of humours , and corruption of ayre ; then the pose beginneth to grow , then heat is in the veynes , then is pricking in the sides , then is time to use hot meats and good drinkes ▪ and spices , as pepper , ginger , &c. but doe not wash thy head. for as a learned physitian saith ; hee that taketh much physick when he is young , will much repent it when he is old . for letting of blood. as in all other parts of physicke so great care ought to be had in letting of blood. first , skilfully and circumspectly is to be considered and certainly knowne the cause . as whether it be needfull and good for the patient , to purge his body of some unnaturall and naughty , and superfluous humour . for otherwise , letting of bloud is very dangerous , and openeth the way to many grievous infirmities . and note generally ▪ that it is not convenient , eyther for a very leane and weake man , or for a very fat and grosse man to be let bloud , neither for a child under 14. yeares of age , nor an old man above 56. especially , in decrepit old age . now there remaineth to be considered , how it standeth with the patient inwardly , for his complexion and age , and outwardly , for the time of the yeare , time of the day , and also for dyet . for complexion . let bloud the phlegmatick , the moone being in aries or sagitarius . let bloud the melancholick , the moone in libra or aquarius . let bloud the cholerick , the moone being in cancer or pisces . let blood the sanguine , the moone in eyther of the aforesaid signes . for age. let blood youth ; from the change to the second quarter . middle-age , from the 2. quarter to the full . elder-age , from the full to the last quarter . old-age , from the last quart ▪ to the change . time of the yeare . spring good . autumne different . time of the moneth . let not blood , the moone in taurus , gemini , leo , virgo , or capric●rne . the day before nor after the change and full . twelve houres before and after the quarters . the moone with jupiter , or mars , evill aspected . time of the day . morning after sun-rising fasting ; afternoon , after perfect digestion ; the ayre temperate , the wind not south , if it may be . dyet after bleeding . sl●●pe not presently , stirre not violently ; vse no venery , feed , thou warily . notwithstanding , for the phrensie , the pestilence , the squinancy , the plurisie , the apoplexi● , or a continuall head-ach growing of cholerick blood , a hot burning feaver , or any other extreame paine ; in this case , a man may not tarry a chosen time , but incontinently with all convenient speed ▪ hee is to seek for remedy ; but then blood is not to bee let in so great a quantity , as if that a chosen and fit time were to be obtained . good to — prepare humours , the moon in gemini , libra , or aquarius . vomit , the moon in aries , taurus , or capr. purge by neezing , the moone in cancer , le● , or virgo . take clysters , the moone in aries , librae , or scorpio . take gargarismes , the moone in cancer , or stop rheumes and flux , the moon in taurus , virgo , or capric●rn● . bathe for cold diseases , the moone in aries , l●● , or sagitarius . bathe for hot diseases , the moone in cancer , scorpio , or pisces . purge with electuaries , the moon in cancer . purge with potions , the moone in scorpio . purge with pilles , the moon in pisces . for an unguent or plaister , is best to bee applyed , when the moone is in the imaginary sig●e attributed to the members whereunto it is applyed . of the nine tastse . salt , sharpe , and bitter , sower , savory , and eager , sweet , walloweth , and fatty-three of them bee of heat , three of cold , and the last three be of temperature . a cut chafeth , heateth , and fleyeth : temperature delighteth , lycorise , annis , ginger , wormewood , and suger : these bee examples : a cut raweth , heateth , and fleyeth , and nature there against ripeth , and twineth , and putteth out : make your medicine such , that for one putting out , double twining , and foure riping . melancholy is dry and cold , sower and earthly coloured , his urine is thinne and discoloured , his pulse is straight , and short in digestion , and a full stomacke , loathsomenesse , and sower belching , a swelling wombe , and sides , heavie , dead , and sluggish limbes , and melancholious urine commeth of a young wench that faileth in her flowers , or have them not as shee ought to have . fleame , cold and moyst , white , and weake in colours , his urine is discoloured and thicke , his pulse is short and broad ; raw stomacke ; and full , loathsome , and unlusty , watry mouth , much spitting , heavy head , sluggie , and slumbry , with cold hands and feete , and chiefly in the night . sanguine is moyst , and hot , sweet , and ruddy coloured , alway his body is full of heate , namely in the veynes , and they bee swelling , and of face he is ruddy , and in sleepe hee seemeth fiery : medicine for him is bloud let upon the currall or liver veyne , and simple dyet , as tyson , water grewell , and sower bread . choller is hot , and dry , yellow , greene and bitter , urine is discoloured , and thinne , his pulse is long and straight , much watch , heavy head ache , and thirst , bitter mouth , and dry , singing cares , and much gnawing in the wombe , and other while costiffenesse , and burned sege , and vomit , both yellow and greene , as is that colour . each humour may cause a fever or an impostume , and then the urine is more coloured , and the liquour thinner : and ever as that sicknesse defieth , the urine waxeth thicker , and the colour lower , till it come to cytrin or subrufe . melancholy causeth a quartaine , and fleame a quotidian . sinec and causon have ever continues , the other three may be so , and otherwhile interpolate , continue ever holdeth on , and interpolate resteth otherwhile ; continue is with the veynes , and interpolate is without the veynes , both two wayes may bee simple and also compound , simple of one matter , and one place , or compound of divers places . the tertians of these fevers be such , as the same humors be of , and also urine and pulse : all saving they bee stronger in fevers and impostumes then they be without , and therefore their medicine must bee more discreet , but generally dyet thus : sowre bread , and water-grewell , and tyson , and fleyed fish and wine , and almond milke , and all white meate saving whay , generall digestive in summer , and in hot time , as in oxizacia ; and generall digestive in winter and all cold time , as oxcineil● : and generall expulsive is , d● s●cca r●sarum , a cut with turbit , and scamony , ana . scruple two , and generall dormitary is insquiamany , and double medled with populions , and foment him with roses , ●●a , double sugar flaketh thir●● . signes of sicknesse by eg●stion . if the meat come from a man in manner as hee did eate it , the stomack is weake , and the bowels be lubricated , it is an evill signe . if the egestion looke like earth , it is ● s●gne of death . if the egestion doe not stinke , it is an evill signe . if the egestion doe looke like lead , it is an evill signe . if the egestion bee blacke as inke , it is an evill signe . if the egestion bee blacke , and looke like sheepes trickles , there is abundance of adu●● choller , and paine in the spleene . if the egestion be yellow , and no saffron eaten before , the body is r●pleat with choller and cytren water . if the egestion have straines of bloud , there is impediment in the liver and the bowels . if the egestion bee bloudish , there is ulceration in the guts . if the egestion looke like shaving of guts , beware then of an extreame fluxe and debility of the body . if a man be too laxative it is not good , for in such persons can be no strength but much weaknesse . if a man be costive and cannot have a naturall egestion once a day , he cannot be long without sicknesse . signes of life or death by the pulses . spigm●s is named the pulses , and there be twelue pulses the which doe take their originall at the vitall spirits : three of which belong to the heart , the one is under the left pap , the other two doe lye in the wrists of the armes directly against the thumbs . the braine hath respect to seaven pulses , foure be principall ; and three be minors , the foure principall are thus scituate ; in the temples two , and one going under the bone called the right furkcle , and the other doth lye in the corner of the right side of the nose , one of the three minor pulses in the corner of the left side of the nose : and the other two lye upon the mandibles of the two jawes , the liver hath respect to the two pulses which lye upon the feet . by these pulses , expert physitians and chyrurgions by their knocking and clapping , doe judge what principall member is diseased or whether the patient be in danger . if any of the principall pulses doe beate truely , keeping an equall course as the minute of a clocke , then there is no perill in the patient , so be it they keepe a true course ; or pulse without any pause or stopping ; which is to say , if the pulse give five knockes and cease at the sixth knocke : or else seven and pause at eight , or else knocke tenne and lea●e over the eleventh , and begin at the twelfth , the patient is in perill , else not ; for it is not in the agility , as too swift or tardie beating of the pulse , but in the pausing of the same contrary to its course , that the patient is in perill . in such causes let the physitian be circumspect , and carefull , for sincopies in the patient , let him sit upright in his bed with pillowes , and let one sit at his backe to give him drinke , and let the patient smell to amber greece or rosewater and vin●ger , or else rub the pulse with aqua vitae . also , when you touch the pulse , marke under which finger it strikes most strongest , as thus ; if the pulse under the little finger , be feeble and weake , and under the rest more weake , it is a token of death : but contrariwise , if under the little finger strong , and under every finger stronger it is a good signe . and if you feele the pulse under the fore-finger strike untill the eleventh stroke and it faile in it , is a good signe , but if he beate swift and unorderly , an evill . of the foure humours . 1. signes of sicknesse by blood. slownesse , idlenesse , dulnesse , yawning or gaping , stretching forth the armes , no delight or pleasure , sweet spittle mingled with bitternesse , much heavie sleepe with dreames of red colour , or bearing of burthens great and heavie , perturbation of the sences , red face with much sweat , little or no appetite to meat with red grosse stinking urine . of these signes are knowne , stinking feavers , pestilence , squinancie , and bloody-fluxe . for remedy , if the blood be distempered , helpe it with things cold and dry ; for blood is moist , hot , and sweet . 2. signes of melancholy sicknesses . pale colour in the face , sowrenesse in the mouth , belching wind , little sleepe , that horrible , and infernall dreames , much thought , pensivenesse and care , a desperate mind , more leaner then before in the body , straitnesse in the stomack ▪ elvishnesse in countenance , snappish in words ; starting , coldnesse , and fearefull , white and thin urine . these signes testifie ▪ quartaine , morphew , lepre , canker , madnesse , and hardnesse of the spleene . for remedy , if it bee of red choller , give things cold , moist and sweet ; for red choller is bitter and fiery . 3. signes of cholerick diseases . yellow colour in the skin , bitterness in the mouth , pricking in the mouth of the stomacke , supernaturall heat , loathsomnesse to meat , lamentation or great griefe of mind . drinesse , coveting drinke of divers kinds , vomits of yellow and greene , small or no sleepe , but fearefull and fiery dreames of strife . these bee signes of the jaundies , tertians , plurisies , madnesse , and collicks . for remedy , if it bee of blacke choller , or melancholy , give things hot and moyst , and sweet ; for adust choller is sharpe and cold . 4. signes of flegmatick diseases . sluggishnesse and dulness of memory , forgetfulnesse , much spitting , 〈…〉 , paines in the head , especially in the hinder part , swelling in the face and cheeks , evill digestion ▪ white dropsie-like in colour , patience with doltishnesse , lacking lively quickne●se , dreaming of going naked , drowning , or of snow . the diseases , quotidians , dropsies , palsey , and the falling sicknesse . for remedy , if the disease be of salt flegme give things sweet , hot and dry , thus saith soramis . and thus much for remedies against the distemperance of each humour . notwithstanding , where there is abundance of cold flegme not mixt with choller , there things very sharpe and hot bee most convenient ; as tart vineger with hot roses and seeds , or wines , strong and rough honey , being boyled in the one and in the other . or where choller is mixt with flegme , sirrop made with vineger and suger , boyled sometimes with seeds , herbes , and rootes , which may dissolve flegme and digest it is very good . certaine observations for women . when womens brests diminish being with child , is a token the child is dead . if a woman with child bee sodainly taken with any grievous sicknesse , her life is in great danger . if a woman with child be let blood , it killeth the child , the nearer the birth the greater is the danger . it is perilous for a woman with child to have a great lax , or loosenesse . a woman having a convultion in temperate times of her termes , is perilous . the c●alx of egge-shels ministred in broth asswageth the paine and griping in a woman , after her deliverance of child . of urines . a briefe treatise of urines , aswell of mans urine as of womans , to judge by the colour which betokeneth health , and which betokeneth weaknesse , and also death . part . iii. of bubbles resident in vrine . it is shewed , that in the fore-parts of the body dwelleth sicknesse and health : that is , in the wombe , in the head , in the liver , and in the bladder , in what manner thou maist know their properties and thereof mayest learne to judge the better . when bubbles doe swim on the top of urine , they proceed of windy matter included in viscous humidity , and signifie rawnesse and indigestion in the head , belly , sides , reynes , and parts thereabouts , for in these especially , hu●ours are multiplied and doe ascend to make paine ▪ in the head. re●ident bubbles doth signifie ventositie in the body , or else a sicknesse that hath continued long and will continue , unlesse remedy be found ; but bubbles not resident but doth breake quickly , signifieth debility or weaknesse . bubbles cleaving to the urinall , signifieth the body to be repleat with evill humours . bubbles doth also signifie the stone in the reynes of the backe . a circle which is greene of colour of urine , doth signifie wavering in the head , and burning in the stomacke . this colour in a feaver doth signifie paine in the head , comming of choller . and if it continue it will cause an impostume , the which will ingender the frenzi● . a blacke circle in urine , signifieth mortification . if any filthy matter doe appeare in the urine , it commeth from the lungs and sometimes from the liver , and it may come from breaking of some impostume , but for the most part it commeth from the vlcers of the bladder or the reynes , or from the passages of the urine , then the urine is troubled in the bottome and stinketh , he hath a paine in his lower parts and especially in the parts aforesaid , when he maketh water , and chiefly in the end of the yard , and commonly there is with this the strangurie which is hardly to be cured , unlesse it be in the beginning . if it come from the reynes , there is paine in the loynes , the backe and the flanke . if from the liver , the paine is onely in the right side . if in the lungs , the paine is from the brest with a cough and the breath stinketh . if from the bladder , the paine is about the share . if a mans urine be white at morning , and red before meate , and white after meate , he is whole : and if it be fat and thicke it is not good . and if the vrine be meanly thicke , it is not good to like : and if it be thicke as spice , it betokeneth head ache . vrine that is two dayes red , and at the tenth day white , betokeneth very good health . vrine that is fat , white , and moyst , betokeneth the fever quartaine . vrine that is bloody , betokeneth that the bladder is hurt by some rotting that is within . a little vrine all fleshie , betokeneth wasting of the reynes : and who pisseth bloud without sicknesse , he hath some veyne broken in his reynes . urine that is ponderous , betokeneth that the bladder is hurt . urine that is bloody in sicknesse , betokeneth great evill in the body , and namely in the bladder . urine that falleth by drops , above , as it were great boules , betokeneth great sicknesse and long . if white gravell doth issue forth with vrine , it doth signifie that the patient hath or shall have the stone ingendred in the bladder , and there is paine about those parts . if the gravell be red , the stone is ingendred in the reynes of the backe and kidneyes , and there is great paine in the small of the backe . if the gravell be blacke , it is ingendred of a melancholly humour . note , that if the gravell goe away , and the patient find no ease , it sheweth that the stone is confirmed . also know yee , that if the gravell goe away , and the paine goe away likewise , it signifieth that the stone is broken and voydeth away . womens vrine that is cleare and shyning in the vrinall like silver , if shee cast oft , and if she have no talent to meate , it betokeneth she is with child . womens urine that is strong and white and also stinking , betokeneth sicknesse in the reynes , in her secret receipts , and her chambers is full of evill humours , and sicknesse of her selfe . womens vrine that is bloody and cleere as water underneath , betokeneth head-ache . womens urine that is like to gold , cleere and mighty , betokeneth that she hath lust to man. womens urine that hath colour of stable cleansing , betokeneth her to have the fever quartaine , and shee to be in danger of death . womens urine that appeareth as colour of lead , if shee bee with child , betokeneth that it is dead within her . to know a mans urine from a womans , and a womans or mans from a beast urine . first a mans water the nearer you hold it to the eye the thicker it doth shew , and when you hold it further off the thinner it doth appeare ; but in beasts urines it is not so ; for the nearer you hold it to the sight the thinner it is , and the further the sight the thicker , also beast water is more salter and of a stronger savour , and of a more simple complection , and smelleth more raw , then the urine of a man ; also mixe the water of a beast with wine and they will part a sunder . hereafter followeth all the vrines that betokeneth death , as well the vrine of man as of woman . in a hot axes , one part red , another blacke another greene , another blew , betokeneth , death . urine in hot axes , blacke , and little in quantity , betokeneth death . urine coloured all over a● leade , betokeneth the prolonging of death . urine that shineth raw and right bright , if the skin in the bottome shine not , it betokeneth death . urine that in substance having fleeting above as it were a darke sky , signifieth death . urine darkly shyning , and darke with a blacke skin within , betokeneth a prolonging of death . urine that is the colour of water , if it have a darke sky in an axes , it betokeneth death . urine that hath dregges in the bottome medled with blood , it betokeneth death . urine blacke and thicke , and if the sicke loath when he goeth to the stoole , and when he speaketh overthwart , or that he understandeth not aright , and these sicknesses goeth not from him , it betokeneth death . of vvounds ▪ part . iv. a definition of wounds by their causes . a wound is a solution , seperation and recent breach of unity , of that that before was a continuity with out putrified matter , which corruption giveth the name of an ulcer to the solution , and no more a wound . the causes of wounds are duall , viz. first by the violence of bodies without life , as we simply call an incised wound , as when it is caused by edged instruments . secondly , we call it a stab or puncture , caused by theforce of daggers and the like . thirdly , we call those contused wounds , caused by violent use of the object , being some weighty thing ( cast as a stone , or stroake with a staffe , or their similies ) against the subject receiving their forces , differing in their appellations by the diversity of their causes . or secondly , wounds are caused by living things , as a wound that is of biting , scratching and the like , and for these causes they differ in their appellatious . also the differencie of wounds , are taken eyther from their causes by which they are inflicted , or from their accidents , viz. the indication of the place wherein they are scituated . also , the place maketh difference thus : eyther they happen in the similar parts , as the flesh , artery , veyne , &c. or in the organicall or instrumentall parts , as some intire and whole bulke , truncke , or fully compleat member , or limbe , viz. the head , necke , brest , belly , &c. wounds of the head grow more particular , because that parts belonging thereto be of more note ; as the face , nose , lippes , eyes , and eares : wounds of the limbes , arc of the shoulders , armes , thighes , and legs . of the similar parts also , some are sanguine , as the flesh , whose wounds are eyther simple , deepe , hollow , plaine , or proud with flesh . the spermaticke likewise , are eyther hard or soft ; the soft parts , as the veynes , arteries , and sinewes , being wounded , we call them wounds of the hurt part ; the hard are the bones , a breach of which , we call a wound in the bone. so wounds derive their nominations from the cause , place and simisitudes thereof . what wounds are . wounds are these , which in latine are called vulnus , of the vulgar vulner , and they are of two kinds , that is , simple and compound : the simple are those , that are onely in the flesh : the compound are those , where are cut sinewes , veynes , muscles , and bones , and these are of divers and sundry kinds , and the difference that is among them , is by the variety of the place where they are wounded , and by the difference of the weapon wherewith they were hurt . for some goe right , some overthwart , that offend divers places of the body : the simple are of small importance , if they keepe them cleane and close shut nature will heale , them , without any kind of medecine : but those where veynes are cut , had neede of some art or practise , with the which they must stop the blood , and in any wise not to suffer the wound to remaine open but to sow it up very close , so that the veyne may heale , and those where sinewes are hurt are of great importance , and would be healed with great speed , so the sinewes may joyne with more ●ase . but those where bones are hurt , are of great importance , for if the bone be seperated from the other , of necessity it must be taken forth before the wound be healed : so that by this meanes every one may know , what wounds are and their kinds . in the curing of greene wounds consists a five-fold scope or intention . the first , is to draw out that which is sent into the body , whether by bullet , wood , bone , or stone ; or arrowes , darts and such like . the second , is a conjunction and united of parts divided . the third , is a retaining of those parts united in their proper ▪ seate . the fourth , is a conservation of the parts of the substance . the fifth , is a prohibition and mitigation of accidents . for the first intention , it is performed eyther with fit and convenient instruments , or with attractive medicines , whereby things that are infixed are drawne out . which medicines are these . radix aristolochiae , ammoniacum . arundis . saga poenum . anagallis . dictamnum . thapsia . ranae combustae , or emplastrum avicennae , so much commended by guyd● . the second and third intention , is performed by binding and ligature , if the wound be simple and small , and in a place where it may fitly be performed , yea , although it be large , so it may be easily bound , as in the muscles of the arme , and such like ; but if it happen that ligatute will not serve , then must be added the helpe of the needle , being very carefull to handle the party gently , and to place it in his due seate . the fourth intention , is performed and accomplished , by appointing of a fit and convenient dyet , according to the strength of the patient , and greatnesse of the affect and disposition of the whole body : for a thin dyet and cold , doth very much availe in resisting of symptoms , we also adde blood-letting and purging of humors to avoide accidents , also the part is to be contained in his due place , and a cataplasme framed with the whites of egges , and other cooling things , are to be applyed , and sometimes to be fomented with astringed wine . the fifth intention , is the correcting of accidents , which is flux of blood , dolour , tumor , paralysis , convulsion , fever , syncope , delerium , and itching . but this is to observed in the fluxe of blood : whether it hath flowne sufficiently or no ; if otherwise the fluxe is to be suffered ; for after a sufficient fluxe , the wound doth remaine dry , and is so much the neerer cured and the lesse symptomes follow , as phlegmon and such like : and if the wound bleed not sufficient , we must open a veyne for revulsion ▪ according to the greatnesse of the affect , and the nature of the wound : especially when through paine or other cause wee feare inflamation or a feaver . how a sicke man should dyet himselfe being wounded . a wounded man , or a man sore beaten being sicke , must be kept from milke , butter , cheese , hearbes , fruites , fish , ( except fre●h-water fish ) women , garlicke , onions , leekes , peason , &c. also divers sorts of meats must he not eate , as fresh beefe , water fowles , goose , or duck , nor drinke too much strong wine . but he may eate porke , mutton , chicken , henne , or capon . of wounds and their cures happening in severall places of the body . and first , of infirmities incident to souldiers in a campe. commonly , there are three infirmities that offend souldiers in a campe above all the rest , the which are these : feavers , wounds , and fluxes of the body ▪ the which thou mayst helpe in this order following with these medicines . quintessence of wine , balsamo , magno licore , quintessentia , and spice imperiall ; and as for the order to use them is thus . when any hath a feaver or flux , then presently when the disease beginneth , let him blood in one of the two veynes underneath the tongue , cutting it overthwart , and this thou shalt doe in the evening , then the next morning , take a doze of your imperiall powder mixt with wine , and this you may doe without any dyet or strict order : that being done , give him three mornings together , halfe an ounce of our quintessence solutive , with broath : but if it bee a fluxe , and that the patient is not cured , let him stand in a cold bath of salt-water of the sea , three or foure houres or more , and he shall be perfectly ho●pe . then as concerning wounds , as well as cuts as thrusts , and as well galling with arrowes , as harquebush shot , and other sorts , thou shalt cure them thus . the first thing that thou shalt doe to them is to wash them very cleane with wine , and then dry them well , then put thereinto quintessence of wine , and presently joyne the parts together , and sowe or stitch them close , then put thereupon five or sixe drops of our balsamo , and upon the wound lay a cloth wet in our magno licore as hote as yee may suffer it , and this yee shall do the first day : then the next day follow this order . first , put thereon our quintessence , and a little of our balsamo , and then our magno licore very hote , and never change that medicine . and this done , the wound shall be whole with great speed and in a quarter of the time that the common chirurgions is able to doe it , by the grace of god. a rare secret , the which this author did send to a very friend of his being in the warres : the which helpeth all wounds eyther by cut , thrust , galling with arrowes , or hargubush-shot , or otherwise . the first thing that yee shall doe , is to wash the wounds very cleane with urine , and then dry it very well : then put therein quintessence of wine , and presently joyne the parts close together , and stitch or sow them well ; but in any wise sowe nothing but the skinne : for otherwise it will cause great paine : then put thereon five or sixe drops of our balsamo , and upon the wound ▪ lay a cloth wet in our magno licore ▪ as hote as they can suffer it , and this doe the first day . then the next day follow this order . first , put thereon our quintessence , and then a little of our balsamo : and then annoint it very well with our magno licor● , as hot as it may be suffered : never changing this medicine untill it be whole . this is very certaine and approved . of wounds in the head , with fracture of the bone. vvounds of the head with fracture of the bone , of the common physitians and chirurgions , are counted difficile to be healed , because thereunto belongeth great art or cunning : for they open the flesh , and raise the bone , with many other things , of which j count it superfluous to intreat of , because that many be holpen without them . for alwayes when the physitians or chirurgions doe offend the wound for alteration or corruption ▪ nature it selfe will worke very well , and heale it without any ayde . but with our medicines they may be holpen with much more speed , because they let the alteration , and defendeth them from putrifaction , and mittigateth the paine . and the order to cure those kind of wounds are thus . the first thing that is to be done in those wounds , is to joyne the parts close together , and dresse them upon the wound with our oleum benedictum , and upon the oyle lay cloathes wet in our magno licore , as hot as you can suffer it : and so with the remedies thou shalt helpe them quickly : because our oleo benedicto taketh away the paine , and keepeth it from putrifaction and resolveth . our magno licore digesteth , mundifieth , and incarnateth and healeth . and therefore this is the best medicine that can be used in these wounds . for hereof j have had an infinite of experiences , the which hath beene counted miracles : and therefore j have let the world to understand thereof , that they may helpe themselves if need shall serve . of wounds in the head , where the bone is not offended . vvounds in the head , where the bone is not hurt , are not of such importance , but are easily to be holpen : for you shall doe nothing , but keepe it from putrifaction , and defend it from inflamation , which are easie to be done , and so nature will worke well with great speed . to keepe the wound from putrifaction , you must annoynt it round about with our oleum philosophorum , deterebinthina , and sera . and to keepe it from inflamation , you shall wash it with our quintessence , and upon the wound dresse it with our magno licore ; thus doing , thy cure shall prosper happily , and shall not need to take away any blood , nor yet to keepe any dyet , no● yet to keepe the house , but to goe where you thinke good , without any perill or danger : and this order have j used a long time , as divers of my friends can testifie . of concussions or bruises , as well in the head as any other place . concussions or bruises in the head or any other place of the body , of the antient physitians hath beene counted dangerous to heale , for they say , that concussions must be brought to putrifaction , and turned into matter , which opinions j doe allow , for by me those concussions or bruises is very easie to bee dissolved without maturation : and that j doe with our oleo benedicto , and magno licore , as much of the one as of the other mixt together , and made very hote as you can suffer it , and then wet cloathes twice a day , and in three or foure dayes at the most they shall be dissolved : and this it doth , because this remedy assubtiliateth the humours , and openeth the pores , and draweth forth the matter that is runne into the place offended , and so by those meanes they shall be holpen with this remedy : j have cured hundreds , when j was in the warres of africa , in anno. 1551. when a whole city was taken and destroyed by the campe of charles the fifth , emperour . of wounds in the necke and the order to be used in curing them . vvounds in the necke are very hard to be cured , and long before they heale , and this commeth , because next are all the ligaments of the head , as bones , sinewes , veynes , flesh , and skinne , all instruments that hold the head and the body together , without the which a man cannot live ; and therefore those wounds are so perillous to be healed , seeing thereunto runneth so great a quantity of humours , that they will not suffer the wound to be healed . the true way therefore to helpe those wounds , is to stitch them well in his place , and dresse it upon the wound , with cloathes wet in oleum benedictum one part , and magno licore three parts , mixt together , as hote as you can suffer it . and upon the cloath lay the powder of mille-foyle , and this thou shalt doe once in 24 houres , and so that shall helpe them quickly : giving you great charge that you change not your medicine ; for it mundifieth , incarnateth , and healeth the wound without any further helpe , for j have proved it an infinite and many times . of wounds in the armes , and their importances and medicines . vvounds in the armes are dangerous , for that there also are a great number of sinewes , cartylagines , veynes , muscles , and other dangerous things , as it is well seene in wounds in that place , how that thereunto runneth abundance of humours , and there commeth alteration , inflamation , and impostumation which hurteth the patient much . therefore in this case , j will shew thee a rare secret , where-with thou shalt helpe any sort of wound in the arme , without any alteration , and with a little paine , and the secret is this , dresse the wound upon the upper parts with our magno licore , very warme , without any tenting at all , and this doe once a day , and no more , and in no wise change your medicine ; for with this thou mayest helpe all wounds in the armes with great speed ▪ and it is one of the greatest secrets that can be used for the wounds in the armes : and proved by me infinite times . of wounds in the legs , and their parts . vvounds in the legs are in a manner of the same quality as those in the armes , because the legs are of their proper quality and nature , compounded of the like substance that the armes are : that is , in skinne , flesh , muscles , veynes , sinewes , and bones : and these , when they are offended or wounded , are very perillous , because unto them runneth great quantity of humours , and in the legges are certaine places deadly ( as men say ) as the hinder part of the calfe of the leg , nnd the middle of the inner part of the thigh , the ankle , and the foote , are all places troublesome and curious to heale when they are wounded , and therefore to heale them according to the manner of the antients , it were great trouble to the chirurgion : and pity to see the paine of the patient . wherefore in any wise use not the medicines of the antients . but when thou hast occasion , joyne unto the skill of thy art the use of these medicines , our quintessentia , balsamo , magno licore , oleo di rasa , olea benedicto , ole● philosophorum . any of these , or such like , which are incorruptible , which by their proper quality assubtiliateth concussions , pierceth to the bottome of the wounds , keepeth the flesh in his naturall caliditie and humidity , perserveth from putrifaction , and naturally maketh the flesh to joyne and grow together , and that in a short space . therefore consider well , which worketh better effect , ours , or the antients , and use them at thy discretion . a discourse upon old wounds , which are not thorowly healed ; with their remedies . vvhen that wounds are ill healed , and that therein commeth impostumations , and that the part of the wounds be indurated and full of paine , then use this secret of our invention , which was never yet seene nor heard of the antients , nor yet of our time , but of us . when thou findest such a cause , wash the wound well , and make it cleane round about , and then wash it with our quintessentia vegetabile , and bathe it well thorow , for that the said quintessentia doth open the pores , and assubtiliateth the matter , and causeth the humour to come forth . this being done , annoynt it all over with our magno licore ▪ and this done , within three dayes the patient shall feele great ease , and in short time after he shall be whole . this is one of the most noblest medicines that can bee made : for it takes away the hardnesse healeth the wound , and comforteth the place offended . a rare secret to heale wounds of gunshot , arrowes , or such like , in the wars , when hast is required . if thou wilt cure these wounds presently , joyn the parts together with speed , washing it with aqua coelestis , and oleum balsam● , of our invention , and lay a cloath wet to the same very close thereon . to heale a wound quickly . vvash the wound well with our aqua balsamo , and close it up , and thereupon lay a cloth of the oyle of frankensence , and so by this meanes thou shalt heale any great wound quickly : for j have proved it infinite times to my great credit . to heale a wound quickly , that is in danger of any accidents . wounds in some parts of the body are very dangerous of life , and especially where the sinewes or veynes bee ( cut or pierced ) or veynes or muscles be hurt , or bones broken , and by an infinite of other particulars , which being open or ill healed , the patient may be in danger of life , because the winde entreth in , and causeth paines and inflamation ; and therefore to avoyd all these aforesaid matters , so that the wound shall have no detriment use this remedy . first joyne the parts close together , and put therein our quintessence , and lay a cloth wet in our baulme , and binde it fast that the ayre come not in , for it is very hurtfull . you shall understand that these be two of the best experienced medicines that may be found : because our quintessence doth assubtiliate the blood , and taketh it forth , and taketh away the paine . and the baulme doth warme and comfort the place offended . and will not suffer any matter to runne thereinto by any meanes : for this is most true , as j have proved it divers and sundry times , and alwayes have had very good successe . to stay the fluxe of bloud in wounds . vvhen there is a fluxe of blood in any wound by reason of some veyne that is cut , and that the chirurgion would stop it , it is necessary , that he put into it our quintessence , and then to stitch it up very close and hard , and upon the wound strow the blood of a man dryed , made in powder , and lay upon the wound a cloath wet in our baulme artificially , very warme , and upon that binde the wound very straight with ligaments , and twice a day wash it with our quintessentia , and round about it annoynt it with our baulme , and also cast thereon our secret powder for wounds , and that doe , morning and evening every day without opening the wound , and in short time it will remaine well , giving you charge that the wounded person doe keepe no straight dyet , because nature being weake relaxeth the veynes , and that causeth the fluxe of blood . another for the same . first , stitch the wound close , then cast thereon mans blood , and bind it somewhat hard , so let it remaine 24. houres : and when you unbind it , take heed you remove nothing , and cast thereon more dried blood , and annoint it round about with oleum philosophorum , deteribinthina and cera , and bind it againe other 24. houres , and bind it gently , and annoynt the wound with oyle of frankensence , and in short time it will be perfectly whole . a defence to be layd upon vvounds . take perfect aqua-vitae of good wine , what quantity you will , and put therein hipericon , mill-foyle , viticella , and bitony , and then let it stand certaine dayes close stopped , and when ye will use it , wet a cloth therein and lay it round about the wound , and thou shalt have thy intent , to the great satisfaction of the patient . a secret powder for wounds . take hipericon flowers and leaves , millfoyle , and viticella , and stampe them well together , and so strew it upon the wound , and round about the wound , when it is dressed , and that doth defend it from accidents . a composition of great vertue against all vlcers and sores . take the oyle of vitrioll that is perfect , as much as you will , and put it into a glasse , with as much oyle of tartar made by dissolution , and so let it stand ten dayes : then take one scruple of that , and one ounce of pure aqua vitae , and mixe them together , and therewith wash the hollow ulcers and they will heale in short time . it helpeth any crude kind of scab or sore that is caused of the evill quality or nature . a note of a certaine spanyard , wounded in the head at naples . there was a certaine spanyard called samora , of the age of 34. yeares , of complexion cholericke and sanguine , the which was wounded in the left side of the head , with incision of the bone. now yee must understand , that in naples the ayre is most ill for wounds in the head , by reason that it is so subtill , and for that cause the doctors did feare the cure : neverthelesse , j dressed him with our magno licore , and balsamo artificio , keeping the wound as close as was possible , annoynting it onely upon the wound , and so in 14. dayes he was perfectly whole , to the great wonder of 2 number of chyrurgions in that city . for to heale hurts and vvounds . take mallowes and seeth them well , and when they be boyled , take and stampe them , and take old barrowes grease and clean barley meale , and mingle the juyce , the meale and the grease all together , and make a salve thereof , it is a ready healer . to stanch the blood of a cut. take a good handful of nettles and bruise them , and then lay them upon the wound hard bound with a cloth , and it will stanch it presently . another for the same . take hogs-dung hot from the hog , mingle it with suger and lay it to the wound will stay the bleeding . for to staunch the blood of a vvound . take a linnen-cloth , and burne it to powder , and bind it to the wound or veyne that is hurt , and it helpeth . a healing salve for any greene vvound . take two yolkes of egges , halfe a pound of turpentine , half a quarter of an ounce of mastick , half a quarter of an ounce of nitre and halfe a quarter of an ounce of wearick , two ounces of bucks-tallow , halfe a gille of rose-water , and half a quarter of an ounce of saffron , mixe all these together and make of them a salve , and keepe it for your use . the lord capels salve for cuts or rancklings comming of rubbings : it is also a very good lip-salve . take a pound of may-butter and clarifie it , then take the purest thereof : also take three ounces of english wax , and two ounces of rozine , and clarifie them by themselves , then boyle them all together , and when it is well boyled , coole it , and after keepe it in the cake , or otherwise as your salve . for to draw and heale a cut. take the juyce of smalledge , the juyce of bugle , of each a like quantity ; take also waxe , rozen unwrought , sheepes suet , deeres suet , of each a like quantity , of sallet oyle ▪ and turpentine but a little ; fry them all , and scrape a little lint , and lay a little salve upon the lint , and put it in the cut , and then lay a plaister over it . a salve for fresh wounds . take harts-grease and turpentine , of each foure ounces : oyle of roses , frankensence and masticke , of each one ounce , and so make your salve , and lay it to the sore . a salve that cleanseth a wound and heal●th it . take white turpentine unwashed foure ounces , the yolke of an egge , and a little barley meale , and so make a salve . to kill dead flesh . take the juyce of smalledge , and the yolke of an egge , wheaten flower , a spoonfull of honey : and mingle all these together , and drop it into the sore , or otherwise make a plaister : fine suger scraped into powder will doe the same . a playster for old sores . take litarge of gold , one pound , oyle of roses two pound , white wine a pinte , urine a pinte , vineger halfe a pinte , waxe , frankensence , and myrrhe , of each two drams , and so make your plaister according . for a canker , fistula , warts , or wounds , new or old . take a gallon and a halfe of running water , and a pecke of ashen ashes , and seeth them , and make thereof a gallon of lie , and put thereto a gallon of tanners woose ▪ and powder of roch allome , and madder a pound : and seeth all these , and let your panne be so great , that it be little more then halfe full , and when it riseth in the seething , stirre it downe with a ladle , that it runne not over , and let it stand three or foure houres till it be cleere , and all that is cleere straine it through a good thicke canvasse , and then wet therein a ragged cloth , and long lint , and lay it on the sore , and this is good for all the diseases aforesaid . a salv● for any wound . take housleeke , marigold leaves , sage ▪ betonie , and garden mallowes , of each one handfull , stampe them , and straine them , then take the juyce , and half a pound of fresh butter , one penny worth of fine turpentine , ●ery well washed , one penny worth of aqua composita , and an oxe-gall , mixe them all together , and boyle them moderately upon the imbers , and so make a plaister . to h●lp● the ach of a wound . for ache of a wound , stampe fennell , with old swines greace , and heate it and binde it thereto , r●cip . the juyce of smallage , honey , old swines greace , and rye meale , and apply it plasterwise . to heale wounds without plaister , tent or oyntment , except it ●e in the head. stampe fennell , yarrow , buglosse , an● ▪ white wine , and drinke it 2. or 3. times a day till you be well . mixe swines greace with honey , rye meale , and wine , and boyle it and use it , but if it heale too fast , put in the juyce of bryonie a little , or bruise jsop and put in while the wound is raw is very good . to heale a wound that no scarre or print thereof shall be seene . rost lilly roots , and grinde them with swines greace , and when the wound is healed , anoynt it therewith often . thus much for vvounds . of plaisters ▪ part . v. to make a resolutive plaister of great vertue . this plaister is to resolve tumours and hardnesse , if it be laid thereon very hot , and when it cold , to lay on another , and this you shall doe till the hardnesse be resolved : and it is made in this order . take common wood ashes that are well burnt and white , and finely searced one pound , clay beaten in fine powder , halfe a pound , carab one ounce : mixe all these in an earthen dish , on the fire , with oyle of roses , in forme of a liquid unguent , and that yee shall lay upon the place grieved , as hot as yee may suffer it , and change it morning and evening ▪ and yee shall see ▪ it worke a marvailous effect . moreover , when the pelichie commeth forth a diseased , let him bee folded in the same remedy very hot , and in foure and twenty houres yee shall be holpe , if yee be first well purged : for this is a great secret which j have revealed . this word pelichy , is ( as it were certaine spots ) like those which we call gods tokens , the which commonly come to those that have the pestilent feaver . to make a maturative plaister of great vertue . this maturative doth open an impostume without instrument and paine : and the order to make it , is this . take the yolkes of egges , two ounces , white salt finely ground , one ounce , hens dung that is liquid and red like honey , one ounce : mixe all these well together without fire , and when you will bring an impostume to seperation , and breake it , lay on this plaister morning and evening , a little , and in short time it will draw forth the impostume , and breake it , and heale it without any other helpe . keepe this as a great secret , for j have oftentimes made proofe thereof , and it never failed . a plaister called bessilicon . take white waxe , rozen , pine , cowes suet , stone-pitch , turpentine , olibany , of each of these one ounce , and of good oyle as much as will serve the turne , and make it into a plaister another plaister for the same . take balme , bittony , pimpernell , of each of them a handfull , lay them in a fuse in a pottle of white-wine vinegar two dayes , then let them be boyled strongly , till the third part be consumed , put thereto rozen one pound , white waxe foure ounces , masticke one ounce , turpentine one pound , and so make your plaister . the mellilote plaister . take mellilote tenne handfuls , let it be small stamped , and laid in fuse foure dayes in a pottle of white wine , and then boyl it strongly , till the third part bee consumed , then let it coole , and put thereto rozen two pound , perosine one pound , and waxe one pound , deere suet one pound , masticke one ounce , frankensence foure ounces , and so make your plaister according to art. the musilage plaister . take march mallow rootes , fenecricke , and linseed , of each one pound , lay them in fuse in three quarts of water three dayes , then boyle it over the fire a little , and so straine it to a musilage , and then take thereof one pound , and of lytarge of lead foure pound ▪ of good oyle sixe pound , put all over the fire in a great vessell , and so let it boyle with a soft fire , ever stirring it till it come to the forme of a plaister accordingly . another plaister for the same . take the juyce of bittony . planten , and smalledge , of each one pound , waxe , rozen , and turpentine , of each one pound , pitch foure ounces , and so make your worke and dissolve it to a plaister . a plaister of camphere . take common oyle one pound , waxe foure ounces , seruse one ounce , camphere one ounce , and so make it into a plaister , it is a very soveraigne thing . a spiced plaster . take white waxe one pound , perosine one pound , colophony foure ounces , rozen one pound ▪ deere suet one pound , cloves and mace foure ounces , saffron one ounce , red wine and water of each a quart boyle these altogether till they come to a plaister . a plaister called apostolicum . take white lead and red , of each one pound , oyle foure pound , stirre them altogether , and boyle them with a soft fire , to the forme of a plaister , according to art. a drying plaister . take oyle of roses , deeres suet , of each one pound , terra sigillata , lapis calaminaris , seruse , of each one pound , sanguis draconis , three ounces , and incense of each one ounce , turpentine foure ounces , camphere halfe an ounce , and so by art make a plaister . a plaister for the gowt arteticke . take oxium , and saffron , of each one dram in fine powder , tempered in the yolkes of three egges hard boyled , and oyle of violets , or roses , plaister-wise , applyed to the painfull place upon a little sheeps leather , and let it lye on till it come off of it selfe . probatum est . a plaister to stake paine . take crummes of white bread foure ounces temper them with sweet milke , and the yolkes of foure egges hard boyled : and take of oyle of roses three drams , and in the making put thereto a little turpentine and saffron two drams in fine powder , and so use it . a plaister against the coldnesse of the nerves . take waxe two ounces , euforbium , castoris , of each halfe an ounce , sheepes suet , and pitch of each one ounce , turpentine a dram : and so make your worke according to art. a good cold drying plaister . take oyle one pound , waxe ten ounces , seruse and lytarge of gold , of each foure ounces , boyled with a soft fire in a furnace , will turne to a plaister . a red plaister . take waxe , deeres suet , of each one ounce , lapis calaminaris , bole-armony of each one ▪ dram , turpentine one ounce , camphere a dram : mixe all these together , and so make a plaister . a blacke plaister . take of waxe and oyle , of each a pound , ceruse and litarge , of each five ounces ; terra sigillata , one ounce : boyle altogether till it be blacke , and like a plaister . a blacke plaister for old sores . take litarge of gold , and ceruse , of each one ounce , the cinders of jron , quilled story fererie , fixe drams , oyle of roses foure ounces , new waxe one ounce , strong vineger two drams : mixe them well together , and so make it according to art. a plaister to dissolve hard things . take gum armoniack , serapine , bdelium , oppoponacie , of each one ounce , oyle of spike five drams , turpentine two drams , the mell of fennicrick , and linseed , of each one ounce , the mell of lupianes , as much as needs , and so make your plaister . another blacke plaister for the same . take oyle one pound , waxe and ceruse of each halfe a pound , and so make a plaister according to art. a plaister against old sores . take oyle twelve ounces , litarge of gold halfe a pound , vineger sixe ounces , ceruse , colophonie , perosine , pitch , goates suet , of each two ounces , dragons bloud , terra sigillata , of each one ounce , waxe two ounces and a halfe : and so with a soft fire make a plaister , it is an approved remedy . a cooling plaister . take litarge of lead one pound , oyle foure pound , wine vineger two pound , and so boyle them to a plaister and apply it . a plaister to draw an impostume . take galbanum and gum armoniack , of each one pound , dissolved in vineger and foure pound of suger , for foure dayes together , and then boyled untill the vineger bee consumed with a soft fire , and so make your plaister . a plaister made for the lord marke de wise . take virgin-wax two pound , of perosine so much , galbanum and gum-armoniack , of each halfe a pound , pitch foure ounces , deeres suet and ceruse , of each halfe a pound ▪ cloves and mace foure ounces , saffron to the weight of twelve pence , red wine and water of each two pintes ; boyle all these things together till the liquor be wasted away , and so make a plaister thereof , it is very good for to breake an impostume . the white musilage plaister . take pure good oyle eight pound , litarge of lead five pound and a halfe , musilage of march mallow rootes , of fennicrick and linseed two pound ; boyle all these together to the forme of a plaister with a soft fire , ever stirring it well , then take and wash it in three or foure waters and it will be very white , it is good to ripen and draw . a spiced plaister for the same . take wax and perosine of each one pound cressine halfe a pound , colophonie two ounces , frankinsence and goats suet of each foure ounces , cloves and mace , oyle of turpentine , and oyle of spike of each one ounce , saffron halfe an ounce , red wine two pound ; dissolve them over a soft fire , and so make your plaister . an excellent plaister for old sores . take litarge of gold one pound , oyle of roses two pound , white wine a pint , urine a pint , vineger half a pint , waxe , frankensence and myrrhe of each two drams , set them on the fire to boyle , and so make your plaister according to art . a sparadrope for the same . take oyle of roses a pound , white waxe three ounces , litarge of gold foure ounces , boyle all these in forme of a plaister . a very good drying plaister . take of jacobs plaister halfe a pound , of vnguentum lapis caluminaris one pound , mixe them and so make a plaister . oliver wilsons plaister . take a pottle of oyle , wax two pound and a quarter , white lead in powder 2. pound , of storax callamitick one ounce , bengawin one ounce , labdanum one ounce , mastick one ounce , of camphere foure drams , dissolve them and so make a plaister . to make another sparadrope . take oyle a quart , white lead one pound , the grounds of urine foure ounces , of white copperas two ounces , white wax three ounces , vineger a pint , camphere three penny-worth , boyle all these together , and so make a plaister . to make the mellilote plaister . take rozin eight pound , wax two pound , sheepes suet one pound , the juyce of mellilote a gallon cleane strained , let your rozen and sheepes suet be molten , and cleane strained into a faire panne , and then put to your juyce of mellilote , and set it over the fire and stirre it well together till it be like a plaister , then take it off the fire and put unto it a pottle of red wine , by a little and a little , ever stirring it till it bee almost cold , and then labour it well in your ●ands for feare of heaving out the wine , and so make it up in rolles and keepe it for your use . to make a seare-cloath . take waxe one ounce , and a dram of euforbium , and temper it with oyle olive at the fire , and make thereof a seare-cloath to comfort the sinewes . to make a plaister called flowesse . take rozen , and perosine of each halfe ● pound , virgin-wax , and frankensence of each a quarter of a pound , mastick one ounce , harts-tallow a quarter of a pound , camphere two drams , beat all these to a powder , and boyle them together , and straine it thorow a faire cloth into a pottle of white wine , and boyle them all againe together , and letting it coole a little , then put to it foure ounces of turpentine , and stirre them all together till it be cold , and so make it in rowles according to art. another plaister for the same . take two pound of waxe , two pound of rozen , foure pound of perosine , a quarter of a pound of deeres suet , two ounces of cloves , two ounces of mace , a quarter of an ounce of saffron , one pound and a halfe of olibanon , and a gallon of red wine , and put all these into a faire panne , and set it over the fire foure or five houres , till yee suppose that the wine be sodden away , and then take it off the fire , and stirre it till it be cold , and rowle it in balls and keepe itto use . to make the playster occinicione . take a quarter of a pound of comin , as much waxe as much pitch , as much rozen , and of saffron one ounce and a halfe , of masticke one quarterne , galbanum halfe a quarterne , turpentine one ounce , incense halfe an ounce , myrrhe but a quarter , sal-armoniac a little ; first take the salt , and let it lye in good vineger , and stamped in a morter till it be well moystned all night and more , then take the vineger , and the gums therein and set it on the fire , till the gummes be well melted , then straine it and set it on the fire againe ▪ and let it seeth untill the vineger the second part thereof be wasted , and so that there be but the third part left , then melt the pitch and scumme it , and put thereto the liquour that is left , then melt the waxe and put it to the rozen , and the turpentine , and then take the masticke incense , and myrrhe : but looke that all the gums be beaten into powder , before that you cast it in , and see that you stirre it apace ; when that they be well molten and medled , looke that you have a faire bason of hot water , and sodainely cast it in , then wring it out of the water , then chafe it against the fire as if it were waxe : and annoynt your hands with oyle of bay , and looke yee have the saffron in fine powder : and the other that was not put in before , and when you have put in all the eight powders , make it up in rowles , this is an excellent plaister for divers occasions . to make a plaister inplumhie . take oyle one pound , litarge halfe a pound : and looke that the litarge bee fine , then set it on the fire : and let it boyle untill it waxe browne , but not so long that it waxe blacke : then take it from the fire , and make it in balles and so keepe it . a plaister of camphere . take camomill oyle halfe a pound , white waxe foure ounces , ceruse one pound , camphere ▪ halfe an ounce , and so make your plaister . to make a noble plaister , that as soone as th● plaister is warme and laid to the place th● paine will be gone , and it is called a spic● plaister . take waxe two pound , deere suet one pound , perosine foure pound , cloves and mace two ounces , saffron one ounce , rozen two pound , pitch foure ounces , now melt that which is to be molten , and powder and serse that which is to be powdered and sersed , and melted altogether over a soft fire , except your cloves and saffron ; and then take a quart of red wine , and by a little and a little poure it to the salve , stirring it well together , and when it is cleane molton , straine it into a cleane pan , and then put to it your powder , of cloves , mace , and saffron , casting it abroad upon the said ingredience , and stirring it well till it be cold , then make it into rolles . this is a very comfortable plaister . to make a speciall plaister for all manner of cold aches . take perosine foure pound , rozen , and waxe of each two pound , galbanum as much , olibanon as much , masticke , and myrrhe , of each two ounces , red wine foure pound , put in your masticke , myrrhe and wine , in the cooling , it hath beene often times proved , and when you need it , spread it on a leather and let it lye on a day or two before you change it . to make a plaister that sir william farrington let a squire that was his prisoner goe for , quit without ransome . take one pound of litarge of gold , and make thereof small powder , and serse it well , then take a quart of oyle of roses , and a pinte of white wine , and halfe a pinte of old urine , very well clarified , and halfe a pinte of vineger , and boyle all these on the fire , but put in the urine last , this plaister will heale a marmole , or a canker , and a fester , as also wounds , and all other sores , if thou put thereto one ounce of waxe , ollibanon , and myrrhe , of each a dram . probatum est . to make coulman plaister . take oyle olive foure pound , red lead , and white , of each one pound , boyle them together till it waxe blacke , and then put thereto pitch one pound , and make it into rolles for your use . to make the mellitote plaister . take the juyce of mellilot , and camomill ▪ of each one pound , of waxe one pound , rozen three pound , sheepes suet a pound and a halfe , white wine two pound and a halfe , and so make them all in a plaister according to art , for it is good . to make the deaguloune plaister . take oyle two pound , strong vineger one pound and a halfe , litarge of gold one pound , verdigreace one ounce , boyle them together till they be red , and so make it into rolles for your use . a plaister for all manner of sores , and especially for all greene sores . take of fine suger and burnet , of each of them alike much , and bruise them in a morter , and wash the wound with the juyce of the same , then take the hearbes finely beaten , and mingle with them and the juyce , a quantity of english honey , and unwrought waxe , so boyle them together till it be allof one colour , then take them from the fire , and let them stand a while : then put it into a bason of faire water , and so worke it out into rowles , and lay it on plaisters once or twice a day . another for the same approved . take the hearb sellendine , and houseleeke , of each equall quantity , then bruise them in a morter ▪ and take the juyce of them , and put it into the wound , and annoynt the same therewith : that done , fill the wound with part of the bruised hearbe , and so bind it up , and in short time it will heale the sore , as by proofe hath beene seene . a plaister for the stitch. anoynt your side with the oyle of mellilote , then make a plaister of the same mellilote upon a piece of leather , and change it but once a weeke . a playster for the plurisie . stampe well in a morter , foure ounces of the roots of wild mallowes well sodden , put to it an ounce of butter ▪ and an ounce and a halfe of honey , of pigeons dung two drams , mingle all together , and lay it very hot upon the paine , and soone after the corruption will breake out . a plaister for the collick and stone . take peritory , camomill , ground-ivie leaves , cummin : stampe them , and boyle them in white wine , and make a plaister thereof , and put it about the reines of the back as hot as may be suffered , and see that it lye close round about behind and before and you will find great ease in it . a plaister for the head-ache , and for hot agues . take red mintes , leavened bread of wheate , and white vineger : make thereof a plaister , and lay it to your fore-head , for it helpeth diseases in the head , and also hot agues . a hot drawing plaister , called flowis . take rozen , perosine , of each halfe a pound , white wax four ounces , and frankensence foure ounces , and mastick one ounce , deere suet foure ounces , turpentine foure ounces , camphere two drams , white wine a pottle : and so make a plaister and give him time to draw . a plaister called the vertue of our lord. take oyle olive one pound , white waxe two drams , galbanum , ermony , and opponacke two ounces , litarge halfe a pound , almonds one dram , verdigreace one ounce , aristoligiam longuam one dram , myrrhe , and mastcke , of each one ounce , lawrell bayes two drams , incense white one dram : make the plaister in this manner : take and temper the galbanum , opponack , and ermony , in good vineger , two dayes naturall , and the other things to bee provided each by himselfe : then take the wax , and melt is with the oyle in a kettle , and the gummes dissolved in vineger , in another vessell upon the fire , till the vineger be sodden away : then straine it upon the said oyle , as strongly as you can stirre it well : and then put in the verdigreace , the astrologium , and the other gummes that were not put in before , then it is made . it healeth all wounds new or old , and it doth heale more then all other plaisters , or oyntments doth . a plaister for weaknesse in the backe . take the juyces of comfrey , plantane , and knotgrasse , mingled with bole-armoniack , and made in a plaister spread upon a piece of sheeps leather and layd to the backe . a plaister for any ache , lamenesse , or sciatica . take a pound of the leanest part of a leg of mutton , put to it a quart of the grounds of muskadine , or sweet sacke , and one pound of oyle de bay , mince your mutton very fine , and boyle them together into the forme of a plaister , and so apply it to the place as hot as you can suffer it . d. r. a plaister for a sore brest that must be broken . take one handfull of groundsill , a pinte of sweete milke , and a handfull of oate-meale , and seethe them together . make a plaister thereof , and lay it to the brest as hot as the patient may suffer it , and at every dressing put to more milke : this use no longer then it breakes . a plaister to heale it . take one pound of bores-grease , and three garlick heads , stampe them in a morter till they bee fine , put them both into a box , and put thereto of beane flower , the quantity of two egges , beat them well together and so lay them to the brest . to make another seare-cloath . take rozen , and perosine of each foure ounces , wax two ounces , ollibanum so much ▪ masticke half an ounce , turpentine two ounces , dissolve them on the fire and so make your seare-cloath . of unguents . part . vi. the making of oyntments , and first of vnguentum aegyptiacum . take honey a pint , vineger a pint , allom half a pound , verdigreace foure ounces in fine powder ; boyle all these together till they bee red ; for if you boyle it too much it will be blacke , and if you boyle it too little it will be greene ; therefore when it is boyled enough it will be perfectly red , and so make your unguent . to make vnguentum apostolorum . take yellow rozen two pound , verdigrease three ounces , wax one pound , oyle a pint , you must set the oyle , wax and rozen over the fire , then put to your verdigreace made into fine powder ▪ and stirre it till it be cold , and so it is finished . vnguentum basilicum . take oyle halfe a pound , waxe , colophonie , of each two ounces , turpentine , pitch , perosine , and cowes suet , of each two pound and a half , frankensence , and myrrhe , of each halfe an ounce , and so make your unguent . the golden vnguent , called vnguentum aureum . take yellow waxe foure ounces , oyle one pound , turpentine , colophonie ▪ and rozen , of each one ounce , frankensence and masticke , of each halfe an ounce , saffron a dram , and so make an unguent . to make a drying vnguent , called vnguentum calaminaris . take the stone called lapis calaminaris , deeres suet , and waxe , of each foure ounces , oyle of roses halfe a pound , camphere two drams , and so make your unguent according to art. to make the white oyntment , called vnguentum album rasis . take oyle of roses halfe a pound , waxe two ounces , ceruse sixe ounces , the whites of three egges , and camphere a dram : and after these things be melted and commixed together , you must wash it with rose-water . to make vnguentum lytargerii . take oyle of roses one pound , litarge of lead one pound , vineger halfe a pound , camphere two drams : and so make your unguent . to make vnguentum lypeione . take the juyce of honey-suckles a quart , honey a pinte , white copperas halfe a pound : and so make your unguent . to make the incarnative vnguent . take oyle of greene balme two pound , waxe , and perosine , of each halfe a pound ▪ deeres suet foure ounces , frankensence and myrrhe , of each two ounces , of turpentine foure ounces , the yolkes of foure egges , and so make your unguent . another incarnative vnguent . take deeres suet , oyle of roses , rozen , pitch , litarge of gold , frankensence and myrrhe of each foure ounces , and so make your unguent . to make vnguentum viride . take ossingie porsine one pound , verdigreace two ounces , sall gemme , halfe an ounce , and so make your unguent . another vnguent . take burnt allom and vineger , of each two ounces , ossingie porsine sixe ounces , and so make an unguent . a drying vnguent . take oyle of roses one pound , waxe sixe ounces , litarge of gold and silver , bdelium , gum armoniack , red corall , dragons bloud , deeres suet , masticke , of each two ounces , camphere halfe an ounce , and so make your unguent . an vnguent against the morphew . take quicke brimstone sixe drams , oyle of tartary , foure drams , ceruse , unguentum cytrium , of each two drams , oyle of roses , sixe drams , the white of an egge , as much vineger as needs , and so make your unguent . an vnguent called rosye . take rozen , turpentine , and honey , of each halfe a pound , linseed and fenecrick ▪ of each one ounce , myrrhe one ounce . sercoll one ounce : let them all be made in fine powder , and so make an unguent thereof . an vnguent for vlcers in the arme. take litarge of gold and silver , ceruse , of each two ounces : bole-armoniac half an ounce , lapis calaminaris , dragons blood , of each one ounce , frankensence , and mastick , of each halfe an ounce , tartarie , sall-gemme and camphere , of each two drams : turpentine washed in rose-water , and waxe , of each two ounces , oyle of elders , half an ounce , oyle of bayes two drams , oyle of violets and of poppie , of each foure drams : and so make your unguent , it is an excellent oyntment . an vnguent against cabes . take storax liquide , two ounces , bay-salt in fine powder , and oyle of roses , of each one ounce , the juyce of orenges , as much as shall need , and so make your unguent according to art. an vnguent called the gift of god. take orras powder , sall-gemme , sall-nitrie , of each one ounce , a stone called lapis magnates , two ounces , lapis calaminaris , two ounces , waxe one pound , oyle three pound : and so make your unguent according to art. a precious vnguent . take ceruse washed one ounce , in an ounce of vineger , burnt lead foure ounces , litarge two ounces , myrrhe one ounce , honey , of roses two ounces , oyle of roses sixe ounces , the yolkes of sixe egges , and waxe as much as needs , and so make your unguent . another vnguent against cabes . take the juyce of sallendine , femitary , borage , scabious , and dockes , of each three ounces , litarge of gold washed , ceruse , burnt brasse , brimstone , bay salt , burnt allom , of each halfe an ounce , oyle of roses two ounces , storax liquide , turpentine , of each one ounce , vineger foure ounces , ossingie perosine , one pound and a halfe : and so make your oyntment . to make the greene oyntment called vnguentum viride . take waxe one pound , perosine one pound , frankensence halfe a pound , gum arabic halfe a pound , verdigrease two ounces , honey foure ounces , oyle olive two pound : and so make your unguent . an vnguent to increase flesh . take the gum dragagant , and dissolve it in rose-water , and make an unguent . an vnguent to heale the serpigo . take pepper , bay-salt , tartary , verdigreace , allumines ynke , of each halfe an ounce , ceruse , litarge , and quicksilver well killed , of each two drams , of ossingie perosine , as much as needs . an vnguent for fistulaes . take myrrhe , masticke , alloes , and epatick , of each two ounces ▪ the juyce of salendine , planten , honey , of roses , and vineger , of each a like quantity , and make it an unguent . an oyntment for a greene wound . take oyle of turpentine one ounce , the oyle of vulpinum one ounce , oyle of camomill two ounces , and make thereof an unguent . a cold vnguent . take oyle of roses , and waxe , of each two ounces , the juyce of red gowrd leaves , night-shade leaves , of each two ounces , ceruse washed , burnt lead washed in rose-water , or planten water , of each halfe an ounce , frankensence two drams , melt all together , and decoct it a little : and then take it from the fire , and put it into a leaden morter , wherein you must labour it a good while , and so make your unguent . an vnguent for a sawse-fleame face . take may butter one pound , hony-suckle flowers three handfuls , stampe the flowers , and the butter together , and lay it in fuse for sixe dayes space ; then melt it and straine it , and put thereto quicke brimstone , the weight of twelve pence , finely powdered , and so reserve it for your use . an vnguent for the piles . take mollene , archangell , red fennell stamped small , of each a like quantity , and as much ossingie as of the hearbes : mixe all these together , and lay it ● rotting a weeke space : then straine it and keepe it for that use . another vnguent for the piles . take yarrow , and may butter , and stampe them together , and apply them as hot as may be suffered . to make vnguentum lipcium . take a quart of juyce of honey suckles , and a pinte of hony , and halfe a pound of white coperas , and seethe them on the fire , and let them boyle till it waxe blacke : then put in your copperas in fine powder . to make vnguentum fanscome . take waxe one pound , rozen , colophonie , of each two pound , pitch one pound , cowes suet one pound , may-butter halfe a pound , honey two pound , oyle two pound , turpentine foure ounces , verdigrease and ceruse foure ounces : and so according to art worke it . to make vnguentum dunsinnitive . take two ounces of litarge of gold , two drams of lapis calaminaris , and foure ounces of terra sigillata , and powder them small : then take a pinte of oyle , and put thereto halfe a pound of waxe , and melt it with your oyle , and then take it off the fire , and put in your powders , and when it is cold almost , put in foure drams of camphere in fine powder , to make an vnguent for the skerby . take a gallon of red vineger , and one pound of the roote of briony , and seeth therein till it bee consumed : then take the roote thereof and beate it with oxsingie , and beat it very fine : then take one ounce of arguentum vivum well killed , and labour them altogether very fine , and so annoint therewith . to make an vnguent for vlcers in childrens faces . take litarge and ceruse , of each five ounces , the leaves of ashe , and vine leaves of each three ounces , oyle of roses one ounce , waxe halfe an ounce : relent your oyle and waxe together , and beate your litarge and ceruse , and mingle them with two yolkes of rosted egges , and so use it . to make the sinnitive oyntment . take turpentine foure ounces , hartsgreace , or the marrow of a heart two ounces , oyle of roses one ounce , white frankensence halfe an ounce , oyle of spike two drams , and halfe a dram of mynium , and so worke it . to make an vnguent for the itch. take three handfuls of allecompanerootes , seethe them in three gallons of water till they be soft : then take the roots and scrape them , and take the white of them to the quantity of a pound , and beate them with one pound of barrow-hogges greace , and a quantity of salt , and a little saffron ; and so bring them to an oyntment . to make an oyntment for the morbus . take two ounces of vermillion , two ounces of quick-silver , two ounces of oyle of bay , two ounces of bores-greace , halfe an ounce of vineger , foure yolkes of egges : and let them all be wrought , very well together before you use them . to make the dunsymitive vuguent . take oyle olive one pound , rozen one pound , lapis calaminaris one pound , waxe halfe a pound , turpentine and sheepes suet , of each a quarter of a pound , and 〈◊〉 use it . to make vnguentum dulsum . take sheepes suet five pound , rozen in powder one pound , roch allom in powder one pound , and a quart of white wine , boyle them altogether : and if you will make it red , you may put into it one ounce of vermilion in powder . to make vngnentum basilicon . take waxe one pound , the best pitch one pound , rozen halfe a pound , colophonie one pound , cowes suet one pound , oyle two pound , may-butter halfe a pound turpentine foure ounces , the yolkes of foure egges , make all these in an unguent and so use it . to make a mundifigitive . take smalledge a little bagge full , one pouad of oxingie , three pound of rozen , a quarter of a pound of waxe : stampe your smalledge and oxingie together in a stone morter : then put it into a panne ▪ and set them upon the fire till it be hot : then straine them through a cloth into a faire panne , till they begin to waxe cold , then fleete it off with a slice , till you come to the water : then put in the rose-water and waxe all together upon the fire , and let them boyle altogether , then straine them through a linnen cloth , and so make your mundifigitive . to make vnguentum rosine . take honey two pound , rozen one pound and a quarter , turpentine two pound , frankensence one ounce , fenecrike semminis ben , of each two ounces , myrrhe and seacole , of each two ounces in fine powder . to make gibsons incarnative . take greene broome two pound , waxe and rozen , of each halfe a pound , deere suet foure ounces , frankensence , and myrrhe , of each two ounces , turpentine and the yolkes of egges as much as neecs . to make a yellow incarnative . take one pound of rozen , halfe a pound of frankensence , a quarter of a pound of waxe , halfe a pound of sheepes suet , halfe a pinte of oyle olive , halfe a pound of turpentine , and so make your unguent . to make another inearnative . take oyle of roses twelve drams , rosen two ounces , turpentine eight ounces , waxe sixe ounces , melt the waxe , rosen , and oyle together , and in the boyling put in your turpentine , and the juyce of valerian , and so let it bee cold , and as you occupy it put in oyle of turpentine , and so keepe it . to make an vnguent for the piles . take barrowes grease halfe a pound , burnt allome one ounce , and the yolke of an egge hard rosted , put these together , and make an oyntment , and annoynt your sore as hot as you can abide it . another fumetive vnguent . take halfe a poond of deere suet , a pound of waxe , one pound of oyle of roses , halfe a pound of oyle olive , of lapis calaminaris and camphere two ounces , and so make your vnguent according to art. to make vnguentum foscovem . take oyle olive one pound , saffron foure drams , colophonie , pitch , naviles , gum , and seropine , of each two ounces , mastick , olibanon , and turpentine of each one ounce , wax a quarter of a pound , melt your oyle and then your wax , and then put in the colophonie , and after stirre your pitch , naviles , and your gum and serapine together , and last of all your turpentine , masticke , and olibanon , every thing being bruised , except your pitch and turpentine ; when you put in your powders bee ever stirring it with your spittle till it be full dissolved , and so use it . an oyntment for the stone and collick to bee made in may. take the buds of broome-flowers , neare the shutting , half a pound of them picked from the stalkes , and beat them in a morter very small ; that done , mingle them with clarified may-butter , as much as you shall thinke fit , and so keepe it close in a vessell eight dayes , then seeth it and straine it ; and therewith annoynt the patients griefe very warme , evening and morning . of waters . part . vii . here followeth the making of divers precious waters , but more especially of tenne , and their vertues . i. and first , of the philosophers water . take hysop , penny-riall , avence , and centurie , and breake them in a morter , then put them under the cap of a stillatory , and distill them , and that water hath many vertues as hath beene proved by experience . as first , take pimpernell , rew , valerian , sedwall , alloes , and the stone called lapis calaminaris , and breake them , and lay them in the water of philosophers , and let them be boyled together , untill the third part of the water be wasted , and after let the said water be strained thorow a linnen cloath , then shutit up close in a vyoll of glasse the space of nine dayes . this is a precious water to drinke foure dayes together with a fasting stomacke for him that hath the falling sicknesse , but let him bee fasting six houres after ; and this medicine is in our judgement the truest medicine against all manner of gouts , and against palsies , as long as it is not dead in the limbes or members of a man. item , this water drunke in the morning , is much helping to wounds that is festered , so that they be washed therewith . item , this water drunke fasting , will destroy all manner of feavers or aches , of what kind soever they come to a man. therefore trust to this medicine verily ; for it hath been oftentimes approved of for a very good water for these diseases aforesaid , by many who have made experience of it . 2. the second water is called poetalis , et aqua dulcedimus occulorum , and is made in this manner following . take egrimonie , saturion , selendine , and tuttie , and the stone called lapis calaminaris , and beat it all to powder ; and then put them under the cap of a stillatorie , and distill thereof water by an easie fire , and this water hath many vertues in it ; for be the eyes never so sore , this water will cure and heale them . item , this water drunke with a fasting stomacke , destroyeth all manner of venome or poyson , and casteth it out at the mouth . item , this water quencheth the holly fire , so that there bee linnen cloathes wet therein and layd on the sore , but you must also note , that this water in fire is of blacke disposition . 3. the vertue of the third water . take mustard-seed , pimpernell , crow-foot and the clote of masticke , and let all these be well bruised and mingled together with the blood of a goat , and put thereto good vineger a little , and so let them stand three dayes , and then put them under the cap of a stillatorie , and still it , and this water will helpe a man of the stone if he drinke thereof : and if he drinke thereof every day fasting , the stone shall voyd from him as it were sand . jtem , this water drunke fasting maketh good blood and good colour both in man and woman . jtem , this water drunke with castorie , destroyeth all manner of palsies , if it be not dead in the sinewes or members . jtem , it will heale a scald-head , and make the haire to grow , if it be washt therewith . jtem , if a man be scalded wash him with this water , and in nine dayes he shall be whole , and of all other medicines it comforteth best the sinewes for the palsie . 4. the vertue of the fourth water . take young pigeons , and make them in powder , and meddle them well with castorie in powder , and a little aysell , and lay it under the cap of the stillatorie , and distill water thereof , this water drunke with a fasting stomack , helpeth the frensie and the tysicke , within nine dayes it will make them whole . jtem , this water drunke fasting , is a very good medicine against the falling evill , if the sicke have had it but few yeares , it shall helpe it on warrantise : give it him to drinke three dayes in the morning fasting , as is aforesaid , and he shall be whole by gods grace , of what manner of kinde soever it come . jtem , this water drunke fasting , maketh a good colour in the face of man or woman , and it clenseth the wombe , the stomacke , and the breast of all evils that is congealed within them , and comforteth all the veynes , and draweth the roote of the palsie out of the sinewes , and out of the joynts and nourisheth nature in him . jtem , if a man or woman before failed in a sinew or joynt it healeth them againe . jtem , this water being drunke fasting , healeth any man or woman of the continuall fever , but take heed that no woman with child drinke of this water . jtem , this water drunke with isope , putteth away all sorrow from thy heart , and causeth a man or woman well to sleepe , well to digest his meate , well to make water , and well to doe his ●ege . jtem , if a man will wash himselfe with this water , it will draw away the haire from any place of man , and destroy it . 5. the vertue of the fift water called aqua lasta . take isope , gladion , avence , sothernwood , of each a like quantity , and stampe them in a morter , and put them in a stillatorie , and still them to water , and this water drunke in morning fasting , is good against all manner of fevers hote or cold . jtem , this water being drunke fasting , is the best medicine against the fluxe of the wombe , and clenseth the belly of all ill humors , and keepeth a man in health , and helpeth the palsie , but it must be drunke fasting , and as hot as may be suffered . 6. to make the sixt water called dealbantium . take molewarpes and make them in a powder with brimstone , and take the juyce of selondine , and so let them stand certaine dayes , and after lay it in a stillatory , and still water of the water of it , and this water will make any black beast white , that is washed therewith nine times in nine dayes , or any place in him , that a man will have white : also this water medled with waxe and aloes , it healeth all manner of gouts , if the patient be annoynted therewith . also this water helpeth the sicknesse called noli me tangere , but a plaister thereof must be laide to the sore . also it helpeth a man of the strangle , if a plaister thereof be laid to the sore . jtem , it healeth scald heads , if they apply a plaister thereof to the sore . jtem , a plaister thereof healeth burning with fire . jtem , this with lapis calamniaris , helpeth perfectly a ●icknesse called the wolfe , but the plaister must be changed two times in a day , but let no man nor woman drinke any of this water . 7. this water is called aqua consuitivae . take pimpernell , and stampe it in a morter , and lay it in a stillatory , and still water thereof . jtem , this water washeth away all wounds in a mans body . jtem , this water drunke fasting with ginger , is a good medicine against the tysicke , and will cleanse the breast from all evill humours . 8. the eight water called aqua huplaciam , the double water . take mustard-seed , pepper , and sinamon , of each a like and beat them in a morter , and put therto aqua consuetudo , and lay them under the cap of the stillatorie , and distill water thereof , and these be the vertues therof ; and if it be drunke fasting it is the best medicine against the tysicke , and all diseases of the brest , and it must be drunke in the morning cold , and at evening hot as yee may suffer it , and it will make one to sleepe and take good rest that night . jtem , this water being drunke with castorie is good against the sicknesse called epilenti● , viz. the morbus galicus . jtem , this water being drunke fasting , comforteth all the members that be strucken with the palsie , and comforteth the sinewes of the head and the braine . 9. water of pimpernell , the ninth water . take the seed of pimpernell , and put it in red wine , and then after put it in the sunne , and then breake it in a morter , and then presse out the oyle through a cleane cloth , this water or oyle being drunke fasting , healeth a man of the sand or gravell in the bladder , for it will breake the stone within him . jtem , this water being drunke , sustaineth and lightneth all the members of man of what disease soever he be grieved with . 10. to make water of sage , the tenth water . take sage , and pollyon , of each a like quantity , and breake them in a morter , and put them in a stillatorie , and distill water sthereof this waterdrunke fasting , eateth away all manner of sicknesse . item ▪ this wate r sodden with castory and drunke fasting , of all medicines in the world , it prolongeth most a mans life . item , if a man be fore-spoken , doe this nine dayes and he shall be whole , but it must be taken with warme water . item , this water being drunke fasting , draweth away all evill in the stomacke or wombe . item , it is good against the scabbes , and causeth a man to have good blood , and good colour in the face . item , this water being drunke hote in the morning , or in the day , healeth any manner o● evill in a man within three dayes , if the patient be in any wise curable . to make aqua vitae . take isope , rosemary , violet , verven , bitony , hearbe-iohn , mouseare , planten , avence , sage , and fetherfoy , of each a handfull , and washing them , put them in a gallon of white wine , and so let it stand all night cleane covered , and then on the morrow distill it , and keepe the water well . this water is good for the megrim in the head , and for the impostume in the head , and for the dropsie in the head ▪ and for the fever in the head , and for all manner of aches and sicknesse in the head. to make aqua magistralis . take the rootes of pyonie , the rootes of turpentine , the crops of fennell , of egrimonie , honysuccle , celondine , rewe , chickweed , pimpernell , phillippendula , the tender leaves of the vine , eufra●e , sowthistle , red-roses , strawbery leaves , and verven , of each alike quantity , and bray them in a morter , and put them in good white wine nine dayes , and then put thereto a pinte of womans milke that doth nurse a man-child , and as much urine of a man-child of a yeare old , and as much pured hony , and put them all together , and let them stand three dayes so , and then distill them in a stillatorie , and keepe well this water in a glasse vessell , that no ayre come thereto , and if you will occupie this water , wash thine eyes therewith , and use it , and if ever man be holpen of the disease of the eyes , this will helpe him in short time . a precious water for eyes that seeme faire , and yet be blind . take smalledge , red fennell , rew , verven , byttony , egrimony , sinck-●oile eufrase , sage , pimpernell , and selondine , of each a quarterne , and wash them cleane , and stampe them small , and put them in a brasse pan and powder of tuttie , of pepper , of ceruse , and a pinte of white wine , and put it to the hearbes , and two or three spoonfuls of hony , and seven spoonfuls of the water of a man-child , and temper them together , and boyle them over the fire a little , and straine it thorow a cloth , and put it into a glasse , and stop it well , till you will occupy it , and when you will use it , put it into thine eyes with a feather ; and if it waxe thicke , temper it with white wine , and then use it often . a water that will helpe on● , that is troubled with sore eyes being debarred of sight . take of rosemary , smalledge , rewe , verven , mather , eufrase , endive , houseleeke , fulwort , red fennell , and selandine , of each a like half a quarterne , and wash them cleane , and lay them in white wine a day and a night , and then distill them in a stillatorie , the first water will be like gold , the second like silver , and the third will be like balme , and that is good for all sores of the eyes . to make another aqua vitae . take nutmegs , gallingale , spikenard of spaine , of each two penny-worth , and of cloves , graines , ginger , of each one penny-worth , two penny worth of annys take and bray them all in a brasse morter , and then take a handfull of wild sage , and of the other sage , rosemary , isope , savery , puliall royal , puliall of the mountaine , sothernwood , hore-hound , worme-wood , and egrimony , bettony , jvie leaves , of each a like handfull , and two pennyworth of quibebes , and bruise all these in a morter , then take three gallons of good red wine , and put it into a brazen pot , and then put the spices and hearbes therein , and set the stillatory above , and close it well , and take faire paste , and put it about the brinkes hard with thy hand , and make it cleave well and sadly thereto , and when it doth begin to waxe hot , put cold water above in the stillatorie , and when it doth waxe hot , let the water runne out at the conduite , and put in new cold water , and so doe as oft as yee shall thinke good , but looke that the fire be not too great , for if it be , then will the water come up , and if there come up smoake of the stillatorie with the water , then is the fire too much , and if it be not , then it is well tempered . the making of waters in colours , and first of greene waters . take white wine a pinte , the water of roses , and planten , of each sixe ounces , orpiment one ounce , verdigrease halfe an ounce , &c. another greene water . take the waters of honey-suckles , planten , and roses , of each halfe a pinte , orpiment , allome , ceruse , and verdigrease , of each two drams , white wine , juyce of planten , of each halfe an ounce , and it is done . waters for old vlcers . take white wine , and running water of each a pinte , frankensence , and allome , of each one ounce , decocted in balme for three houres space , and it is done . a good drinke for the gummorium passio . take bursa pastoris , planten , of each two handfuls , take the juyce thereof in a pinte of good ale , and drinke it three times in a day , for three dayes . a water for old vlcers in the armes . take smiths water a quart , burnt allome one pound , salarmoniac one ounce , galls two ounces , tartary , copperas , of each one ounce , distill all these with shreds , so keepe the water to your use . a water for a canker . take bugle , fennell , and rosa-solis , of each a like , and take as much in quantity of honey suckle flowers , as of all the other hearbes , and let them be cleane picked and so distilled in a stillatorie , and keepe it close , for it is a precious water . a femitorie water . is to be drunke in the morning , at noone , and at night , it is much worth against dropsies , and sweating sicknesse , it purgeth fleame and choller , and melancholy , and it bringeth forth heate , and dry sicknesse , and it is good for the paine of the head , to wash it and drinke it . a water of rosemari● it hath more vertues in it then a man can tell , one is if a man have an arrow or jron within him , wet a tent and put into the wound , and drinke the same water , and it shall avoyd out , and it helpeth all wounds inward and outward , the canker , the fester , and it killeth the wormes in man or child , and all manner of impostumes inward and outward , it helpeth the tysicke , and fluxe white or bloody , it is a great helpe for a woman with child to drinke thereof , also it maketh cleane the face , or any where if yee wash it therewith . water of verven . if if it be distilled in the later end of may , it hath vertue to spring choller , and to heale wounds , and to cleere the eye-sight , it is a principall thing to compound medicines . a locion for a sore mouth . you must take of honey-suckle-water halfe a pinte , planten and rose-water , of each foure ounces , honey of roses two ounces . alloes one ounce , white copperas and vineger , of each halfe an ounce and so use it . a water for a sore mouth . take lapis calaminaris beaten into fine powder , and put in a pinte of white wine , then take a pottle of water , and rosemary , boyle it in the water till it be halfe sodden away , then straine the water from the rosemary , and put it into the white wine , and so it is done . a compound water . take first pimpernell , rew , valerian or sedwall , alocelipis cap , and breake them , and lay them in this said water following : take isop , pulyall royall , anniseedes and centorie , and beate them in a morter , and after put them in a stillatory and distill water of them , which is very vertuous : and let them boyle together , and after that straine them that the water may goe from them , and close this water in vials of glasse , the space of nine dayes , and give it to him that hath the falling-evill , foure dayes , fasting after it six houres : and this is the truest medicine for this disease that wee can sinde , except the mercy of god ; and this water drinking is good for the palsie ▪ if it be drunke fasting : also it is good for all gowtes likewise ▪ in the time that they be mortified in the members and limbes of a man : it is very helping to wounds that are festered , if they be washed therewith , it destroyeth all manner of fevers . behly water . take water a pottle , suger-candy foure ounces , let them seethe : then put in foure ounces of verdigrease in fine powder , and let it seethe . a good barley water for all diseases of the lungs , or lights . take half a pound of faire barly , a gallon of water , half an ounce of licorice , fennell-seed , violets , and parsley-seed , of each a quarter of an ounce , red roses a quarter of an ounce , dry hysop and sage , of each a penny-weight , sixe leaves of harts-tongue , a quarter of an ounce of figs and raysins ; boyle all these in a new pot of cold water , and then straine them cleare from it and drinke it ; the same cooleth the liver , and all the members , driveth away all evill heat , slaketh thirst , is the cause of much evacuation , it purgeth the lights and spleene , the kidneyes and bladder , and it causeth to make water well ; and more especially , it is good for all agues that come of heat . a good drinke for the pox. take selendine and english saffron , the weight of a halfe-penny , and a farthing-worth of graines , a quarterne of long pepper , a penny-weight of mace and a little stale ale , then stampe your herbe and pound your saffron , and mingle them well together , and so drinke it next your heart . a very good drinke for the cough . take a quart of white wine , and boyle it with lycorice , anniseeds , and suger-candy of each a like quantity , putting therein tenne figs of the best , and boyle it untill it be halfe consumed , and so preserve thereof to drinke evening and morning three or foure spoonefuls warmed . a restorative made of the herbe rosa solis , with other things , but they must bee gathered in june , or july . this herbe rosa solis , groweth in marish ground , and in no other place , and it is of a hoary colour , and groweth very lowe , and flat to the ground , and it hath a meane long stalke growing in the middest of it , and seaven branches springeth out of the roote round about the stalke with leaves coloured , and of a meane length and breadth , and in no wise when this hearbe should be gathered , touch not the hearbe it selfe with your hands , for then the vertue thereof is gone , yee must gather and plucke it out of the ground by the stalke , yee must lay it in a cleane basket , the leaves of it is full of strength and nature , and gather so much of this hearbe as will fill a pottle pot or glasse , but wash it not in any wise , then take a pottle of aqua composita , and put them both in a large pot or vessell , and let it stand hard and fast stopped , three dayes and three nights , and on the fourth day open it , and straine it through a faire linnen-cloath into a cleane glasse or pewter pot , and put thereto a pound of sugar small beaten , one pound of licorice beaten to powder , and one pound of dates , the stones taken out , and they cut in small pieces , then mingle them altogether , and stop the glasse or pewter pot well , so that no ayre come into it in any wise . thus done yee may drinke of it at night when yee goe to bed , one spoonefull mixt with aqua vitae , or stale ale , and as much in the morning fasting ▪ and there is not the weakest body in the worl● that is wasted by consumption or otherwise , but it will restore him againe , and make him to be strong and lusty and to have a good stomacke , and that shortly , and hee or shee that useth this three times together , shall finde great remedy or comfort thereby , and as the patient doth feele himselfe , so he may use it . how to make doctor stevens precious water , which dr. chambers and others , made tryall of and did approve the vertue of it . take a gallon of gascoigne wine , then take ginger , galingall , cinamon , nutmegs , graines of paradise , cloves , mace , anniseeds , fennell-seed , and carraway-seed , of every of them a dram , then take sage , red mints rose leaves , tyme , pellitory of spaine , rosemary , peny-mountaine , otherwise wild tyme , camomill , and lavender , of every of them a handfull , then beat the spices small , and bruise the hearbes , and put all into the wine and let it stand the space of twelve dayes , stirring it divers times ; then distill it in a limbeck , and keepe the first pinte of the water , for it is the best , and then will come a second kind of water , keepe that close in a violl of glasse , and set it in the sun a certaine space . the vertues of this water be these , it comforteth the spirits , and preserveth the youth of a man , and helpeth the inward diseases commeth of cold , and against the shaking of the palsie . it cureth the contraction of sinewes , and helpeth the conception of women that be barren . it killeth the wormes in the belly . it helpeth cold gouts . it helpeth the tooth-ache . it comforteth the stomack very much . it cureth the cold dropsie . it helpeth the stone in the bladder , and the reynes in the back . it cureth the canker . it helpeth speedily a stinking breath , and whosoever useth this said water , it shall preserve him in health long take but one spoonefull of it once in seaven dayes , for it is very hot in operation : it preserved doctor stevens very long , who lived a hundreth yeares lacking but two , and tenne of them hee lived bed-rid . the doze is to bee taken in white wine or ale fasting , and last to bedwards . this soveraigne water dr. chambers long used and therewith effected many cures , and kept it secret till a little before his death , and then gave it to the bishop of canterbury . the vertue and excellencie of the english bath of bathe in england . written by william turner , doctor of physick . collected and published for the benefit and cure of the poorer sort of people , who are not able to goe to the physitians . by william bremer , practitioner in physick and chyrurgerie . part . viii . although there be a very excellent and wholsome bath within the realme of england , yet for all that , j am certain that there are many in the north parts , which being diseased with ●ore diseases , would very gladly goe to the bath of bathe , if they knew the vertue and benefit thereof whereby they might receive ease and remedy . wherefore , seeing that j have writ of the baths that are in foraigne countries , therefore j thought good to make knowne the vertues of our owne bathes ; for if they bee able to help and cure mens diseases , to what purpose shall men need to goe into farre countries to seeke for that remedy there which they might have at home . the bath of england is in the west countrey in somerset-shire , in a city called in latine bathonia , and bathe in english , of the bathes that are in it . this city of bathe is 15. miles from welles , and 15. miles from the noble city of bristow . the chiefe matter whereof these bathes in this city have their chiefe vertue and strength , after my judgement is brimstone , and of my judgement are divers other , which have examined them as j have done ; when j was at the bathes with a certaine man diseased of the gout , j went into them my selfe with my patient , and brought forth of the place next unto the spring , and out of the bottome , slime , mudde ▪ bones , and stones , which altogether smelled evidently of brimstone , if that a man may judge the matter by the effect ; may gather that brimstone is the onely matter in these bathes , or at least the chiefe that beareth rule in them ; for they dry up wonderfully , and giveth great ease and cureth the gout excellently and that in a short time , as with divers others ( and gentlemen of quality ) can beare witnesse thereof : which things are no slight manifestations that brimstone beareth the predominancy and chiefe rule ; seeing that neyther by smelling nor tasting , a man can perceive any other matter or minerall to raigne there . if there bee any thing else lightly mingled with the brimstone ( which j could not perfitly distinguish ) it must be copper ; for in my abode as j walked about the mountaines , out of the which the bathes doe spring ▪ j found here and there little pieces of marquesieth and stones mingled with copper , but j could by no sence or wit perceive , that the bathes had any notable quality thereof . then seeing that there cannot bee found any other minerall or matter to be the chiefe ruler in these bathes then brimstone , wee may gather , that these bathes are good for all those diseases , which all learned physitians write , that other bathes , whose chiefe ruler is brimstone , are good for . aetius writing of naturall bathes , wherein brimstone is eyther the only minerall or matter of them , or chiefe ruler thereof , saith thus as followeth . the bathes of brimstone soften the sinewes , swage the paine that a man hath in desiring to goe oft unto the stoole , and when hee commeth , he can either doe litle or nothing at all . they scowre and cleanse the skinne ; wherefore they are good for the white morphew and blacke , for the leprosie , and for all scabs and scurffes , for old sores and botches , for the falling of humours into the joynts , for an hardened mylt , or the cake in the left side , for an hardened mother , for all kind of palsies , for the sciatica , and for all kind of itch or itching . but the bathes of brimstone hurteth and taketh away the stomack for the present . thus much also writeth avicen . agricola in his bookes of those things which flow out of the earth , writeth thus of bathes of brimstone . the bathes of brimstone doe soften the sinewes and doe heat , they are good therefore for palsies , for places shrunke or pulled in too much , or stretched too farre forth ; for the shaking or trembling of any member , and they swage ache , and drawes out the swelling of the limbes , and drive and dissolve them away ▪ they are good therefore for the gout in the hands , for the gout in the feet , and for the sciatica , and all other diseases in the joynts : they swage also the paines in the liver and milt , and drive away the swelling of them both : they scowre away freckles , and heale morphewes , and scabbes . but they undoe and overthrow the stomacke . then seeing ( as j said before ) our baths of bathe , have their vertue of brimstone , they that are diseased in any of the above-named diseases , may goe thither , and by the helpe of almighty god be healed there . though those bathes have of long time beene knowne , even about a thousand yeares , either unlearnednesse , or the enviousnesse of the physitians , which have been in times past , is greatly to be rebuked , because either for lack of learning , they knew not the vertue of those bathes , or else for enviousnesse , would not send the sicke folkes , whom they could not otherwise heale unto the bathes ; for all men can tell , very few in times past have beene by the advise of the physitians sent unto the bathes , but now in this our light and learned time , after that so many learned physitians have so greatly commended these bathes . j doubt whether the niggardly liberality , or the unnaturall unkindnesse of the rich men of england is more to be dispraised , which receiving so many good turnes of almighty god , now after that they know that the bathes are so profitable , will not bestowe one halfe-penny for gods sake upon the bettering and amending of them , that the poore , sicke and diseased people that resort thither , might be better and sooner holp●n when as they are there . he that hath beene in jtalie and germany , and had seene how costly and wel-favoredly , the bathes are trimmed , and appointed there in divers and sundry places , would be ashamed that any stranger which had seene the bathes in foraigne lands should looke upon our bathes , for hee would thinke that the stranger would accuse us englishmen of three things . of grossenesse and brutish ignorance ; because we cannot trim our bathes no better . of unkindnesse , because we doe so lightly regard so high and excellent gifts of almighty god. of beastly filthinesse , because we make no partition between the men and the women , whilest they are in bathing , but suffer them contrary both unto the law of god and man , to goe together like unreasonable beasts , to the destruction both of body and soule of many . first , and before all other things , my counsell is , that every bath have an hole in the bottome , by the which , the stopple taken out , the bath should be cleansed and scowred every foure and twenty houres , at the least once , and that i would advise to be done at eight a clock in the afternoone , that against the morning it might be full of fresh and wholesome water against the time the sicke folke come to it in the morning , and so should they be a great deale sooner healed of their old diseases , and in lesse jeopardie in taking of new , which may easily come unto a man , if he goe into a bath , wherein a sicke man ( namely if hee be sicke n a smiting or infective disease ) hath continued . and for the dyet that men should keepe at this bath of bathe , hereafter ensueth ; with divers other necessary rules needfull to bee observed of all those that enter into the said bath , or drinke the water of any bath . certaine rules to bee obferved in dyet for all them that will enter into any bath , or drinke the water thereof . the counsell of learned and wise physitians is , that no man should at any tim● goe into any bath to seeke remedy for any sickneffe , except it bee such a one as that the learned physitians almost dispaire of the healing of it . if god have smitten you with any disease , before you goe to any bath for the healing of it , call to your remembrance how often and wherein you have displeased god , and if any of your sinnes come to your remembrance , exercise the same no more but be heartily sorie for it , and desire of god forgivenesse for it , intending and promising by his mercy and grace never to fall into the same againe . this counsell is agreeing with that which is written in the 38. chapter of ecclesiasticus ▪ which saith in this manner , vers . 9 , 10 , 12. my sonne in the time of thy sicknesse , faile not to pray unto the lord , and hee will make thee whole . leave off from sinne , and order thy hands aright , and clense thy heart from all wickednesse . then give place to the physitian , and let him come unto thee , as one that god hath sent unto thee . and a little after hee doth plainly declare , that sicknesse commeth from the punishment of sinne , where hee saith , vers . 15. hee that sinneth against his maker , let him fall into the hands of the physitian . as christ in the 5. of john doth also manifest ▪ when he said unto the blind man he had healed ; goe and sinne no more , lest worse things chance nnto thee . howbeit , wee may judge no man to bee a greater sinner then another , because hee is oftner sicke then the common sort be ; for god sendeth unto good men oftentimes sickne●se , not for the sinnes they have done more then other men , but to keep them in good order , that the flesh rebell not against the spirit . for if that many infirmities had been a sure token that such a man were a greater ●inner , then should timothy , which had many infirmities and sicknesses ( as paul writeth ) been a very great sinner ; but hee was not so , therefore that argument is not true . but whether sicknesse come for to punish sinne , or to hold a man in good nature and obedience , all sicknesse commeth from god ; therefore , for whatsoever cause it commeth of , before ye aske any helpe of any worldly physitian , yee must make your prayers to almighty god , ( as the good king ezechias did , ) and if it be meet for you to be healed , you shall be healed as he was . then before yee goe into the bathes , in any wise ye must goe to some learned physitian , and learne of him , by the helpe of shewing , what complexion you be of ▪ and what humour or other thing is the cause of your disease ; and there after his counsell , use such dyet as shall be most fit for your complexion and sicknesse . let no man enter into any bath before his body be purged or cleansed after the advice of some learned physitian , for if any man goe into the bath unpurged , he may fortune never come home againe : or if he come home againe , he commeth home most commonly with worse diseases then he brought to the bath with him . yee may not goe into the bath , the first day that you are come to it , but you must rest a day or two , and then goe into the bathe . there is no time of the yeare that is more fit to goe into the most part of all the bathes , then are the moneths of may and september : but the spring time is better then any other time is . the best time of the day is an houre after the rising of the sunne , or halfe an houre : but before yee goe into the bathe , if your disease will suffer you , yee must walke an houre , or at the least halfe an houre before you goe into the bath . but you must at no time goe into the bath , except yee have beene at the stoole , either by nature or by art ; yee may take a suppository , or a glister , and for a great need savanorolla suffereth pils , but hee will not suffer that he that is so purged , enter into the bath , for the space of foureteene houres . the same author also , would at the least every bather should have a stoole once in three dayes : wherefore if any man be hard of nature , and cannot abide suppositories and glisters , he pardoneth the patient , if he be once purged , or goe to the stoole in three dayes , which thing scarcely any other writer that j have read will doe , neither would j counsell any patient to deferre the going to stoole so long , if there be any meanes possible to make a man goe to the stoole , without his great paine . if that he be counselled to goe twice on a day into the bathe , he must see he goe not into it , till seaven houres be past after your dinner , and tarry not so long in it in the afternoone as you did before . the common time of tarrying in the bath , is commonly allowed to be an houre or more or lesse , according to the nature both of the bath , as also of the patient . let no man tarry so long in the bath that he be faint or weak , but let him come out before that time . yee must alwayes goe into the bath with an empty stomack , and as long as you are in it , you must neither eate nor drinke except that great need require the contrary . some grant that a weake person may eate a little bread steeped in the juyce of pomegranats , barberries , or rilts , or in the syrups made of the same . some physitians suffer a man that cannot abide hunger so long , to take ere he goe in , two spoonfuls of raisons well washed oftentimes with two parts of water , one of wine , or so much of delaied or watred wine , as much as can be holden in a spoone , or a few prunes sodden and steeped in water , or two spoonfuls of crummes of bread , washed oftentimes with water or wine , tempered as j told before , or a toste put into such water : but let no man drinke in the bath , except he swound in the bath , or bee in danger of sounding , or else ye must all the time that ye be in the bath , abstaine from all meate and drinke . as long as you are in the bath , you must cover your head well that you take no cold , for it is very perilous to take cold in the head in the bath , as divers reasons may be laid to prove the same . when you come out of the bath , see that yee cover your self well that ye take no cold , and dry off the water on your body with warme clothes , and goe by and by into a warme bed , and sweat there if you can , and wipe off the sweat diligently , and afterwards sleepe , but yee must not drinke any thing untill dinner time , except ye be very faint : then ye may take a little suger-candy , or a few raisins , or any such thing in a small quantity that will slake thirst : for galen in the 14 de methodo medendi , commandeth that a man shall not eate nor drinke by and by after the bathe , untill he hath slept after his bathing . after that yee have sweat and slept enough , and be clearely delivered from the heate that you had in the bathe , and afterwards in the bed , then may you rest and walke a little , and then goe to dinner ; for by measurable walking , the vapours and windinesse that is come in the bath is driven away . if the patient cannot walke , then let him be rubd quickly , and if hee can suffer no rubing , then at some time it were good to take a a suppositorie , either of roote , or of a beete , with a little salt upon it , or a suppository of honey , or a suppositorie of a flower deluce , or of salt bacon ▪ or white sope. after all these things , then shall you goe to dinner , but you must neither eate very much good meate , nor any evill meate at all . wherefore you must rise from the table with some good appetite , so that you could eate more if you would . the meates that are commonly of all physitians allowed that write of dyet that belongeth to bathes , are , bread of a dayes baking , or two at the most , well leavened , and throughly baked , small birds , and other birds of the fields and mountaines that are of easie digestion , ( but waterchanters yee must not touch ) kids-flesh , veale and mutton , or a lambe of a yeare old , new laid egges , pheasants , partridges , capons , chickens and young geese . the meates that are forbidden , are salt beefe and bacon , pidgeons , quailes , pyes , and pasties , and such like meates ▪ cherries , and all such fruits , garlicke , onions , and all hot spices , and all cold meates , as are the most part of fishes : howbeit , divers may be well allowed , so they be well dressed . milke is not to be allowed much : but if that the patient be so greedy of it , that in a manner he long for it , then let him take it two houres or thereabout , before he take any other meate , and he must drinke after it . white wine that is small is allowable , or wine delayed with the third or fourth part of sodden water , according to the complexion of the patient : some use to steepe bread in strong wine , when as they can get no other wine . beware that in no wise ye drinke any water , and especially cold water , and so should yee forbeare from all things that are presently cold ▪ namely , when ye begin first to eate and drinke . let therefore both your meate and drinke be in such temper , that they be not cold but warme , lest when as yee are hot within by your bathing and sweating , the cold strike suddenly into some principall member and hurt it . they that are of a hote complexion , and of an open nature , and not well fastened together , ought not to tarry so long in the bath , as other ought that are of colder and faster complexions . if that any man betweene meale times be vexed with thirst , he may not drinke any thing , saving for a great need he take a little barley water ▪ or water sodden with the fourth part of the juyce either of sowre or milde sweet pomgranats , with a little suger : a man may use for a need , a little vineger , with water and suger , if he have no disease in the sinewes , nor in the joynts . a man that is very weake , or accustomed much to sleepe after dinner , an houre and a halfe after that he is risen from the table , he may take a reasonable sleepe . all the time that a man is in them , he must keepe himselfe chaste from all women , and so he must doe a moneth after , after the counsell of divers learned physitians , and some for the space of forty dayes , as pantheus and aleardus would , namely , if they come out of the cauldron . it were meete that in every foure and twenty houres the bath should be letten out , and fresh water received into the pit againe , for so shall you sooner be healed , and better abide with lesse jeopardy , abiding in the bath . it is most meete for them that have any disease in the head , as a catliaire or rheume , comming of a moyst cause and not very hot . for them that have palsies , or such like diseases , that they cause a bucket to be holden over their heads , with an hole in it , of the bignesse of a mans little finger , about foure foote above their heads , so that by the reed or pipe made for the nonce , the water may come downe with great might upon the mould of the head , if they have the cathaire ; and upon the nape of the necke , if the patient be sicke of the palsie , or any such like disease . the clay or grounds of the bath , is better for the dropsie then is the water alone : it is also good for shrunken , swelled , and hard places , and for all old and diseased places , which cannot well be healed with other medicines : the matter is , to lay the grounds upon the place , and to hold the same against the hote sunne , or a warme fire , untill it be something hard , and then to wash away the foulenesse of the clay , with the water of the bath : this may a man doe as oft as he list . some physitians counsell , that betweene the bathings , when a man is twice bathed upon one day , in the time that the patient is out of the bath , to use his plaistering with the clay : but if the person be any thing weake , j counsell not to goe twice into the bath , but either once , or else to be content with the plaistering of the mudde or grounds of the bath . it were good wisedome for them that cannot tarry long at the bathes , either for heate or for cold , to take home with them some of the grounds , and there occupie it as is afore-told . there are certaine learned men , which reckon that the hote breath or vapour that riseth up from the bathe , is much more mightier then the water of the bath is , and it is true : therefore it were well that they which have any dropsie , and especially a tympanie , should sit over such a place of the bath , that they might receive into the moyst diseased place , the vapour of the bathe , either by an holed stoole , or by some other such like manner of thing well devised for that purpose . if any poore man by the heate of the drynesse of the bathe cannot sleepe enough , let him eate lettice , or purslaine , or the seedes of poppy , called chesbowle , in some places of england , or let him eate suger and poppy-seed together , let this be done at night . hee may also if he cannot get the aforesaid things , seethe violet leaves and mallowes , and bathe the uttermost parts with that they are sodden in . these are remedies for poore folke that are not able to have a physitian with them to give them counsell : let the rich use such remedies as their physitians shall counsell them . if any poore man be vexed with any unsufferable thirst , let him take a little barley and seethe it long , and put a little suger unto it : or let him take the juyce of an orange , or take a little of it with a little suger . if any poore man catch the head-ache , let him take a little wormelade if he can get it , or coriander comfits : or if he can get none of these , let him take the white of an egge ▪ and beate it with vineger , and rosewater , or with the broath of violets , or nightshade , or with any of them , and a little vineger , and lay them in a cloath unto the temples of his head , and forehead . if any poore man be burned too much , let him take a glister made with mallowes , beetes , and violet leaves , or let him seethe prunes with barley a good while , and raisins , putting a way the stones , and eate of them , or let him use suppositories sometimes , made of rootes , either of beetes , of flower-de-luce , or of white sope , or of salt bacon . if any man sweat too much , let him use colder meates than he used before , with vineger or verjuyce , and let them also eate sheepes-feete , and calves-feete , with verjuyce or vineger . if any man have the burning of his water when he maketh it , let him an houre after he is come out of the bathe , annoynt his kidneyes with some cold oyntment , as is infrigidus galeni : or if you cannot come by that , let him seethe violet leaves , poppy-heads , raisins , licorice and mallowes together , straine them , and put some suger in the broath , and drinke of it a draught before supper . if any be troubled with the rheume which he hath caught in the bath , let him parch or bristle at the fire nigella romana , and hold it in a cloath to his nose , and let him set cups or boxing glasses to his shoulders , without any scorching , and let him drinke sodden water with barley , and with a little suger . if any man have any appetite to eate , let him use the sirrups of ribles or barberies , or the sirrup of unripe grapes , or use verjuyce or vineger to provoke appetite in due measure , and now and then if ye can get it , let him take a little marmalade , or of the sirrup of mynts , or worm-wood raman . ( these have i written for poore folke . ) those that are rich , by the advice of the physitians , may have other remedies enough against the fore-named accidents , that chance in the time of their bathing . if thou be rid of thy disease by thy bathing , offer unto christ in thy pure members , such offering of thankesgiving , as thou mayest spare and give him hearty thankes , both in word , minde and deed , and sinne no more , but walke in all kindnesse of life and honesty , as farre as thou shalt be able to doe , as long as thou shalt live hereafter . but if thou be not healed the first time , be patient , and live vertuously till the next bathing time , and then if it be to the glory of god , and for the most profitable , thou shalt the next bathing time be healed by the grace of god , of whom commeth all health both of body and soule . some if they be not healed whilest they be in the bathing , cry out both upon the bath , w●ich healeth many other of the same diseases that they are sicke of , and of the physitian also that counselled them to goe to the bathe , such men must learne , that they must not appoint god a time to heale them by the bathe , and that when as the bath hath dryed up , and washed by sweating , and made subtill through blowing the evill matter of the disease ; that it is one dayes worke or two , to make good humours to occupie the place of such evill humours as have beene in them before . therefore let such be patient , and for the space of a moneth keepe the same dyet that they kept at the bath , and if god will they shall have their desire , but not onely these , but all others that are healed for a moneth at the least , the longer the better , must keepe the same dyet that they kept in the bath , as touching meate and drinke , and if it be possible also from the use of all women . when as you goe homewards , make but small journeyes , and beware of surfetting and of cold , and when you are at home , use measurable exercise daily , and honest mirth and pastime , with honest company , and beware of too much study or carefulnesse . and give god thankes for all his guifts . thus much for the bath . of herbes , and drugs . hereafter followeth divers medicines , remedies , and cures to heale divers diseases curable , by the grace of god ; as also the nature and property of certaine herbes , plants , and drugs , belonging thereunto . part . ix . and first of marte mylletare , to stop the flux of the body . divers times , the flux of the body proceedeth of superfluous heat contained in the stomacke , the which maketh a continuall solution inwardly , as yee may see by experience of those that are troubled therewith ; for so long as the cause is not taken away , all their meat doth turne into the matter , the which if it be so , that is true which j doe say ; that the fluxes are a distemperance of the body , caused of hot and corrupt humours in the stomacke ; and therefore if thou wilt cure it , it were necessary to extinguish the heat , and so take away the corruption , the which thou shalt doe with the rednesse of marte mylletare , as is hereafter following , for that is the most soveraigne remedy that can be found . first , yee shall take twelve graines of petra philosophalla , with half an ounce of mel rosarum , and then take foure mornings together one scruple of marte mylletare , with half an ounce of suger rosate , and therewith thou shalt worke very strange effects . also for perbreaking and for flux , seethe roses in vineger , or tamarindes , or galls , and while it is hot wet therein wooll , and lay it on the stomacke for vomit , and on the navill for flux , and on the reynes for appetite . the vertue of certaine herbes , and drugs . mallowes , the leaves boyled being eaten doth take away hoarsnesse , and being pounded with sage , they make a singular plaister for wounds and other inflamations . st. johns-wort , the seed thereof being drunk with wine voideth the stone out of the body . wormwood , is good against the dropsie , taking often the leaves thereof confected with suger . hysop , being boyled with figges , water , honey , and rew taken in drinke , is good for inflamation of the lungs , it avoydeth flegme , and easeth an old cough . sage , is good against all cold and flegmatick diseases in the head , and against all paines in the joynts , being taken in drinke , or applyed in fomentation ; it is good for great bellied women to eate , which are subject to travell before their time . mynt , beaten and made into a plaister comforts a weake stomack , it is very good to restore the smell , or the feeling , if it bee often held to the nose ; the leaves dryed and beaten to powder kill wormes in children ; also it applied to the forehead , helpeth the head-ach . time , taken in drinke is good to purge the intrailes , or to make one spit out the evill humours of the lungs , and in the brest . rosemary , is very good against the collick and casting up of meat , by eating it in bread , or drinking it in powder in wine . camomill , the leaves beaten and put into white wine , is good drinke against quotidian and quartern agues , the decoction thereof drunk , healeth paines in the side , good against feavers , and also to avoyd urine . lillyes , the leaves thereof being boyled , heale burnings , and confected in vineger and mingled with saffron , and cinamon , is good for women that are delivered of child with great difficulty and voydeth the after burden . baulme , the property of it in wine is to comfort the heart , to helpe digestion , to heale the feeblenesse of the heart , especially if the weaknesse be such that it causeth to breake sleepe in the night , it stayeth the panting of the heart , and drives away cares ; the leaves thereof taken in drinke is good against the biting of a dog , or outwardly applyed is good to heale the wound with the decoction of it . dogs tooth , the decoction of the leaves taken in drinke , helpeth the wringing of the belly , hard making of water , and breaketh the stone or gravell in the kidneyes ; the seed thereof doth greatly provoke urine . periatory , or pellatory . gathered in winter hath vertue to dissolve , consume , and draw ; and while it is greene it breaketh wind in the stomack . the juyce thereof held within the mouth allayeth the tooth-ach , the leaves thereof being applyed healeth burnings , swellings , and inflamations , being fryed with fresh butter , or capons grease , and layd unto the belly , it cureth the collick , and being mixed with goats or kids grease , is good to ease the gout ; the juyce also mixed with like quantity of white wine , and oyle of sweet almonds newly made , is very good against the stone , and dropped into the eares with oyle of roses helpeth the paine . aleanet , is to sooder wounds . aspaltum , is tarre of india , it hath vertue to draw and sooder , for if the powder thereof be strowed on a dry wound it will presently close it , though it be both broad and deepe . oates , hath vertue to abate swelling , and to soften things , being made hot in a pan . asarum , maketh women to have their termes , openeth the veynes of the urine , and maketh one to pisse freely . it mixed with honey killeth wormes ▪ dissolveth winds , and warmeth the stomacke , clenseth the liver and veynes of the guts , and reynes of the mother , it putteth away feaver quotidian , and cureth the stinking of venemous wormes . bole-armoniacke , if it be good , is as it were white redded . ballestianes , is the flower of the pomgranet and p●idia is the rinde , and it hath vertue to restraine as bolle hath . brancha vrona , hath vertue to make soft , or to rypen empostumes . bistorta , or tormentill , hath vertue to straine together , comfort , and confound . bedellion , hath vertue to constraine together , it helpeth the impostume , both within and without , it breaketh the stone , and breaketh the cough . cadamen , is the rootes of parcely , that hath ●ertue to dissolve , to consume and to draw . camfere , ought to be kept in marble , or alablaster , lynseed , or anniseed , is good for the gomora , and to abate a mans courage . coloquintida , hath vertue to purge flegme and melancholy , and for the tooth-ache seethe it in vineger . c●ssia fi●tula , a gargarisme made thereof , and of the juyce of morell , dissolveth the empostume in the wezend , and also swelling in the cheekes . ceru●e , is good to engender good flesh , and to fret away evill flesh . capers , is good to defie cold humours , in the mouth and stomack . con●ube and quibebes , the powder heereof with the juyce of borage , is good for the cold rheume and to comfort the braine . dragagant , is of three kinds , and the white is the best in cold medicines , and the red in hot . euphorbium , his vertue is to dissolve , to draw , to allay , to consume , to purge fleame , and melancholly . esul● , is the rinde of eleborus albus , or peritory of spaine , it hath vertue to purge fleame and melancholly , and it is the best that purgeth nekt to scamonie . take esula , five drams , canell , fennell-seeds , any seedes , and use this with warme wine , or other broth , is a very good purge . gum arabic , the white is cold , the red is hot in medicines . gariofiolate , is avence , his vertue is to open dissolve , and consume , whilest hee is greene , it helpeth the collicia passio . hermadactilus , the whitest is the best , it hath vertue to dissolve , consume , and draw , and principally to purge fleame . jarus , barba , aron , calves feet , cuckoopintell , the leaves , and the rootes , and the gobbets about the rootes be of good vertue , and the rootes being cloven , and dryed , they have vertue to dissolve and asswage . ipaguistidos , is gobbets that are found by the roote of the dog bryer , it hath vertue to draw together . jempus , is the fruit thereof , it hath vertue to dissolve , and consume ; for the strangury and illiaco , drinke wine wherein it was sodden . licium , is good with the juyce of fennell for sore eyes . litarge , is good to close together and to clense . lovag●-seed with cinamon , is good for the liver , and spleen , and wind in the guts and stomacke . mamia , is good to make bloud cleane . mumia , hath vertue to straine together . medeswete , greene or dry bringeth menstruum , and clenseth the mother . mora , is the fruit of the cicomore tree ▪ it hath vertue to dissolve , consume , and make cleane , it is good for the ovinsie , and for costivenesse . nitrum , the whiter the better , it hath vertue to dissolve , and drive away filth . opponax , if it be cleere , and draw to cytrin colour , it is good , it hath vertue to dissolve and consume . oppium , that which is not hard nor soft , is good , it hath vertue to make one sleepe . organum flowers , is good powdered to make laxe , to dissolve , and to consume , and the powder put within and without , abateth swolne cheekes . oxificicentia , phenicon , dactilis indie , tamarindus , they that bee good , be neither too moyst nor too hard , and be somewhat blacke , and somewhat sower , the rind nor the seed , must not be used in medicines , it hath vertue to purge choller , to clense the blood , and to abate unkind heat . os de cord● cervi , is the bone of the harts heart , on the left side , it is good to purge melancholy blood , and cardiacle , and sinicapos or sincapos , with the juyce of borage , and os sexi , will make the teeth white . dog-fennell , the root is good for the strangury , oissury , and stopping of the liver and spleene . pine apples , the kernels doe moysten and open , and is good for the disease in the brest , or cough , or eticke , or consumption , and to increase good blood . damsons , bee cold and moyst , in the third degree , gather them when they be ripe , and cleave them in the sun , and spring them with vineger above , and then yee may keepe them two yeare in a vessell ; their vertue is to cool● a man , and make his guts light , and therefore they be good in fevers , against the costivenesse that commeth of drynesse , or of cholerick humours in the guts , when they be ripe to cut , and when they be dry , soke them in water ; and eate the prune , and drinke the water . psilium , is cold and moyst in the third degree ; his vertue is to make soft and light , and to coole a mans body , and to draw together . purslene , is good both raw and sodden , to abate unkind heat in cholerick men . pitch-liquid , hath vertue to dissolve and consume . ponticum , is good for the stopping of the liver and spleene , that commeth of cold . storax , hath vertue both to comfort and consume , and to fasten teeth , and comfort the gummes . squilla , is a sea-onion , and that is found by himselfe is deadly , his vertue is to purge and to dissolve , but the outer and inner parts must be cast away , for they bee deadly ; and that which is in the middest , may bee put in medicines , and it hath more vertue raw than sodden . seeds within the berries of elder , is good to purge flegme . stavisacre , hath vertue to dissolve , consume , draw , and purge flegme , and litargie ▪ and to put away heavinesse from the heart , if it be taken and put in the nose . s●apium , is good , and hath vertue to dissolve consume , draw , and laxe , and heale , it is good for fallings downe of the mother , with suffumigation , or supositor , and for the tearmes of the secondine or dead child . saracoll , if it be right , it is good , it hath vertue to straine together and to sooder . drinke calamint sodden in wine , for coldnesse of the stomack , and for stopping of the liver and spleen , the reynes and bladder , and illiac● passio . saterion , his root is green , and hath vertue to unloose mans nature . saligem , his vertue is to dissolve , and consume . scabius , while hee is greene , hath vertue to dissolve , consume , and cleanse . dragons , take the roote , and cleave it , and dry it in the sun , yee may keepe it two yeares , mingle the powder of dragons with sope , and wet a tent therein , and put it deepe into a fester , and it will clense and enlarge it , and if there be a bone in it , it will draw it out , or else loose it that yee may take it out lightly . sene , is to purge melancholy and epilencie , and fever quartaine , and emerodes ; for the spleene and liver , take cardiacle sodden in water ▪ and put to sage , and make a syrope , or the juyce of borage and suger , is very good . terra sigillata , terra sarasincia , terra argenta , is all one manner of earth , his vertue is to constraine together . turbith , if it be hollow , small , and of an ash-colour , and gummie , it is good , it hath vertue to dissolve , and draw humours from the uttermost part of a mans body , and namely fleame ; for the gout , and illiaca , and podegra , and chiragra , give him foure scruples of turbith mingled with some other medicine , and it will doe the like . taplia , or faiters hearbe , his vertue is to purge above and beneath , both greene and dry , for it is never given by himselfe , he that stampeth it let him hide his face and eyes that he see not , also keepe close his testacles , or else they will swell . with this hearbe beggers doe make themselves seeme to have the dropsie upon them . tartar is the lees of wine , and hath vertue to dissolve , and dryeth away filth , and to abate a mans fatnesse . terbentine , a fugimation thereof , is good for the subfumigation of the mother . virga pastoris , or shepheards rod , hath vertue to straine together , to coole , and to fill that is empty , and is good for the fluxe . bryona , or wild neppe , is hot and dry , the roote thereof maketh a woman to have her tearmes , and delivereth a dead child or secondine . flower-de-luce , the root of it washt and scraped cleane , being dryed and finely beaten , and put into a pint of new milke , made hote upon the fire and given the patient to drinke , it helpeth the greene sicknesse . d. b. ginger , comforteth the heart , and maketh good digestion . sugar , is temperate hot , and moyst , his vertue is to moysten and nourish , and to loose , if it be mingled with cold things to coole . the excellent vertues of cardus benedictus . it is very good for the head-ache and the megrim : for the use of the juyce and powder of the leaves , preserveth and keepeth a man from the head-ach , and healeth it being present , it quickneth the sight if the juyce of it be layd on the eyes . the powder stanches blood that flowes out of the nose , or commeth out of the lungs : the broath of it taken with wine , maketh an appetite . it is good for any ache in the body : it strengtheneth the members of the body , and fasteneth loose sinewes and weak . it is also good for the dropsie : it breaketh also the stone , and breaketh an impostume : it preserveth one from the pestilence , if the powder be taken in water foure and twenty houres before a man come to the infected place . it is good for the dizzinesse of the head : it helpeth the memory : it helpeth thicke hearing : it is good for short winds , and the diseases of the lungs : some write , that it strengtheneth the teeth : others write , ●hat it bringeth down flowers , and provoketh sleepe , and helpeth the falling sicknesse . it is also good for falls and bruises : the leaves provoke sleepe : the powder is good against all poyson , the same put into the guts by a glyster : it helpeth the collicke , and other diseases of the guts , and the wounds of t he same . they write also , that the water of cardus benedictus helpeth rednesse , and the itching of the eyes ; and the juyce doth the same , for burnings , and for carbunckles . there is nothing better for the canker , and old festering sores : the leaves are good for fomentations : and to be sitten over , being sodden in water , that the vapour may come to the diseased places , also it is good against the stone and stopping of the flowers . a good drinke to strengthen the heart and all the members , if a man drinke halfe an egge shell full of it morning and evening , with as much good wine . take the best aqua vitae that you can get , and take a piece of fine gold , and make it glowing hot ten times , and squench it again , the more you squench it , the stronger waxeth the water and better . then put it into the same aqua vitae , and halfe a quarter of an ounce of saffron , and a quarter of an ounce of cynamon , both beaten : let them stand foure dayes well stopped , and stirre it every day once : but when you will take it , then let it stand still unstirred that it may be cleare . this water warmeth a cold stomacke , giveth strength to all the members , specially to aged folkes that have beene over long sicke , whose strength is consumed : for it comforteth and strengthneth the heart out of measure . a speciall medicine to cause sleepe . take a spoonefull of oyle of roses , a spoonefull of rose-water , and halfe a spoonefull of red vineger , and temper them all together : then with a fine linnen cloth annoynt the patients head . a discourse as concerning cornes in the feet , or else-where with their remedies . this callowes matter is a certaine hot humour , the which nature would discharge her selfe of , and when that humour is driven forth of nature , it goeth into the lower parts into the end of the toes , for in that part of the toes , that skin is called epidarma , is hard , and will not suffer it to passe or exalate , and there many times it engendreth a tumor in the skin with great hardnesse , and many times that tumor doth increase and cause such paine that it doth not onely hinder their going , but hinder them from their sleepe in the night , and this kind of tumor is called commonly , callo , or cornes in english ; and j thought it good to call them crest , because they are alwayes growing and is of great importance among chirurgions ▪ for an infinite number of persons are troubled therewith ; and therefore j will shew thee our secret to helpe them quickly and with great ease , which secret was never knowne of any . first ye shall pare them with a sharpe knife unto the bottome , and there ye shall find a certaine thing like matter , ye shall pare it untill bloud doth appeare , then touch it with the oyle of sulphure , and then dresse it with balsamo artificio , once a day untill it be whole . keepe this as a secret . of medicines , remedies , and cures of divers diseases of severall kinds ; as also the making of powders , and plaisters , &c. part . x. the cause of our sciatica , and how yee helpe it . sciatica is a disease so called , because it commeth in that place of the body called scio , and it is caused of an evill quality and grosse humors that are strayed in that place ▪ because they cannot passe downe . and this is seene by experience dayly ; for where that paine is , there is alteration , and the cure thereof is with glysters , vomits , purgations , and unctions , because the glysters doth evacuate those places next unto it , and so easeth the humour : the vomit cleanseth the stomacke , the purgation doth evacuate the body downwards , the unctions dissolve the winde , and by these meanes thou mayest helpe the sciatica , as j have done many times to my great credit and satisfaction of my patient . for hoarsnesse . against hoarsnesse , goe into the hot-house , and when thou hast halfe bathed , drinke a good draught of warme water : this is often proved . another . garlick sodden and eaten , maketh a cleare voyce , and driveth away hoarsenesse and the old cough . if a man stand in feare of the palsie . let him eat every morning two or three graines of mustar-seedes , and two pepper cornes : the same is assured for the same dis●ase by many . a medicine for the goute . take a pinte of white wine , a quart of running water , a quantity of barley flower and let them boyle together : then put thereto halfe a pound of blacke soape , and let all seethe till it be thicke , then put thereto the yolkes of foure egges , and when yee will use it , spred it on a cloth plaister-wise , hot . stubbes medicine for the goute . take a quart of red wine lees , a quarter of a pound of beane flower , half aquarter of a pound of commine fine beaten , a spoonefull of bole-armoniacke , halfe an ounce of camphere , which must be put in at twice , and boyle them all together , till they be somewhat thicke : then make it plaister-wise and lay it to the paine . another plaister for the goute . take occy cronium galbanum , and melitonum , of each one a penny-worth and distill them : take a pound of stone pitch , and another pound of fine rozen , one halfe ounce of camphere , one quarterne of deeres suet , halfe a quater of a pound of commin , and boyle them on a soft fire together , and thereof make a plaister , upon a piece of leather using it as the other . another for the same . take the gall of an oxe , and aqua composita , of each a like quantity , as much of oyle of exeter , as of both the other , and labour them all together in a pot with a sticke , the space of halfe an houre : when you have so done , annoynt your palme therewith , then wet a linnen cloth therein , and as hot as you can suffer it , bind it to the sore . for a pricke of a thorne , or any other thing . take honey , and a good quantity of chalke , and of the gall of a beast , and boyle them together , and make a plaister of it , and as hot as you can suffer it , lay it thereunto . let the chalke be scraped , very small . approved . a remedy for burning and scalding . take the white wooll of the belly of an hare , and if it be raw , lay it thereto , and it will never away till such time it be whole . another . take a thistle called st. mary thistle , stampe it and strain it , and take thereof two spoonfuls , and put to this three spoonfuls of creame , mixe them together , and annoynt the patient therewith . to kill a tetter or ring-worme . take the root of a red dock , the roote is very red , and slice it , and lay it in vineger a night , and after lay it upon the tetter , and tye it with a cloth hard , and it will kill the tetter . approved . for a winde or a collicke in the belly . take a rose cake and toast it at the fire , with vineger throwen upon it , and lay it as hot to your belly as you may suffer it . another . take mustard , figges and vineger , stamped together , and lay it to the belly of the diseased , cold , in manner of a plaister , and it shall helpe ▪ against the shingles . annoynt the shingles with the juyce of mynts , and it will heale them . to heale a wound in ten dayes , as by proofe hath beene seene . stampe camphere with barrowes greace , and put it into the wound , and it will heale it . approved . for ache in the backe . take egremont and mugwort , both leaves and rootes , and stampe them very small , then mingle them well with old decres suet , then besmeere or annoynt the grieved place therewith very warme , and after rowle it up hard . to heale in foure dayes the scalding with water , or any other liquor , without plaister or oyntment . take an onyon and cut him overth-wart , and wring out the juyce upon the scalded place doing so every day twise , it will heale it quickly . probatum est . to heale the itch. take of lapacinum acutum , or of sorell , and boyle it in water , and wash therewith the diseased person : or else take the rootes of lawrell , and being well brayed with salt and bread , annoynt therewith the body . the like effect is done with the decoction of egrimony and sage , made with raine water , and washing therewith the sicke person . to heale sores or tetters . take of waxe of ganabrinum , in powder , and of oyle of roses , as much as shall be sufficient ? make thereof an oyntment . or else bray cockle and brimstone , and mixe them with vineger , and make an oyntment . for the hardnesse of hearing . take an onyon and coare it , and fill it with the oyles of rew and bitter almonds , then rost it soft , and drop thereof into the contrary eare , lying still after one houre keeping your selfe warme , it will both purge the head and quicken the hearing . an easie remedy for the tooth-ache . take a slice of the root acorus , of some called in english gladen , of other galanga , which groweth in waters and marishes , this must be laid green upon the tooth . or a piece of the greene roote of tormentill doth it likewise . for the swelling in the throat . take white frankensence , and cast a piece of it upon hot coales , then put a funnell over it , and let the smoake thereof goe into the throate : that helpeth , and is oft times experimented and proved . to cause a womans speedy deliverance . take whites of egges and castle sope , and make pills , adding to every pill one drop of the oyle of savin ; and in time of need give her five pilles of it . to make a womans milke increase . take fennell-seed , and seethe it in barly-water , and give the woman of it to drinke , and her milke will increase abundantly . for the rickets and weaknesse of the limbes in children . take a little quantity of the best english honey mix it with beere , and let them use no other drinke till they recover their strength . this hath bin tryed and approved . to fasten the gums or loose teeth . take a little myrrhe , temper it with wine and oyle ▪ and wash your mouth therewith and you shall see a rare experience ; myrrhe also killeth the wormes in a mans body , and chew it in the mouth , ma kes the breath sweet . for one that cannot hold his water . take the clawes of a goates feet , burne them to powder , and take a spoonfull of it in pottage or broath , wherein a little knotgrasse and hypoquistidos may bee put , and take of it twice a day . for the dropsie made for the queen● , by d. d. adryan . take polipodium , spikenard , calamus odoratus , marjerum , galingall , selwall , ana . vj. d. weight , anniseeds , saxafrage , plantane , vij . d. weight , cynamon , xij . d. weight , seenie so much as of all the rest , put them into a bagge hanging in two gallons of ale , cover it with new yest every fourth ▪ day , and drink no other drinke for a weeke , and be whole . for the stinging of waspes and bees ▪ take mallowes and rub them on the place where it is stung or else take flyes stamped with a little durt . for the falling downe of the tuell . sit over the fumes of ginger and frankensence . for the swelling of the legges . take the juyce of walwort , of waxe , of vineger , and of barley meale , of each a like quantity : boyle it , and make a plaister , and bind it upon the sore . for the canker in the mouth . take halfe a pinte of ale , and a sprig of rosemary , and seeth them together , and skim your ale. and then put in a piece of allom as much as a nut , and a spoonefull of honey , and two spoonefuls of honey suckle water , and wash the mouth with it . to make the face faire and the breath sweet . take the flowers of rose-mary ▪ and boyle them in white wine , then wash your face with it , and use it for to drinke , and so shall you make your face faire , and your breath sweet● ▪ a remedy for a red face or a red nose . take litarge of silver , and brimstone , of each like much , and seeth them in rose-water , and vineger , and then with a linnen cloath wet in the said vineger ▪ lay it to the sore . a remedy to qualifie the coppered face . make a bath with the flowers of cammomell , violets , roses , and flowers of water lillies , then annoynt the place with vnguentum album , champherarius , and mixe that oyntment with a little yellow brimstone , and quicksilver killed with fasting spittle , and annoynt the face withall . a speciall good dyet for all fiery faces . abstaine from all salt things , spiced , fryed meates , and rosted meates : also from drinking of wine , for it is very evill : also onyons , mustard , and garlicke are very naught : in steed of which ▪ you must take purslaine , sorrell , lettice , hops of borrage , with succory or endive in pottage , or otherwise : also it is necessary to be laxative , and in sleeping to lay your head high . an easie remedy to make the teeth white ▪ take vinger of squiles , and dip a little piece of cloth in it ▪ and rub the teeth or gummes withall : the said vineger fastneth the gummes , comforteth the rootes of the teeth , and maketh a sweet breathe . to take away the stinking of the mouth . yee must wash your mouth with water and vineger , and chew masticke a good while , and then wash thy mouth with the decoction of annis-seeds , mints , and cloves , sodden in wine . if the stincking of thy mouth commeth of a rotten tooth the best is to have it drawne out . a remedy for sore eyes . take the juyce of fennell , and drop thereof into the eyes , evening and morning , and it shall heale the griefe and paine . a proved medicine for the bleeding at the nose , called the ladie maries medicine . take the shell of an egge , the meate being very cleane out ▪ and put it into the fire till it be burnt very blacke and ready to breake , then take it out , and make thereof fine powder , whereof yee shall blow through a quill part thereof into the nose that bleedeth , and it shall stanch . against a stinking breath . melt hony , salt , and rye flower well together , and therewith rub the gum● twice or thrice , then wash it with faire water ▪ and it will helpe thee . for an evill breath . seeth two ounces of commin in fine powder , in a pottle of white wine , unto a quart : then keepe it , using to drinke a little thereof warme at night , the space of fifteene dayes , and it will helpe . for the head-ache , and clensing of the same . chew pellitory of spaine in thy mouth , it will cleanse the head , and also take away the ache or paine . to heale a swolne face , that is hurt by reason of some strange scorching . take the juyce of barba jovis , ( in english singreene ) and rub your face with it twice or thrice a day . you may doe the like with ●he juyce of purflaine : but if your face 〈…〉 ●oo much marred or hurt , take forty or 〈◊〉 yolks of egges , and put them in a frying 〈…〉 upon a great fire , and get some oyle out of them wherewith you shall annoynt your ●●●e . to make an aking tooth fall out of himselfe . take wheate flower , and mixe it with the milke of the hearb called in latine herba lactaria ▪ in french tintamaille , or herbe alerte in english spurge , that hath milke in it : in greeke , tithimales , which is an hearbe well enough knowne , and thereof make as it were a paste or dow , with the which you shall fill the hole of the tooth , and leave it in a certaine time , and the tooth will fall out of it selfe . and if you wash your mouth every moneth once with wine wherein the roote of the said hearbe hath beene sodden , you shall never have paine in your teeth . also the decoction or powder of the flowers of a pomegranate tree , being put in your mouth and betweene your gums fasteneth teeth . to kill lice and nits in the head. take the powder or scraping of harts horne , and make the patient to drinke it , and there will no lice nor nits breed in his head , but if you will straw the said powder upon his head all the lice and nits will dye . to remedy or to helpe blood-shotten eyes comming by any rheume , fluxion , or such other like cause . take the tops or ends of worme-wood , which is an hearb well enough knowne , and stampe it , mixing it with the w●ite of an egge and rose-water , and make thereof as it were a plaister , and spred it upon a linnen cloth , which you may lay upon the eye w●ere the blood is , or else upon both , and doe this at night when you goe to bed , and the next morning take it off , and you shall see that t●is plaister shall have drawne ▪ to it selfe all the bloud , and all the rednesse that was in your eyes , and so you shall be quit of it . for the tooth-ache . take the rootes and leaves of chickweede , and boyle them in water , with the which you shall wash your mouth well , and hold it in your mouth a certaine space , and it will take away your paine . to take away the tooth-ache . take hysope , and make thereof a decoction with vineger , and it being hot , wash your mouth withall , and the paine of the teeth shall goe away . the hysope also being stampt and incorporated with honey , and a little nitrina , killeth the wormes in a mans body . against the crampe . take and beat brimstone and vervine together , and so binde it to your arme , or other place grieved , and it shall helpe it , for having the paine againe . a medicine to purge the head. take masticke , peritory of spaine , tame cressis seede , cockle-seede , stavisacre , both the kindes of neesing powder , white and blacke ▪ ginger , sinamond , of each halfe a dram in fine-powder , and mixed together , and put it in a little bagge of fine linnen cloth , and let the patient hold one of these bagges in his mouth a good space , but these bagges must first lye in fuse a pretty while in vineger , and it will draw out rheumes from the head wonderfully , and when he hath done , he must wash his mouth well with wine or ale ▪ a medicine for a scald head. take daysie rootes , and ale , and stampe them with as much may-butter as needs , and annoynt the sore head therewith . for the head-ache . take a good handfull of red-rose leaves dryed , and a good quantity of cummin grossely bruised , and a good handfull of camomill grossely shred , and a quantity of browne leavened bread : then mixe them ▪ and put it into a linnen ▪ cloth , then quilt it , and set it into a hot dish , upon a chafingdish , and sprinckle the bagge with rose-water and vineger , and turne it in the dish till it be as hot as may be suffered , to be laid to the noddle of the necke : and let it be cold , and so use another , and keepe his head so hot as he may sweate . for paine of the head. take marjorom and presse out the juyce of it , and let the patient , take of it in his nose . for deafenesse in the eares . take the juyce of coleworts , and mixe it with warme water , and droppe it into thine eares , and it will helpe . to make honey of roses , called mel rosarum . take foure pound foure ounces of honey clarified , and two pound of the juyce of red roses : and let them boyle together till it be like a sirrope . another making thereof . take a pottle and halfe a pinte of honey well clarified , with a pottle of white or red wine , two pound of red-rose leaves : boyle the rose leaves and wine till halfe be wasted , and then put in your hony : and let it boyle till it bee somewhat thicke , and in colour like a syrrope . for the pockes . take the juyce of peny-roiall , and young tansie , and give the sicke party to drinke . a true medicine for the jaundies . take a handfull of chery leaves , seeth them in a pinte of milke , and let them boyle well : then straine it , and drinke a good draught thereof to bedwards , and in the morning fasting , and the jandies shall avoyd from you by siege : or else drinke in the morning this following . take the wood of bayberries , pill the upper shell with the leaves from it , and take the second shell that is yellow , put thereof as much as a walnut into a cloth , and seeth it with a pinte of water , let it be well boyled , and let it coole , and then driuke it , this hath beene experimented . for the liver that is corrupted and wasted . take a good quantity of liverwort and bruise it a little , and then seethe it in good strong wort ▪ with a quantity of ruberb , and use this medicine , and thou shalt be whole . for heate in the liver . take the juyce of sower apples , and sweet apples , of each a pound or more , as much as you thinke best , and two pounds of sugar , mingle these things together , and let them boyle on a simple fire till it be thicke as a syrrope , and vse this course every day fasting , with luke-warme water . remedies for the collicke . take parcely , water-cresses , pellitory of the wall , unset time , of each a handfull , a dish of sweet butter , let the herbes be cleane washed , and seethe them in a quart of running water , let your water bee taken up against the streame , and let them seethe till you make a plaister thereof ▪ then temper them together with a handfull of wheat branne , and let the plaister bee layd to the patients belly beneath the navill , and let him put in his pottage some pellatory of the wall ; and when the patient makes water straine it thorow a faire cloath , and thereby ye shall know and perceive , whether it doth him good or not , and let him use this three or foure times together . another for the same . take a quantity of broome-seed , grouncel-seed , parcely-seed , alexander-seed , ashenkey-seed , lepthorne-seed or berries , phillipendula dryed , saxifrage dryed , mouseare dryed , growobicke dryed , mixe all these together in your drinke , and drinke it morning and evening , fasting . another . take civet and rub your navill therewith , and champe rosemary in your mouth , and it easeth the collick incontinently ▪ a most excellent medicine for the collicke and stone , with other vertues . take pimpernell , mustard , crowfoot , gauriophe , mastick , and bruise them all well together , and then mingle them with the blood of a goat , and put thereto good vineger or a little alligre , and let them stand certaine dayes after your discretion , and put them into a stillatory and distill a water thereof ; this water is good for the stone , or gravell , whether that it be red or white , plaine or sharpe , or if it be hardened ; if the patient doe drinke thereof every day fasting , the stone will breake and goe away like sand . also , if scald heads bee washed therewith , it will heale them ▪ and there shall grow new haire ; and if the scabs be washt therewith , of what nature soever it bee , hee shall be whole with three dayes or nine at the furthest . also , this water drunke fasting , makes a man to have a good colour , and good blood . also , this water drunke with castorie twice in one day ▪ destroyeth all palsies ▪ which is not dead in the sinewes and members before , for it comforteth the sinewes principally . this water is very much approved . for the collicke and stone . take halfe a pint of white wine , and a good quantity of white sope , scrape it , and put it into the wine , and make it luke warme , and then drinke it once , twice , or thrice , or as often as the patient needs . a powder for the collicke and stone . take parcely-seed , saxifrage , alisander , and coriander-seeds , the kernels of cherry-stones , smallage-seed , lovage , the rootes of phillipendula , of each a dram , bay-berries , and ivie-berries , of each a dram ; put to all these as much ginger as they all weigh , and adde thereto half an ounce of commin ; this powder is to be taken in ale , halfe a dram at once , thrice a day . a speciall remedy for the stone . take the stones of medlers , lay them upon a hot tyle-stone , and after that you have rubbed and dryed them in a faire linnen cloth , then being thorowly dryed , beat them into a powder , and put to it a quantity of time and parcely , and place it upon the fire with beere and butter , and throw in halfe a spoonefull of the said powder ; and hereof you must drinke a good draught fasting in the morning ▪ and eate nor drinke nothing else for the space of three houres after . another . take a quantity of anniseeds , lycorice , fennell-roots , and parcely-rootes , raysins , and currans , and let all these be boyled in whey , from a pottle to a quart , and so strained and drinke it . a powder for the stone . take the seed of gromell , broome , saxifrage , alisander , parcely , and fennell , of all these seeds a like quantity , beat them very well together , and so drinke halfe a spoonfull of that powder , or a spoonfull at a time in a draught of good ale , making it luke warme in any wise , before you drinke it . to make the stone slip downe the narrow passages betweene the kidney and the bladder . take a great handfull of pellitory of the wall , and the like quantity of mallowes , boyle them in a frying-pan with a good quantity of fresh butter , so that they be not parched nor dry . and when you see by the frying that some good part of the vertue of the herbes is gone into the butter , take the hearbes so fryed somewhat fat with the butter , and lay it the length of halfe a yard or more betweene the fold of a napkin , and in bredth about 6 , or 7. inches , then clap the fattie side of the napkin all along from the back-bone to your flanke above the hippe , especially on that side where the paine is , as hot as may be suffered , when it is cold apply a fresh one , and in three or foure times doing , the passage will bee inlarged , whereby the stone will slip downe , and the paine cease . a posset drinke against the stone . take pellitory of the wall , three crops of lavender cotton , three parcely roots , and one fennell root , the pithes taken out , and they scraped and washed , stampe the hearbes and rootes together , then put thereto one pinte of rhenish or white wine , straine the wine from the herbes , and with a pint of new milke make a posset thereof , drinke freely of it morning and evening first and last , at the new and full of the moone , and walke well upon it . also , take the hearbe hartshorne boyled in white wine , and drunke in the morning fasting is good against the stone and strangurie . to make haire grow . take and seeth mallowes rootes and all , and wash the place where haire lacketh , and it shall grow . for to take away haire . take horsleeches and burne them to powder , and mingle it with eysell , and touch the place where the haire groweth , and it shall grow no more there . approved . to make a barren woman beare children . take of these little sea fishes called in latine pollipodes , and roste them upon the coales with oyle , and let the woman eate of them , and it shall profit and helpe very much , having in the meane time the company of a man. to make a woman have a quicke birth . take leaves of dictarij , and stampe them ▪ or else make powder of them , and give the woman that laboureth drinke of it with a little water , and she shall be delivered incontinent without any great paine or griefe . for all manner of lamenesse or swellings . take a handfull of time , a handfull of lav ender cotten , and a handfull of running strawberies that be like to a string , and so cut them small , then beate them in a morter , with foure or five young swallowes taken out of the nest very fligge and quicke , beat them together untill ye see never a feather of them whole : that done ▪ take a penny-worth of may butter clarified , and mingle it in the morter with hearbes , and so let it stand foure and twenty houres before they sceth : when you ha ve sodden it , use it as before you are taught , as well in preserving of it , as in using of it . for to stay the laxe or fluxe . take plantane , otherwise called weybred-leaves and rootes , and wash them in faire water , and then stampe them , and take a good quantity of the juyce and put it to old ale , and make a posset therewith , and after take the ale posset , and clarifie it upon the fire perfectly , and then let the patient drinke it blood warme , in the morning and evening , without taking of othtr drinke the space of two houres either before or after . for the sweating sicknesse . yee must take a good spoonfull of treacle three spoonfuls of vineger , five spoonfuls of water , and two spoonfuls of the juyce of sinckfoyle , swing them together , and drinke them luke warme . for him that pisseth blood. take a good quantity of rew , otherwise called hearbe grace , and dry it so that you may beate it to powder , and then take the powder and and drinke it with ale : and it will change the urine . for the canker in the mouth . take white wine , and a penny-worth of ginger in powder , and let them seeth a walme together , and wash the sore place with a feather , and drinke not in one houre after , and yee shall have helpe in seven dayes or warrantise . a powder for the same . take sage , pimpernell of each a like and quantity ▪ and halfe so much parcely , as of them both , shred them , and stampe them small , and put thereto a little burnt allome ▪ and then take it up drie it , and beate it to powder and keepe it , for it never failed . to know the fester and canker . heere you may learne whereof , and of what manner the fester commeth , and also the canker , it commeth of a sore that was ill healed , and breaketh out againe , and if it bee in the flesh , there doth come out water , if it be in the sinewes , there commeth out browne lie : and if it be in the bone , there commeth out as it were thicke blood . a fester hath a narrow hole without and within , and a fester is seldome seene , but it hath more holes then one , and the canker hath alwayes but one hole . for a canker in the body . take the rootes of dragons and cut them in small pieces , and lay them to dry , and make powder thereof , and take a penny weight of that powder , and put it in water all night , and on the morrow powre out that water ▪ and put thereto white-wine and then seeth it well , and let the patient drinke thereof warme , and in three day es he shall be whole . for a canker in a womans pappes . take the dung of a white goose , and the juyce of salendine , and bray them together , and lay them to the sore , and it will kill the canker , and heale the pappe . a good powder for the canker . take copperas , and roch saunders , and verdigreace , and sal-armoniac , and beate them to powder in a brasen morter , of each ● like quantity by weight , and put the powder in a vessell , and seethe it on a charcole fire till it glowe , and then take it downe , and let it coole and after make powder thereof , and that powder shall destroy the canker , on warrantise . to kill the canker or marmole . take a pecke of the ashes made of ashen-wood , and ashes of oate straw , and put hot water on them and make a gallon of lye , and put thereto two handfuls of barke-dust , and let it stand a day and a night , and then straine it thorow a canvasse ; then take the same dust and put it in againe , and put thereto as much allome , and halfe as much of madder crops , and put them in a pot and let them boyle almost to halfe , and ever stirre it that it grow not to the bottome , nor run over , and after clense it through a cloth , and let it coole , and when it is cold , take a quantity thereof and wet a linnen cloth therein and lay it to the sore place . for the canker in the mouth . take seaven spoonefuls of honey , and clarifie it in a pewter dish , then put to it one pint of white wine vineger and roch allome , the quantity of a hazell nut , and a spoonefull of bay-salt , and let all these boyle together a quarter of an houre , and then take of dryed rose leaves and sage a handfull , letting them seethe together for the space of a quarter of an houre , and let the patient wash his mouth therewith , and lay the leaves to the sore , and if the liquor bee too thicke to wash your mouth with , then take running water and white wine vineger , and a spoonfull of honey , and boyle them well as before , and then use it . another . take hearbe grace , lavender-cotton , sage , honey-suckle leaves , of each a like quantity , wash them and stampe them with a little roch allome , and a little english honey , and put them into a faire dish , and when yee dresse a sore mouth therewith , take as much as yee thinke will serve , and take a few sage leaves and wash thy mouth , and lay it to thy gums , and if yee put thereto a little pepper and bay-salt , it will be the better . another . take plantane , bittony , egrimony , violets , and woodbine , boyling them in wine or water , with hysop , piony , pimpernell , and greene walnuts , and therewith wash foure times in a day , and hold it in your mouth pritty hot , and therewith wash it . to make a red water to kill the canker . take three handfuls of rew , bray it in a morter , and put thereto a quart of vineger , and madder one ounce , and take halfe a penny-worth of allome , and beate it to powder and put thereto , and let it so rest nine dayes or more , and then take them out , and so straine them through a cloth into a cleane glasse , and stop the vessell close , and keepe it . to take away the canker . take martlemasse beefe that hangeth in the roofe , and burne it to powder and put the powder into the sore , and it will kill the canker . a powder for the canker . take one quarter of a pound of roch allome , and burne it in an earthen vessell that there come no ashes thereto : then take arg● , one halfe ounce , and one quarter of an ounce of bolearmonracke , and make all these in fine powder alone , and then mixe them altogether , and put them into a bladder , and keepe it close : and when yee will minister it , wash well the sore with the water , and then lay on the powder , and so dresse it once in the day , and it shall helpe him . a good medicine for the canker and sores . take a pottle of cleane running water , or white wine , sage , rosemary , and sinkfoyle , of each a handfull , allome one ounce , boyle all together till halfe a quarter be consumed , and if it be for the canker put in a little white coperas and camphere . for a canker old or new , or marmole . take smalledge , wormewood , greene walnuts , lillies , broome croppes , white hazell , red nettle , sage , selfe-heale , pimpernell , the roote of floure-de-iuce , planten , ground ivie , wall-woort , mouse-eare , celondine , mintes , bittony , egrimony violets , charvell , colwortes , and avence , stampe all these together and fry them in barrowes grease , sheepes tallow , and honey , and make thereof an oyntment with turpentine , waxe ▪ rozen , pitch , gum frankensence , burnt allome , and powder of tanners barke and so use it . for the canker . take the powder of saven , honey , and creame , and white wine , and mixe them altogether , and melt them over the fire , and when it is hot , with a linnen cloath wash therewith thy mouth , and when the sore is well washed , put thereof into the griefe , with lint , as hot as may be suffered two times a day , and bee whole . for a canker in a mans body , and to save the man. take the rootes of dragons , and cut them , and dry them in gobbets , and make powder of them , and take a 9. d. weight of that powder , and seeth it in white wine , and let the sicke drink thereof warme fasting , and in three dayes he shall be whole . for the head-ache . take hemlockes , and seeth them , till they be as thicke as pappe , and lay them where the paine is : let them lye all night , and on the morrow lay another of the same heat , and doe so three or foure times , and it is done . another ▪ also take and make lye of verven , or bytton , or wormewood , and therewith wash thy head thrice a weeke , and it shall doe the much good , and take away the ache. for the head-ache , and tooth-ache . take the hearbe called bursa pastoris , and bruise it and lay it to the hart of thy foote , and it helpeth both the head-ache , and the tooth-ache . a drinke for the head-ache . take bitton , verven , selondine , waybroad , rewe , wall-woort and sage , and a quantity of pepper , and hony , and seeth them all together in water , and straine it through a cloath , and drinke it fasting . another . stampe bittony , and lay it on thy head under thy cap or bind it last to thy head . for the head-ache . take sage , bittony , and rewe , with worme wood , seeth these in faire water , then put out the same water into a vessell , and beat the same hearbs in a morter very small , and then take of them and of the liquor , and temper them with wheat branne , and with the rest of the liquor wash thy head , and then lay a plaister thereof upon the mould , and let it lye there a day and a night , and do so three or foure times . also , ye may take rootes and leaves of primroses , fresh butter , and tarre boyled together is very good . another . take avence , pigeons dung , and wheate flower , one ounce , and temper them with the white of an egge , and bind to thy griefe . another . take bittonie , and camomill , a handfull , and seeth it in a pottle of wine to a quart , and wash thy head with the liquor , and if it be the megrim , it shall helpe the. another . take frankensence , doves dung and flower of wheat , one ounce , and remper them together with the white of an egge , and lay a plaister thereof where the griefe is . another . take the white of an egge and beate it well , and take away the froth , and put thereto rose-water , and the powder of alablaster : then take flaxe and wet therein , and lay it to the temples ▪ and when it is dry , wet it againe : use it thus three or foure times ▪ for the head-ache . take , verven , bittony , worme-wood , seeth them well , and wash the patients head , and after that make a plaister , and lay on the upper part of thy head on this manner : take the same hearbes beforesaid when they are sodden , and wring out the juyce of them , then take the hearbes and stampe them in a morter , and temper them with the water they were sodden in , and put thereto wheate branne to cover the juyce of the hearbes that it goe not out , then take a garland of linnen cloth , that will goe about thy head , and bind the plaister in it , as hot as the patient may abide it , and then put on a cap over that . another . if the paine come of hot humours , take a quantity of houseleeke , and distill it as much as you please , and with the same water wash thy temples , and thy forehead and then dip a linnen cloth therein , and lay it on thy fore-head , or thy temples . another . take margerom , and greene juy leaves , bittony ▪ and verven , of every one two handfuls , cut them small , and beate them in a morter and seeth it in two penny-worth of fresh butter , and stirre it till it waxe very greene , and so let it stand nine dayes in an earthen pot ; then seeth it againe , and stirre it well and straine it , and keepe it in a faire vessell , and when you need warme a little thereof in a sawcer , and annoynt your temples therewith . another . take a quart of white wine , and horehound , two handfuls , and camomill one handfull , and boyle them together , and therewith wash thy head : then take wheate-bran , and put to the hearbes , and boyle it , and make a plaister and lay it to thy head . another . take the juyce of selondine , and good vineger , mingled and made hot , and with a spunge or a linnen cloth lay it to thy fore-head , it quencheth great heate , and purgeth it that it will come no more . another . take the juyce of pimpernell , and put thereto may-butter , and frye them together with a soft fire , and keepe it , and therewith annoynt thy head and temples . to cleanse the head. take alloes one ounce , myrthe halfe an ounce , garlicke foure drams , saffron in powder , halfe a penny worth , and mingle them together in fine powder : then take the juyce of coleworts , and put them to your powder , and make it as thicke as pappe , and somewhat more stiffer , and make pills thereof , as bigge as small pease , and when you goe to bed , take foure of them , and roll them in fine powder of lycorice , and put them into your mouth , and swallow them downe . for the head-ache comming of the stomacke . take fumitory , camomill , and roses , and seethe them in white wine , and make a plaister , and lay it hot to the stomack . for ache in the hinder part of the head. stampe sage with the white of an egge , and temper it with vineger , and lay it thereto . a principall medicine for the head. take commin a quantity , and lay in vineger one night , and on the morrow put out all the vineger , saving a little to keepe it moyst , and fry it in a pan , and bind it in a linnen cloth about thy head , and by the grace of god , yee shall be whole . for a man that is diseased in the liver and spleene . take barrowes greace , and ashes made of ashen wood one pound , and running water a gallon , and seethe them till they bee halfe wasted , then straine them thorow a cloth into a vessell , and let it stand so all night , and then on the morrow scum off the greace and cast away the water , and melt the greace , and stirre it oft and put it into boxes , and when ye have need annoint the spleene therewith . a drinke to be used after this oyntment ▪ take the roots of young ashen plants clean washed one handfull , and wormewood as much , seeth them in wine from a gallon to a pottle , and let the patient drinke thereof in the morning cold , and evening hot . a plaister for the spleene . take dry lillies , march mallow rootes , and alexander seed , of each an ounce , of the barke of an elme tree , the barke of an ash , and broome seed , of each two ounces ; all these being beaten to powder , let them be sodden in strong vineger , and so let them seethe till they be sodden dry ; then put thereto the powder of commin one dram , powder of the barke of capers one ounce , powder of rew three drams , then afterward put thereto gum armoniacke one ounce or thre drams , dissolved in vineger , then with waxe , and turpentine , as much as shall suffice , make thereof a plaister for the spleene . another . take the tops of acornes , rose leaves , coriander seed , and commin seed prepared , of each one ounce , strado arabiae , galanga of each two ounces , salinter , i. saltpeeter one ounce terrified , mixe them and put them in a bagge , quilted , or basted , quadrantwise , and lay it to the place grieved . another . take camomill flowers , wheat bran , and a pint of white wine , boyle them all together and put them in a bag , then take oyles of violets , of linseed , and of lillies , of each a penniworth , annoynt therewith , and put your bagge hot thereto . a drinke for the spleene . take the juyce of licorice one ounce , fennell-seed , anniseed ▪ and juniper of each an ounce , pound them all in a morter together , and so drinke it in your drinke . another . take three spoonfuls of the juyce of ivie leaves in white wine , or else of the juyce of egrimony , and drinke of it three or foure mornings fasting , and it will helpe you . to dissolve the hardnesse of the spleene . amoniacum dissolved in very sharpe vineger , and spred upon leather plaister-wise , and applyed to the spleene will mollifie the hardnesse thereof , and it may lye thereto seven weekes and never be removed . a soveraigne medicine for the spleene , and to clense the body . take harts-tongue , wilde hoppes , lettice , and borage , with the flowers of fumitory , and parcely rootes , seethe all these in whay , and clarifie it with whites of egges , straine it , and drinke it first in the morning and last at night during the space of a moneth , and by gods helpe , it will cure your spleene , and clense your blood , and comfort you many wayes for your health . for ache in the backe . take a great onyon or two , and roast them in the embers , then stampe them and straine them out of the ju yce , and mix it with as much malmesie as juyce , and drinke thereof blood warme , first and last . probatum . to stay the backe , and helpe him that consumeth . take the rootes of parcely , fennell , camphere , and of borage , planten , bursa pastoris , and knotgrasse , and make broth with them of young hennes , capon , mutton , rabbets , and veale , and put thereto a date or two , and yee may seethe them in posset ale made of white wine . another . take white archangell , cumfrey flowers , white lillies , white roses , white holly hockes , knot-grasse , and clary , stampe them , and take a pottle of muskadine , and a pint of ale , with the pith of an oxe backe , and three capped dates , the stones taken out and beating them in a morter small , then put in some of your muskadine and grind it with some of your ale and stirre it , and boyle the rest thereof , take also the yolkes of three new layd egges , the strings taken out , and beat them well together , and put thereto of sinamon two penniworth , and of whole mace one penniworth , and seethe all these to a quart , and so use it . another . take the pith of an oxe backe and scald it , then straine it out of the skin and shred nippe , and beat it in a morter very small , putting thereto a quart of milke and straine it , and then seethe it with five or sixe dates , and a graine of amber-greece , and the powder of ginger , and let the patient use it very often . it is proved . to take away the paine of the reynes of one that is low brought . take three quarts of white wine , and boyl therein a red cocke , and put thereto a handfull , of red nip , a quantity of clary , and the rootes of red fennell , harts-tongue , a sticke of synamon bruised , dates , great and small raisins , with a few prunes , seeth all these together , till the strength of the cocke be in the broath , and put therein one ounce of manus christi , and use this morning and evening luke warme . for ache in the backe and legges . take the marrow of an oxe , and oyle olive three spoonefuls , and the yolkes of egges , and butter , pepper one ounce , then take the milke of a woman , and mingle it together , and anoynt the sicke therewith . for the bladder and the reynes . take the seedes of planten beaten in a morter , and seeth them in wine , and drinke thereof alone . a plaister for the reynes . take callamint , camomill , wormewood , peritory , holyhockes , and bray them in a morter with oyle , butter , or deere and sheeps suet , and grease of a boare , or barrow hogge , with a quantity of commin , and lay it on a plaister both behind and before . for all diseases in the backe . take the rootes of daisies , of planten , of bursa pastoris , of centimodum , and the cups of acorns a handfull , and of bole-armoniack two ounces , and of harts-horne burnt , and also a bucke conie that is fat , and let all these be sodden together in white wine and water , as much wine as water , till the cony be consumed , from the bones of the flesh , then take away the flesh and the bones from the broth , and so let the broth stand till it come to a jelly , and when you are in your bed , cause your backe to be therewith annoynted by a chafingdish of coales , three nights together , and lay thereon a warme linnen cloth , and it shall helpe you by gods grace . for paine in the bladder , and to make it whole for ever . take three rootes of smalledge , and wash them faire and cleane , and cut them small , and seethe them in a quart of faire water , till three parts of the water be consumed , then straine it , and take foure drams of the powder of bittony , and put thereto , and drinke the said water . against running of the reynes . take one pound of jordaine almonds , and blanch them , and parch them , and grind them very small and make almond milke thereof , with a pinte of rose-water , and a pinte of planten water , and then seethe it with suger , and sina mon ▪ and when it is cold put thereto a dramme of masticke in fine powder , and use thereof to eate and be whole , probatum est . a syrope for the backe . take the rootes of ennila compana cleane scraped , and slice them thin , and lay them in faire running water three dayes , and shift them every day , then at three dayes end take them out ▪ and put them in a gallon of faire running water , with a quart of honey , of lycorice one ounce , scraped cleane and sliced , and of anniseeds one ounce , cleane rubbed from the dust , let all these be boyled with a soft fire , and take out the rootes out of the liquour , washing them one by one , and when they be cut lay them on a faire dish , and so let them lye 24. houres , and then take the rootes and weigh them , and for every pound of your rootes , take a pottle of muskadine , or white bastard , and put your rootes therein , and put thereto two pound of fine white suger , two or three whole maces , boyle all these to a syrope , with your rootes , and then put it into a pot , and when you will use it , let the patient eate of the rootes , and drinke a spoonfull of the syrope with your rootes , after it , morning and evening . probatum est . remedies to provoke menstruum mulieris . take powder of peeter , bittony , yarrowseed , in white wine and drinke it . another . take mugwort , selondine , marigold , verven , nippe , of each nine crops three dayes before the change , and three dayes before the full of the moone . another . take germander , and the rootes of red madder , and seethe it in ale , and give it her to drinke , or else take radishes ▪ et semen pionae , red sanders and suger , and use it as aforesaid . another . take cotula fetuda , the which is like camomill , but it stinketh , and make a fomentation thereof . another . take the juyce of mercury , and honey , and flower of cockle , as much as will incorporate it , and make thereof little balls , and give her one or two of them , and she shall have menstruum , also it shall after dispose her to conceive , for it hath seldome failed , and is well proved . another . take the blacke seed of pionie , and bruise them one by one to the number of nine , and picke of the blacke huskes , and in a morter breake them to powder , eate and drink the said powder at times afore said , in the second medicine . pro eadem . another . take the rootes of gladion , and arsmart , and seethe them in good white wine , or vineger , and when they be well sodden , take them from the fire , and let the woman sit over it , so that the ayre may strike up , and none goe away , for this is proved . another . take bittonie , puliall royall , centory , of each a handfull , seethe them with wine or water , till the two parts be wasted , and then clense it thorow a cloth and drinke it . another . take balme , margerom , isope , and marigolds , a handfull , seethe them from a pottle to a quart upon a soft fire , and so take it and drinke it every morning fasting , and if it be bitter , put thereto suger , and use it . remedies to stop menstruum mulieris . take the blackest holly-hocks that yee can get , and take the flowers thereof , and make them in powder , and drinke them , and wash the place with the water of lovage . another . take the water of oake leaves distilled , halfe a pinte of rose-water , and syrrupe of quinces sixe ounces , and let her drinke thereof first and last . another . take horse-dung , and seethe it in good vineger , and put it into little bagges of linnen cloth , and lay the one upon the reines of the backe , and the other betweene the navill , and the privie place , as warme as shee may suffer it , and let her drinke it every morning and evening with a little synamon till shee be whole . another . take the rootes of gladium , and seeth them well in wine , or water , and receive the fume thereof : it never failed ▪ to stop white menstruum and red . take the juyce of planten , and of bursa pastoris , and two whites of egges well beaten among the juyce , and put thereto bole-armoniack one ounce , and of terra sigillata , one ounce , and a portion of beane flower , and make it thicke upon the fire , and draw thereof a plaister upon thin cloth , and lay it to her backe and navill . another for the white take the inner rinde of the sloe ▪ tree , sumatch , balestianes , the rinde of the pomegranate , planten , knot-grasse , the inner rinde of the red bryer , and a little french-bolearmoniack , and boyle all these in red wine , till halfe be consumed , and let her drinke it fasting , et restringet fluxum menstruum . another . take the foote and legge of a hare , and bake it to powder haire and all , and drinke it , and it restraineth the same . the vertue of fearne . the root is good to be drunke , and laid to plaister-wise , for the wounds that are made with reedes ; and in like manner , the roote of the reede drunke , and laid plaister-wise to the sore , where fearne sticketh . the powder is good to be strowed upon moyst sores , which are hard to be covered with skin , and ill to be healed : the juyce pressed out of the fearne roote , laid to with rose-water , or other cold water , is good for all manner of burning or scalding , perfectly and sure . to take away heate and inflamation of a member . take the waters of planten and purslaine , of each two ounces , and the water of a little hearbe called vernicula●is , two ounces , litarge and ceruse , in fine powder , of each foure drams , and camphere three graines : mixe all these together and so use them . a locion for a sore mouth . take running water a pinte , vineger halfe a pinte , honey foure ounces , bay leaves one ounce , galingale one dram : let all these be decocted to the forme of a syrope . a preparative . take syrope of violets , endiffe , and of femitory , of each two ounces , and of common decoction foure ounces . to make vergent milke by d. yaxley . take litarge of leade one pound , with vineger a pinte , laid in fuse three dayes , and then drawne with woollen shreds , and so keepe it in a viall by it selfe close : then take foure ounces of conduit-water and one ounce of allome , and one dram of camphere : and melt all over the fire , and keepe the water by it selfe in another viall , and when you will use it put both these waters together , of each a like quantity , and it will be like milke . it taketh away the spottes and freckles in the face , if it be often applyed thereto . a comfortable powder for the heart . take synamon , ginger , of each three ounces , graines of paradice , long pepper , of each two drams , saffron one dram , suger foure ounces : and so make your powder . a remedy that breaketh the stone . take a pound of gr●mmell , a pound of saxifrage seed , and a pound of coriander , with a quarter of a pound of soras , white and red , and grinde all these in a morter very small , and so keepe it , using to eate thereof in your pottage every day a spoonefull . another . take time , damsons , beane-cods , pellitory of the wall , saxifrage , a like quantities , and sleepe them one night in white wine , then distill them , and use to drinke thereof . another remedy for the stone , and to cause the voydance of vrine . take pellitorie of the wall , sothernwood , and seeth them in water or white wine , with a quantity of sheepes suet , till it bee tender , then put the hearbes and tallow in a linnen bag , and lay it warme to the bottome of the belly , using this , you shall finde remedy . a proved medicine to avoid the vrine that hath beene long stopped . take radish rootes , one if it be of bignesse and strong , is sufficient , and scrape it very cleane , and lay it in white wine , a night in steepe , then straine the wine , and give the patient to drinke , and he shall voyd water . a very good water for the stone proved . the water of strawberries ▪ with the leaves distilled , and so used by draughts , as other drinke . to breake the stone . dry the stones of a cock a yeare old , and ●eate them into fine powder , and give the diseased thereof to drinke in white wine , but if he have the charward , then give it to drink with good water . doctor argentines medicine for the stone . take the red barke of an ivie tree dryed , and beaten into fine powder , and after s●arse it through a fine searse ; also take a like quantity of blacke jeat , beaten and searsed in like manner , and being mingled together , drinke thereof with wine or ale , blood warme , five or sixe times . divers medicines for the stone and strangulion . take a quart of milke , and a handfull of bay leaves , another of time , of red sage , and of parcely , of each a handfull , and a quart of malmesey , a little rosemary , and boyle them all together from a quart to a pinte ; but yet let the milke and the herbes be boyled all whole together , from a quart to a pint , before the malmsey come in , and then use it . another . take reddish leaves , and seethe them in ale , and give it the patient to drinke , and it will cause him to make water . another . take red bramble-berries before they be blacke , and ivie-berries , and acornes , put them in a pot and dry them untill they be ready to be beaten to powder ; then take alisander seed ▪ parcely seed , gromell seed , coriander seed ▪ broome seed , and the seed of the nut-tree , the inner pithe of ash-keyes ; take of all these a like quantity also , and beat them to powder , and mingle them together with liquor of a double quantity ; then use to drinke it evening and morning sodden in posset ale , made with white wine ; and put of this powder often in your pottage when you eat them , and so use it continually till you find ease . excellent remedies for the stone in the bladder , and to provoke vrine . take life hony and rhenish wine , of each a quart , saxifrage , phillipendula , and pellitorie of the wall , of each a handfull , distill all these in balma maria , with a very slow fire , keepe it in a cold place in pewter or earthen vessels , and drinke thereof the quantity of halfe a pint every morning fasting , and afterwards eate the quantity of a walnut of life honey , and use to fast and walke an houre after it . another . take a pint of milke and put into it a pint of wilde mallow leaves , let them boyle together a quarter of an houre , then make a posset drinke of ale or beere , take off the curds and mallow leaves , then set your posset to boyle againe , and put into it a good stick of licorice well bruised , one spoonfull of anniseeds , and halfe a spoonfull of parcely seeds well bruised , and so of suger candy the quantity of a small walnut , boyle all these to the quantity of half a pint or lesse , then straine it , and at your going to bed drinke it blood-warme , putting into it a quarter of a grated nutmeg . it is approved . another . take a pottle of ale and a flint stone taken from the chalke and beaten to powder , and a pennyworth of reddish rootes , boyle all these together to a quart , then straine it thrice and drinke thereof evening and morning . another . take saxifrage , and rosemary , of each a like quantity , and seethe it in white wine till all the herbes bee throughly sodden , then straine it and drinke it cold evening and morning . another . take gromell , parcely , violets , and red nettles , put them into a morter and bray them ; then take the kernels of cherry-stones and bray them by it selfe , and seethe all together in white wine , and drinke it morning and evening . another . take perstone , unset leekes , and damsons , of each a like qu antity ; boyle them and clarifie them with the whites of egges , then take the juyce and drinke it with wine or ale , in quantity double so much as the juyce is . another . take a handfull of bay-berries , and the shell of an egge when the chicken is new hatcht out of it , and beat them together ; then take the powder and ▪ put it into ale or wine , and give it the patient to drinke , and by the grace of god it shall helpe him . for the stone in the reynes , or bladder . make a bath with parcely , alisanders , pellitory , fennell , and saxifrage , and let the patient sit therein up to the navill , then let them drinke the powder of these seeds , and the herbes , with warme white wine ; for this is a principall practice for this disease . probatum est . an injection for the stone . take a quart of barley water , and boyle therein a handfull of mallow leaves , and as much of violet leaves , till halfe the water be consumed , then put thereto three spoonfuls of mel rosarum , and let the party take it as an injection with a searinge . for any evill in the bladder . take ashe , parcely and fennell , of all alike : put them and temper them with water and drinke it ; and it shall helpe thee well to pisse , and it shall cast out the stone , and heate well thy stomacke . a powder to breake the stone . take the blood of the heart of a kid , and of a foxe the blood of the heart , of both a like quantity : take the bladder of a boare , and all that is therein , and put this blood thereto , take the juyce of saxifrage , and juyce of parcely , of each a like quantity : and put these in the bladder also , and hang up the bladder in the smoake over the fire , untill such time it be congealed together as hard as a stone , and make powder thereof : and drink it with hote licour , when thou wilt , first and last ; and this shall breake the stone to powder , and make it voyd away . to ease the paine of the stone . beate the stones of medlers into powder , and drinke it with stild milke , or with white wine . another . take turpentine of jeane , make it in little balls , and rowle it in fine suger , and swallow it downe whole . against the new ague , by doctor langdon . take sorrell , sowthistill , endine , dandelion , succorie , croppes of fennell with mallowes , with violet leaves of each one handfull , and seeth them all in a gallon of stale ale , to a pottle , with skimming , that done , straine out the liquor , and make thereof an ale posset , and let the patient drinke thereof as oft as he is a thirst , putting into every dra ught as much treacle as the bignesse of a beane ▪ and ye shall be healed . for an ague . by doctor turner . take featherfew , worme-wood ▪ and sorrell , of each a good great handfull , stampe them and straine them ●ard , and put thereto as much suger in weight as the juyce weigheth , and put them in a strong glasse in a skillet of warme water , the space of foure and twenty houres before you give it to the patient , and then give it twice a day two spoonefuls at a time in ale or posset-ale . a very good drinke for an ague . if one shake . take a quart of strong ale , and put therein nine bay-leaves , and seethe it till it come to a pinte and then take out the bay-leaves , and put therein one penny-worth of treacle , a halfe-penny worth of pepper , stirring it well together , and let it then seethe againe one walme , and so take it off the fire , and let the patient drinke it as hote as he can , and be covered as warm as he may abide , the space of sixe or seven houres . probatum est . another . take a pinte of ale and put therein one penny-worth of long pepper , and foure or five field daysie rootes and then seeth the same well together , and then let the patient drinke the same as hote as he may ●uffer it , and walke till he sweat if he be able , or else layd downe and covered very warme that he may sweat well . also burre-leaves , and baysalt beaten together and bound about the wrist of the patient is good for the same . another . take a quart of red-wine , and a quart of milke , and still them , and give it to the patient to drinke , when the axis come upon him , but the milke must be taken as it commeth from the cow. for a cold ague . take a spoonefull of vineger a spoonefull of aqua vitae , and a little treacle with long pepper and warme this blood-warme , and so let the sick person drinke it , when the fit commeth , and let him walke if he be able , if not , laid downe and made to sweate . a plaister to take the ague or any other ache out of a womans brest in the time of her child-bearing , if it come . take the yolke of an egge , and a little quantity of wheate flower , and a quantity of honey , as much as the yolke of the egge , and beat these together , till it be like a salve : then make a plaister thereof , and lay it to the brest that is grieved ▪ and it will heale it without doubt . probatum est . to kill the paulsie . drinke the roote of valerian in powder , and it will destroy the palsey , so that ye eate no hogge flesh . a remedy for the dropsie . scrape an elder roote very cleane , and breake it in many pieces , or shred it into white wine , and let it steepe therein , then drinke the wine , and it will heale your disease whole . against stopping of the pipes . take hisope , mintes , rose-mary , dai●ies ▪ and consond , of each like quantity , and seeth them with ale in lycorice , and use it morning and evening . against hoarsenesse . take a good quantity of verven , and seeth it with lycorice in faire water , then straine the water , and use no other drink with yonr meate untill you find remedy . for the yellow jaundise . take the reddest docke rootes that ye can get , and being washed cleane , put them into a vessell of good ale , and when it is stale , let the diseased drinke no other drink to his meate but ale and it shall helpe . for wormes in the bellie . against the wormes in the bellie , take onyons and pill them , cut or slice them small , powre spring-water over them : let it stand all night , and in the morning drinke that water , and it driveth away all wormes : powre the same water upon the earth where the wormes are , and within halfe an houre , they will all creepe out of the earth . another . likewise if one eate garlicke fasting , it killeth and driveth out wormes out of the body . or else drinke distilled water of knot-grasse , or shanie-grasse , the same killeth wormes also : how beit it worketh more in young then in old folkes . another . take mares-milke , and drinke it as hote as you can have it from the mare in the morning fasting . an approved remedy for a woman that hath her throwes before her time . seeth a good handfull of whole chervill in a quart of claret wine , and when the hearbes bee well sodden , wring them into the wine , and clense it , and make thereof an hypocras with sugar , cynamon and ginger , and give her thereof to drinke warme at times needfull . and it shall expulse the paine , approved . a powder for the strangury . take ivie berries dryed over the fire between two stones , and alisander seedes , of each a like quantity : and make a powder thereof to be used in a draught of good ale. for the collicke and stone . take unset leekes , unset time , and parcely , and make pottage of it with mutton : it is also good for the mother . for a megrim in the head. take a cloath and warme it very hot , and chase the nape of your necke , and your temples , a mornings . for the tooth-ache . take nine pepper-cornes , and five cornes of bay-salt , and some english honey , and breake your pepper-cornes , and beate them all in an oyster shell , then make little balls of lint , and dippe them in the honey , and lay it unto your tooth , or rub your teeth with allome beaten . for a sore brest . take a red-rose cake , and white wine in a dish , and set it on a chafingdish of coales and turne the cake up and downe in the dish , and lay it to the brest as hot as may bee suffered , and use this three or foure times , till it be whole . for a sore eye that burneth and is watrie . take hemlockes and distill them , and take the watet and lay it to your eyes ▪ and take a little lint , and dippe it in the water , and so lay it unto your eyes as you lye upright in your bed . another . take ground ivie beaten , c●reth the web in the eye , putting it in once a day . for to stoppe the bloody fluxe . take a pinte of milke , and a pinte of water , and let them boyle together over the fire , untill it come all to a pinte : and let the patient drinke it morning and evening . a remedy for a fellon . this infirmity doth come of a venemous matter , and other while it commeth of an interiall cause , or of an exteriall , the interiall cause commeth of some evill humour , the exteriall cause doth come of some venemous stinging of an evill humour eate treacle , and make a plaister of treacle and lay it upon the place : or take the white of a rawe egge , and put in salt to it , and beate it well together , and make a plaister thereof . another . take rew , and soape , soote , and boares greace : and stampe them together , and lay it to the fellon . a medicine well proved for the megrim . take the juyce of night-shade , and as much vineger , with crummes of leavened bread , and the white of two egges , a quantity of bolearmoniac , a quantity of sage , and dragons tayle : all these are to be made plaister-wise upon flaxe , and lay it upon your griefe ; also village to be stilled is very good . for to heale a sors eye , hurt with the small pockes . take the marrow of the pinions of a goose-wing cold , a quantity of honey , new taken out of the combe , in the hive , and mingle it together , and lay it on the patients eye-lidde , and it will heale it . for a sore eye with a pinne or a web. take white allom , and running-water , and boyle it together in an egge-shell , till it be halfe consumed . for a sore eye that ●tcheth and pricketh . take running water a quart , and put in white copperas , a rose-mary sprigge and a spoonefull of hony , and let it boyle to a pinte , and then drop a little into the eye : and keepe it after from rubbing or touching . for a sciatica or ache in the bones . take of rew , and red nettles , of each a a handfull , commin , blacke sope , and frankensence , of each a quantity , boyle all these together , and make a plaister thereof , and lay it to the griefe . another . take a lapfull of nettles , another of neppe , seethe them in chamber-lye , and put therein a handfull of bay-salt , and a quantity of blacke soape , and let them boyle well together , and lay it to the griefe . for sore eyes . take fennell rootes , white daisie rootes and leaves , and lay it in white wine , and wash your eyes with it . to stoppe a great laske . take a pottle of faire water , and put therein a cony fleyed , well washed , and quartered , and let it be well skimmed when it doth seethe : then take a good handfull of almond● unblanched , and the stones of great raisins , and beat them in a morter with some of the broth in the pot , and un●trained put them in ▪ then take halfe an ounce of whole cinamon , a handfull of blackberry leaves , a handfull of planten with the rootes thereof , the pot being cleane skimmed : put the aforesaid gredience therein , and let all boyle till it come to a quart , then straine the broth , and let the patient drinke thereof morning and evening , or at other convenient times in the day . analliter , if the aforesaid broth be warmed with a gad of steele , when it is cold , it is so much the better . to cause one to make water . take parceley and seethe it in white wine , and drinke it morning and evening . for the wind collicke . take commin-seede , or fine cod seede , and beat them to powder , and put it into ale , beere , or white wine , and drinke it , and it will make one laxative . for to make a water for the same . take broomeseed , and beate it to powder , and drinke it with muskadine , or any other wine . for to bind on from the laske . take a penny-worth of roch allome , and seeth it in a pinte of white wine , and drinke it . for to skinne a sore finger . take nervall oyle , or rose oyle , or camomill oyle , or pompilion , and annoynt your finger or shinne with it , and it will be whole . for a vehement cough in young children . take the juyce of parcely , powder of commin , womens milke , and mixe them together ; then give the child to drinke thereof , and afterward make this oyntment following : take the seed of hempe or flaxe , and fennycrick , and seethe them in common water , then presse out with your hands the substance of the hearbs , which you shall mingle with butter , and so annoynt the childes brest with it as hot as may be . for a broken head. take unwrought waxe , and a little sugar , and running water , and boyle it in a sawcer , and make a plaister , and be w ho le . for chilblaines in the feet or hands . take sheeps suet , and unwrought wax , and rozen , and boyle it in a sawcer , and make a a salve , and it will heale them . to kill the tooth-ache , or a ring ▪ worme , or a tetter . take oyle of broome , and annoynt the gums at the roote of the tooth where the paine is : it must bee used after this manner take a piece of old broomesticke , the older the better , and light it , and hold it downeward , and it will drop that which is yellow , and annoynt your gummes with it , or put it in the hollow tooth . for a stitch. take groundsill and dry it , and put sweet butter into it , and put it where the paine is , as hot as may be suffered : or take oates ( the blackest that you can get ) and fry them with red vineger , and lay it as hot as may be suffered where the paine is . for an ache or a bruise . take oyle of peeter ▪ it must be used after this manner : take a stoole , and when that you are rising or going to bed , sit with your backe towards the fire ▪ you must have a great fire , and where the paine is , you must rub it with some of the oyle all downewards , and they that doe dresse you , must dry their hands well against the fire and chafe it . to make white teeth . take lemmons and make stild water of them , and wash your teeth with it , for it is a soveraigne thing : or if you will not make the water , take the liquor of them , which is also good for the same purpose , but the water is better , because it is finer : so that in the stilling it lose not his force . a medicine for a swelling in the cheek● . take a pinte of white wine , and halfe a handfull of camomill flowers , and seethe them in the white wine , and wash your cheeke , both within and without , as hote as you can suffer it . to make a perfume suddenly in a chamber where a sicke man lyeth . take a little earthen pot , and put into it a nutmeg , two scruples of the sticke of cloves , and two of the sticke of cinamon , and foure of storax calamint ▪ rose-water , or water of spike , or some other sweet water , and seethe it : then put it into a pot-shard , with a few hot ashes , and coales under it , and set it in the chamber , and the smoake thereof shall give a sweet , amiable , and hearty savour . to make a cleere voyce . take elder-berries , and dry them in the sunne , but take heed they take no moysture : then make powder of them , and drinke it every morning fasting with white wine . a medicine for the mother . take a pinte of malmsie , a little quantity of commin-seede and coriander-seed , and a nutmegge , beate these together , and then seethe them to halfe a pi●te , with a little white suger-candie , you must take a spoonefull at a time . a medicine for a stitch or bruise . take three quarts of small ale , and one penny-worth of figs , and one pennyworth of great reisons , and cut the stones out of them , and one penny-worth of licorice , of isope , of violet leaves , and of lettice of each one handfull , and seethe them from three , quarts to three pints , and straine it , and so let the person drinke it , and after make this plaister following , take a quantity of horse dung , and a quantity of tarre , fry it , and put a little butter and vineger into it , and make a plaister , and lay it to the side . for the bloody fluxe . take of suger rosset made of dry roses , of trissendall , of each one ounce and a half , mixe these together , and eate it with meat or drinke it with drinkes ; but the best remedy j could find , is to take three handfuls of st. johns woort , as much planten , and as much cressis , and seethe these in a gallon of raine water or red wine to a pottle and straine it , then put to it two ounces of sinamon beaten , and drinke thereof often . also , take a spunge and seethe it in a pint of muskadine , and wring it , and let the patient sit over it close , as hot as they can suffer it , and cover them warme . remedies for the itch. take of salt-water a gallon , and seethe it with three handfuls of wheaten bread crums that is leavened , and wash your body with the water : or , wash your body in the sea two or three times . or , else take the bran made of cockle-seeds three handfuls , and of the powder of brimstone two ounces ; boyle these in a pottle of white wine vineger , and wash your body therewith three or foure times . or take a quantity of brimstone , and a quantity of allome ▪ and burne them on a fire-shovell over the fire , beat them very small and boyle them with bores-greace , and so annoint the itch. to kill lice or itch. take quicksilver two penniworth , and kill it with fasting-spittle in a dish , beating it well together , and put thereto foure penny-worth of oyle of bayes , and so annoint the place ; this receipt will kill both itch and lice in the head or body . to cure the crampe . make a ring of an oxe or cowes horn , or of a sea-horse tooth , or of the pizle of a sea-horse and weare it . it is proved . for a paine or swelling in the privie parts . take white wine vineger and cow-dung , boyle them to a poultis , and when it is ready put thereto oyle of roses ; and if the griefe proceed of a cold cause , put thereto some camomill flowers applyed very hot . another . take commin-seeds beaten into to powder , barly-meale , and honey , of each a like quantity , then fry them together with a little sheeps suet , heat it and bind it as a plaister to the cods . remedies for burning or scalding . take five or sixe spoonefuls of sallet oyle , and as much of running water , beat them together till they bee well incorporated , then anoynt the place therewith and lay thereon a doek leafe , it will both coole and heale . another . take of the herbe periwinckle , fry it in a pan with fresh butter , fresh greace , and sheepes dung newly made ; when it is well fryed straine it through a cloath and it will be like salve , then spred it on a linnen cloth as broad as the sore is and apply it thereto . it will cure it , though it were scalded and burnt to the bone , if it be taken in time , renewing the plaister morning and evening . remedies for the piles . take martlemasse beefe , dry it and beat it to powder , then put it into a chafingdish of coales , and set it in a chaire , and sit over it . another . burne two or three brickes red hote , put them into a pan in a close stove and sprinckle vineger upon them , letting the party sit close over it that hee may receive the fume thereof into his fundament , doing this three or foure times if need require , will helpe it . a remedy for the cappes . take the oyle of sweet almonds one ounce , and anoynt the place therewith ; or any of these things following is good , the powder of the rinde of pomegranets , the marrow of a calfe , or a hart , the fat of a capon , goose , or ducke , and such like . to kill a tett●r or ringworme . trose d● arsmeg is good , and if it come of blood exhaust two or 3. ounces of blood or more if need require , and that age , time and strength will permit ; and if it bee lupte , cut off the heads of them , and rub them with salt and garlick stampt together , and then lay over them a plate of lead . approved remedies for the shingles . take rose-water , planten-water , and white wine , of each of them halfe a pinte , put all these together and wash the place often therewith . or else take of red wormes that come out of the earth , and bray them in a morter , and put to them a little vineger , and so make plaisters , &c. or else take flowers of camomill , rose-leaves , and violets , the weight of each of them one ounce ; of myrtles , and sumack , of each of them an ounce and a halfe ▪ seethe all these in white wine and make a plaister and lay it to the place , or else make a● oyntment of ceruse . j have taken hous-le●k and have stampt it with a little camphere and put to it white wine , and have layd it to the place and have healed the patient ; also , the oyle of roses , or the oyle of violets is good for this impediment , mixt together with th● whites of egges , and the juyce of planten . for the colli●ke and gripings in the belly . give the patient jeane treacle , and pow●er of cloves well sodden in good wine an●●●t them drinke it very warne . or , take the root o● lilly , and horehound , and seethe it in wine , and give the patient . probatum est . a plaister for t●e same . take lynseed and st●mp it ▪ and dock leaves and seethe them well in water and make a plaister , and lay it to the griefe very warme . for a scurffe in the body . this infirmity doth come of a cholericke and melancholick humour . for this cure j take two ounces of bores grease , then j doe put in one ounce of the powder of oyster shels burnt , and of the powder of brimstone , and three ounces of mercury mortified with fasting spittle ; compound all these together , and annoynt the body three or foure times , and take an easie purg●tion . a remedy for a wild running scab . take mercury mortified with fasting spittle three ounces , incorporate it with oyle of bayes , and anoynt the body , or else take mercury mortified three ounce● , and of the powder of brimstone two ounces , the powder of enula campana two ounces , & confect these together with barrowes grease , and anoyn● often therewith . for a timpany . take a pinte of broome ashes , eyther of greene or dry , and a quarter of an ounce of sinamon bruised , sift the ashes , and let a pinte thereof and the bruised sinamon lye in steepe all night in a pottle of white wine , then let it run through a gelly bag twice or thrice till it run cleere , put in some sugar , and a tost unto it , drinke thereof thrice a day , in the morning fasting , and an houre before supper , and an houre after supper . for one that is in a consumption . take foure ounces of shavings of harts-horne , one ounce of the shavings of ivory , put it in a pipkin with a gallon of faire water , let it stand on the fire twelve houres in fusing and boyling softly close covered , then take twenty egges in their shells , crack their shells , and put them in a dish with salt , and let them stand an houre , and purge themselves then pull them from their shells , washing them till they be cleane ▪ then put them in the pipkin to the harts-horne , and let it boyle two houres , then put in a good handfull of raisons of the sun stoned , halfe an ounce of ●iquorice scraped and sliced , and a blade or two of mace , boyle all these till it come to a quart of liquor , then put in halfe a pinte of white wine , sixe spoonfuls of rose-water , two penny-worth of saffron powdered , boyle all a little while , then straine it , or run it through a gelly bag , if you please you may sweeten it as you like it , put a little salt in it , when it is cold it will be a jelly , you may take it cold or warme three or foure spoonfuls at a time , in the morning fasting ; at foure of the clock in the afternoone , and when you go to bed . if you doe think this too troublesome you may boyle the egges in broth or milke , so you boyle them a good while and so drink the broth or milke as you like best , they are exceeding strengthning and will do you great good if it please god to give blessing to it . a medicin● for one that is broken . take a quantity of comfrey , a quantity of knee-home , a quantity of knotted grasse , a quantity of ribervorum , and a quantity of polipody : stampe them altogether , and straine them in ale , and then give the patient the same to drinke cold , and trusse him up with some bolster and let his dyet be but competent , eschewing all slippery meats , as butter and such like ; provided alwayes , that the p●tient keepe his bed sixe or seven dayes , lying upon his backe , and sometimes hold his belly with his hand . for the shrinking of the sine●●s . take the marrowe of a horse-bone and the crops of elders , and as much of sage , and chop them together , and boyle them in the marrow , and then straine out the hearbes , and put to the liquor one spoonfull of honey , two spoonefuls of aqu● composit● , and a quantity of pepper , and boyle it againe , and keepe it for your use . for the staying of the flux● . take a new layd egge , and take off a little of the top of it , and powre out a little of the white , and fill up the egge with aqua-composita , and stirre it together , and rost it , and sup up the egge in the morning fasting : till you be well use this . a medicine for a sore thr●at . take a pinte of milke , halfe a handfull of collumbine leaves , halfe a handfull of gasell , a dozen leaves of sinkefoyle , and two jewes-eares ; ( and boyle them ) and so the partie must use it evening and morning , and gargale it in his throate . for weakenesse in the back● . take clary and dates , and the pith of an oxe , and put them together , and then put to them creame , and egges , and grated bread , and fry them together , and strew suger on it ; and eate it in the morning fasting , and you must put some white sanders in it also , when you temper it together . for the carbunckle or impostume in the head. take worme-wood , origanum , mayron ▪ by even portions , and seeth them in sweet wine , and after that wring out the juyce , and lay it to the eares of the sicke , with two spunges as hot as hee may suffer it ; use this two o● three times , and he shall be whole . to take away pock-holes , or any spot in the face . take white rose-water and wet a fine cloth therein , and set it all night to freeze , and then lay it upon your face till it be dry : also take three puppies , the reddest you can get , and quarter them , take out the garbage : then distill them in quart of new milke of a red cow , and with this water wash your face . for faintnesse in the stomacke , or the morphew . take a quantity of amber beaten to powder , and a quantitie of english saffron in powder likewise , and put it into white wine , and drinke it seaven or eight times . a good fumigation for the french poxe ▪ confirmed . take synaper two ounces , of frankensence , of liquid storax , a dram and a halfe , and mingle them : the manner how to minister this suffumigation is this ; you must set your patient naked under a straight canopie , and you must lay upon the coales the first part of your aforesaid receipt , and the patient must enforce himselfe to receiv● the smoake , keeping the fire betweene hi● legges till he begin to sweate : and so doing the space of foure dayes , till his teeth beg●n to ake . pilles against morbo . take of all the mirabulines three drams , of troskes , of colloquintida , of masticke of digredium two drams , of nigula ▪ of organy ▪ of cummin , two drams , of blacke elibore one dram , of spike , of euphorium , of h●rts-horne burnt , of sall-gemme halfe a dram , of mayden haire , of the coddes of s●ney , of pollytricon , of galitricon , of the flowers of rosemary , of harts-horne , of epithiam one dram , of coryanders , of anniseed of polipodium ▪ sixe drams , of good treacle sixe drams , of agaricke in traskes , and of washed aloes ▪ tenn● drams , of the spices of hier● ▪ de octo r●bijs of the spices of diarodam albatis , eight drams : make a paste of pilles , with the juyce of femitory , and honey of roses , one dr●m . to make your drinke . tak● twenty ounces of pock-wood , being turned of a turner very small , which put into an earthen pot of two gallons , and put thereto eight pound of running water , the best you can get , and let it stand in soake foure and twenty houres , the pot being covered , then take and stop the pot with paste , so close that no ayre may goe out , you must keepe the ●tre●gth in it , and that is your chiefest helpe , ●nd with the point of your knife make a hole in the paste , and therein put a peg of wood , which is to give it ayre , at times in the boyling for breaking of the pot : and thus let it boyle on a soft fire of coales , the space of sixe houres , in which time it will be consumed to a pottle ; and that will serve you for your drinke , to take morning and evening for foure dayes , against which time you must make more . after the first seething , seeth the same wood againe , with the like quantity of water and time likewise : and that is for your common drinke , to serve at all times till you make new . to make your bisket . take foure and twenty pound of the purest wheat-flower , which you can get , and put thereto one pound of fine sugar , and so make your bisket , which will serve for your turne all the time of your dyet . a receipt , and a soveraigne dyet for the french pox● ▪ proved . first , prepare a chamber , which make so close that no ayre ●●ter into it , and defend all ill savours out of it , and therein to bee twelve dayes together , before you doe begin your dyet , every day forbearing of eating , of flesh and drinking leese : on the thirteenth day you must begin your dyet , and then to take a purgation of gassia fistula , or of scamonia , to make your body empty , keeping your bed , sweating temperately , without any provoking : which sweating is your greatest remedy , in the which your sweate , you shall drinke of your second drinke as often and as much as you list : and of your first drinke you must drinke every morning at five a clocke , and evening at eight a clocke , eight ounces at a gulpe warme , saving on the daye , you take your pugation : on which dayes , drinke all of your second drinke , desiring alwayes to be merry and light-harted , in using often to smell to dryed orenges , hot bread , vin●ger of roses , mustard , and apples : and after this manner , you must keepe your chamber thirty dayes together , and never to take ayre , and at fifteene dayes you must take another purgation like to the first , and that day to drinke all of your second drinke : and in like manner , another purgation the thirtieth day : on which day , you may take broth of a chicken ▪ or of mutton , and by little and little take the ayre , and drinke good drinke . the order of your fare . every day take a quantity of a chicken , and seethe it in water , and put thereto borage leaves , or borage flowers without other spices or salt , or any other thing ▪ which chicken eate to thy dinner , and every day eate three ounces of bisket , and no more ; that which y●u leave of your bisket , eate at night , with a few raisins of the sun ▪ and your dinner must be at tenne a clock before noone , and your supper at five a clock at afternoon : and at your dinner you may dip your bisket in your broth ( if you will ) and so drinke your drinke as aforesaid , and this is your fare and dyet for the space of thirty dayes , and no other . a marvailous secret to preserve a man from the plague , and hath bin proved in england , of all the physitians , in that great and vehem●nt plague in the yeare 1●48 . which ●rept through all the world : and the other in the yeere 1625. and there was never any which used this secret , but hee was perserved from the plague . take aloe epaticum , or sicotrine , fine sinamon and myrrhe , of each of them three drams , cloves , mace , lignum aloes , masticke , bole-armoniack , of each of them halfe a dram : let ▪ all these things be well stamped in a cleane morter , then mingle them together , and after keepe them in some close vessell , and take of it every morning two penny weight , in halfe a glasse of white wine with a little water , and drinke it in the morning at the dawning of the day : and so may you ( by the grace of god ) goe boldly into all infection of the ayre and plague . a soveraigne drinke to preserve one against the plague or pestilence . take the quantity of a dram and an halfe of powder imperiall , a dram of triakle and of dragon water , and sorrell water , of each of them an ounce , and drinke it with ale in the morning fasting , and if one have the infection within 24. houres before , yet by gods grace he shall escape it . this hath beene truely proved in the last great visitation . another . take a dram of methridatu● , and give it the patient with dragon water , white wine , or some other liquor to drinke , when he supposeth himself to be first infected . another preservative against the plague . take seven or eight leaves of sorrell , and wash them in faire water and vineger , and steepe them in the said water and vineger a good while , and eate them fasting . the lady gath , her medicine against the plague . take abaunce , turmintell , sage , speremint , and violet leaves , of each one handfull , and stampe them in a morter very small , when you have so done , straine them through a strainer with red wine , claret or white , whether you can most easily get , and luke-warme , and give of this water to the dito drinke seased . an excellent antidote against the plague or poyson . take two walnuts , two figs , twenty leaves of rew , and one graine of salt , stampe them and mixe them all together , eate it in the morning fasting , and you shall be safe from the plague or poyson that day . an excellent preservative against the plagu● . take sage , hearbe grace , elder leaves , and bramble leaves , of each a handfull , take also a quart of white wine , and a good race of ginger beaten small or grated , stampe the hearbs with the wine and the ginger , then strain it through a cloth , take a spoonfull of this medicine every morning fasting , for nine dayes together ; after the first spoonfull , you shall be safe for twenty foure dayes , and after the ninth spoonfull , you shall be safe for two moneths . but if it shall happen that you be stricken ere you drinke of this , then take a spoonefull of the water of bittony , with a spoonfull of it mingled altogether and drink it ▪ it will expell the venome , and if the sore dore appeare , then take bramble leaves and elder leaves , of each a like quantity , stampe them and make a plaister thereof , and lay it to the sore , and it will heale it with gods helpe . a good drinke to be used to those that are infected with the plague . take berries of ivie ( that are ripe , gathered on the north side of the tree ) and dry them in the shadow : then stampe them to powder , then take a dram of the same powder , and temper it well with two ounces of planten-water , or white wine , and let the sicke person drinke a good draught thereof , and remaine in his bed , and sweate as much and as often as he can , after hee hath taken it , then warme a cleane shirt for him to put on ▪ ( and if his shirts may be shifted often , it will bee the better after his sweating ) and likewise his sheets and bed-cloathes , if it may be , if not , at the least his sheets and shirt : and in using of this for the space of three dayes together , he will dye or mend without all doubt , ( by gods helpe . ) this hath beene often and truely proved . to provoke sleepe to the sicke person : take a good quantity of womans brest milke , and put thereto a little quantity of aqua-vitae , stirre them well together , and moysten the temples of the head of the patient , and the nostrils well therewith , and let it be laid on with some feather , or some ●ine linnen cloth , and this will doe much good . it hath bin often proved . and if it happen , that the sicke person find himselfe greatly grieved , and that any swelling begin in any place to grow sore , then take elder leaves , red bramble leaves , and mustard seed , and stampe them all together ▪ and make a plaister thereof , and lay the same to the sore , and this will both draw and heale . or take two hand●uls of scabious , and stampe it in a morter , then temper it well with two ounces of swines greace , that is salted , and the yolke of an egge , then stampe them all together , and laid thereto plaister-wise , will draw exceeding well . how to breake a plague sore . take blacke snayles and leavened bread , stampe them very well together , make a plaister thereof and apply it to the sore , and it will br●ake sodainly by gods helpe . when medicines effect , give all the glory to god. a prayer . o eternall god , and most sure comfort and consolation in all afflictions , which he●lest the sicke soules oppressed with sin , which ministrest mercifull medicines to the repentant heart , and doest refresh the sinfull sinn●rs , that thirst after thy precious goodnesse , most humbly we beseech thee have respect to our deadly diseases , and purge them with that spilling of thy most precious blood , that we may be made cleane and found in thy sight , to receive the healthfull salvation of our soules , ●●d to rest with thy holy congregation , and heavenly fellowship in thy glorious and everl●sting kingdome , already purchased for us , by thy onely sonne christ jesus , our onely lord and saviour . amen .